The Grid Code PDF

THE GRID CODE
Issue 3
[BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE].
SERVICED COPY
Copyright © NATIONAL GRID COMPANY plc
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval

system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without written
permission.
Issue 3 CVSR - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

THIS DOCUMENT IS ISSUED BY:-
NATIONAL GRID COMPANY PLC

COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRY CODES UNIT
NATIONAL GRID TRANSCO HOUSE
WARWICK TECHNOLOGY PARK
GALLOWS HILL
WARWICK
CV34 6DA
TEL: 01926 656335
REGISTERED OFFICE: 1-3 Strand

London
WC2N 5EH
Issue 3 CVSR - 2 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

THE GRID CODE
CONTENTS
(PREFACE which does not form (PF))

( part of the Grid Code )
GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS (GD)
PLANNING CODE (PC)
CONNECTION CONDITIONS (CC)
OPERATING CODES (OC)
OC1 Demand Forecasts

OC2 Operational Planning and Data
Provision
OC3 Deleted
OC4 Deleted
OC5 Testing and Monitoring
OC6 Demand Control
OC7 Operational Liaison
OC8 Safety Co-ordination
OC9 Contingency Planning
OC10 Event Information Supply
OC11 Numbering and Nomenclature of
HV Apparatus at Certain Sites
OC12 System Tests
BALANCING CODES (BC)
BC1 Pre Gate Closure Process

BC2 Post Gate Closure Process
BC3 Frequency Control Process
DATA REGISTRATION CODE (DRC)
GENERAL CONDITIONS (GC)
(REVISIONS which does not form ( R ))

( part of the Grid Code )
Issue 3 C-1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

PREFACE
1. The operating procedures and principles governing NGC's relationship with all Users of the
GB Transmission System, be they Generators, Suppliers or Non-Embedded Customers
are set out in the Grid Code. The Grid Code specifies day-to-day procedures for both
planning and operational purposes and covers both normal and exceptional circumstances.
2. The Grid Code is designed to permit the development, maintenance and operation of an
efficient, co-ordinated and economical GB Transmission System, to facilitate competition in
the generation and supply of electricity and is conceived as a statement of what is optimal
(particularly from a technical point of view) for all Users and NGC itself in relation to the
planning, operation and use of the GB Transmission System. It seeks to avoid any undue
discrimination between Users and categories of Users.
3. The Grid Code is divided into the following sections:-
(a) a Planning Code which provides generally for the supply of certain information by
Users in order for NGC to undertake the planning and development of the GB
Transmission System;
(b) Connection Conditions, which specify the minimum technical, design and
operational criteria which must be complied with by NGC at Connection Sites and
by Users connected to or seeking connection with the GB Transmission System
or by Generators (other than in respect of Small Power Stations) connected to
or seeking connection to a User's System;
(c) an Operating Code, which is split into a number of sections and deals with
Demand forecasting (OC1); the co-ordination of the outage planning process in
respect of Large Power Stations, the GB Transmission System and User
Systems for construction, repair and maintenance, and the provision of certain
types of Operating Margin data (OC2); testing and monitoring of Users (OC5);
different forms of reducing Demand (OC6); the reporting of scheduled and
planned actions, and unexpected occurrences such as faults (OC7); the co-
ordination, establishment and maintenance of Isolation and Earthing in order that
work and/or testing can be carried out safely (OC8); certain aspects of
contingency planning (OC9); the provision of written reports on occurrences such
as faults in certain circumstances (OC10); the procedures for numbering and
nomenclature of HV Apparatus at certain sites (OC11); and the procedures for
the establishment of System Tests (OC12);
(d) a Balancing Code, which is split into three sections and deals with the
submission of BM Unit Data from BM Participants, and of certain other
information, for the following day and ahead of Gate Closure (BC1); the post Gate
Closure process (BC2); and the procedures and requirements in relation to
System Frequency control (BC3);
Issue 3 PF - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

(e) a Data Registration Code, which sets out a unified listing of all data required by
NGC from Users, and by Users from NGC, under the Grid Code;
(f) General Conditions, which are intended to ensure, so far as possible, that the
various sections of the Grid Code work together and work in practice and include
provisions relating to the establishment of a Grid Code Review Panel and other
provisions of a general nature.
4. This Preface is provided to Users and to prospective Users for information only and does
not constitute part of the Grid Code.
Issue 3 PF - 2 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS
(G & D)
1. In the Grid Code the following words and expressions shall, unless the subject matter or context
otherwise requires or is inconsistent therewith, bear the following meanings:
Act The Electricity Act 1989 (as amended by the Utilities Act 2000) and the
Energy Act 2004)
Active Energy The electrical energy produced, flowing or supplied by an electric circuit
during a time interval, being the integral with respect to time of the
instantaneous power, measured in units of watt-hours or standard multiples
thereof, ie:
1000 Wh = 1 kWh
1000 kWh = 1 MWh
1000 MWh = 1 GWh
1000 GWh = 1 TWh.
Active Power The product of voltage and the in-phase component of alternating current
measured in units of watts and standard multiples thereof, ie:
1000 Watts = 1 kW
1000 kW = 1 MW
1000 MW = 1 GW
1000 GW = 1 TW.
Affiliate In relation to any person, any holding company or subsidiary of such person
or any subsidiary of a holding company of such person, in each case within
the meaning of Section 736, 736A and 736B of the Companies Act 1985 as
substituted by section 144 of the Companies Act 1989 and, if that latter
section is not in force at the Transfer Date, as if such section were in force
at such date.
Ancillary Service A System Ancillary Service and/or a Commercial Ancillary Service, as

the case may be.
Ancillary Services An agreement between a User and NGC for the payment by NGC to that
Agreement User in respect of the provision by such User of Ancillary Services.
Annual Average Cold A particular combination of weather elements which gives rise to a level of
Spell Conditions or peak Demand within an NGCa Financial Year which has a 50% chance of
ACS Conditions being exceeded as a result of weather variation alone.
Apparent Power The product of voltage and of alternating current measured in units of
voltamperes and standard multiples thereof, ie:
1000 VA = 1 kVA
Issue 3 GD - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

1000 kVA = 1 MVA.
Apparatus Other than in OC8, means all equipment in which electrical conductors are
used, supported or of which they may form a part. In OC8 it means High
Voltage electrical circuits forming part of a System on which Safety
Precautions may be applied to allow work and/or testing to be carried out
on a System.
Area Manager A manager appointed by NGC whose management unit is a geographical

area embracing part of the NGC Transmission System.
Authorised Electricity Any person (other than NGC in its capacity as operator of the NGCGB
Operator Transmission System) who is authorised under the Act to generate,
transmitparticipate in the transmission of, distribute or supply electricity.
Automatic Voltage A continuously acting automatic excitation system to control a Generating

Regulator or AVR Unit terminal voltage.
Authority for Access An authority which grants the holder the right to unaccompanied access to
sites containing exposed HV conductors.
Authority, The The Authority established by section 1 (1) of the Utilities Act 2000
Auxiliaries Any item of Plant and/or Apparatus not directly a part of the boiler plant or
Generating Unit, but required for the boiler plant's or Generating Unit's
functional operation.
Auxiliary Diesel A diesel engine driving a Generating Unit which can supply a Unit Board
Engine or Station Board, which can start without an electrical power supply from
outside the Power Station within which it is situated.
Auxiliary Gas Turbine A Gas Turbine Unit, which can supply a Unit Board or Station Board,
which can start without an electrical power supply from outside the Power
Station within which it is situated.
Average Conditions That combination of weather elements within a period of time which is the
average of the observed values of those weather elements during
equivalent periods over many years (sometimes referred to as normal
weather).
Back-Up Protection Protection equipment or system which is intended to operate when a

system fault is not cleared in due time because of failure or inability of the
Main Protection to operate or in case of failure to operate of a circuit-
breaker other than the associated circuit breaker.
Balancing and The code of that title as from time to time amended.
Settlement Code or
Issue 3 GD - 2 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE] R

BSC
Balancing Code or BC That portion of the Grid Code which specifies the Balancing Mechanism
process.
Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in theNGC’s Transmission Licence
Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Reporting Agent or
BMRA
Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Reporting Service or
BMRS
Balancing Principles A statement prepared by NGC in accordance with Special Condition

Statement AA4C16 of the NGC’s Transmission Licence.
Bid-Offer Acceptance a) A communication issued by NGC in accordance with BC2.7; or
b) an Emergency Instruction to the extent provided for in BC2.9.2.3.
Bid-Offer Data Has the meaning set out in the BSC.
Bilateral Agreement Has the meaning set out in the NGC’s Transmission Licence
Black Start The procedure necessary for a recovery from a Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown.
Black Start Capability An ability in respect of a Black Start Station, for at least one of its
Gensets to Start-Up from Shutdown and to energise a part of the
System and be Synchronised to the System upon instruction from NGC,
within two hours, without an external electrical power supply.
Black Start Stations Power Stations which are registered, pursuant to the Bilateral
Agreement with a User, as having a Black Start Capability.
Black Start Test A Black Start Test carried out by a Generator with a Black Start Station,
on the instructions of NGC, in order to demonstrate that a Black Start
Station has a Black Start Capability.
BM Participant A person who is responsible for and controls one or more BM Units. For
the avoidance of doubt, it does not imply that they must be active in the
Balancing Mechanism.

BM Unit Has the meaning set out in the BSC, except that for the purposes of the
Grid Code the reference to “Party” in the BSC shall be a reference to
User.
BM Unit Data The collection of parameters associated with each BM Unit, as described
in Appendix 1 of BC1.
Boiler Time Constant Determined at Registered Capacity, the boiler time constant will be
construed in accordance with the principles of the IEEE Committee Report
"Dynamic Models for Steam and Hydro Turbines in Power System Studies"
published in 1973 which apply to such phrase.
British Standards or Those standards and specifications approved by the British Standards
BS Institution.
BSCCo Has the meaning set out in the BSC.
BSC Panel Has meaning set out for “Panel” in the BSC.
BS Station Test A Black Start Test carried out by a Generator with a Black Start Station
while the Black Start Station is disconnected from all external alternating
current electrical supplies.
BS Unit Test A Black Start Test carried out on a Generating Unit or a CCGT Unit, as
the case may be, at a Black Start Station while the Black Start Station
remains connected to an external alternating current electrical supply.
Business Day Any week day (other than a Saturday) on which banks are open for
domestic business in the City of London.
Cancellation of The notification given to Users when a NGCGB Transmission System

NGCGB Transmission Warning is cancelled.
System Warning
Caution Notice A notice conveying a warning against interference.
CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation.
CCGT Module Matrix The matrix described in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading CCGT
Module Matrix.
CCGT Module A matrix in the form set out in Appendix 3 of OC2 showing the combination
Planning Matrix of CCGT Units within a CCGT Module which would be running in relation
to any given MW output.

Cluster 1. Before Telemetry
A cluster of wind turbines will be formed when the total wind capacity
within any circle of five kilometre radius has a Registered Capacity of not
less than 5MW
2. After Telemetry
Any wind turbine installed within a five kilometer radius of the anemometer
position (whether installed before or after the installation of that
anemometer) will be deemed to be within the cluster for that anemometer
and will not count towards the creation of any new cluster. All other wind
turbines may count towards the creation of further clusters.
Combined Cycle Gas A collection of Generating Units (registered as a CCGT Module under the
Turbine Module or PC) comprising one or more Gas Turbine Units (or other gas based
CCGT Module engine units) and one or more Steam Units where, in normal operation,
the waste heat from the Gas Turbines is passed to the water/steam
system of the associated Steam Unit or Steam Units and where the
component units within the CCGT Module are directly connected by steam
or hot gas lines which enable those units to contribute to the efficiency of
the combined cycle operation of the CCGT Module.
Combined Cycle Gas A Generating Unit within a CCGT Module.

Turbine Unit or CCGT
Unit
Commercial Ancillary Ancillary Services, other than System Ancillary Services, utilised by
Services NGC in operating the Total System if a User (or other person) has agreed
to provide them under an Ancillary Services Agreement or under a
Bilateral Agreement with payment being dealt with under an Ancillary
Services Agreement or in the case of Externally Interconnected
System Operators or Interconnector Users, under any other agreement
(and in the case of Externally Interconnected System Operators and
Interconnector Users includes ancillary services equivalent to or similar
to System Ancillary Services).
Committed Project Data relating to a User Development once the offer for a CUSC Contract
Planning Data is accepted.
Completion Date Has the meaning set out in the Bilateral Agreement with each User to
that term or in the absence of that term to such other term reflecting the
date when a User is expected to connect to or start using the NGCGB
Transmission System.
Complex A Connection Site together with the associated Power Station and/or
Network Operator substation and/or associated Plant and/or Apparatus,
as appropriate.
Connection That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Connection

Conditions or CC Conditions.
Connection Entry Has the meaning set out in the CUSC

Capacity
Connected Planning Data which replaces data containing estimated values assumed for
Data planning purposes by validated actual values and updated estimates for
the future and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data items such as
Demand.
Connection Point A Grid Supply Point or Grid Entry Point, as the case may be.
Connection Site An NGCA Transmission Site or User Site, as the case may be.
Construction Has the meaning set out in the NGC’s Transmission Licence
Agreement
Contingency Reserve The margin of generation over forecast Demand which is required in the
period from 24 hours ahead down to real time to cover against
uncertainties in Large Power Station availability and against both weather
forecast and Demand forecast errors.
Control Calls A telephone call whose destination and/or origin is a key on the control
desk telephone keyboard at an NGCa Transmission Control Centre and
which has the right to exercise priority over (ie. disconnect) a call of a
lower status.
Control Centre A location used for the purpose of control and operation of the NGCGB
Transmission System or a User System other than a Generator's
System or an External System.
Control Person The term used as an alternative to "Safety Co-ordinator" on the Site
Responsibility Schedule only.
Control Phase The Control Phase follows on from the Programming Phase and covers
the period down to real time.
Control Point The point from which:-
a) A Non-Embedded Customer's Plant and Apparatus is controlled; or
b) A BM Unit, in England or Wales at a Large Power Station or at a

Medium Power Station or with a Demand Capacity with a magnitude
of 50MW or more (in England and Wales) or 5MW or more (in
Scotland), is physically controlled by a BM Participant; or
c) In the case of any other BM Unit, data submission is co-ordinated for a

BM Participant and instructions are received from NGC,

as the case may be. For a Generator this will normally be at a Power
Station. In the case of a BM Unit of an Interconnector User, the Control
Point will be the Control Centre of the relevant Externally
Interconnected System Operator.
Control Telephony The method by which a User's Responsible Engineer/Operator and

NGC Control Engineer(s) speak to one another for the purposes of
control of the Total System in both normal and emergency operating
conditions.
CUSC Has the meaning set out in the NGC’s Transmission Licence
CUSC Contract One or more of the following agreements as envisaged in Supplementary

Standard Condition C7F1 of the NGC’s Transmission Licence:
(a) the CUSC Framework Agreement;
(b) a Bilateral Agreement;
(c) a Construction Agreement
or a variation to an existing Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement;
CUSC Framework Has the meaning set out in the NGC’s Transmission Licence
Agreement
Customer A person to whom electrical power is provided (whether or not he is the

same person as the person who provides the electrical power).
Customer Demand Reducing the supply of electricity to a Customer or disconnecting a

Management Customer in a manner agreed for commercial purposes between a
Supplier and its Customer.
Customer Demand The level above which a Supplier has to notify NGC of its proposed or
Management achieved use of Customer Demand Management which is 12 MW in
Notification Level England and Wales and 5 MW in Scotland.
Customer Generating A Power Station or Generating Unit of a Customer to the extent that it
Plant operates the same exclusively to supply all or part of its own electricity
requirements, and does not export electrical power to any part of the Total
System.
Data Registration That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Data Registration
Code or DRC Code.
Data Validation, The rules relating to validity and consistency of data, and default data to be
Consistency and applied, in relation to data submitted under the Balancing Codes, to be
Defaulting Rules applied by NGC under the Grid Code as set out in the document “Data
Validation, Consistency and Defaulting Rules” - Issue 6, dated 25th May
2004. The document is available on the National Grid website or upon
request from NGC.
De-Load The condition in which a Genset has reduced or is not delivering electrical
power to the System to which it is Synchronised.
Demand The demand of MW and Mvar of electricity (i.e. both Active and Reactive
Power), unless otherwise stated.
Demand Capacity Has the meaning as set out in the BSC.
Demand Control Any or all of the following methods of achieving a Demand reduction:
(a) Customer voltage reduction initiated by Network Operators (other

than following an instruction from NGC);
(b) Customer Demand reduction by Disconnection initiated by Network

Operators (other than following an instruction from NGC);
(c) Demand reduction instructed by NGC;
(d) automatic low Frequency Demand Disconnection;
(e) emergency manual Demand Disconnection.
Demand Control The level above which a Network Operator has to notify NGC of its
Notification Level proposed or achieved use of Demand Control which is 12 MW in England
and Wales and 5 MW in Scotland.
Designed Minimum The output (in whole MW) below which a Genset has no High Frequency
Operating Level Response capability.
De-Synchronise a) The act of taking a Generating Unit off a System to which it has been
Synchronised, by opening any connecting circuit breaker; or
b) The act of ceasing to consume electricity at an importing BM Unit;
and the term "De-Synchronising" shall be construed accordingly.
De-synchronised Has the meaning set out in OC9.5.1(a)

Island(s)
Detailed Planning Data Detailed additional data which NGC requires under the PC in support of
Standard Planning Data. Generally it is first supplied once a Bilateral
Agreement is entered into.
Discrimination The quality where a relay or protective system is enabled to pick out and
cause to be disconnected only the faulty Apparatus.

Disconnection The physical separation of Users (or Customers) from the NGCGB
Transmission System or a User System as the case may be.
Disputes Resolution The procedure described in the CUSC relating to disputes resolution.
Procedure
Distribution Code The distribution code required to be drawn up by each Electricity

Distribution Licence holder and approved by the Authority, as from time
to time revised with the approval of the Authority.
Dynamic Parameters Those parameters listed in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading BM Unit
Data – Dynamic Parameters.
Earth Fault Factor At a selected location of a three-phase System (generally the point of
installation of equipment) and for a given System configuration, the ratio of
the highest root mean square phase-to-earth power Frequency voltage on
a sound phase during a fault to earth (affecting one or more phases at any
point) to the root mean square phase-to-earth power Frequency voltage
which would be obtained at the selected location without the fault.
Earthing A way of providing a connection between conductors and earth by an

Earthing Device which is either:
(a) Immobilised and Locked in the earthing position. Where the Earthing
Device is Locked with a Safety Key, the Safety Key must be secured
in a Key Safe and the Key Safe Key must be retained in safe custody:
or
(b) maintained and/or secured in position by such other method which

must be in accordance with the Local Safety Instructions of NGC or
the Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission Licensee or that
User, as the case may be.
Earthing Device A means of providing a connection between a conductor and earth being
of adequate strength and capability.
Electrical Standard A standard listed in the Annex to the General Conditions.
Electricity Council That body set up under the Electricity Act, 1957.
Electricity Distribution The licence granted pursuant to Section 6(1) (c) of the Act.
Licence
Electricity Supply The unincorporated members' club of that name formed inter alia to
Industry Arbitration promote the efficient and economic operation of the procedure for the
Association resolution of disputes within the electricity supply industry by means of
arbitration or otherwise in accordance with its arbitration rules.

Electricity Supply The licence granted pursuant to Section 6(1) (d) of the Act.
Licence
Electromagnetic Has the meaning set out in Engineering Recommendation G5/4.

Compatibility Level
Embedded Having a direct connection to a User System or the System of any other
User to which Customers and/or Power Stations are connected, such
connection being either a direct connection or a connection via a busbar of
another User or of NGCa Transmission Licensee (but with no other
connection to the NGCGB Transmission System).
Emergency Instruction An instruction issued by NGC in emergency circumstances, pursuant to

BC2.9, to the Control Point of a User. In the case of such instructions
applicable to a BM Unit, it may require an action or response which is
outside the Dynamic Parameters, QPN or Other Relevant Data, and may
include an instruction to trip a Genset.
Engineering The documents referred to as such and issued by the Electricity

Recommendations Association or the former Electricity Council.
Estimated Registered Those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
Data which either upon connection will become Registered Data, or which for
the purposes of the Plant and/or Apparatus concerned as at the date of
submission are Registered Data, but in each case which for the seven
succeeding NGC Financial Years will be an estimate of what is expected.
European A common technical specification, a British Standard implementing a

Specification European standard or a European technical approval. The terms "common
technical specification", "European standard" and "European technical
approval" shall have the meanings respectively ascribed to them in the
Regulations.
Event An unscheduled or unplanned (although it may be anticipated) occurrence

on, or relating to, a System (including Embedded Power Stations)
including, without limiting that general description, faults, incidents and
breakdowns and adverse weather conditions being experienced.
Exciter The source of the electrical power providing the field current of a
synchronous machine.
Excitation System The equipment providing the field current of a machine, including all
regulating and control elements, as well as field discharge or suppression
equipment and protective devices.
Excitation System No- The minimum value of direct voltage that the Excitation System is able to
Load Negative Ceiling provide from its terminals when it is not loaded, which may be zero or a

Voltage negative value.
Excitation System Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
Nominal Response [equivalent to British Standard BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992]. The time
interval applicable is the first half-second of excitation system voltage
response.
Excitation System On- Shall have the meaning ascribed to the term 'Excitation system on load
Load Positive Ceiling ceiling voltage' in IEC 34-16-1:1991[equivalent to British Standard
Voltage BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].
Excitation System No- Shall have the meaning ascribed to the term 'Excitation system no load
Load Positive Ceiling ceiling voltage' in IEC 34-16-1:1991[equivalent to British Standard
Voltage BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].
Existing AGR Plant The following nuclear advanced gas cooled reactor plant (which was
commissioned and connected to the Total System at the Transfer Date):-
Dungeness B
Hinkley Point B
Heysham 1
Heysham 2
Hartlepool.
Hunterston B
Torness.
Existing AGR Plant In respect of each Genset within each Existing AGR Plant which has a
Flexibility Limit safety case enabling it to so operate, 8 (or such lower number which when
added to the number of instances of reduction of output as instructed by
NGC in relation to operation in Frequency Sensitive Mode totals 8)
instances of flexibility in any calendar year (or such lower or greater
number as may be agreed by the Nuclear Installations Inspectorate and
notified to NGC) for the purpose of assisting in the period of low System
NRAPM and/or low Localised NRAPM provided that in relation to each
Generating Unit each change in output shall not be required to be to a
level where the output of the reactor is less than 80% of the reactor
thermal power limit (as notified to NGC and which corresponds to the limit
of reactor thermal power as contained in the "Operating Rules" or
"Identified Operating Instructions" forming part of the safety case agreed
with the Nuclear Installations Inspectorate).
Existing Gas Cooled Both Existing Magnox Reactor Plant and Existing AGR Plant.
Reactor Plant
Existing Magnox The following nuclear gas cooled reactor plant (which was commissioned
Reactor Plant and connected to the Total System at the Transfer Date):-
Calder Hall
Chapelcross
Dungeness A
Hinkley Point A
Oldbury-on-Severn
Bradwell
Sizewell A
Wylfa.
Export and Import Those parameters listed in Appendix 1 to BC1 under the heading BM Unit
Limits Data – Export and Import Limits.
External Apparatus for the transmission of electricity to or from the NGCGB

Interconnection Transmission System or a User System into or out of an External
System. For the avoidance of doubt, a single External Interconnection
may comprise several circuits operating in parallel.
Externally A person who operates an External System which is connected to the

Interconnected NGCGB Transmission System or a User System by an External
System Operator or Interconnection.
EISO
External System In relation to an Externally Interconnected System Operator means the

transmission or distribution system which it owns or operates which is
located outside England and WalesGreat Britain and any Apparatus or
Plant which connects that system to the External Interconnection and
which is owned or operated by such Externally Interconnected System
Operator.
Fault Current The time interval from fault inception until the end of the break time of the
Interruption Time circuit breaker (as declared by the manufacturers).
Fast Start A start by a Genset with a Fast Start Capability.
Fast Start Capability The ability of a Genset to be Synchronised and Loaded up to full Load
within 5 minutes.
Final Generation An outage programme as agreed by NGC with each Generator at various
Outage Programme stages through the Operational Planning Phase and Programming
Phase which does not commit the parties to abide by it, but which at
various stages will be used as the basis on which NGCGB Transmission
System outages will be planned.
Final Physical Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Notification Data
Final Report A report prepared by the Test Proposer at the conclusion of a System
Test for submission to NGC (if it did not propose the System Test) and
other members of the Test Panel.
Financial Year Bears the meaning given in Condition A1 (Definitions and Interpretation) of

NGC’s Transmission Licence.
Flicker Severity (Long A value derived from 12 successive measurements of Flicker Severity
Term) (Short Term) (over a two hour period) and a calculation of the cube root of
the mean sum of the cubes of 12 individual measurements, as further set
out in Engineering Recommendation P28 as current at the Transfer
Date.
Flicker Severity (Short A measure of the visual severity of flicker derived from the time series
Term) output of a flickermeter over a 10 minute period and as such provides an
indication of the risk of Customer complaints.
Forecast Data Those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which will always be forecast.
Frequency The number of alternating current cycles per second (expressed in Hertz)
at which a System is running.
Frequency Sensitive Each Generating Unit in an Existing AGR Plant for which the Generator
AGR Unit has notified NGC that it has a safety case agreed with the Nuclear
Installations Inspectorate enabling it to operate in Frequency Sensitive
Mode, to the extent that such unit is within its Frequency Sensitive AGR
Unit Limit. Each such Generating Unit shall be treated as if it were
operating in accordance with BC3.5.1 provided that it is complying with its
Frequency Sensitive AGR Unit Limit.
Frequency Sensitive In respect of each Frequency Sensitive AGR Unit, 8 (or such lower
AGR Unit Limit number which when added to the number of instances of flexibility for the
purposes of assisting in a period of low System or Localised NRAPM
totals 8) instances of reduction of output in any calendar year as instructed
by NGC in relation to operation in Frequency Sensitive Mode (or such
greater number as may be agreed between NGC and the Generator), for
the purpose of assisting with Frequency control, provided the level of
operation of each Frequency Sensitive AGR Unit in Frequency
Sensitive Mode shall not be outside that agreed by the Nuclear
Installations Inspectorate in the relevant safety case.
Frequency Sensitive A Genset operating mode which will result in Active Power output
Mode changing, in response to a change in System Frequency, in a direction
which assists in the recovery to Target Frequency, by operating so as to
provide Primary Response and/or Secondary Response and/or High
Frequency Response.
Fuel Security Code The document of that title designated as such by the Secretary of State,
as from time to time amended.
Gas Turbine Unit A Generating Unit driven by a gas turbine (for instance by an aero-
engine).

Gas Zone Diagram A single line diagram showing boundaries of, and interfaces between, gas-
insulated HV Apparatus modules which comprise part, or the whole, of a
substation at a Connection Site, together with the associated stop valves
and gas monitors required for the safe operation of the NGCGB
Transmission System or the User System, as the case may be.
Gate Closure Has the meaning set out in the BSC.
GB National Demand The amount of electricity supplied from the Grid Supply Points plus:-
• that supplied by Embedded Large Power Stations, and
• GB Transmission System Losses,
minus:-
• the Demand taken by Station Transformers and Pumped Storage

Units’
and, for the purposes of this definition, does not include:-
• any exports from the GB Transmission System across External

Interconnections.
GB Transmission The system consisting (wholly or mainly) of high voltage electric lines
System owned or operated by NGC and used for the transmission of electricity
from one Power Station to a sub-station or to another Power Station or
between sub-stations or to or from any External Interconnection, and
includes any Plant and Apparatus and meters owned or operated by NGC
in connection with the transmission of electricity but does not include any
Remote Transmission Assets.
GB Transmission The amount of electricity supplied from the Grid Supply Points plus:-
System Demand
• exports from the GB Transmission System across External

Interconnections, and
• GB Transmission System Losses,
and, for the purposes of this definition, includes:-

Units.
GB Transmission The losses of electricity incurred on the GB Transmission System.

System Losses
GB Transmission A computer file containing details of transmission plant and Large Power
System Study Network Stations and the configuration of the connection between them, together
with data on Demand and on the GB Transmission System. These
details, when read together as represented in the file, form NGC's view of
Data File an appropriate representation of the GB Transmission System for
technical analysis purposes only. The file will only deal with the GB
Transmission System
GB Transmission A warning issued by NGC, in accordance with OC7.4.8.7, which is

System Warning - intended to provide short term notice, where possible, to those Users who
Demand Control are likely to receive Demand reduction instructions from NGC within 30
Imminent minutes.

System Warning - intended to alert recipients that there is a high risk of Demand reduction
High Risk of Demand being implemented and which may normally result from an inadequate
Reduction System Margin.

System Warning - intended to alert recipients of an inadequate System Margin and which if
Inadequate System not improved may result in Demand reduction being instructed.
Margin

System Warning - Risk intended to alert Users of the risk of widespread and serious System
of System Disturbance disturbance which may affect Users.
General Conditions or That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the General
GC Conditions.
Generating Plant The difference between Output Usable and forecast Demand.
Demand Margin
Generating Unit Unless otherwise provided in the Grid Code, any Apparatus which
produces electricity, including, for the avoidance of doubt, a CCGT Unit.
Generation Capacity Has the meaning set out in the BSC.
Generation Planning Those parameters listed in Appendix 2 of OC2.

Parameters
Generator A person who generates electricity under licence or exemption under the
Act acting in its capacity as a generator in England and WalesGreat
Britain.
Generator A diagram which shows the MW and Mvar capability limits within which a
Performance Chart Generating Unit will be expected to operate under steady state
conditions.

Genset A Generating Unit or CCGT Module at a Large Power Station or any
Generating Unit or CCGT Module which is directly connected to the GB
Good Industry The exercise of that degree of skill, diligence, prudence and foresight
Practice which would reasonably and ordinarily be expected from a skilled and
experienced operator engaged in the same type of undertaking under the
same or similar circumstances.
Governor Deadband The total magnitude of the change in steady state speed (expressed as a
range of Hz (± x Hz) where "x" is a numerical value) within which there is
no resultant change in the position of the governing valves of the
speed/load Governing System.
Great Britain or GB Has the meaning set out in Schedule 1 of NGC’s Transmission Licence.
Grid Code Review The panel with the functions set out in GC.4.
Panel or Panel
Grid Entry Point A point at which a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module or a CCGT Unit,
as the case may be, which is directly connected to the NGCGB
Transmission System connects to the NGCGB Transmission System.
Grid Supply Point A point of supply from the NGCGB Transmission System to Network
Operators or Non-Embedded Customers.
High Frequency An automatic reduction in Active Power output in response to an increase

Response in System Frequency above the Target Frequency (or such other level of
Frequency as may have been agreed in an Ancillary Services
Agreement). This reduction in Active Power output must be in
accordance with the provisions of the relevant Ancillary Services
Agreement which will provide that it will be released increasingly with time
over the period 0 to 10 seconds from the time of the Frequency increase
on the basis set out in the Ancillary Services Agreement and fully
achieved within 10 seconds of the time of the start of the Frequency
increase and it must be sustained at no lesser reduction thereafter. The
interpretation of the High Frequency Response to a + 0.5 Hz frequency
change is shown diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.3.
High Voltage or HV AIn England and Wales, a voltage exceeding 650 volts. In Scotland, a
voltage exceeding 1000 volts.
HV Generator Apparatus connected at the same voltage as that of the NGCGB

Connections Transmission System, including Users' circuits, the higher voltage
windings of Users' transformers and associated connection Apparatus.
HP Turbine Power Ratio of steady state mechanical power delivered by the HP turbine to the
total steady state mechanical power delivered by the total steam turbine at

Fraction Registered Capacity.
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission.
IEC Standard A standard approved by the International Electrotechnical Commission.
Implementing Safety The Safety Co-ordinator implementing Safety Precautions.

Co-ordinator
Incident Centre A centre established by NGC or a User as the focal point in NGC or in that
User, as the case may be, for the communication and dissemination of
information between the senior management representatives of NGC, or of
that User, as the case may be, and the relevant other parties during a
Joint System Incident in order to avoid overloading NGC's, or that
User's, as the case may be, existing operational/control arrangements.
Indicated Constraint The difference between a constraint boundary transfer limit and the
Boundary Margin difference between the sum of BM Unit Maximum Export Limits and the
forecast of local Demand within the constraint boundary.
Indicated Imbalance The difference between the sum of Physical Notifications for BM Units
comprising Generating Units or CCGT Modules and the forecast of
Demand for the whole or any part of the System.
Indicated Margin The difference between the sum of BM Unit Maximum Export Limits
submitted and the forecast of Demand for the whole or any part of the
System
Instructor Facilities A device or system which gives certain NGCTransmission Control

Centre instructions with an audible or visible alarm, and incorporates the
means to return message acknowledgements to the NGCTransmission
Control Centre
Integral Equipment A test on equipment, associated with Plant and/or Apparatus, which takes
Test or IET place when that Plant and/or Apparatus forms part of a Synchronised
System and which, in the reasonable judgement of the person wishing to
perform the test, may cause an Operational Effect.
Interconnection An agreement made between NGC and an Externally Interconnected

Agreement System Operator and/or an Interconnector User and/or other relevant
persons for the External Interconnection relating to an External
Interconnection and/or an agreement under which an Interconnector
User can use an External Interconnection.
Interconnector User Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Interface Agreement An agreement between a User and NGC containing provisions for dealing
with the consequences of a User owning or operating Plant or Apparatus
which is sited on another User's land and/or for the sharing of facilities
and/or the provision of services at or near a Connection SiteHas the
meaning set out in the CUSC.
Intertripping (a) The tripping of circuit-breaker(s) by commands initiated from

Protection at a remote location independent of the state of the local
Protection; or
(b) Operational Intertripping.
Intertrip Apparatus Apparatus which performs Intertripping.
IP Turbine Power Ratio of steady state mechanical power delivered by the IP turbine to the
Fraction total steady state mechanical power delivered by the total steam turbine at
Registered Capacity.
Isolating Device A device for achieving Isolation.
Isolation The disconnection of HV Apparatus (as defined in OC8.1.5.28A.1.6.2 and

OC8B.1.7.2) from the remainder of the System in which that HV
Apparatus is situated by either of the following:
(a) an Isolating Device maintained in an isolating position. The isolating

position must either be:
(i) maintained by immobilising and Locking the Isolating Device

in the isolating position and affixing a Caution Notice to it.
Where the Isolating Device is Locked with a Safety Key, the
Safety Key must be secured in a Key Safe and the Key Safe
Key must be retained in safe custody; or
(ii) maintained and/or secured by such other method which must

be in accordance with the Local Safety Instructions of NGC
or the Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission Licensee
or that User, as the case may be; or
(b) an adequate physical separation which must be in accordance with

and maintained by the method set out in the Local Safety Instructions
of NGC or the Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission Licensee
or that User, as the case may be.
Joint BM Unit Data Has the meaning set out in the BSC.
Joint System Incident An Event wherever occurring (other than on an Embedded Medium
Power Station or an Embedded Small Power Station) which, in the
opinion of NGC or a User, has or may have a serious and/or widespread
effect, in the case of an Event on a User(s) System(s) (other than on an
Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded Small Power Station),
on the NGCGB Transmission System, and in the case of an Event on
the NGCGB Transmission System, on a User(s) System(s) (other than
on an Embedded Medium Power Station or Embedded Small Power
Station).
Key Safe A device for the secure retention of keys.
Key Safe Key A key unique at a Location capable of operating a lock, other than a
control lock, on a Key Safe.
Large Power Station A Power Station in NGC’s Transmission Area with a Registered
Capacity of 100MW or more or a Power Station in SPT’s Transmission
Area with a Registered Capacity of 30MW or more; or a Power Station
in SHETL’s Transmission Area with a Registered Capacity of 5MW or
more.
Licence Any licence granted to NGC or a Relevant Transmission Licensee or a

User, under Section 6 of the Act.
Licence Standards Those standards set out or referred to in Special Condition AA2 of
theCondition C17 of NGC’s Transmission Licence and/or Condition D3
of a Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Transmission Licence.
Limited Frequency A mode whereby the operation of the Genset is Frequency insensitive
Sensitive Mode except when the System Frequency exceeds 50.4Hz, from which point
Limited High Frequency Response must be provided.
Limited High A response of a Genset to an increase in System Frequency above

Frequency Response 50.4Hz leading to a reduction in Active Power in accordance with the
provisions of BC3.7.2.
Load The Active, Reactive or Apparent Power, as the context requires,

generated, transmitted or distributed.
Loaded Supplying electrical power to the System.
Load Factor The ratio of the actual output of a Generating Unit to the possible
maximum output of that Generating Unit.
Load Management A block of Demand controlled by a Supplier or other party through the
Block means of radio teleswitching or by some other means.
Local Joint A plan produced under OC9.4.7.11 detailing the agreed method and
Restoration Plan procedure by which a Genset at a Black Start Station (possibly with other
Gensets at that Black Start Station) will energise part of the Total
System and meet complementary blocks of local Demand so as to form a
Power Island.

Local Safety InstructionsFor safety co-ordination in England and Wales, instructions on
Instructions each User Site and NGCTransmission Site, approved by the relevant
NGC or User's manager, setting down the methods of achieving the
objectives of NGC's or the User's Safety Rules, as the case may be, to
ensure the safety of personnel carrying out work or testing on Plant and/or
Apparatus on which his Safety Rules apply and, in the case of a User,
any other document(s) on a User Site which contains rules with regard to
maintaining or securing the isolating position of an Isolating Device, or
maintaining a physical separation or maintaining or securing the position of
an Earthing Device.
Localised Negative That margin of Active Power sufficient to allow transfers to and from a
Reserve Active Power System Constraint Group (as the case may be) to be contained within
Margin or Localised such reasonable limit as NGC may determine.
NRAPM
Location Any place at which Safety Precautions are to be applied.
Locked A condition of HV Apparatus that cannot be altered without the operation

of a locking device.
Locking The application of a locking device which enables HV Apparatus to be

Locked.
Low Frequency Relay Has the same meaning as Under Frequency Relay.
Low Voltage or LV AIn England and Wales a voltage not exceeding 250 volts. In Scotland, a
voltage exceeding 50 voltage but not exceeding 1000 volts.
Main Protection Protection equipment or system expected to have priority in initiating

either a fault clearance or an action to terminate an abnormal condition in a
power system.
Material Effect An effect causing a User or NGC, as the case may be,NGC or a Relevant
Transmission Licensee to effect any works or to alter the manner of
operation of itsTransmission Plant and/or Transmission Apparatus at
the Connection Site (which term shall, in this definition and in the
definition of "“Modification"” only, have the meaning ascribed thereto in
the CUSC) or the site of connection or a User to effect any works or to
alter the manner of operation of its Plant and/or Apparatus at the
Connection Site or the site of connection which in either case involves
that User or NGC, as the case may be,party in expenditure of more than
£10,000.
Maximum Generation A service utilised by NGC under the Balancing Principles Statement in
Service, MGS operating the Total System.
Maximum Generation An agreement between a User and NGC for the payment by NGC to that
User in respect of the provision by such User of a Maximum Generation
Service Agreement Service.
Medium Power Station A Power Station in NGC’s Transmission Area with a Registered
Capacity of 50MW or more, but less than 100MW; or a Power Station in
SPT’s Transmission Area with a Registered Capacity of 5MW or more,
but less than 30MW.
Medium Voltage or MV AIn England and Wales a voltage exceeding 250 volts but not exceeding
650 volts.
Mills Milling plant which supplies pulverised fuel to the boiler of a coal fired
Power Station.
Minimum Generation The minimum output (in whole MW) which a Genset can generate under
stable operating conditions, as registered with NGC under the PC (and
amended pursuant to the PC). For the avoidance of doubt, the output may
go below this level as a result of operation in accordance with BC3.7.
Modification Any actual or proposed replacement, renovation, modification, alteration or

construction by or on behalf of a User or NGC to either that User'’s Plant
or Apparatus or NGC'sTransmission Plant or Apparatus, as the case
may be, or the manner of its operation which has or may have a Material
Effect on NGC or a User, as the case may be, at a particular Connection
Site.
Mothballed Generating A Generating Unit that has previously generated which the Generator
Unit plans not to use to generate for the remainder of the current NGC
Financial Year but which could be returned to service.
Multiple Point of A double (or more) Point of Connection, being two (or more) Points of
Connection Connection interconnected to each other through the User'’s System.
National Demand The amount of electricity supplied from the Grid Supply Points plus:-
• NGC Transmission Losses,
minus:-

Units’
and, for the purposes of this definition, does not include:-
• any exports from the NGC Transmission System across External

Interconnections.

Network Data The data to be provided by NGC to Users in accordance with the PC, as
listed in Part 3 of the Appendix to the PC.
Network Operator A person with a User System directly connected to the NGCGB
Transmission System to which Customers and/or Power Stations (not
forming part of the User System) are connected, acting in its capacity as
an operator of the User System, but shall not include a person acting in
the capacity of an Externally Interconnected System Operator.
NGC National Grid Company plc.
NGC Control Engineer The nominated person employed by NGC to direct the operation of the
NGCGB Transmission System or such person as nominated by NGC.
NGC Demand The amount of electricity supplied from the Grid Supply Points plus:-
• exports from the NGC Transmission System across External

Interconnections, and
• NGC Transmission Losses,
and, for the purposes of this definition, includes:-

Units.
NGC Financial Year Bears the meaning given in Supplementary Standard Condition 1 (Definitions
and Interpretation) of the Transmission Licence.
NGC Operational NGC's operational procedures which form the guidelines for operation of
Strategy the NGCGB Transmission System.
NGC Site Means a site owned (or occupied pursuant to a lease, licence or other
agreement) by NGC in which there is a Connection Point. For the
avoidance of doubt, a site owned by a User but occupied by NGC as
aforesaid, is an NGC Site.
NGC System Warning A warning issued by NGC to Users (or to certain Users only) in accordance
with OC7.4.8.2, which provides information relating to System conditions or
Events and is intended to :
(a) alert Users to possible or actual Plant shortage, System problems

and/or Demand reductions;
(b) inform of the applicable period;
(c) indicate intended consequences for Users; and
(d) enable specified Users to be in a state of readiness to receive

instructions from NGC.
NGC System Warning - A warning issued by NGC, in accordance with OC7.4.8.7, which is intended
Demand Control to provide short term notice, where possible, to those Users who are likely to
Imminent receive Demand reduction instructions from NGC within 30 minutes.
High Risk of Demand to alert recipients that there is a high risk of Demand reduction being
Reduction implemented and which may normally result from an inadequate System
Margin.
Inadequate System to alert recipients of an inadequate System Margin and which if not
Margin improved may result in Demand reduction being instructed.
Risk of System to alert Users of the risk of widespread and serious System disturbance
Disturbance which may affect Users.
NGC Transmission The system consisting (wholly or mainly) of high voltage electric lines owned
System or operated by NGC and used for the transmission of electricity from one
Power Station to a sub-station or to another Power Station or between sub-
stations or to or from any External Interconnection, and includes any Plant
and Apparatus and meters owned or operated by NGC in connection with
the transmission of electricity but does not include any Remote
Transmission Assets.
NGC Transmission The losses of electricity incurred on the NGC Transmission System.
System Losses
NGC Transmission A computer file containing details of transmission plant and Large Power
System Study Network Stations and the configuration of the connection between them, together
Data File with data on Demand, on the NGC Transmission System, the Scottish
External Interconnections and the Scottish External System. These
details, when read together as represented in the file, form NGC's view of an
appropriate representation of the NGC Transmission System, Scottish
External Interconnection and Scottish External System, for technical
analysis purposes only. The file will only deal with the NGC Transmission
System, the Scottish External Interconnections and aspects of the Scottish
External Systems' transmission system. For the purposes of this definition,
the phrase "External Systems" shall include the transmission system of
Scottish and Southern Energy plc.
No-Load Field Voltage Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
[equivalent to British Standard BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].
Non-Embedded A Customer in England and WalesGreat Britain, except for a Network

Customer Operator acting in its capacity as such, receiving electricity direct from the

NGCGB Transmission System irrespective of from whom it is supplied.
Normal CCGT Module A CCGT Module other than a Range CCGT Module.
Novel Unit A tidal, wave, wind, geothermal, or any similar, Generating Unit.
OC9 De-synchronised Has the meaning set out in OC9.5.4.

Island Procedure
On-Site Generator Site A site which is determined by the BSC Panel to be a Trading Unit under
the BSC by reason of having fulfilled the Class 1 or Class 2 requirements
as such terms are used in the BSC.
Operating Code or OC That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Operating Code.
Operating Margin Contingency Reserve plus Operating Reserve.
Operating Reserve The additional output from Large Power Stations or the reduction in
Demand, which must be realisable in real-time operation to respond in
order to contribute to containing and correcting any System Frequency
fall to an acceptable level in the event of a loss of generation or a loss of
import from an External Interconnection or mismatch between generation
and Demand.
Operation A scheduled or planned action relating to the operation of a System

(including an Embedded Power Station).
Operational Data Data required under the Operating Codes and/or Balancing Codes.
Operational Day The period from 0500 hours on one day to 0500 on the following day.
Operation Diagrams Diagrams which are a schematic representation of the HV Apparatus and
the connections to all external circuits at a Connection Site, incorporating
its numbering, nomenclature and labelling.
Operational Effect Any effect on the operation of the relevant other System which causes the
GB Transmission System or the System of NGC or the other User or
Users, as the case may be, to operate (or be at a materially increased risk
of operating) differently to the way in which they would or may have
operated in the absence of that effect.
Operational The automatic tripping of circuit-breakers to prevent abnormal system

Intertripping conditions occurring, such as over voltage, overload, System instability,
etc. after the tripping of other circuit-breakers following power System
fault(s) which includes System to Generating Unit, System to CCGT

Module and System to Demand intertripping schemes.
Operational Planning Planning through various timescales the matching of generation output
with forecast NGCGB Transmission System Demand together with a
reserve of generation to provide a margin, taking into account outages of
certain Generating Units, of parts of the NGCGB Transmission System
and of parts of User Systems to which Power Stations and/or
Customers are connected, carried out to achieve, so far as possible, the
standards of security set out in theNGC’s Transmission Licence, each
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Transmission Licence or
Electricity Distribution Licence, as the case may be.
Operational Planning An operational planning margin set by NGC.

Margin
Operational Planning The period from 8 weeks to the end of the 5th year ahead of real time
Phase operation.
Operational Management instructions and procedures, both in support of the Safety

Procedures Rules and for the local and remote operation of Plant and Apparatus,
issued in connection with the actual operation of Plant and/or Apparatus
at or from a Connection Site.
Operational Switching Operation of Plant and/or Apparatus to the instruction of the relevant
NGC Control Engineer and User Responsible Engineer/Operator.
Other Relevant Data The data listed in BC1.4.2(f) under the heading Other Relevant Data
Out of Synchronism The condition where a System or Generating Unit cannot meet the
requirements to enable it to be Synchronised.
Output Usable or OU That portion of Registered Capacity which is not unavailable due to a
Planned Outage or breakdown.
Over-excitation Limiter Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
Part 1 System Ancillary Services which are required for System reasons and which
Ancillary Services must be provided by Users in accordance with the Connection
Conditions. An exhaustive list of Part 1 System Ancillary Services is
included in that part of CC.8.1 headed Part 1.
Part 2 System Ancillary Services which are required for System reasons and which
Ancillary Services must be provided by a User if the User has agreed to provide them under
a Bilateral Agreement. A non-exhaustive list of Part 2 System Ancillary
Services is included in that part of CC.8.1 headed Part 2.

Part Load The condition of a Genset which is Loaded but is not running at its
Maximum Export Limit.
Permit for Work for AIn England and Wales, a document issued by NGC or a User in
proximity work accordance with its respective Safety Rules to enable work to be carried
out in accordance with OC8.88A.8 and which provides for Safety
Precautions to be applied and maintained. An example format of NGC’s
permit for work is attached as Appendix E to OC8.8A.
In Scotland, a document issued by a Relevant Transmission Licensee or

a User in accordance with its respective Safety Rules to enable work to
be carried out in accordance with OC8B.8 and which provides for Safety
Precautions to be applied and maintained. Example formats of the
Relevant Transmission Licensees’ permits for work are attached as
Appendix E to OC8B.
Partial Shutdown The same as a Total Shutdown except that all generation has ceased in a
separate part of the Total System and there is no electricity supply from
External Interconnections or other parts of the Total System to that part
of the Total System and, therefore, that part of the Total System is
shutdown, with the result that it is not possible for that part of the Total
System to begin to function again without NGC'’s directions relating to a
Black Start.
Phase (Voltage) The ratio (in percent) between the rms values of the negative sequence
Unbalance component and the positive sequence component of the voltage.
Physical Notification Data that describes the BM Participant’s best estimate of the expected
input or output of Active Power of a BM Unit.
Planning Code or PC That portion of the Grid Code which is identified as the Planning Code.
Planned Maintenance An outage of the NGC electronic data communication facilities as provided
Outage for in CC.6.5.8 and NGC'’s associated computer facilities of which
normally at least 5 days notice is given, but in any event of which at least
twelve hours notice has been given by NGC to the User and which is
anticipated to last no longer than 2 hours. The length of such an outage
may in exceptional circumstances be extended where at least 24 hours
notice has been given by NGC to the User. It is anticipated that normally
any planned outage would only last around one hour.
Planned Outage An outage of a Large Power Station or of part of the NGCGB

Transmission System, or of part of a User System, co-ordinated by NGC
under OC2.
Plant Fixed and movable items used in the generation and/or supply and/or
transmission of electricity, other than Apparatus.
Point of Common That point on the NGCGB Transmission System electrically nearest to
Coupling the User installation at which either Demands or Loads are, or may be,
connected.
Point of Connection An electrical point of connection between the NGCGB Transmission

System and a User'’s System.
Point of Isolation The point on Apparatus (as defined in OC8.1.5.28A.1.6.2 and

OC8B.1.7.2) at which Isolation is achieved.
Post-Control Phase The period following real time operation.
Power Factor The ratio of Active Power to Apparent Power.
Power Island Gensets at an isolated Power Station, together with complementary local
Demand.
Power Station An installation comprising one or more Generating Units (even where
sited separately) owned and/or controlled by the same Generator, which
may reasonably be considered as being managed as one Power Station.
Power System Equipment controlling the Exciter output via the voltage regulator in such a
Stabiliser or PSS way that power oscillations of the synchronous machines are dampened.
Input variables may be speed, frequency or power (or a combination of
these).
Preface The preface to the Grid Code (which does not form part of the Grid Code
and therefore is not binding).
Preliminary Notice A notice in writing, sent by NGC both to all Users identified by it under
OC12.4.2.1 and to the Test Proposer, notifying them of a proposed
System Test.
Preliminary Project Data relating to a proposed User Development at the time the User
Planning Data applies for a CUSC Contract but before an offer is made and accepted.
Primary Response The automatic increase in Active Power output of a Genset or, as the
case may be, the decrease in Active Power Demand in response to a
System Frequency fall. This increase in Active Power output or, as the
case may be, the decrease in Active Power Demand must be in
Agreement which will provide that it will be released increasingly with time
over the period 0 to 10 seconds from the time of the start of the
Frequency fall on the basis set out in the Ancillary Services Agreement
and fully available by the latter, and sustainable for at least a further 20
seconds. The interpretation of the Primary Response to a -– 0.5 Hz
frequency change is shown diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.2.

Programming Phase The period between Operational Planning Phase and the Control
Phase. It starts at the 8 weeks ahead stage and finishes at 17:00 on the
day ahead of real time.
Proposal Notice A notice submitted to NGC by a User which would like to undertake a
System Test.
Proposal Report A report submitted by the Test Panel which contains:
a) proposals for carrying out a System Test (including the manner in

which the System Test is to be monitored);
b) an allocation of costs (including un-anticipated costs) between the

affected parties (the general principle being that the Test Proposer will
bear the costs); and
c) such other matters as the Test Panel considers appropriate.
The report may include requirements for indemnities to be given in respect

of claims and losses arising from a System Test.
Protection The provisions for detecting abnormal conditions on a System and

initiating fault clearance or actuating signals or indications.
Protection Apparatus A group of one or more Protection relays and/or logic elements
designated to perform a specified Protection function.
Pumped Storage A Generator which owns and/or operates any Pumped Storage Plant.
Generator
Pumped Storage Plant The Dinorwig and, Ffestiniog, Cruachan and Foyers Power Stations.
Pumped Storage Unit A Generating Unit within a Pumped Storage Plant.
Quiescent Physical Data that describes the MW levels to be deducted from the Physical
Notification or QPN Notification of a BM Unit to determine a resultant operating level to which
the Dynamic Parameters associated with that BM Unit apply, and the
associated times for such MW levels. The MW level of the QPN must
always be set to zero.
Range CCGT Module A CCGT Module where there is a physical connection by way of a steam
or hot gas main between that CCGT Module and another CCGT Module
or other CCGT Modules, which connection contributes (if open) to efficient
modular operation, and which physical connection can be varied by the
operator.
Rated Field Voltage Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991

Rated MW The “rating-plate” MW output of a Generating Unit, being that output up to

which the Generating Unit was designed to operate (Calculated as
specified in British Standard BS EN 60034 -– 1: 1995).
Reactive Energy The integral with respect to time of the Reactive Power.
Reactive Power The product of voltage and current and the sine of the phase angle
between them measured in units of voltamperes reactive and standard
multiples thereof, ie:
1000 VAr = 1 kVAr

1000 kVAr = 1 Mvar
Record of Inter- A written record of inter-system Safety Precautions to be compiled in

System Safety accordance with the provisions of OC8.
Precautions or RISSP
Registered Capacity (a) In the case of a Generating Unit other than that forming part of a
CCGT Module, the normal full load capacity of a Generating Unit
as declared by the Generator, less the MW consumed by the
Generating Unit through the Generating Unit'’s Unit Transformer
when producing the same (the resultant figure being expressed in
whole MW).
(b) In the case of a CCGT Module, the normal full load capacity of a
CCGT Module as declared by the Generator, being the Active
Power declared by the Generator as being deliverable by the CCGT
Module at the Grid Entry Point (or in the case of an Embedded
CCGT Module, at the User System Entry Point), expressed in
whole MW.
(c) In the case of a Power Station, the maximum amount of Active

Power deliverable by the Power Station at the Grid Entry Point (or
in the case of an Embedded Power Station at the User System
Entry Point), as declared by the Generator, expressed in whole
MW. The maximum Active Power deliverable is the maximum
amount deliverable simultaneously by the Generating Units and/or
CCGT Modules less the MW consumed by the Generating Units
and/or CCGT Modules in producing that Active Power.
Registered Data Those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which upon connection become fixed (subject to any subsequent
changes).
Regulations The Utilities Contracts Regulations 1996, as amended from time to time.
Reheater Time Determined at Registered Capacity, the reheater time constant will be
Constant published in 1973 which apply to such phrase.
Relevant Means SP Transmission Ltd (SPT) in its Transmission Area and Scottish
Transmission Hydro-Electric Transmission Ltd (SHETL) in its Transmission Area.
Licensee
Remote Transmission Any Plant and Apparatus or meters owned by NGC which:
Assets
a) are Embedded in a User System and which are not directly
connected by Plant and/or Apparatus owned by NGC to a sub-station
owned by NGC; and
b) are by agreement between NGC and such User operated under the
direction and control of such User.
Requesting Safety Co- The Safety Co-ordinator requesting Safety Precautions.

ordinator
Responsible Engineer/ A person nominated by a User to be responsible for System control.

Operator
Responsible Manager A manager who has been duly authorised by a User or NGC to sign Site
Responsibility Schedules on behalf of that User or NGC, as the case
may be.
For Connection Sites in Scotland a manager who has been duly

authorised by the Relevant Transmission Licensee to sign Site
Responsibility Schedules on behalf of that Relevant Transmission
Licensee.
Re-synchronisation The bringing of parts of the Network Operator’s User System which have
become Out of Synchronism with each other back into Synchronism,
and like terms shall be construed accordingly.
Safety Co-ordinator A person or persons nominated by NGC and each User in relation to
Connection Points in England and Wales and/or by the Relevant
Transmission Licensee and each User in relation to Connection Points
in Scotland to be responsible for the co-ordination of Safety Precautions
at each Connection Point when work (which includes testing) is to be
carried out on a System which necessitates the provision of Safety
Precautions on HV Apparatus (as defined in OC8.1.5.28A.1.6.2 and
OC8B.1.7.2), pursuant to OC8.
Safety From The That condition which safeguards persons when work is to be carried out on
System or near a System from the dangers which are inherent in the System.
Safety Key A key unique at the Location capable of operating a lock which will cause

an Isolating Device and/or Earthing Device to be Locked.
Safety Log A chronological record of messages relating to safety co-ordination sent

and received by each Safety Co-ordinator under OC8.
Safety Precautions Isolation and/or Earthing.
Safety Rules The rules of NGC (in England and Wales) and the Relevant
Transmission Licensee (in Scotland) or a User that seek to ensure that
persons working on Plant and/or Apparatus to which the rules apply are
safeguarded from hazards arising from the System.
Secondary Response The automatic increase in Active Power output of a Genset or, as the
case may be, the decrease in Active Power Demand in response to a
System Frequency fall. This increase in Active Power output or, as the
case may be, the decrease in Active Power Demand must be in
Agreement which will provide that it will be fully available by 30 seconds
from the time of the start of the Frequency fall and be sustainable for at
least a further 30 minutes. The interpretation of the Secondary Response
to a -0.5 Hz frequency change is shown diagrammatically in Figure
CC.A.3.2.
Secretary of State Has the same meaning as in the Act.
Settlement Period A period of 30 minutes ending on the hour and half-hour in each hour
during a day.
Seven Year Statement A statement, prepared by NGC in accordance with the terms of theNGC’s
Transmission Licence, showing for each of the seven succeeding NGC
Financial Years, the opportunities available for connecting to and using
the NGCGB Transmission System and indicating those parts of the
NGCGB Transmission System most suited to new connections and
transport of further quantities of electricity.
SF6 Gas Zone A segregated zone surrounding electrical conductors within a casing
containing SF6 gas.
SHETL Scottish Hydro-Electric Transmission Limited
Shutdown The condition of a Generating Unit where the generator rotor is at rest or
on barring.
Significant Incident An Event which either:
a) was notified by a User to NGC under OC7, and which NGC considers
has had or may have had a significant effect on the NGCGB
Transmission System, and NGC requires the User to report that

Event in writing in accordance with OC10 and notifies the User
accordingly; or
b) was notified by NGC to a User under OC7, and which that User
considers has had or may have had a significant effect on that User'’s
System, and that User requires NGC to report that Event in writing in
accordance with the provisions of OC10 and notifies NGC accordingly.
Simultaneous Tap A tap change implemented on the generator step-up transformers of

Change Synchronised Gensets, effected by Generators in response to an
instruction from NGC issued simultaneously to the relevant Power
Stations. The instruction, preceded by advance notice, must be effected
as soon as possible, and in any event within one minute of receipt from
NGC of the instruction.
Single Line Diagram A schematic representation of a three-phase network in which the three
phases are represented by single lines. The diagram shall include (but not
necessarily be limited to) busbars, overhead lines, underground cables,
power transformers and reactive compensation equipment. It shall also
show where Large Power Stations are connected, and the points at
which Demand is supplied.
Single Point of A single Point of Connection, with no interconnection through the User'’s
Connection System to another Point of Connection.
Site Common Drawings prepared for each Connection Site which incorporate
Drawings Connection Site layout drawings, electrical layout drawings, common
protection/ control drawings and common services drawings.
Site Responsibility A schedule containing the information and prepared on the basis of the
Schedule provisions set out in Appendix 1 of the CC.
Small Power Station A Power Station in NGC’s Transmission Area with a Registered
Capacity of less than 50MW or a Power Station in SPT’s or SHETL’s
Transmission Area with a Registered Capacity of less than 5 MW.
Speeder Motor Setting The minimum and maximum no-load speeds (expressed as a percentage
Range of rated speed) to which the turbine is capable of being controlled, by the
speeder motor or equivalent, when the Generating Unit terminals are on
open circuit.
SPT SP Transmission Limited
Standard Planning The general data required by NGC under the PC. It is generally also the
Data data which NGC requires from a new User in an application for a CUSC
Contract, as reflected in the PC.

Start Time The time named as such in an instruction issued by NGC pursuant to the
BCs.
Start-Up The action of bringing a Generating Unit from Shutdown to

Synchronous Speed.
Statement of Has the meaning set out in the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Readiness Agreement.
Station Board A switchboard through which electrical power is supplied to the Auxiliaries
of a Power Station, and which is supplied by a Station Transformer. It
may be interconnected with a Unit Board.
Station Transformer A transformer supplying electrical power to the Auxiliaries of a Power

Station, which is not directly connected to the Generating Unit terminals
(typical voltage ratios being 132/11kV or 275/11kV).
STC Committee The committee established under the STC.
Steam Unit A Generating Unit whose prime mover converts the heat-energy in steam
to mechanical energy.
Subtransmission The part of a User’s System which operates at a single transformation

System below a Supergrid Voltagethe voltage of the relevant Transmission
System.
Supergrid Voltage Any voltage greater than 200kV.
Supplier (a) A person supplying electricity under an Electricity Supply

Licence; or
(b) A person supplying electricity under exemption under the Act;
in each case acting in its capacity as a supplier of electricity to Customers

in England and Wales.Great Britain.

Surplus A MW figure relating to a System Zone equal to the total Output
Usable in the System Zone:
a) minus the forecast of Active Power Demand in the System

Zone, and
b) minus the export limit in the case of an export limited System

Zone,
or
plus the import limit in the case of an import limited System

Zone,
and
c) (only in the case of a System Zone comprising the NGCGB

Transmission System) minus the Operational Planning
Margin.
For the avoidance of doubt, a Surplus of more than zero in an export

limited System Zone indicates an excess of generation in that System
Zone; and a Surplus of less than zero in an import limited System
Zone indicates insufficient generation in that System Zone.
Synchronised a) The condition where an incoming Generating Unit or System is

connected to the busbars of another System so that the Frequencies
and phase relationships of that Generating Unit or System, as the
case may be, and the System to which it is connected are identical,
like terms shall be construed accordingly.
b) The condition where an importing BM Unit is consuming electricity.
Synchronising The amount of MW (in whole MW) produced at the moment of

Generation synchronising.
Synchronising Group A group of two or more Gensets) which require a minimum time interval
between their Synchronising or De-Synchronising times.
Synchronous The operation of rotating synchronous Apparatus for the specific purpose
Compensation of either the generation or absorption of Reactive Power.
Synchronous Speed That speed required by a Generating Unit to enable it to be

Synchronised to a System.
System Any User System and/or the NGCGB Transmission System, as the case
may be.
System Ancillary Collectively Part 1 System Ancillary Services and Part 2 System
Services Ancillary Services.

System Constraint A limitation on the use of a System due to lack of transmission capacity or
other System conditions.
System Constrained That portion of Registered Capacity not available due to a System
Capacity Constraint.
System Constraint A part of the NGCGB Transmission System which, because of System
Group Constraints, is subject to limits of Active Power which can flow into or out
of (as the case may be) that part.
System Fault A measure of the ability of Protection to initiate successful tripping of

Dependability Index or circuit-breakers which are associated with a faulty item of Apparatus. It is
Dp calculated using the formula:
Dp = 1 -– F1/A
Where:
A = Total number of System faults
F1 = Number of System faults where there was a failure to trip a

circuit-breaker.
System Margin The margin in any period between
(a) the sum of Maximum Export Limits and
(b) forecast Demand and the Operating Margin,
for that period.
System Negative That margin of Active Power sufficient to allow the largest loss of Load at
Reserve Active Power any time.
Margin or System
NRAPM
System Operator - Has the meaning set out in NGC’s Transmission Licence
Transmission Owner
Code or STC
System Tests Tests which involve simulating conditions, or the controlled application of
irregular, unusual or extreme conditions, on the Total System, or any part
of the Total System, but which do not include commissioning or
recommissioning tests or any other tests of a minor nature.
System to Demand An intertrip scheme which disconnects Demand when a System fault has
Intertrip Scheme arisen to prevent abnormal conditions occurring on the System.
System Zone A region of the NGCGB Transmission System within a described

boundary or the whole of the NGCGB Transmission System, as further
provided for in OC2.2.4, and the term "Zonal" will be construed
accordingly.
Target Frequency That Frequency determined by NGC, in its reasonable opinion, as the
desired operating Frequency of the Total System. This will normally be
50.00Hz plus or minus 0.05Hz, except in exceptional circumstances as
determined by NGC, in its reasonable opinion when this may be 49.90 or
50.10Hz. An example of exceptional circumstances may be difficulties
caused in operating the System during disputes affecting fuel supplies.
Technical In relation to Plant and/or Apparatus,

Specification
a) the relevant European Specification; or
b) if there is no relevant European Specification, other relevant

standards which are in common use in the European Community.
Test Co-ordinator A person who co-ordinates System Tests.
Test Panel A panel, whose composition is detailed in OC12, which is responsible, inter
alia, for considering a proposed System Test, and submitting a Proposal
Report and a Test Programme.
Test Programme A programme submitted by the Test Panel to NGC, the Test Proposer,
and each User identified by NGC under OC12.4.2.1, which states the
switching sequence and proposed timings of the switching sequence, a list
of those staff involved in carrying out the System Test (including those
responsible for the site safety) and such other matters as the Test Panel
deems appropriate.
Test Proposer The person who submits a Proposal Notice.
Total Shutdown The situation existing when all generation has ceased and there is no
electricity supply from External Interconnections and, therefore, the
Total System has shutdown with the result that it is not possible for the
Total System to begin to function again without NGC'’s directions relating
to a Black Start.
Total System The NGCGB Transmission System and all User Systems in England
and WalesGreat Britain.
Trading Point A commercial and, where so specified in the Grid Code, an operational
interface between a User and NGC, which a User has notified to NGC.
Transfer Date Such date as may be appointed by the Secretary of State by order under
section 65 of the Act.

Transmission Means, when used in conjunction with another term relating to equipment
or a site, whether defined or not, that the associated term is to be read as
being part of or directly associated with the GB Transmission System,
and not of or with the User System.
Transmission Area Has the meaning set out in the Transmission Licence of a Transmission
Licensee.
Transmission Entry Has the meaning set out in the CUSC.

Capacity
Transmission Licence TheA licence granted under Section 6(1)(b) of the Act.
Transmission Means the holder for the time being of a Transmission Licence.
Licensee
Transmission Site In England and Wales, means a site owned (or occupied pursuant to a
lease, licence or other agreement) by NGC in which there is a Connection
Point. For the avoidance of doubt, a site owned by a User but occupied by
NGC as aforesaid, is a Transmission Site.
In Scotland, means a site owned (or occupied pursuant to a lease, licence

or other agreement) by a Relevant Transmission Licensee in which
there is a Connection Point. For the avoidance of doubt, a site owned by
a User but occupied by the Relevant Transmission Licensee as
aforesaid, is a Transmission Site.
Transmission System Has the same meaning as the term "licensee's transmission system" in the
Transmission Licence of a Transmission Licensee.
Turbine Time Constant Determined at Registered Capacity, the turbine time constant will be
published in 1973 which apply to such phrase.
Two Shifting Limit The maximum number of times in any Operational Day that a Genset
may De-Synchronise.
Unbalanced Load The situation where the Load on each phase is not equal.
Under-excitation Shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in IEC 34-16-1:1991
Limiter [equivalent to British Standard BS4999 Section 116.1 : 1992].
Under Frequency An electrical measuring relay intended to operate when its characteristic
Relay quantity (Frequency) reaches the relay settings by decrease in
Frequency.

Unit Board A switchboard through which electrical power is supplied to the Auxiliaries
of a Generating Unit and which is supplied by a Unit Transformer. It
may be interconnected with a Station Board.
Unit Transformer A transformer directly connected to a Generating Unit’s terminals, and

which supplies power to the Auxiliaries of a Generating Unit. Typical
voltage ratios are 23/11kV and 15/6.6Kv.
Unit Load Controller The time constant, expressed in units of seconds, of the power output
Response Time increase which occurs in the Secondary Response timescale in response
Constant to a step change in System Frequency.
User A term utilised in various sections of the Grid Code to refer to the persons
using the NGCGB Transmission System, as more particularly identified
in each section of the Grid Code concerned. In the Preface and the
General Conditions the term means any person to whom the Grid Code
applies.
User Development In the PC means either User's Plant and/or Apparatus to be connected to
the NGCGB Transmission System, or a Modification relating to a User's
Plant and/or Apparatus already connected to the NGCGB Transmission
System, or a proposed new connection or Modification to the connection
within the User System.
User Site AIn England and Wales, a site owned (or occupied pursuant to a lease,
licence or other agreement) by a User in which there is a Connection
Point. For the avoidance of doubt, a site owned by NGC but occupied by a
User as aforesaid, is a User Site.
In Scotland, a site owned (or occupied pursuant to a lease, licence or other

agreement) by a User in which there is a Connection Point. For the
avoidance of doubt, a site owned by a Relevant Transmission Licensee
but occupied by a User as aforesaid, is a User Site.
User System Any system owned or operated by a User comprising:-
(a) Generating Units; and/or
(b) Systems consisting (wholly or mainly) of electric lines used for the
distribution of electricity from Grid Supply Points or Generating
Units or other entry points to the point of delivery to Customers,
or other Users;
and Plant and/or Apparatus connecting:-
(c) The system as described above; or
(d) Non-Embedded Customers equipment;
to the NGCGB Transmission System or to the relevant other User

System, as the case may be.

The User System includes any Remote Transmission Assets operated
by such User or other person and any Plant and/or Apparatus and meters
owned or operated by the User or other person in connection with the
distribution of electricity but does not include any part of the NGCGB
User System Entry A point at which a Generating Unit, a CCGT Module or a CCGT Unit, as
Point the case may be, which is Embedded connects to the User System.
Water Time Constant Bears the meaning ascribed to the term "Water inertia time" in IEC308.
Weekly ACS Means that particular combination of weather elements that gives rise to a
Conditions level of peak Demand within a week, taken to commence on a Monday
and end on a Sunday, which has a particular chance of being exceeded as
a result of weather variation alone. This particular chance is determined
such that the combined probabilities of Demand in all weeks of the year
exceeding the annual peak Demand under Annual ACS Conditions is
50%, and in the week of maximum risk the weekly peak Demand under
Weekly ACS Conditions is equal to the annual peak Demand under
Annual ACS Conditions.
Zonal System Security That generation required, within the boundary circuits defining the System
Requirements Zone, which when added to the secured transfer capability of the boundary
circuits exactly matches the Demand within the System Zone.
A number of the terms listed above are defined in other documents, such as the Balancing and
Settlement Code and the Transmission Licence. Appendix 1 sets out the current definitions from
the other documents of those terms so used in the Grid Code and defined in other documents for
ease of reference, but does not form part of the Grid Code.

2. Construction of References
In the Grid Code:
(i) a table of contents, a Preface, a Revision section, headings, and the Appendix to this
Glossary and Definitions are inserted for convenience only and shall be ignored in
construing the Grid Code;
(ii) unless the context otherwise requires, all references to a particular paragraph, sub-
paragraph, Appendix or Schedule shall be a reference to that paragraph, sub-
paragraph Appendix or Schedule in or to that part of the Grid Code in which the
reference is made;
(iii) unless the context otherwise requires, the singular shall include the plural and vice
versa, references to any gender shall include all other genders and references to
persons shall include any individual, body corporate, corporation, joint venture, trust,
unincorporated association, organisation, firm or partnership and any other entity, in
each case whether or not having a separate legal personality;
(iv) references to the words "include" or "including" are to be construed without limitation
to the generality of the preceding words;
(v) unless there is something in the subject matter or the context which is inconsistent
therewith, any reference to an Act of Parliament or any Section of or Schedule to, or
other provision of an Act of Parliament shall be construed at the particular time, as
including a reference to any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof then in
force and to all instruments, orders and regulations then in force and made under or
deriving validity from the relevant Act of Parliament;
(vi) where the Glossary and Definitions refers to any word or term which is more
particularly defined in a part of the Grid Code, the definition in that part of the Grid
Code will prevail over the definition in the Glossary & Definitions in the event of any
inconsistency;
(vii) a cross-reference to another document or part of the Grid Code shall not of itself
impose any additional or further or co-existent obligation or confer any additional or
further or co-existent right in the part of the text where such cross-reference is
contained;
(viii) nothing in the Grid Code is intended to or shall derogate from NGC's statutory or
licence obligations;
(ix) a "holding company" means, in relation to any person, a holding company of such
person within the meaning of section 736, 736A and 736B of the Companies Act
1985 as substituted by section 144 of the Companies Act 1989 and, if that latter
section is not in force at the Transfer Date, as if such latter section were in force at
such date;
(x) a "subsidiary" means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of such person within the
meaning of section 736, 736A and 736B of the Companies Act 1985 as substituted
by section 144 of the Companies Act 1989 and, if that latter section is not in force at
the Transfer Date, as if such latter section were in force at such date;
(xi) references to time are to London time; and

(xii) Where there is a reference to an item of data being expressed in a whole number of
MW, fractions of a MW below 0.5 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole MW
and fractions of a MW of 0.5 and above shall be rounded up to the nearest whole
MW.
< End of GD >

PLANNING CODE
CONTENTS
(This contents page does not form part of the Grid Code)
Paragraph No/Title Page Number

PC.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................. PC - 13
PC.2 OBJECTIVE.......................................................................................................... PC - 14
PC.3 SCOPE ................................................................................................................. PC - 24
PC.4 PLANNING PROCEDURES ................................................................................. PC - 35

PC.4.2 Introduction to Data PC - 35
PC.4.3 Data Provision PC - 46
PC.4.4 Offer of Terms for connection PC - 57
PC.4.5 Complex Connections PC - 57
PC.5 PLANNING DATA................................................................................................. PC - 68
PC.6 PLANNING STANDARDS .................................................................................. PC - 810
APPENDIX A - PLANNING DATA REQUIREMENTS................................................... PC - 911
PC.A.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................. PC - 911
PART 1 – STANDARD PLANNING DATA .................................................................. PC - 1315
PC.A.2 USER’S SYSTEM DATA............................................................................... PC - 1315

PC.A.2.1 Introduction PC - 1315
PC.A.2.2 User’s System Layout PC - 1315
PC.A.2.3 Lumped System Susceptance PC - 1517
PC.A.2.4 Reactive Compensation Equipment PC - 1518
PC.A.2.5 Short Circuit Contribution to NGCGB Transmission System PC - 1618
PC.A.3 GENERATING UNIT DATA .......................................................................... PC - 2022
PC.A.3.2 Output Data PC - 2123
PC.A.3.3 Rated Parameters Data PC - 2325
PC.A.3.4 General Generating Unit Data PC - 2325
PC.A.4 DEMAND AND ACTIVE ENERGY DATA ..................................................... PC - 2426
Issue 3 PC - i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

PC.A.4.2 Demand (Active Power) and Active Energy Data PC -2426
PC.A.4.3 Connection Point Demand (Active and Reactive Power) PC -2527
PC.A.4.5 Demand Transfer Capability PC -2729
PC.A.4.6 Control of Demand or Reduction of Pumping Load Offered as ReservePC -2729
PC.A.4.7 General Demand Data PC -2730
PART 2 – DETAILED PLANNING DATA ......................................................................PC -2931
PC.A.5 GENERATING UNIT DATA ............................................................................PC -2931

PC.A.5.1 Introduction PC -2931
PC.A.5.2 Demand PC -2932
PC.A.5.3 Synchronous Machine and Associated Control System Data PC -3032
PC.A.5.4 Response data for Frequency changes PC -3539
PC.A.5.5 Mothballed Generating Unit and Alternative Fuel Information PC -36 39
PC.A.6 USERS’ SYSTEM DATA ................................................................................PC -3740
PC.A.6.1 Introduction PC -3740
PC.A.6.2 Transient Overvoltage Assessment Data PC -3740
PC.A.6.3 User’s Protection Data PC -3841
PC.A.6.4 Harmonic Studies PC -3842
PC.A.6.5 Voltage Assessment Studies PC -3942
PC.A.6.6 Short Circuit Analysis PC -4043
PC.A.7 ADDITIONAL DATA FOR NEW TYPES OF POWER STATIONS AND
CONFIGURATIONS........................................................................................PC -4144
PART 3 – NETWORK DATA.........................................................................................PC -4245

PC.A.8.1 Single Point of Connection PC -4245
PC.A.8.2 Multiple Point of Connection PC -4245
PC.A.8.3 Data Items PC -4245
APPENDIX B ................................................................................................................PC -4448
Single Line Diagrams PC -4448
APPENDIX C
PART 1 – SSE's TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA

PART 2 – SPT's TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA
Issue 3 PC - ii [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

PLANNING CODE
PC.1 INTRODUCTION
PC.1.1 The Planning Code ("PC") specifies the technical and design criteria and
procedures to be applied by NGC in the planning and development of the
NGCGB Transmission System and to be taken into account by Users in the
planning and development of their own Systems. It details information to be
supplied by Users to NGC, and certain information to be supplied by NGC to
Users. In Scotland, NGC has obligations under the STC to inform Relevant
Transmission Licensees of data required for the planning of the GB
Transmission System. NGC may pass on User data to a Relevant
Transmission Licensee where it is required to do so under the STC. User
information that NGC is required by the STC to provide to a Relevant
Transmission Licensee is identified in this Planning Code and the Data
Registration Code.
PC.1.2 The Users referred to above are defined, for the purpose of the PC, in PC.3.1.
PC.1.3 Development of the NGCGB Transmission System, involving its

reinforcement or extension, will arise for a number of reasons including, but not
limited to:
(a) a development on a User System already connected to the NGCGB

(b) the introduction of a new Connection Site or the Modification of an

existing Connection Site between a User System and the NGCGB
(c) the cumulative effect of a number of such developments referred to in

(a) and (b) by one or more Users.
PC.1.4 Accordingly, the reinforcement or extension of the NGCGB Transmission

System may involve work:
(a) at a substation at a Connection Site where User's Plant and/or

Apparatus is connected to the NGCGB Transmission System;
(b) on transmission lines or other facilities which join that Connection

Site to the remainder of the NGCGB Transmission System;
(c) on transmission lines or other facilities at or between points remote

from that Connection Site.
PC.1.5 The time required for the planning and development of the NGCGB
Transmission System will depend on the type and extent of the necessary
reinforcement and/or extension work, the need or otherwise for statutory
planning consent, the associated possibility of the need for a public inquiry and
the degree of complexity in undertaking the new work while maintaining
satisfactory security and quality of supply on the existing NGCGB
Issue 3 PC - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

PC.2 OBJECTIVE
PC.2.1 The objectives of the PC are:
(a) to promote NGC/User interaction in respect of any proposed

development on the User System which may impact on the
performance of the NGCGB Transmission System or the direct
connection with the NGCGB Transmission System; (b)
(b) to provide for the supply of information required by to NGC from Users
in order for NGC to undertake thethat planning and development of the
NGCGB Transmission System can be undertaken in accordance with
the relevant Licence Standards, to facilitate existing and proposed
connections, and also to provide for the supply of certain information
from NGC to Users in relation to short circuit current contributions; and
(c) to specify the Licence Standards which will be used by NGC in the
planning and development of the NGCGB Transmission System; and
(d) to provide for the supply of information required by NGC from Users in
respect of the following to enable NGC to carry out its duties under the
Act and the Transmission Licence:
(i) Mothballed Generating Units; and
(ii) capability of gas-fired Generating Units to run using

alternative fuels.
NGC will use the information provided under PC2.1(d) in providing

reports to the Authority and the Secretary of State and, where
directed by the Authority or the Secretary of Sate to do so, NGC may
publish the information. Where it is known by NGC that such
information is intended for wider publication the information provided
under PC2.1(d) shall be aggregated such that individual data items
should not be identifiable.
PC.3 SCOPE
PC.3.1 The PC applies to NGC and to Users, which in the PC means:
(a) Generators;
(b) Network Operators; and
(c) Non-Embedded Customers.
The above categories of User will become bound by the PC prior to them
generating, operating or consuming, as the case may be, and references to the
various categories (or to the general category) of User should, therefore, be

taken as referring to them in that prospective role as well as to Users actually
connected.
PC.3.2 In the case of Embedded Power Stations, unless provided otherwise, the
following provisions apply with regard to the provision of data under this PC:
(a) each Generator shall provide the data direct to NGC in respect of
Embedded Large Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power
Stations;
(b) although data is not normally required specifically on Embedded

Small Power Stations under this PC, each Network Operator in
whose System they are Embedded should provide the data
(contained in the Appendix) to NGC in respect of Embedded Small
Power Stations if:
(i) it falls to be supplied pursuant to the application for a CUSC

Contract or in the Statement of Readiness to be supplied in
connection with a Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement, by the Network Operator; or
(ii) it is specifically requested by NGC in the circumstances

provided for under this PC.
PC.3.3 Certain data does not normally need to be provided in respect of certain
Embedded Power Stations, as provided in PC.A.1.12.
PC.4 PLANNING PROCEDURES
PC.4.1 Pursuant to Supplementary Standard Condition C7G C11 of

theNGC’s Transmission Licence, the means by which Users and
proposed Users of the NGCGB Transmission System are able to
assess opportunities for connecting to, and using, the NGCGB
Transmission System comprise two distinct parts, namely:
(a) a statement, prepared by NGC under theits Transmission Licence,

showing for each of the seven succeeding NGC Financial Years, the
opportunities available for connecting to and using the NGCGB
Transmission System and indicating those parts of the NGCGB
Transmission System most suited to new connections and transport
of further quantities of electricity (the "Seven Year Statement"); and
(b) an offer, in accordance with theits Transmission Licence, by NGC to

enter into a CUSC Contract for connection to (or, in the case of
Embedded Large Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power
Stations, use of) the NGCGB Transmission System. A Bilateral
Agreement is to be entered into for every Connection Site (and for
certain Embedded Power Stations, as explained above) within the
first two of the following categories and the existing Bilateral
Agreement may be required to be varied in the case of the third
category:

(i) existing Connection Sites (and for certain Embedded Power
Stations, as detailed above) as at the Transfer Date;
(ii) new Connection Sites (and for certain Embedded Power

Stations, as detailed above) with effect from the Transfer
Date;
(iii) a Modification at a Connection Site (or in relation to the

connection of certain Embedded Power Stations, as detailed
above) (whether such Connection Site or connection exist on
the Transfer Date or are new thereafter) with effect from the
Transfer Date.
In this PC, unless the context otherwise requires, "connection" means

any of these 3 categories.
PC.4.2 Introduction to Data
User Data
PC.4.2.1 Under the PC, two types of data to be supplied by Users are called for:
(a) Standard Planning Data; and
(b) Detailed Planning Data,
as more particularly provided in PC.A.1.4.
PC.4.2.2 The PC recognises that these two types of data, namely Standard Planning
Data and Detailed Planning Data, are considered at three different levels:
(a) Preliminary Project Planning Data;
(b) Committed Project Planning Data; and
(c) Connected Planning Data,
as more particularly provided in PC.5
PC.4.2.3 Connected Planning Data is itself divided into:
(a) Forecast Data;
(b) Registered Data; and
(c) Estimated Registered Data,
as more particularly provided in PC.5.5
PC.4.2.4 Clearly, an existing User proposing a new Connection Site (or Embedded
Power Station in the circumstances outlined in PC.4.1) will need to supply
data both in an application for a Bilateral Agreement and under the PC in
relation to that proposed new Connection Site (or Embedded Power Station
in the circumstances outlined in PC.4.1) and that will be treated as Preliminary

Project Planning Data or Committed Project Planning Data (as the case
may be), but the data it supplies under the PC relating to its existing
Connection Sites will be treated as Connected Planning Data.
NGCNetwork Data
PC.4.2.5 In addition, there is Network Data supplied by NGC in relation to short circuit
current contributions.
PC.4.3 Data Provision
PC.4.3.1 Seven Year Statement
To enable the Seven Year Statement to be prepared, each User is required to

submit to NGC (subject to the provisions relating to Embedded Power
Stations in PC.3.2) both the Standard Planning Data and the Detailed
Planning Data as listed in parts l and 2 of the Appendix. This data should be
submitted in calendar week 24 of each year (although Network Operators may
delay the submission until calendar week 28) and should cover each of the
seven succeeding NGC Financial Years (and in certain instances, the current
year). Where, from the date of one submission to another, there is no change in
the data (or in some of the data) to be submitted, instead of re-submitting the
data, a User may submit a written statement that there has been no change
from the data (or in some of the data) submitted the previous time. In addition,
NGC will also use the Transmission Entry Capacity and Connection Entry
Capacity data from the CUSC Contract in the preparation of the Seven Year
Statement and to that extent the data will not be treated as confidential.
PC.4.3.2 Network Data

To enable Users to model the NGCGB Transmission System in relation to
short circuit current contributions, NGC is required to submit to Users the
Network Data as listed in Part 3 of the Appendix. The data will be submitted in
week 42 of each year and will cover that NGC Financial Year.
PC.4.4 Offer of Terms for connection
PC.4.4.1 The completed application form for a CUSC Contract to be submitted by a

User when making an application for a CUSC Contract will include:
(a) a description of the Plant and/or Apparatus to be connected to the

NGCGB Transmission System or of the Modification relating to the
User's Plant and/or Apparatus already connected to the NGCGB
Transmission System or, as the case may be, of the proposed new
connection or Modification to the connection within the User System
of the User, each of which shall be termed a "User Development" in
the PC;
(b) the relevant Standard Planning Data as listed in Part 1 of the

Appendix; and
(c) the desired Completion Date of the proposed User Development.
(d) the desired Connection Entry Capacity and Transmission Entry

Capacity.

The completed application form for a CUSC Contract will be sent to NGC as
more particularly provided in the application form.
PC.4.4.2 Any offer of a CUSC Contract will provide that it must be accepted by the
applicant User within the period stated in the offer, after which the offer
automatically lapses. Acceptance of the offer renders the NGCGB
Transmission System works relating to that User Development, reflected in
the offer, committed and binds both parties to the terms of the offer. Within 28
days (or such longer period as NGC may agree in any particular case) of
acceptance of the offer the User shall supply the Detailed Planning Data
pertaining to the User Development as listed in Part 2 of the Appendix.
PC.4.5 Complex connections
PC.4.5.1 The magnitude and complexity of any NGCGB Transmission System

extension or reinforcement will vary according to the nature, location and timing
of the proposed User Development which is the subject of the application and
it may, in the event, be necessary for NGC to carry out additional more
extensive system studies to evaluate more fully the impact of the proposed
User Development on the NGCGB Transmission System. Where NGC
judges that such additional more detailed studies are necessary the offer may
indicate the areas that require more detailed analysis and before such
additional studies are required, the User shall indicate whether it wishes NGC
to undertake the work necessary to proceed to make a revised offer within the
3 month period normally allowed or, where relevant, the timescale consented to
by the Authority.
PC.4.5.2 To enable NGC to carry out any of the above mentioned necessary detailed
system studies, the User may, at the request of NGC, be required to provide
some or all of the Detailed Planning Data listed in part 2 of the Appendix in
advance of the normal timescale referred in PC.4.4.2 provided that NGC can
reasonably demonstrate that it is relevant and necessary.
PC.5 PLANNING DATA
PC.5.1 As far as the PC is concerned, there are three relevant levels of data in relation
to Users. These levels, which relate to levels of confidentiality, commitment
and validation, are described in the following paragraphs.
Preliminary Project Planning Data
PC.5.2 At the time the User applies for a CUSC Contract but before an offer is made
and accepted by the applicant User, the data relating to the proposed User
Development will be considered as Preliminary Project Planning Data. This
data will be treated as confidential within the scope of the provisions relating to
confidentiality in the CUSC.
PC.5.3 Preliminary Project Planning Data will normally only contain the Standard
Planning Data unless the Detailed Planning Data is required in advance of

the normal timescale to enable NGC to carry out additional detailed system
studies as described in PC.4.5.
Committed Project Planning Data
PC.5.4 Once the offer for a CUSC Contract is accepted, the data relating to the User
Development already submitted as Preliminary Project Planning Data, and
subsequent data required by NGC under this PC, will become Committed
Project Planning Data. This data, together with Connection Entry Capacity
and Transmission Entry Capacity data from the CUSC Contract, and other
data held by NGC relating to the NGCGB Transmission System will form the
background against which new applications by any User will be considered and
against which planning of the NGCGB Transmission System will be
undertaken. Accordingly, Committed Project Planning Data, Connection
Entry Capacity and Transmission Entry Capacity data will not be treated as
confidential to the extent that NGC:
(a) is obliged to use it in the preparation of the Seven Year Statement

and in any further information given pursuant to the Seven Year
Statement;
(b) is obliged to use it when considering and/or advising on applications

(or possible applications) of other Users (including making use of it by
giving data from it, both orally and in writing, to other Users making an
application (or considering or discussing a possible application) which
is, in NGC's view, relevant to that other application or possible
application);
(c) is obliged to use it for NGC operational planning purposes;
(d) is obliged under the terms of an Interconnection Agreement to pass

it on as part of system information on the Total System.
(e) is obliged to disclose it under STC.
To reflect different types of data, Preliminary Project Planning Data and

Committed Project Planning Data are themselves divided into:
(a) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which will always be forecast, known as Forecast Data; and
(b) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which relate to Plant and/or Apparatus which upon connection will
become Registered Data, but which prior to connection, for the seven
succeeding NGC Financial Years, will be an estimate of what is
expected, known as Estimated Registered Data.
Connected Planning Data
PC.5.5 The PC requires that, at the time that a Statement of Readiness is submitted
under the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement, any
estimated values assumed for planning purposes are confirmed or, where
practical, replaced by validated actual values and by updated estimates for the

future and by updated forecasts for forecast data items such as Demand. This
data is then termed Connected Planning Data.
To reflect the three types of data referred to above, Connected Planning Data
is itself divided into:
(a) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which will always be forecast data, known as Forecast Data; and
(b) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which upon connection become fixed (subject to any subsequent
changes), known as Registered Data; and
(c) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
which for the purposes of the Plant and/or Apparatus concerned as
at the date of submission are Registered Data but which for the
seven succeeding NGC Financial Years will be an estimate of what is
expected, known as Estimated Registered Data,
as more particularly provided in the Appendix.
PC.5.6 Connected Planning Data, together with Connection Entry Capacity and
Transmission Entry Capacity data from the CUSC Contract, and other data
held by NGC relating to the NGCGB Transmission System, will form the
background against which new applications by any User will be considered and
against which planning of the NGCGB Transmission System will be
undertaken. Accordingly, Connected Planning Data, Connection Entry
Capacity and Transmission Entry Capacity data will not be treated as
confidential to the extent that NGC:
(a) is obliged to use it in the preparation of the Seven Year Statement

and in any further information given pursuant to the Seven Year
Statement;
(b) is obliged to use it when considering and/or advising on applications

(or possible applications) of other Users (including making use of it by
giving data from it, both orally and in writing, to other Users making an
application (or considering or discussing a possible application) which
is, in NGC's view, relevant to that other application or possible
application);
(c) is obliged to use it for NGC operational planning purposes;
(d) is obliged under the terms of an Interconnection Agreement to pass

it on as part of system information on the Total System.
(e) is obliged to disclose it under the STC.
PC.5.7 Committed Project Planning Data and Connected Planning Data will each
contain both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data.
PC.6 PLANNING STANDARDS

PC.6.1 NGC shall apply the Licence Standards relevant to planning and
development, in the planning and development of its Transmission
System. NGC shall procure that each Relevant Transmission Licensee
shall apply the Licence Standards relevant to planning and development, in
the planning and development of the NGC Transmission
System.Transmission System of each Relevant Transmission Licensee.
PC.6.2 In relation to Scotland, Appendix C lists the technical and design criteria
applied in the planning and development of each Relevant Transmission
Licensee's Transmission System. The criteria are subject to review in
accordance with each Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Transmission
Licence conditions. Copies of these documents are available from NGC on
request. NGC will charge an amount sufficient to recover its reasonable
costs incurred in providing this service.

APPENDIX A
PLANNING DATA REQUIREMENTS
PC.A.1. INTRODUCTION
PC.A.1.1 The Appendix specifies data requirements to be submitted to NGC by Users,

and in certain circumstances to Users by NGC.
Submissions by Users
PC.A.1.2 (a) Planning data submissions by Users shall be:
(i) with respect to each of the seven succeeding NGC Financial Years
(other than in the case of Registered Data which will reflect the
current position and data relating to Demand forecasts which
relates also to the current year);
(ii) provided by Users in connection with a CUSC Contract (PC.4.1,

PC.4.4 and PC.4.5 refer); and
(iii) provided by Users on a routine annual basis in calendar week 24 of

each year to maintain an up-to-date data bank (although Network
Operators may delay the submission until calendar week 28).
Where from the date of one annual submission to another there is
no change in the data (or in some of the data) to be submitted,
instead of re-submitting the data, a User may submit a written
statement that there has been no change from the data (or some of
the data) submitted the previous time.
(b) Where there is any change (or anticipated change) in Committed

Project Planning Data or a significant change in Connected Planning
Data in the category of Forecast Data or any change (or anticipated
change) in Connected Planning Data in the categories of Registered
Data or Estimated Registered Data supplied to NGC under the PC,
notwithstanding that the change may subsequently be notified to NGC
under the PC as part of the routine annual update of data (or that the
change may be a Modification under the CUSC), the User shall, subject
to PC.A.3.2.3, notify NGC in writing without delay.
(c) The notification of the change will be in the form required under this PC
in relation to the supply of that data and will also contain the following
information:
(i) the time and date at which the change became, or is expected to
become, effective;
(ii) if the change is only temporary, an estimate of the time and date at
which the data will revert to the previous registered form.
(d) The routine annual update of data, referred to in (a)(iii) above, need not
be submitted in respect of Small Power Stations (except as provided in

PC.3.2.(b)), or unless specifically requested by NGC, or unless
otherwise specifically provided.
PC.A.1.3 Submissions by NGC
Network Data release by NGC shall be:
(a) with respect to the current NGC Financial Year;
(b) provided by NGC on a routine annual basis in calendar week 42 of each

year. Where from the date of one annual submission to another there is
no change in the data (or in some of the data) to be released, instead of
repeating the data, NGC may release a written statement that there has
been no change from the data (or some of the data) released the
previous time.
The three parts of the Appendix
PC.A.1.4 The data requirements listed in this Appendix are subdivided into the following
three parts:
(a) Standard Planning Data
This data (as listed in Part 1 of the Appendix) is first to be provided by a

User at the time of an application for a CUSC Contract. It comprises
data which is expected normally to be sufficient for NGC to investigate
the impact on the NGCGB Transmission System of any User
Development associated with an application by the User for a CUSC
Contract. Users should note that the term Standard Planning Data
also includes the information referred to in PC.4.4.1.(a).
(b) Detailed Planning Data
This data (as listed in Part 2 of the Appendix) is usually first to be

provided by the User within 28 days (or such longer period as NGC may
agree in any particular case) of the offer for a CUSC Contract, being
accepted by the User. It comprises additional, more detailed, data not
normally expected to be required by NGC to investigate the impact on
the NGCGB Transmission System of any User Development
associated with an application by the User for a CUSC Contract. Users
should note that, although not needed within 28 days of the offer, the
term Detailed Planning Data also includes Operation Diagrams and
Site Common Drawings produced in accordance with the CC.
The User may, however, be required by NGC to provide the Detailed

Planning Data in advance of the normal timescale before NGC can
make an offer for a CUSC Contract, as explained in PC.4.5.
(c) NGCNetwork Data

The data requirements for NGC in this Appendix are in Part 3.
Forecast Data, Registered Data and Estimated Registered Data

PC.A.1.5 As explained in PC.5.4 and PC.5.5, Planning Data is divided into:
(i) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
known as Forecast Data; and
(ii) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
known as Registered Data; and
(iii) those items of Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
known as Estimated Registered Data.
PC.A.1.6 The following paragraphs in this Appendix relate to Forecast Data:
3.2.2(b) and (h)

4.2.1
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.5(a)(ii) and (b)(ii)
4.7.1
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.5.1
PC.A.1.7 The following paragraphs in this Appendix relate to Registered Data and
Estimated Registered Data:
2.2.1
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.3.1
2.4.1
3.2.2(a), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g)
3.4.1
3.4.2
4.2.3
4.5(a)(i), (a)(iii), (b)(i) and (b)(iii)
4.6
5.3.2
5.4
5.5.3
6.2
6.3
PC.A.1.8 The data supplied under PC.A.3.3.1, although in the nature of Registered
Data, is only supplied upon application for a CUSC Contract, and therefore
does not fall to be Registered Data, but is Estimated Registered Data.
PC.A.1.9 Forecast Data must contain the User's best forecast of the data being
forecast, acting as a reasonable and prudent User in all the circumstances.

PC.A.1.10 Registered Data must contain validated actual values, parameters or other
information (as the case may be) which replace the estimated values,
parameters or other information (as the case may be) which were given in
relation to those data items when they were Preliminary Project Planning
Data and Committed Project Planning Data, or in the case of changes, which
replace earlier actual values, parameters or other information (as the case may
be). Until amended pursuant to the Grid Code, these actual values,
parameters or other information (as the case may be) will be the basis upon
which NGC the GB Transmission System is planneds, designeds, builtds and
operateds the NGC Transmission System in accordance with, amongst other
things, the Transmission Licences, the STC and the Grid Code, and on
which NGC therefore relies. In following the processes set out in the BCs,
NGC will use the data which has been supplied to it under the BCs and the
data supplied under OC2 in relation to Gensets, but the provision of such data
will not alter the data supplied by Users under the PC, which may only be
amended as provided in the PC.
PC.A.1.11 Estimated Registered Data must contain the User's best estimate of the
values, parameters or other information (as the case may be), acting as a
reasonable and prudent User in all the circumstances.
PC.A.1.12 Certain data does not need to be supplied in relation to Embedded Power
Stations where these are connected at a voltage level below the voltage level
directly connected to the NGCGB Transmission System except in connection
with a CUSC Contract, or unless specifically requested by NGC.

PART 1
STANDARD PLANNING DATA
PC.A.2 USER'S SYSTEM DATA
PC.A.2.1 Introduction
PC.A.2.1.1 Each User, whether connected directly via an existing Connection Point to the
NGCGB Transmission System, or seeking such a direct connection, shall
provide NGC with data on its User System which relates to the Connection
Site and/or which may have a system effect on the performance of the NGCGB
Transmission System. Such data, current and forecast, is specified in
PC.A.2.2 to PC.A.2.5. In addition each Generator with Embedded Large
Power Stations or Embedded Medium Power Stations connected to the
Subtransmission System, shall provide NGC with fault infeed data as
specified in PC.A.2.5.5.
PC.A.2.1.2 Each User must reflect the system effect at the Connection Site(s) of any third
party Embedded within its User System whether existing or proposed.
PC.A.2.1.3 Although not itemised here, each User with an existing or proposed
Embedded Small Power Station or Medium Power Station in its User
System may, at NGC's reasonable discretion, be required to provide additional
details relating to the User's System between the Connection Site and the
existing or proposed Embedded Small Power Station or Medium Power
Station.
PC.A.2.1.4 At NGC’s reasonable request, additional data on the User’s System will need
to be supplied. Some of the possible reasons for such a request, and the data
required, are given in PC.A.6.2, PC.A.6.4, PC.A.6.5 and PC.A.6.6.
PC.A.2.2 User's System Layout
PC.A.2.2.1 Each User shall provide a Single Line Diagram, depicting both its existing and
proposed arrangement(s) of load current carrying Apparatus relating to both
existing and proposed Connection Points.
PC.A.2.2.2 The Single Line Diagram (two examples are shown in Appendix B) must
include all parts of the User System operating at Supergrid Voltage
throughout Great Britain and, in Scotland, also all parts of the User System
operating at 132kV, and those parts of its Subtransmission System at any
NGCTransmission Site. In addition, the Single Line Diagram must include all
parts of the User’s Subtransmission System throughout Great Britain
operating at a voltage greater than 50kV, and, in Scotland, also all parts of the
User’s Subtransmission System operating at a voltage greater than 30kV,
which, under either intact network or Planned Outage conditions:-
(a) normally interconnects separate Connection Points, or busbars at a

Connection Point which are normally run in separate sections; or
(b) connects Embedded Large Power Stations, or Embedded Medium

Power Stations connected to the User’s Subtransmission System, to
a Connection Point.

At the User’s discretion, the Single Line Diagram can also contain additional
details of the User’s Subtransmission System not already included above,
and also details of the transformers connecting the User’s Subtransmission
System to a lower voltage. With NGC’s agreement, the Single Line
Diagram can also contain information about the User’s System at a voltage
below the voltage of the Subtransmission System.
The Single Line Diagram must include the points at which Demand data
(provided under PC.A.4.3.4) and fault infeed data (provided under PC.A.2.5)
are supplied.
PC.A.2.2.3 The above mentioned Single Line Diagram shall include:
(a) electrical circuitry (ie. overhead lines, identifying which circuits are
on the same towers, underground cables, power transformers,
reactive compensation equipment and similar equipment); and
(b) substation names (in full or abbreviated form) with operating

voltages.
In addition, for all load current carrying Apparatus operating at Supergrid

Voltage throughout Great Britain and, in Scotland, also at 132kV, the Single
Line Diagram shall include:-
(a) circuit breakers
(b) phasing arrangements.
PC.A.2.2.3.1 For the avoidance of doubt, the Single Line Diagram to be supplied is in
addition to the Operation Diagram supplied pursuant to CC.7.4.
PC.A.2.2.4 For each circuit shown on the Single Line Diagram provided under
PC.A.2.2.1, each User shall provide the following details relating to that part
of its User System:
Circuit Parameters:
Rated voltage (kV)

Operating voltage (kV)
Positive phase sequence reactance
Positive phase sequence resistance
Positive phase sequence susceptance
Zero phase sequence reactance (both self and mutual)
Zero phase sequence resistance (both self and mutual)
Zero phase sequence susceptance (both self and mutual)
PC.A.2.2.5 For each transformer shown on the Single Line Diagram provided under
PC.A.2.2.1, each User shall provide the following details:
Rated MVA
Voltage Ratio
Winding arrangement
Positive sequence reactance

(max, min and nominal tap)
Positive sequence resistance
(max, min and nominal tap)
Zero sequence reactance
PC.A.2.2.5.1. In addition, for all interconnecting transformers between the User's

Supergrid Voltage System and the User's Subtransmission System
throughout Great Britain and, in Scotland, also for all interconnecting
transformers between the User’s 132kV System and the User’s
Subtransmission System the User shall supply the following information:-
Tap changer range

Tap change step size
Tap changer type: on load or off circuit
Earthing method: Direct, resistance or reactance
Impedance (if not directly earthed )
PC.A.2.2.6 Each User shall supply the following information about the User’s equipment
installed at a Connection Site which is owned, operated or managed by
NGC:-Transmission Site:-
(a) Switchgear. For all circuit breakers:-
Rated voltage (kV)

Operating voltage (kV)
Rated 3-phase rms short-circuit breaking current, (kA)
Rated 1-phase rms short-circuit breaking current, (kA)
Rated 3-phase peak short-circuit making current, (kA)
Rated 1-phase peak short-circuit making current, (kA)
Rated rms continuous current (A)
DC time constant applied at testing of asymmetrical breaking
abilities (secs)
(b) Substation Infrastructure. For the substation infrastructure

(including, but not limited to, switch disconnectors, disconnectors,
current transformers, line traps, busbars, through bushings, etc):-
Rated 3-phase rms short-circuit withstand current (kA)

Rated 1-phase rms short-circuit withstand current (kA).
Rated 3-phase short-circuit peak withstand current (kA)
Rated 1- phase short-circuit peak withstand current (kA)
Rated duration of short circuit withstand (secs)
Rated rms continuous current (A)
A single value for the entire substation may be supplied, provided it

represents the most restrictive item of current carrying apparatus.
PC.A.2.3 Lumped System Susceptance
PC.A.2.3.1 For all parts of the User’s Subtransmission System which are not included
in the Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.1, each User shall
provide the equivalent lumped shunt susceptance at nominal Frequency.

PC.A.2.3.1.1 This should include shunt reactors connected to cables which are not
normally in or out of service independent of the cable (ie. they are regarded
as part of the cable).
PC.A.2.3.1.2 This should not include:
(a) independently switched reactive compensation equipment

connected to the User's System specified under PC.A.2.4, or;
(b) any susceptance of the User's System inherent in the Demand

(Reactive Power) data specified under PC.A.4.3.1.
PC.A.2.4 Reactive Compensation Equipment
PC.A.2.4.1 For all independently switched reactive compensation equipment, including

that shown on the Single Line Diagram, not ownedoperated by NGC and
connected to the User's System at 132kV and above in England and Wales
and 33kV and above in Scotland, other than power factor correction
equipment associated directly with Customers' Plant and Apparatus, the
following information is required:
(a) type of equipment (eg. fixed or variable);
(b) capacitive and/or inductive rating or its operating range in Mvar;
(c) details of any automatic control logic to enable operating

characteristics to be determined;
(d) the point of connection to the User's System in terms of electrical

location and System voltage.
PC.A.2.5 Short Circuit Contribution to NGCGB Transmission System
PC.A.2.5.1 General
(a) To allow NGC to calculate fault currents, each User is required to

provide data, calculated in accordance with Good Industry
Practice, as set out in the following paragraphs of PC.A.2.5.
(b) The data should be provided for the User's System with all
Generating Units Synchronised to that User's System. The User
must ensure that the pre-fault network conditions reflect a credible
System operating arrangement.
(c) The list of data items required, in whole or part, under the following
provisions, is set out in PC.A.2.5.6. Each of the relevant following
provisions identifies which data items in the list are required for the
situation with which that provision deals.
The fault currents in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of the data list in
PC.A.2.5.6 should be based on an a.c. load flow that takes into
account any pre-fault current flow across the Point of Connection
being considered.

Measurements made under appropriate System conditions may be
used by the User to obtain the relevant data.
(d) NGC may at any time, in writing, specifically request for data to be
provided for an alternative System condition, for example minimum
plant, and the User will, insofar as such request is reasonable,
provide the information as soon as reasonably practicable following
the request.
PC.A.2.5.2 Network Operators and Non-Embedded Customers are required to submit

data in accordance with PC.A.2.5.4. Generators are required to submit data
in accordance with PC.A.2.5.5.
PC.A.2.5.3 Where prospective short-circuit currents on equipment owned, operated or

managed by NGC are close to the equipment rating, and in NGC’s
reasonable opinion more accurate calculations of the prospective short circuit
currents are required, then NGC will request additional data as outlined in
PC.A.6.6 below.
PC.A.2.5.4 Data from Network Operators and Non-Embedded Customers
Data is required to be provided at each node on the Single Line Diagram

provided under PC.A.2.2.1 at which motor loads and/or Embedded Small
Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power Stations are connected,
assuming a fault at that location, as follows:-
The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.2.5.6:-
(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi);
and the data items shall be provided in accordance with the detailed
provisions of PC.A.2.5.6(c) - (f).
PC.A.2.5.5 Data from Generators
PC.A.2.5.5.1 For each Generating Unit with one or more associated Unit Transformers,
the Generator is required to provide values for the contribution of the Power
Station Auxiliaries (including Auxiliary Gas Turbines or Auxiliary Diesel
Engines) to the fault current flowing through the Unit Transformer(s).
The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.2.5.6(a) should be
provided:-
(i), (ii) and (v);
(iii) if the associated Generating Unit step-up transformer can

supply zero phase sequence current from the Generating
Unit side to the NGCGB Transmission System;
(iv) if the value is not 1.0 p.u;
provisions of PC.A.2.5.6(c) - (f), and with the following parts of this
PC.A.2.5.5.
PC.A.2.5.5.2 Auxiliary motor short circuit current contribution and any Auxiliary Gas
Turbine Unit contribution through the Unit Transformers must be
represented as a combined short circuit current contribution at the
Generating Unit's terminals, assuming a fault at that location.
PC.A.2.5.5.3 If the Power Station has separate Station Transformers, data should be
provided for the fault current contribution from each transformer at its high
voltage terminals, assuming a fault at that location, as follows:-
The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.2.5.6
(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi);
provisions of PC.A.2.5.6(b) - (f).
PC.A.2.5.5.4 Data for the fault infeeds through both Unit Transformers and Station
Transformers shall be provided for the normal running arrangement when
the maximum number of Gensets are Synchronised to the System. Where
there is an alternative running arrangement which can give a higher fault
infeed through the Station Transformers, then a separate data submission
representing this condition shall be made.
PC.A.2.5.5.5 Unless the normal operating arrangement within the Power Station is to
have the Station and Unit Boards interconnected within the Power Station,
no account should be taken of the interconnection between the Station
Board and the Unit Board.
PC.A.2.5.6 Data Items
(a) The following is the list of data utilised in this part of the PC. It also
contains rules on the data which generally apply:-
(i) Root mean square of the symmetrical three-phase short

circuit current infeed at the instant of fault, (I1");
(ii) Root mean square of the symmetrical three-phase short

circuit current after the subtransient fault current
contribution has substantially decayed, (I1');
(iii) the zero sequence source resistance and reactance

values of the User's System as seen from the node on
the Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.1 (or
Station Transformer high voltage terminals or
Generating Unit terminals, as appropriate) consistent
with the infeed described in PC.A.2.5.1.(b);
(iv) root mean square of the pre-fault voltage at which the

maximum fault currents were calculated;
(v) the positive sequence X/R ratio at the instant of fault;

(vi) the negative sequence resistance and reactance values
of the User's System seen from the node on the Single
Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.1 (or Station
Transformer high voltage terminals, or Generating Unit
terminals if appropriate) if substantially different from the
values of positive sequence resistance and reactance
which would be derived from the data provided above.
(b) In considering this data, unless the User notifies NGC accordingly at
the time of data submission, NGC will assume that the time constant
of decay of the subtransient fault current corresponding to the
change from I1" to I1', (T") is not significantly different from 40ms. If
that assumption is not correct in relation to an item of data, the User
must inform NGC at the time of submission of the data.
(c) The value for the X/R ratio must reflect the rate of decay of the d.c.
component that may be present in the fault current and hence that of
the sources of the initial fault current. All shunt elements and loads
must therefore be deleted from any system model before the X/R
ratio is calculated.
(d) In producing the data, the User may use "time step analysis" or
"fixed-point-in-time analysis" with different impedances.
(e) If a fixed-point-in-time analysis with different impedances method is

used, then in relation to the data submitted under (a) (i) above, the
data will be required for "time zero" to give I1". The figure of 120ms
is consistent with a decay time constant T" of 40ms, and if that
figure is different, then the figure of 120ms must be changed
accordingly.
(f) Where a "time step analysis" is carried out, the X/R ratio may be
calculated directly from the rate of decay of the d.c. component. The
X/R ratio is not that given by the phase angle of the fault current if
this is based on a system calculation with shunt loads, but from the
Thévenin equivalent of the system impedance at the instant of fault
with all non-source shunts removed.

PC.A.3 GENERATING UNIT DATA
Directly Connected
PC.A.3.1.1 Each Generator with an existing, or proposed, Power Station directly

connected, or to be directly connected, to the NGCGB Transmission
System, shall provide NGC with data relating to that Power Station, both
current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.3.2 to PC.A.3.4.
Embedded
PC.A.3.1.2 (a) Each Generator with an existing, or proposed, Embedded Large

Power Station and/or an Embedded Medium Power Station
connected to the Sub Transmission System, shall provide NGC
with data relating to that Power Station, both current and forecast,
as specified in PC.A.3.2 to PC.A.3.4.
(b) No data need be supplied in relation to any Small Power Station or

any Medium Power Station, connected at a voltage level below the
voltage level of the Subtransmission System except:-
(i) in connection with an application for, or under, a CUSC

Contract, or
(ii) unless specifically requested by NGC under PC.A.3.1.4.
PC.A.3.1.3 (a) Each Network Operator shall provide NGC with the data specified
in PC.A.3.2.2(c).
(b) Network Operators need not submit planning data in respect of an

Embedded Small Power Station unless required to do so under
PC.A.1.2(b) or unless specifically requested under PC.A.3.1.4
below, in which case they will supply such data.
PC.A.3.1.4 (a) PC.A.4.2.4(b) and PC.A.4.3.2(a) explain that the forecast Demand
submitted by each Network Operator must be net of the output of
all Small Power Stations and Medium Power Stations and
Customer Generating Plant Embedded in that Network
Operator’s System. The Network Operator must inform NGC of
the number of such Embedded Power Stations (including the
number of Generating Units) together with their summated
capacity.
(b) On receipt of this data, the Network Operator or Generator (if the
data relates to Power Stations referred to in PC.A.3.1.2) may be
further required, at NGC's reasonable discretion, to provide details
of Embedded Small Power Stations and Embedded Medium
Power Stations and Customer Generating Plant, both current and
forecast, as specified in PC.A.3.2 to PC.A.3.4. Such requirement
would arise where NGC reasonably considers that the collective
effect of a number of such Embedded Power Stations and

Customer Generating Plants may have a significant system effect
on the NGCGB Transmission System.
PC.A.3.1.5 Where Generating Units, which term includes CCGT Units, are connected
to the NGCGB Transmission System via a busbar arrangement which is or
is expected to be operated in separate sections, the section of busbar to
which each Generating Unit is connected is to be identified in the
submission.
PC.A.3.2 Output Data
PC.A.3.2.1 (a) Large Power Stations and Gensets
Data items PC.A.3.2.2 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) are required
with respect to each Large Power Station and each Generating
Unit of each Large Power Station and for each Genset (although
(a) is not required for CCGT Units and (b), (d) and (e) are not
normally required for CCGT Units).
(b) Embedded Small Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power

Stations
Data item PC.A.3.2.2 (a) is required with respect to each
Embedded Small Power Station and Embedded Medium Power
Station and each Generating Unit of each Embedded Small
Power Station and Embedded Medium Power Station (although
(a) is not required for CCGT Units).
(c) CCGT Units/Modules
(i) Data item PC.A.3.2.2 (g) is required with respect to each

CCGT Unit;
(ii) data item PC.A.3.2.2 (a) is required with respect to each

CCGT Module; and
(iii) data items PC.A.3.2.2 (b), (c), (d) and (e) are required
with respect to each CCGT Module unless NGC informs
the relevant User in advance of the submission that it
needs the data items with respect to each CCGT Unit for
particular studies, in which case it must be supplied on a
CCGT Unit basis.
Where any definition utilised or referred to in relation to any of the

data items does not reflect CCGT Units, such definition shall be
deemed to relate to CCGT Units for the purposes of these data
items. Any Schedule in the DRC which refers to these data items
shall be interpreted to incorporate the CCGT Unit basis where
appropriate;

PC.A.3.2.2 Items (a), (b), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) are to be supplied by each Generator or
Network Operator (as the case may be) in accordance with PC.A.3.1.1,
PC.A.3.1.2, PC.A.3.1.3 and PC.A.3.1.4. Item (c) is to be supplied by each
Network Operator in all cases:-
(a) Registered Capacity (MW);
(b) Output Usable (MW) on a monthly basis;
(c) System Constrained Capacity (MW) ie. any constraint placed on

the capacity of the Embedded Generating Unit due to the Network
Operator’s System in which it is embedded. Where Generating
Units (which term includes CCGT Units) are connected to a
Network Operator’s User System via a busbar arrangement which
is or is expected to be operated in separate sections, details of
busbar running arrangements and connected circuits at the
substation to which the Embedded Generating Unit is connected
sufficient for NGC to determine where the MW generated by each
Generating Unit at that Power Station would appear onto the
NGCGB Transmission System;
(d) Minimum Generation (MW);
(e) MW obtainable from Generating Units in excess of Registered

Capacity;
(f) Generator Performance Chart at the Generating Unit stator

terminals;
(g) a list of the CCGT Units within a CCGT Module, identifying each
CCGT Unit, and the CCGT Module of which it forms part,
unambiguously. In the case of a Range CCGT Module, details of
the possible configurations should also be submitted, together:-
(i) (in the case of a Range CCGT Module connected to the

NGCGB Transmission System) with details of the single
Grid Entry Point (there can only be one) at which power
is provided from the Range CCGT Module;
(ii) (in the case of an Embedded Range CCGT Module)

with details of the single User System Entry Point (there
can only be one) at which power is provided from the
Range CCGT Module;
Provided that, nothing in this sub-paragraph (g) shall prevent the

busbar at the relevant point being operated in separate sections;
(h) expected running regime(s) at each Power Station and type of

Generating Unit, eg. Steam Unit, Gas Turbine Unit, Combined
Cycle Gas Turbine Unit, Novel Units (specify by type), etc;

PC.A.3.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this PC, the CCGT Units within a
CCGT Module, details of which are required under paragraph (g) of
PC.A.3.2.2, can only be amended in accordance with the following
provisions:-
(a) if the CCGT Module is a Normal CCGT Module, the CCGT Units
within that CCGT Module can only be amended such that the CCGT
Module comprises different CCGT Units if NGC gives its prior
consent in writing. Notice of the wish to amend the CCGT Units
within such a CCGT Module must be given at least 6 months before it
is wished for the amendment to take effect;
(b) if the CCGT Module is a Range CCGT Module, the CCGT Units
within that CCGT Module and the Grid Entry Point at which the
power is provided can only be amended as described in BC1.A1.6.4.
PC.A.3.3. Rated Parameters Data
PC.A.3.3.1 The following information is required to facilitate an early assessment, by NGC,

of the need for more detailed studies;
(a) for all Generating Units:
Rated MVA
Rated MW
Direct axis transient reactance;
(b) for each synchronous Generating Unit:
Short circuit ratio

Inertia constant (for whole machine), MWsecs/MVA;
(c) for each Generating Unit step-up transformer:
Rated MVA
Positive sequence reactance (at max, min and nominal tap).
This information should only be given in the data supplied with the application
for a CUSC Contract (if appropriate for any variation), as the case may be.
PC.A.3.4 General Generating Unit Data
PC.A.3.4.1 The point of connection to the NGCGB Transmission System or the Total
System, if other than to the NGCGB Transmission System, in terms of
geographical and electrical location and system voltage is also required.
PC.A.3.4.2 (a) Details of the Exciter category, for example whether it is a rotating
Exciter or a static Exciter.
(b) Whether a Power System Stabiliser is fitted.

PC.A.4 DEMAND AND ACTIVE ENERGY DATA
PC.A.4.1.1 Each User directly connected to the NGCGB Transmission System with
Demand shall provide NGC with the Demand data, historic, current and
forecast, as specified in PC.A.4.2, PC.A.4.3 and PC.A.4.5. Paragraphs
PC.A.4.1.2 and PC.A.4.1.3 apply equally to Active Energy requirements as
to Demand unless the context otherwise requires.
PC.A.4.1.2 Data will need to be supplied by:
(a) each Network Operator, in relation to Demand and Active Energy

requirements on its User System;
(b) each Non-Embedded Customer (including Pumped Storage

Generators with respect to Pumping Demand) in relation to its
Demand and Active Energy requirements.
Demand of Power Stations directly connected to the NGCGB

Transmission System is to be supplied by the Generator under PC.A.5.2.
PC.A.4.1.3 References in this PC to data being supplied on a half hourly basis refer to it
being supplied for each period of 30 minutes ending on the hour or half-hour
in each hour.
PC.A.4.2 Demand (Active Power) and Active Energy Data
PC.A.4.2.1 Forecast daily Demand (Active Power) profiles, as specified in (a), (b) and
(c) below, in respect of each of the User's User Systems (each summated
over all Grid Supply Points in each User System) are required for:
(a) peak day on each of the User's User Systems (as determined by
the User) giving the numerical value of the maximum Demand
(Active Power) that in the Users' opinion could reasonably be
imposed on the NGCGB Transmission System;
(b) day of peak NGCGB Transmission System Demand (Active

Power) as notified by NGC pursuant to PC.A.4.2.2;
(c) day of minimum NGCGB Transmission System Demand (Active

Power) as notified by NGC pursuant to PC.A.4.2.2.
In addition, the total Demand (Active Power) in respect of the time of peak
NGCGB Transmission System Demand in the preceding NGC Financial
Year in respect of each of the User's User Systems (each summated over
all Grid Supply Points in each User System) both outturn and weather
corrected shall be supplied.

PC.A.4.2.2 No later than calendar week 17 each year NGC shall notify each Network
Operator and Non-Embedded Customer in writing of the following, for the
current NGC Financial Year and for each of the following seven NGC
Financial Years, which will, until replaced by the following year’s notification,
be regarded as the relevant specified days and times under PC.A.4.2.1:
a) the date and time of the annual peak of the NGCGB Transmission
System Demand;
b) the date and time of the annual minimum of the NGCGB

Transmission System Demand.
PC.A.4.2.3 The total Active Energy used on each of the Network Operators’ or Non-
Embedded Customers’ User Systems (each summated over all Grid
Supply Points in each User System) in the preceding NGC Financial Year,
both outturn and weather corrected, together with a prediction for the current
financial year, is required. Each Active Energy submission shall be
subdivided into the following categories of Customer tariff:
LV1
LV2
LV3
HV
EHV
Traction
Lighting
In addition, the total User System losses and the Active Energy provided by
Embedded Small Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power
Stations shall be supplied.
PC.A.4.2.4 All forecast Demand (Active Power) and Active Energy specified in
PC.A.4.2.1 and PC.A.4.2.3 shall:
(a) in the case of PC.A.4.2.1(a), (b) and (c), be such that the profiles
comprise average Active Power levels in 'MW' for each time
marked half hour throughout the day;
(b) in the case of PC.A.4.2.1(a), (b) and (c), be that remaining after any
deductions reasonably considered appropriate by the User to take
account of the output profile of all Embedded Small Power
Stations and Embedded Medium Power Stations and Customer
Generating Plant and imports across Embedded External
Interconnections;
(c) in the case of PC.A.4.2.1(a) and (b), be based on Annual ACS

Conditions and in the case of PC.A.4.2.1(c) and the details of the
annual Active Energy required under PC.A.4.2.3 be based on
Average Conditions.
PC.A.4.3 Connection Point Demand (Active and Reactive Power)

PC.A.4.3.1 Forecast Demand (Active Power) and Power Factor (values of the Power
Factor at maximum and minimum continuous excitation may be given instead
where more than 95% of the total Demand at a Connection Point is taken
by synchronous motors) to be met at each are required for:
(a) the time of the maximum Demand (Active Power) at the

Connection Point (as determined by the User) that in the User's
opinion could reasonably be imposed on the NGCGB Transmission
System;
(b) the time of peak NGCGB Transmission System Demand as

provided by NGC under PC.A.4.2.2;
(c) the time of minimum NGCGB Transmission System Demand as

provided by NGC under PC.A.4.2.2.
PC.A.4.3.2 All forecast Demand specified in PC.A.4.3.1 shall:
(a) be that remaining after any deductions reasonably considered

appropriate by the User to take account of the output of all
Embedded Small Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power
Stations and Customer Generating Plant and imports across
Embedded External Interconnections and such deductions should
be separately stated;
(b) include any User's System series reactive losses but exclude any
reactive compensation equipment specified in PC.A.2.4 and exclude
any network susceptance specified in PC.A.2.3;
(c) in the case of PC.A.4.3.1(a) and (b) be based on Annual ACS

Conditions and in the case of PC.A.4.3.1(c) be based on Average
Conditions.
PC.A.4.3.3 Where two or more Connection Points normally run in parallel with the
NGCGB Transmission System under intact network conditions, and a
Single Line Diagram of the interconnection has been provided under
PC.A.2.2.2, the User may provide a single submission covering the
aggregate Demand for all such Connection Points.
PC.A.4.3.4 Each Single Line Diagram provided under PC.A.2.2.2 shall include the
Demand (Active Power) and Power Factor (values of the Power Factor at
maximum and minimum continuous excitation may be given instead where
more than 95% of the Demand is taken by synchronous motors) at the time
of the peak NGCGB Transmission System Demand (as provided under
PC.A.4.2.2) at each node on the Single Line Diagram. These Demands
shall be consistent with those provided under PC.A.4.3.1(b) above for the
relevant year.
PC.A.4.3.5 So that NGC is able to assess the impact on the NGCGB Transmission
System of the diversified NGCGB Transmission System Demand at
various periods throughout the year, each User shall provide additional
forecast Demand data as specified in PC.A.4.3.1 and PC.A.4.3.2 but with

respect to times to be specified by NGC. However, NGC shall not make such
a request for additional data more than once in any calendar year.
PC.A.4.4 NGC will assemble and derive in a reasonable manner, the forecast
information supplied to it under PC.A.4.2.1, PC.A.4.3.1. and PC.A.4.3.4
above into a cohesive forecast and will use this in preparing Forecast
Demand information in the Seven Year Statement and for use in NGC's
Operational Planning. If any User believes that the cohesive forecast
Demand information in the Seven Year Statement does not reflect its
assumptions on Demand, it should contact NGC to explain its concerns and
may require NGC, on reasonable request, to discuss these forecasts. In the
absence of such expressions, NGC will assume that Users concur with
NGC's cohesive forecast.
Demand Transfer Capability
PC.A.4.5 Where a User's Demand or group of Demands (Active and Reactive

Power) may be offered by the User to be supplied from alternative
Connection Point(s), (either through non-NGCTransmission
interconnections or through Demand transfer facilities) and the User
reasonably considers it appropriate that this should be taken into account (by
NGC) in designing the Connection Site the following information is required:
(a) First Circuit (Fault) Outage Conditions
(i) the alternative Connection Point(s);
(ii) the Demand (Active and Reactive Power) which may

be transferred under the loss of the most critical circuit
from or to each alternative Connection Point (to the
nearest 5MW/5Mvar);
(iii) the arrangements (eg. manual or automatic) for transfer

together with the time required to effect the transfer.
(b) Second Circuit (Planned) Outage Conditions
(i) the alternative Connection Point(s);
(ii) the Demand (Active and Reactive Power) which may

be transferred under the loss of the most critical circuit
from or to each alternative Connection Point (to the
nearest 5MW/5Mvar);
(iii) the arrangements (eg. manual or automatic) for transfer

together with the time required to effect the transfer.
PC.A.4.6 Control of Demand or Reduction of Pumping Load Offered as Reserve
- Magnitude of Demand or pumping load

which is tripped MW

- System Frequency at which tripping
is initiated Hz
- Time duration of System Frequency

below trip setting for tripping to
be initiated s
- Time delay from trip initiation to tripping s
PC.A.4.7 General Demand Data
PC.A.4.7.1 The following information is infrequently required and should be supplied

(wherever possible) when requested by NGC:
(a) details of any individual loads which have characteristics

significantly different from the typical range of Domestic,
Commercial or Industrial loads supplied;
(b) the sensitivity of the Demand (Active and Reactive Power) to

variations in voltage and Frequency on the NGCGB Transmission
System at the time of the peak Demand (Active Power). The
sensitivity factors quoted for the Demand (Reactive Power) should
relate to that given under PC.A.4.3.1 and, therefore, include any
User's System series reactive losses but exclude any reactive
compensation equipment specified in PC.A.2.4 and exclude any
network susceptance specified in PC.A.2.3;
(c) details of any traction loads, e.g. connection phase pairs and
continuous load variation with time;
(d) the average and maximum phase unbalance, in magnitude and

phase angle, which the User would expect its Demand to impose on
the NGCGB Transmission System;
(e) the maximum harmonic content which the User would expect its
Demand to impose on the NGCGB Transmission System;
(f) details of all loads which may cause Demand fluctuations greater
than those permitted under Engineering Recommendation P28,
Stage 1 at a Point of Common Coupling including the Flicker
Severity (Short Term) and the Flicker Severity (Long Term).

PART 2
DETAILED PLANNING DATA
PC.A.5 GENERATING UNIT DATA
Directly Connected
PC.A.5.1.1 Each Generator, with existing or proposed Power Stations directly connected,
or to be directly connected, to the NGCGB Transmission System, shall
provide NGC with data relating to that Plant and Apparatus, both current and
forecast, as specified in PC.A.5.2 and PC.A.5.3.
Embedded
PC.A.5.1.2 Each Generator, with existing or proposed Embedded Large Power Stations
and Embedded Medium Power Stations shall provide NGC with data relating
to each of those Large Power Stations and/or Medium Power Stations, both
current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.5.2 and PC.A.5.3. However, no data
need be supplied in relation to those Embedded Medium Power Stations if
they are connected at a voltage level below the voltage level of the
Subtransmission System except in connection with an application for, or
under a, CUSC Contract or unless specifically requested by NGC under
PC.A.5.1.4.
PC.A.5.1.3 Each Network Operator need not submit Planning Data in respect of
Embedded Small Power Stations unless required to do so under PC.A.1.2(b)
or unless specifically requested under PC.A.5.1.4 below, in which case they will
supply such data.
PC.A.5.1.4 PC.A.4.2.4(b) and PC.A.4.3.2(a) explained that the forecast Demand submitted
by each Network Operator must be net of the output of all Medium Power
Stations and Small Power Stations and Customer Generating Plant
Embedded in that User's System. In such cases (PC.A.3.1.4 also refers), the
Network Operator must inform NGC of the number of such Power Stations
(including the number of Generating Units) together with their summated
capacity. On receipt of this data, the Network Operator or Generator (if the
data relates to Power Stations referred to in PC.A.5.1.2) may be further
required at NGC's discretion to provide details of Embedded Small Power
Stations and Embedded Medium Power Stations and Customer Generating
Plant, both current and forecast, as specified in PC.A.5.2 and PC.A.5.3. Such
requirement would arise when NGC reasonably considers that the collective
effect of a number of such Embedded Small Power Stations and Embedded
Medium Power Stations and Customer Generating Plants may have a
significant system effect on the NGCGB Transmission System.
PC.A.5.2 Demand
PC.A.5.2.1 For each Generating Unit which has an associated Unit Transformer, the
value of the Demand supplied through this Unit Transformer when the
Generating Unit is at Rated MW output is to be provided.

PC.A.5.2.2 Where the Power Station has associated Demand additional to the unit-
supplied Demand of PC.A.5.2.1 which is supplied from either the NGCGB
Transmission System or the Generator's User System the
Generator shall supply forecasts for each Power Station of:
a) the maximum Demand that, in the User's opinion, could reasonably

be imposed on the NGCGB Transmission System or the
Generator's User System as appropriate;
b) the Demand at the time of the peak NGCGB Transmission System

Demand;
c) the Demand at the time of minimum NGCGB Transmission System

Demand.
PC.A.5.2.3 No later than calendar week 17 each year NGC shall notify each Generator
with Large Power Stations and/or Medium Power Stations in writing of the
following, for the current NGC Financial Year and for each of the following
seven NGC Financial Years, which will be regarded as the relevant specified
days and times under PC.A.5.2.2:
a) the date and time of the annual peak of the NGCGB Transmission
System Demand at Annual ACS Conditions;
b) the date and time of the annual minimum of the NGCGB

Transmission System Demand at Average Conditions.
PC.A.5.2.4 At its discretion, NGC may also request further details of the Demand as
specified in PC.A.4.6
PC.A.5.3 Synchronous Machine and Associated Control System Data
PC.A.5.3.1 The data submitted below are not intended to constrain any Ancillary
Services Agreement
PC.A.5.3.2 The following Generating Unit and Power Station data should be supplied:
(a) Generating Unit Parameters
Rated terminal volts (kV)

* Rated MVA
* Rated MW
* Minimum Generation MW
* Short circuit ratio
Direct axis synchronous reactance
* Direct axis transient reactance
Direct axis sub-transient reactance
Direct axis short-circuit transient time constant.
Direct axis short-circuit sub-transient time constant.
Quadrature axis synchronous reactance
Quadrature axis sub-transient reactance
Quadrature axis short-circuit sub-transient time constant.
Stator time constant
Stator leakage reactance

Armature winding direct-current resistance.
Note: The above data item relating to armature winding direct-

current resistance need only be supplied by Generators
with respect to Generating Units commissioned after 1st
March 1996 and in cases where, for whatever reason, the
Generator is aware of the value of the relevant parameter.
* Turbogenerator inertia constant (MWsec/MVA)

Rated field current (amps) at Rated MW and Mvar output and at
rated terminal voltage.
Field current (amps) open circuit saturation curve for Generating

Unit terminal voltages ranging from 50% to 120% of rated value in
10% steps as derived from appropriate manufacturers test
certificates.
(b) Parameters for Generating Unit Step-up Transformers
* Rated MVA
Voltage ratio
* Positive sequence reactance
(at max, min, & nominal tap)
Positive sequence resistance
(at max, min, & nominal tap)
Zero phase sequence reactance
Tap changer range
Tap changer step size
Tap changer type: on load or off circuit
(c) Excitation Control System parameters
Note: The data items requested under Option 1 below may

continue to be provided by Generators in relation to
Generating Units on the System at 09 January 1995 (in
this paragraph, the "relevant date") or they may provide the
new data items set out under Option 2. Generators must
supply the data as set out under Option 2 (and not those
under Option 1) for Generating Unit excitation control
systems commissioned after the relevant date, those
Generating Unit excitation control systems
recommissioned for any reason such as refurbishment after
the relevant date and Generating Unit excitation control
systems where, as a result of testing or other process, the
Generator is aware of the data items listed under Option 2
in relation to that Generating Unit.
Option 1
DC gain of Excitation Loop

Rated field voltage
Maximum field voltage
Minimum field voltage
Maximum rate of change of field voltage (rising)
Maximum rate of change of field voltage (falling)

Details of Excitation Loop described in block diagram form
showing transfer functions of individual elements.
Dynamic characteristics of Over-excitation Limiter.
Dynamic characteristics of Under-excitation Limiter
Option 2
Excitation System Nominal Response

Rated Field Voltage
No-Load Field Voltage
Excitation System On-Load Positive Ceiling Voltage
Excitation System No-Load Positive Ceiling Voltage
Excitation System No-Load Negative Ceiling Voltage
Details of Excitation System (including PSS if fitted) described in

block diagram form showing transfer functions of individual
elements.
Details of Over-excitation Limiter described in block diagram form

showing transfer functions of individual elements.
Details of Under-excitation Limiter described in block diagram

form showing transfer functions of individual elements.
(d) Governor Parameters
Incremental Droop values (in %) are required for each Generating

Unit at six MW loading points (MLP1 to MLP6) as detailed in
PC.A.5.4.1 (this data item needs only be provided for Large Power
Stations)
Note: The data items requested under Option 1 below may

continue to be provided by Generators in relation to
Generating Units on the System at 09 January 1995 (in
this paragraph, the "relevant date") or they may provide the
new data items set out under Option 2. Generators must
supply the data as set out under Option 2 (and not those
under Option 1) for Generating Unit governor control
systems commissioned after the relevant date, those
Generating Unit governor control systems recommissioned
for any reason such as refurbishment after the relevant date
and Generating Unit governor control systems where, as a
result of testing or other process, the Generator is aware of
the data items listed under Option 2 in relation to that
Generating Unit.
Option 1
(i) Governor Parameters (for Reheat Steam Units)
HP governor average gain MW/Hz

Speeder motor setting range
HP governor valve time constant
HP governor valve opening limits
HP governor valve rate limits

Reheater time constant (Active Energy stored in
reheater)
IP governor average gain MW/Hz

IP governor setting range
IP governor valve time constant
IP governor valve opening limits
IP governor valve rate limits
Details of acceleration sensitive elements in HP & IP

governor loop.
A governor block diagram showing transfer functions of
individual elements.
(ii) Governor Parameters (for Non-Reheat Steam Units and

Gas Turbine Units)
Governor average gain

Speeder motor setting range
Time constant of steam or fuel governor valve
Governor valve opening limits
Governor valve rate limits
Time constant of turbine
Governor block diagram
The following data items need only be supplied for Large Power
Stations:-
(iii) Boiler & Steam Turbine Data
Boiler Time Constant (Stored Active Energy) s

HP turbine response ratio:
proportion of Primary Response %
arising from HP turbine.
HP turbine response ratio:

proportion of High Frequency Response %
arising from HP turbine.
[End of Option 1]
Option 2
(i) Governor and associated prime mover Parameters - All

Generating Units
Governor Block Diagram showing transfer function of

individual elements including acceleration sensitive
elements.
Governor Time Constant (in seconds)
Speeder Motor Setting Range (%)
Average Gain (MW/Hz)
Governor Deadband (this data item need only be
provided for Large Power Stations)
- Maximum Setting ±Hz
- Normal Setting ±Hz

- Minimum Setting ±Hz
Where the Generating Unit governor does not have a

selectable deadband facility, then the actual value of
the deadband need only be provided
(ii) Governor and associated prime mover Parameters -

Steam Units
HP Valve Time Constant (in seconds)

HP Valve Opening Limits (%)
HP Valve Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
HP Valve Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
HP Turbine Time Constant (in seconds)
IP Valve Time Constant (in seconds)

IP Valve Opening Limits (%)
IP Valve Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
IP Valve Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
IP Turbine Time Constant (in seconds)
LP Valve Time Constant (in seconds)

LP Valve Opening Limits (%)
LP Valve Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
LP Valve Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
LP Turbine Time Constant (in seconds)
Reheater Time Constant (in seconds)

Boiler Time Constant (in seconds)
HP Power Fraction (%)
IP Power Fraction (%)
(iii) Governor and associated prime mover Parameters - Gas

Turbine Units
Inlet Guide Vane Time Constant (in seconds)

Inlet Guide Vane Opening Limits (%)
Inlet Guide Vane Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
Inlet Guide Vane Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
Fuel Valve Constant (in seconds)
Fuel Valve Opening Limits (%)
Fuel Valve Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
Fuel Valve Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
Waste Heat Recovery Boiler Time Constant (in seconds)
(iv) Governor and associated prime mover Parameters -

Hydro Generating Units
Guide Vane Actuator Time Constant (in seconds)

Guide Vane Opening Limits (%)
Guide Vane Opening Rate Limits (%/second)
Guide Vane Closing Rate Limits (%/second)
Water Time Constant (in seconds)
[End of Option 2]

(e) Unit Control Options
The following data items need only be supplied with respect to

Large Power Stations:
Maximum droop %
Normal droop %
Minimum droop %
Maximum Frequency deadband ±Hz

Normal Frequency deadband ±Hz
Minimum Frequency deadband ±Hz
Maximum output deadband ±MW

Normal output deadband ±MW
Minimum output deadband ±MW
Frequency settings between which Unit Load Controller droop

applies:
- Maximum Hz
- Normal Hz
- Minimum Hz
State if sustained response is normally selected.
(f) Plant Flexibility Performance
The following data items need only be supplied with respect to Large
Power Stations, and should be provided with respect to each
Genset:
# Run-up rate to Registered Capacity,

# Run-down rate from Registered Capacity,
# Synchronising Generation,
Regulating range
Load rejection capability while still Synchronised and able to supply
Load.
Data items marked with a hash (#) should be applicable to a Genset

which has been Shutdown for 48 hours.
* Data items marked with an asterisk are already requested under

partx1, PC.A.3.3.1, to facilitate an early assessment by NGC as to
whether detailed stability studies will be required before an offer of
terms for a CUSC Contract can be made. Such data items have
been repeated here merely for completeness and need not, of course,
be resubmitted unless their values, known or estimated, have
changed.
PC.A.5.4 Response data for Frequency changes
The information detailed below is required to describe the actual frequency

response capability profile as illustrated in Figure CC.A.3.1 of the Connection
Conditions, and need only be provided for each Genset at a Large Power
Stations.
In this PC.A.5.4, for a CCGT Module with more than one Generating Unit, the
phrase Minimum Generation applies to the entire CCGT Module operating
with all Generating Units Synchronised to the System.
PC.A.5.4.1 MW loading points at which data is required
Response values are required at six MW loading points (MLP1 to MLP6) for
each Genset. Primary and Secondary Response values need not be
provided for MW loading points which are below Minimum Generation. MLP1
to MLP6 must be provided to the nearest MW.
Prior to the Genset being first Synchronised, the MW loading points must
take the following values :-
MLP1 Designed Minimum Operating Level

MLP2 Minimum Generation
MLP3 70% of Registered Capacity
MLP6 Registered Capacity
When data is provided after the Genset is first Synchronised, the MW loading
points may take any value between Designed Minimum Operating Level and
Registered Capacity but the value of the Designed Minimum Operating
Level must still be provided if it does not form one of the MW loading points.
PC.A.5.4.2 Primary and Secondary Response to Frequency fall
Primary and Secondary Response values for a -0.5Hz ramp are required at
six MW loading points (MLP1 to MLP6) as detailed above
PC.A.5.4.3 High Frequency Response to Frequency rise
High Frequency Response values for a +0.5Hz ramp are required at six MW
loading points (MLP1 to MLP6) as detailed above.
PC.A.5.5 Mothballed Generating Unit and Alternative Fuel Information

Data identified under this section PC.A.5.5 must be submitted as required under
PC.A.1.2 and at NGC’s reasonable request.
PC.A.5.5.1 Mothballed Generating Unit Information
Generators must supply with respect to each Mothballed Generating Unit the
estimated MW output which could be returned to service within the following
time periods from the time that a decision to return was made:
< 1 month;
1-2 months;
2-3 months;

3-6 months;
6-12 months; and
>12 months.
The return to service time should be determined in accordance with Good
Industry Practice assuming normal working arrangements and normal plant
procurement lead times. The MW output values should be the incremental
values made available in each time period as further described in the DRC.
PC.A.5.5.2 Generators must also notify NGC of any significant factors which may prevent
the Mothballed Generating Unit achieving the estimated values provided
under PC.A.5.5.1 above, excluding factors relating to Transmission Entry
Capacity.
PC.A.5.5.3 Alternative Fuel Information
The following data items must be supplied with respect to each Generating
Unit whose main fuel is gas.
For each alternative fuel type (if facility installed):
(a) Alternative fuel type e.g. oil distillate, alternative gas supply
(b) For the changeover from main to alternative fuel:
- Time to carry out off-line and on-line fuel changeover

(minutes).
- Maximum output following off-line and on-line changeover

(MW).
- Maximum output during on-line fuel changeover (MW).
- Maximum operating time at full load assuming typical and

maximum possible stock levels (hours).
- Maximum rate of replacement of depleted stocks (MWh

electrical/day) on the basis of Good Industry Practice.
- Is changeover to alternative fuel used in normal operating

arrangements?
- Number of successful changeovers carried out in the last NGC

Financial Year (choice of 0, 1-5, 6-10, 11-20, >20).
(c) For the changeover back to main fuel:
- Time to carry out off-line and on-line fuel changeover (minutes).
- Maximum output during on-line fuel changeover (MW).
PC.A.5.5.4 Generators must also notify NGC of any significant factors and their effects
which may prevent the use of alternative fuels achieving the estimated values
provided under PC.A.5.5.3 above (e.g. emissions limits, distilled water stocks
etc.)

PC.A.6 USERS' SYSTEM DATA
PC.A.6.1.1 Each User, whether connected directly via an existing Connection Point to the
NGCGB Transmission System or seeking such a direct connection, shall
provide NGC with data on its User System which relates to the Connection
Site containing the Connection Point both current and forecast, as specified in
PC.A.6.2 to PC.A.6.6.
PC.A.6.1.2 Each User must reflect the system effect at the Connection Site(s) of any third
party Embedded within its User System whether existing or proposed.
PC.A.6.1.3 PC.A.6.2, and PC.A.6.4 to PC.A.6.6 consist of data which is only to be supplied
to NGC at NGC’s reasonable request. In the event that NGC identifies a
reason for requiring this data, NGC shall write to the relevant User(s),
requesting the data, and explaining the reasons for the request. If the User(s)
wishes, NGC shall also arrange a meeting at which the request for data can be
discussed, with the objective of identifying the best way in which NGC’s
requirements can be met.
PC.A.6.2 Transient Overvoltage Assessment Data
PC.A.6.2.1 It is occasionally necessary for NGC to undertake transient overvoltage

assessments (e.g. capacitor switching transients, switchgear transient recovery
voltages, etc). At NGC’s reasonable request, each User is required to provide
the following data with respect to the Connection Site, current and forecast,
together with a Single Line Diagram where not already supplied under
PC.A.2.2.1, as follows:-
(a) busbar layout plan(s), including dimensions and geometry showing

positioning of any current and voltage transformers, through bushings,
support insulators, disconnectors, circuit breakers, surge arresters,
etc. Electrical parameters of any associated current and voltage
transformers, stray capacitances of wall bushings and support
insulators, and grading capacitances of circuit breakers;
(b) Electrical parameters and physical construction details of lines and

cables connected at that busbar. Electrical parameters of all plant
e.g., transformers (including neutral earthing impedance or zig-zag
transformers, if any), series reactors and shunt compensation
equipment connected at that busbar (or to the tertiary of a
transformer) or by lines or cables to that busbar;
(c) Basic insulation levels (BIL) of all Apparatus connected directly, by

lines or by cables to the busbar;
(d) characteristics of overvoltage Protection devices at the busbar and at

the termination points of all lines, and all cables connected to the
busbar;

(e) fault levels at the lower voltage terminals of each transformer
connected directly or indirectly to the NGCGB Transmission System
without intermediate transformation;
(f) the following data is required on all transformers operating at

Supergrid Voltage throughout Great Britain and, in Scotland, also at
132kV: three or five limb cores or single phase units to be specified,
and operating peak flux density at nominal voltage;
(g) an indication of which items of equipment may be out of service

simultaneously during Planned Outage conditions.
PC.A.6.3 User's Protection Data
PC.A.6.3.1 Protection
The following information is required which relates only to Protection

equipment which can trip or inter-trip or close any Connection Point circuit-
breaker or any NGCTransmission circuit-breaker. This information need
only be supplied once, in accordance with the timing requirements set out in
PC.A.1.4(b), and need not be supplied on a routine annual basis thereafter,
although NGC should be notified if any of the information changes
(a) a full description, including estimated settings, for all relays and
Protection systems installed or to be installed on the User's
System;
(b) a full description of any auto-reclose facilities installed or to be

installed on the User's System, including type and time delays;
(c) a full description, including estimated settings, for all relays and
Protection systems or to be installed on the generator, generator
transformer, Station Transformer and their associated connections;
(d) for Generating Units having (or intended to have) a circuit breaker
at the generator terminal voltage, clearance times for electrical faults
within the Generating Unit zone;
(e) the most probable fault clearance time for electrical faults on any
part of the User's System directly connected to the NGCGB
PC.A.6.4 Harmonic Studies
PC.A.6.4.1 It is occasionally necessary for NGC to evaluate the production/magnification

of harmonic distortion on NGC and User’s Systems, especially when NGC is
connecting equipment such as capacitor banks. At NGC’s reasonable
request, each User is required to submit data with respect to the Connection
Site, current and forecast, and where not already supplied under PC.A.2.2.4
and PC.A.2.2.5, as follows:-
PC.A.6.4.2 Overhead lines and underground cable circuits of the User's

Subtransmission System must be differentiated and the following data
provided separately for each type:-

Positive phase sequence resistance;
Positive phase sequence reactance;
Positive phase sequence susceptance;
and for all transformers connecting the User's Subtransmission System to

a lower voltage:-
Rated MVA;
Voltage Ratio;
and at the lower voltage points of those connecting transformers:-
Equivalent positive phase sequence susceptance;

Connection voltage and Mvar rating of any capacitor bank and
component design parameters if configured as a filter;
Equivalent positive phase sequence interconnection impedance with
other lower voltage points;
The minimum and maximum Demand (both MW and Mvar) that
could occur;
Harmonic current injection sources in Amps at the Connection
voltage points. Where the harmonic injection current comes from
a diverse group of sources, the equivalent contribution may be
established from appropriate measurements;
Details of traction loads, eg connection phase pairs, continuous
variation with time, etc;
An indication of which items of equipment may be out of service
simultaneously during Planned Outage conditions.
PC.A.6.5 Voltage Assessment Studies
It is occasionally necessary for NGC to undertake detailed voltage

assessment studies (e.g., to examine potential voltage instability, voltage
control co-ordination or to calculate voltage step changes). At NGC’s
reasonable request, each User is required to submit the following data where
not already supplied under PC.A.2.2.4 and PC.A.2.2.5:-
For all circuits of the User’s Subtransmission System:-
Positive Phase Sequence Reactance;

Positive Phase Sequence Resistance;
Positive Phase Sequence Susceptance;
Mvar rating of any reactive compensation equipment;

a lower voltage:-
Rated MVA;
Voltage Ratio;
Positive Phase sequence reactance;
Tap-changer range;
Number of tap steps;

Tap-changer type: on-load or off-circuit;
AVC/tap-changer time delay to first tap movement;
AVC/tap-changer inter-tap time delay;
Equivalent positive phase sequence susceptance;

Mvar rating of any reactive compensation equipment;
Equivalent positive phase sequence interconnection impedance with
other lower voltage points;
The maximum Demand (both MW and Mvar) that could occur;
Estimate of voltage insensitive (constant power) load content in % of
total load at both winter peak and 75% off-peak load conditions.
PC.A.6.6 Short Circuit Analysis:
PC.A.6.6.1 Where prospective short-circuit currents on equipment owned, operated or

managed by NGC are greater than 90% of the equipment rating, and in
NGC’s reasonable opinion more accurate calculations of short-circuit currents
are required, then at NGC’s request each User is required to submit data with
respect to the Connection Site, current and forecast, and where not already
supplied under PC.A.2.2.4 and PC.A.2.2.5, as follows:
PC.A.6.6.2 For all circuits of the User’s Subtransmission System:-

Positive phase sequence susceptance;
Zero phase sequence resistance (both self and mutuals);
Zero phase sequence reactance (both self and mutuals);
Zero phase sequence susceptance (both self and mutuals);

a lower voltage:-
Rated MVA;
Voltage Ratio;
Positive phase sequence resistance (at max, min and nominal tap);
Positive Phase sequence reactance (at max, min and nominal tap);
Zero phase sequence reactance (at nominal tap);
Tap changer range;
Earthing method: direct, resistance or reactance;
Impedance if not directly earthed;
The maximum Demand (in MW and Mvar) that could occur;

Short-circuit infeed data in accordance with PC.A.2.5.6 unless the User’s
lower voltage network runs in parallel with the User’s Subtransmission
System, when to prevent double counting in each node infeed data, a π
equivalent comprising the data items of PC.A.2.5.6 for each node
together with the positive phase sequence interconnection impedance
between the nodes shall be submitted.

PC.A.7 ADDITIONAL DATA FOR NEW TYPES OF POWER STATIONS AND
CONFIGURATIONS
Notwithstanding the Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data

set out in this Appendix, as new types of configurations and operating
arrangements of Power Stations emerge in future, NGC may reasonably
require additional data to represent correctly the performance of such Plant
and Apparatus on the System, where the present data submissions would
prove insufficient for the purpose of producing meaningful System studies for
the relevant parties.

PART 3
NETWORK DATA
PC.A.8 To allow a User to model the NGCGB Transmission System, NGC will provide
the following Network Data to Users, calculated in accordance with Good
Industry Practice:-
PC.A.8.1 Single Point of Connection
For a Single Point of Connection to a User's System, as an equivalent 400kV

or 275kV source and also in Scotland as an equivalent 132kV source, the data (as
at the HV side of the Point of Connection reflecting data given to NGC by Users)
will be given to a User as follows:-
The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.8.3:-
(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi)
provisions of PC.A.8.3 (b) - (e).
PC.A.8.2 Multiple Point of Connection
For a Multiple Point of Connection to a User's System, the equivalent will

normally be in the form of a π model or extension with a source at each node and
a linking impedance. The data at the Connection Point will be given to a User as
follows:-
The data items listed under the following parts of PC.A.8.3:-
(a) (i), (ii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii)
provisions of PC.A.8.3 (b) - (e).
When an equivalent of this form is not required NGC will not provide the data
items listed under the following parts of PC.A.8.3:-
(a) (vii) and (viii)
PC.A.8.3 Data Items
(a) The following is a list of data utilised in this part of the PC. It also contains
rules on the data which generally apply.
(i) symmetrical three-phase short circuit current infeed at the instant of

fault from the NGCGB Transmission System, (I1");
(ii) symmetrical three-phase short circuit current from the NGCGB

Transmission System after the subtransient fault current
contribution has substantially decayed, (I1');
(iii) the zero sequence source resistance and reactance values at the
Point of Connection, consistent with the maximum infeed below;

(iv) the pre-fault voltage magnitude at which the maximum fault currents
were calculated;
(v) the positive sequence X/R ratio at the instant of fault;
(vi) the negative sequence resistance and reactance values of the

NGCGB Transmission System seen from the Point of
Connection, if substantially different from the values of positive
sequence resistance and reactance which would be derived from the
data provided above;
(vii) the initial positive sequence resistance and reactance values of the
two (or more) sources and the linking impedance(s) derived from a
fault study constituting the (π) equivalent and evaluated without the
User network and load and;
(viii) the corresponding zero sequence impedance values of the (π)

equivalent.
(b) To enable the model to be constructed, NGC will provide data based on the
following conditions.
(c) The initial symmetrical three phase short circuit current and the transient
period three phase short circuit current will normally be derived from the fixed
impedance studies. The latter value should be taken as applying at times of
120ms and longer. Shorter values may be interpolated using a value for the
subtransient time constant of 40ms. These fault currents will be obtained
from a full System study based on load flow analysis that takes into account
any existing flow across the point of connection being considered.
(d) Since the equivalent will be produced for the 400kV or 275kV and also in
Scotland 132kV parts of the NGCGB Transmission System NGC will
provide the appropriate supergrid transformer data.
(e) The positive sequence X/R ratio and the zero sequence impedance value will
correspond to the NGC source network only, that is with the section of
network if any with which the equivalent is to be used excluded. These
impedance values will be derived from the condition when all Generating
Units are Synchronised to the NGCGB Transmission System or a User's
System and will take account of active sources only including any
contribution from the load to the fault current. The passive component of the
load itself or other system shunt impedances should not be included.
(f) A User may at any time, in writing, specifically request for an equivalent to be
prepared for an alternative System condition, for example where the User's
System peak does not correspond to the NGCGB Transmission System
peak, and NGC will, insofar as such request is reasonable, provide the
information as soon as reasonably practicable following the request.

PLANNING CODE APPENDIX B
Single Line Diagram
The diagrams below show two examples of single line diagrams, showing the detail that should
be incorporated in the diagram. The first example is for an Network Operator connection, the
second for a Generator connection.

PLANNING CODE APPENDIX C
PART 1 – SHETL's TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA
ITEM DOCUMENT REFERENCE

No. No.
1 Security of Supply TM9001
Security of supply to Demand groups of various sizes. ER P2/5
Security of the System as a whole. NSP366
Complexity of circuits. ER P18
Transient stability criteria NSP366 & PLM-

ST-4
2 System Phasing TPS 13/4
3 Criteria for System Voltage Control and Reactive Compensation TDM13/9
Studies
Voltage criteria for system design.
Outages which cause voltage falls.
Outages which cause voltage rises.

4 Planning Limits for Voltage Fluctuations Caused by Industrial, ER P28
Commercial and Domestic Equipment in the United Kingdom
5 EHV or HV Supplies to Induction Furnaces ER P16
(Supported by
Voltage unbalance limits. ACE Report
No.48)
Harmonic current limits.
6 Planning Levels for Harmonic Voltage Distortion and the ER G5/4
Connection of Non-Linear Loads to Transmission Systems and (Supported by
Public Electricity Supply Systems in the United Kingdom ACE Report
No.73)
Harmonic distortion (waveform).
Harmonic voltage distortion.
Harmonic current distortion.
Stage 1 limits.
Stage 2 limits.
Stage 3 Limits
Addition of Harmonics
Short Duration Harmonics
Site Measurements

ITEM DOCUMENT REFERENCE
No. No.
7 AC Traction Supplies to British Rail ER P24
Type of supply point to railway system.
Estimation of traction loads.
Nature of traction current.
System disturbance estimation.
Earthing arrangements.
8 Operational Memoranda (SOM)
Main System operating procedure. SOM 1
Operational standards of security. SOM 3
Voltage and reactive control on main system. SOM 4
System warnings and procedures for instructed load SOM 7

reduction.
Continuous tape recording of system control telephone SOM 10

messages and instructions.
Emergency action in the event of an exceptionally serious SOM 15

breakdown of the main system.
9 Planning Limits for Voltage Unbalance in the United Kingdom. ER P29

PART 2 – SPT's TECHNICAL AND DESIGN CRITERIA
ITEM No. DOCUMENT Reference No.
1 Security of Supply
Security of supply to Demand groups of various sizes. TDM 13/10,001

Issue 2
Security of the system as a whole.
Complexity of circuits.
Transient stability criteria

2 System Phasing TDM 13/10,002
Issue 4
3 Criteria for System Voltage Control and Reactive Compensation TDM 13/10,003
Studies
Voltage criteria for system design.
Outages which cause voltage falls.
Outages which cause voltage rises.

4 Planning Limits for Voltage Fluctuations Caused by Industrial, ER P28
Commercial and Domestic Equipment in the United Kingdom
5 EHV or HV Supplies to Induction Furnaces ER P16
(Supported by ACE
Voltage Unbalance limits. Report No.48)
Harmonic current limits.

6 Planning Levels for Harmonic Voltage Distortion and the Connection of ER G5/4
Non-Linear Loads to Transmission Systems and Public Electricity Supported by ACE
Supply Systems in the United Kingdom Report No.73)
Harmonic distortion (waveform).
Harmonic voltage distortion.
Harmonic current distortion.
Stage 1 limits.
Stage 2 limits.
Stage 3 Limits
Addition of Harmonics
Short Duration Harmonics
Site Measurements
7 AC Traction Supplies to British Rail ER P24
Type of supply point to railway system.
Estimation of traction loads.
Nature of traction current.
System disturbance estimation.
Earthing arrangements.
< End of Planning Code (PC) >

CONNECTION CONDITIONS
CONTENTS

CC.1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................... CC - 13
CC.2 OBJECTIVE .................................................................................................................. CC - 13
CC.3 SCOPE.......................................................................................................................... CC - 13
CC.4 PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................... CC - 13
CC.5 CONNECTION .............................................................................................................. CC - 13
CC.6 TECHNICAL, DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA

CC.6.1 NGCGB Transmission System Performance Characteristics .............................. CC - 35
CC.6.2 Plant and Apparatus relating to User/NGC Connection Site
CC.6.2.1 General Requirements........................................................................... CC - 57
CC.6.2.2 Requirements relating to Generator/NGCat Connection Points CC - 7
that relate to Generators...................................................................................9
CC.6.2.3 Requirements. at Connection Points relating to Network Operator/NGC
and Non-Embedded Customers/NGC Connection Points.................. CC - 9 11
CC.6.3 General Generating Unit Requirements ........................................................... CC - 1114
CC.6.4 General Network Operator and Non-Embedded Customer Requirements ...... CC - 1517
CC.6.5 Communications Plant ..................................................................................... CC - 1518
CC.6.6 System Monitoring............................................................................................ CC - 1720
CC.7 SITE RELATED CONDITIONS
CC.7.2 Responsibilities for Safety ................................................................................ CC - 1720
CC.7.3 Site Responsibility Schedules .......................................................................... CC - 1822
CC.7.4 Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams ................................................................. CC - 1822
CC.7.5 Site Common Drawings.................................................................................... CC - 2024
CC.7.6 Access.............................................................................................................. CC - 2225
CC.7.7 Maintenance Standards ................................................................................... CC - 2226
CC.7.8 Site Operational Procedures ............................................................................ CC - 2226
CC.8 ANCILLARY SERVICES
CC.8.1 System Ancillary Services ................................................................................ CC - 2226
CC.8.2 Commercial Ancillary Services......................................................................... CC - 2327
APPENDIX 1 – SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES .................................................. CC - 2428
Issue 3 CC - i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

APPENDIX 2 - OPERATION DIAGRAMS ........................................................................ CC - 2933
APPENDIX 3 - MINIMUM FREQUENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENTS .......................... CC - 3539
APPENDIX 4 - Not Used
APPENDIX 5 - LOW FREQUENCY RELAYS ................................................................... CC - 4044
Issue 3 CC - ii [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

CC.1 INTRODUCTION
CC.1.1 The Connection Conditions ("CC") specify both the minimum technical, design
and operational criteria which must be complied with by any User connected to or
seeking connection with the NGCGB Transmission System or Generators (other
than in respect of Small Power Stations) connected to or seeking connection to a
User's System which is located in England and/or WalesGreat Britain, and the
minimum technical, design and operational criteria with which NGC will comply in
relation to the part of the NGCGB Transmission System at the Connection Site
with Users.
CC.2 OBJECTIVE
CC.2.1 The objective of the CC is to ensure that by specifying minimum technical, design
and operational criteria the basic rules for connection to the NGCGB Transmission
System and (for certain Users) to a User's System are similar for all Users of an
equivalent category and will enable NGC to comply with its statutory and
Transmission Licence obligations.
CC.3 SCOPE
CC.3.1 The CC applies to NGC and to Users, which in the CC means:
(a) Generators (other than those which only have Embedded Small Power
Stations)
(b) Network Operators;
(c) Non-Embedded Customers; and
(d) BM Participants and Externally Interconnected System Operators in

respect of CC.6.5 only.
The above categories of User will become bound by the CC prior to them
generating, distributing, supplying or consuming, as the case may be, and
references to the various categories should, therefore, be taken as referring to them
in that prospective role as well as to Users actually connected.
CC.4 PROCEDURE
CC.4.1 The CUSC contains provisions relating to the procedure for connection to the
NGCGB Transmission System or, in the case of Embedded Power Stations,
becoming operational and includes provisions relating to certain conditions to be
complied with by Users prior to NGC notifying the User that it has the right to
become operational.
Issue 3 CC - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

CC.5. CONNECTION
CC.5.1 The provisions relating to connecting to the NGCGB Transmission System (or to a
User's System in the case of a connection of an Embedded Large Power Station
or Embedded Medium Power Station) are contained in the CUSC and/or CUSC
Contract (or in the relevant application form or offer for a CUSC Contract), and
include provisions relating to both the submission of information and reports relating
to compliance with the relevant Connection Conditions for that User, Safety
Rules, commissioning programmes, Operation Diagrams and approval to connect.
References in this CC to the "Bilateral Agreement” and/or “Construction
Agreement" shall be deemed to include references to the application form or offer
therefor.
CC.5.2 Prior to the Completion Date under the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement, the following is submitted pursuant to the terms of the Bilateral
Agreement and/or Construction Agreement:
(a) updated Planning Code data (both Standard Planning Data and Detailed
Planning Data), with any estimated values assumed for planning purposes
confirmed or, where practical, replaced by validated actual values and by
updated estimates for the future and by updated forecasts for Forecast Data
items such as Demand, pursuant to the requirements of the Planning
Code;
(b) details of the Protection arrangements and settings referred to in CC.6;
(c) copies of all Safety Rules and Local Safety Instructions applicable at
Users' Sites which will be used at the NGC/User interface (which, for the
purpose of OC8, must be to NGC’s satisfaction regarding the procedures for
Isolation and Earthing. For User Sites in Scotland NGC will consult the
Relevant Transmission Licensee when determining whether the
procedures for Isolation and Earthing are satisfactory);
(d) information to enable NGC to prepare Site Responsibility Schedules on

the basis of the provisions set out in Appendix 1;
(e) an Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the
Connection Point as described in CC.7;
(f) the proposed name of the User Site (which shall not be the same as, or
confusingly similar to, the name of any NGCTransmission Site or of any
other User Site);
(g) written confirmation that Safety Coordinators acting on behalf of the User
are authorised and competent pursuant to the requirements of OC8;
(h) RISSP prefixes pursuant to the requirements of OC8. NGC is required to

circulate prefixes utilising a proforma in accordance with OC8;
(i) a list of the telephone numbers for Joint System Incidents at which senior
management representatives nominated for the purpose can be contacted
and confirmation that they are fully authorised to make binding decisions on
behalf of the User, pursuant to OC9;
(j) a list of managers who have been duly authorised to sign Site
Responsibility Schedules on behalf of the User;

(k) information to enable NGC to prepare Site Common Drawings as
described in CC.7; and
(l) a list of the telephone numbers for the Users facsimile machines referred to
in CC.6.5.9.6.5.9; and
(m) for Sites in Scotland a list of persons appointed by the User to undertake
operational duties on the User’s System and to issue and receive
operational messages and instructions in relation to the User’s System; and
an appointed person or persons responsible for the maintenance and testing
of User’s Plant and Apparatus.
CC.5.3 As explained in the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement, of the

list in CC.5.2, items (c), (e), (g), (h), (k) and (km) need not be supplied in respect of
Embedded Power Stations, item (i) need not be supplied in respect of Embedded
Small Power Stations and Embedded Medium Power Stations and (d) and (j)
are only needed in the case where the Embedded Power Station is within a
Connection Site with another User.
CC.5.4 In addition, at the time the information is given under CC.5.2(g), NGC will provide
written confirmation to the User that the Safety Co-ordinators acting on behalf of
NGC are authorised and competent pursuant to the requirements of OC8.
CC.6 TECHNICAL, DESIGN AND OPERATIONAL CRITERIA
CC.6.1 NGCGB TRANSMISSION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
CC.6.1.1 NGC shall ensure that, subject as provided in the Grid Code, the NGCGB
Transmission System complies with the following technical, design and
operational criteria in relation to the part of the NGCGB Transmission System at
the Connection Site with a User (unless otherwise specified in CC.6) although in
relation to operational criteria NGC may be unable (and will not be required) to
comply with this obligation to the extent that there are insufficient Power Stations
or User Systems are not available or Users do not comply with NGC's instructions
or otherwise do not comply with the Grid Code and each User shall ensure that its
Plant and Apparatus complies with the criteria set out in CC.6.1.5.
Grid Frequency Variations
CC.6.1.2 The Frequency of the NGCGB Transmission System shall be nominally 50Hz
and shall be controlled within the limits of 49.5 - 50.5Hz unless exceptional
circumstances prevail.
CC.6.1.3 The System Frequency could rise to 52Hz or fall to 47Hz in exceptional
circumstances. Design of User's Plant and Apparatus must enable operation of
that Plant and Apparatus within that range in accordance with the following:-
Frequency Range Requirement
47.5Hz - 52Hz Continuous operation is required
47Hz - 47.5Hz Operation for a period of at least 20 seconds is

required each time the Frequency is below 47.5Hz.

Grid Voltage Variations
CC.6.1.4 Subject as provided below, the voltage on the 400kV part of the NGCGB
Transmission System at each Connection Site with a User will normally remain
within ±5% of the nominal value unless abnormal conditions prevail. The minimum
voltage is -10% and the maximum voltage is +10% unless abnormal conditions
prevail, but voltages between +5% and +10% will not last longer than 15 minutes
unless abnormal conditions prevail. Voltages on the 275kV and 132kV parts of the
NGCGB Transmission System at each Connection Site with a User will normally
remain within the limits ±10% of the nominal value unless abnormal conditions
prevail. At nominal System voltages below 132kV the voltage of the NGCGB
Transmission System at each Connection Site with a User will normally remain
within the limits ±6% of the nominal value unless abnormal conditions prevail.
Under fault conditions, voltage may collapse transiently to zero at the point of fault
until the fault is cleared.
NGC and a User may agree greater or lesser variations in voltage to those set out
above in relation to a particular Connection Site, and insofar as a greater or lesser
variation is agreed, the relevant figure set out above shall, in relation to that User at
the particular Connection Site, be replaced by the figure agreed.
Voltage Waveform Quality
CC.6.1.5 All Plant and Apparatus connected to the NGCGB Transmission System, and
that part of the NGCGB Transmission System at each Connection Site, should
be capable of withstanding the following distortions of the voltage waveform in
respect of harmonic content and phase unbalance:
(a) Harmonic Content
The Electromagnetic Compatibility Levels for harmonic distortion on the

NGCGB Transmission System from all sources under both Planned
Outage and fault outage conditions, (unless abnormal conditions prevail)
shall comply with the levels shown in the tables of Appendix A of
Engineering Recommendation G5/4.
Engineering Recommendation G5/4 contains planning criteria which NGC

will apply to the connection of non-linear load to the NGCGB Transmission
System, which may result in harmonic emission limits being specified for
these loads in the relevant Bilateral Agreement. The application of the
planning criteria will take into account the position of existing and
prospective Users’ Plant and Apparatus in relation to harmonic emissions.
Users must ensure that connection of distorting loads to their User
Systems do not cause any harmonic emission limits specified in the
Bilateral Agreement, or where no such limits are specified, the relevant
planning levels specified in Engineering Recommendation G5/4 to be
exceeded.
(b) Phase Unbalance
Under Planned Outage conditions, the maximum Phase (Voltage)

Unbalance on the NGCGB Transmission System should remain, in
England and Wales, below 1%, and in Scotland, below 2%, unless abnormal
conditions prevail.

CC.6.1.6 UnderIn England and Wales, under the Planned Outage conditions stated in
CC.6.1.5(b) infrequent short duration peaks with a maximum value of 2% are
permitted for Phase (Voltage) Unbalance, subject to the prior agreement of NGC
under the Bilateral Agreement. NGC will only agree following a specific
assessment of the impact of these levels on NGCTransmission Apparatus and
other Users Apparatus with which it is satisfied.
Voltage Fluctuations
CC.6.1.7 Voltage fluctuations at a Point of Common Coupling with a fluctuating Load

directly connected to the NGCGB Transmission System shall not exceed:
(a) In England and Wales, 1% of the voltage level for step changes which may
occur repetitively. Any large voltage excursions other than step changes
may be allowed up to a level of 3% provided that this does not constitute a
risk to the NGCGB Transmission System or, in NGC's view, to the
System of any User. In Scotland, the limits for voltage level step changes
are as set out in Engineering Recommendation P28.
(b) For voltages above 132kV, Flicker Severity (Short Term) of 0.8 Unit and a
Flicker Severity (Long Term) of 0.6 Unit, for voltages 132kV and below,
Flicker Severity (Short Term) of 1.0 Unit and a Flicker Severity (Long
Term) of 0.8 Unit, as set out in Engineering Recommendation P28 as
current at the Transfer Date.
CC.6.2 PLANT AND APPARATUS RELATING TO USER/NGC CONNECTION SITE
The following requirements apply to Plant and Apparatus relating to the User/NGC
Connection Point, which (except as otherwise provided in the relevant paragraph)
each User must ensure are complied with in relation to its Plant and Apparatus
and which in the case of CC.6.2.2.2.2, CC.6.2.3.1.1 and CC.6.2.1.1(b) only, NGC
must ensure are complied with in relation to itsTransmission Plant and
Apparatus, as provided in those paragraphs.
CC.6.2.1 General Requirements
CC.6.2.1.1 (a) The design of connections between the NGCGB Transmission System
and:-
(i) any Generating Unit (other than a CCGT Unit) or CCGT Module, or
(ii) any Network Operator’s User System, or
(iii) Non-Embedded Customers equipment;
will be consistent with the Licence Standards.
(b) The NGCGB Transmission System at nominal System voltages of 132kV

and above is designed to be earthed with an Earth Fault Factor of, in
England and Wales, below 1.4.1.4 and in Scotland, below 1.5. Under fault
conditions the rated Frequency component of voltage could fall transiently
to zero on one or more phases or, in England and Wales, rise to 140%
phase-to-earth voltage, or in Scotland, rise to 150% phase-to-earth voltage.
The voltage rise would last only for the time that the fault conditions exist.
The fault conditions referred to here are those existing when the type of fault
is single or two phase-to-earth.

(c) For connections to the NGCGB Transmission System at nominal System
voltages of below 132kV the earthing requirements and voltage rise
conditions will be advised by NGC as soon as practicable prior to
connection.
CC.6.2.1.2 Substation Plant and Apparatus
(a) The following provisions shall apply to all Plant and Apparatus which is
connected at the voltage of the User/NGC Connection Point and which is
contained in equipment bays that are within the NGCTransmission busbar
protection zone at the User/NGC Connection Point. This includes circuit
breakers, switch disconnectors, disconnectors, Earthing Devices, power
transformers, voltage transformers, reactors, current transformers, surge
arresters, bushings, neutral equipment, capacitors, line traps, coupling
devices, external insulation and insulation co-ordination devices. Where
necessary, this is as more precisely defined in the Bilateral Agreement.
(i) Plant and/or Apparatus prior to 1st January 1999
Each item of such Plant and/or Apparatus which at 1st January 1999
is either :-
installed; or
owned (but is either in storage, maintenance or awaiting
installation); or
ordered
and is the subject of a Bilateral Agreement with regard to the purpose
for which it is in use or intended to be in use, shall comply with the
relevant standards/specifications applicable at the time that the Plant
and/or Apparatus was designed (rather than commissioned) and any
further requirements as specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
(ii) Plant and/or Apparatus post 1st January 1999 for a new Connection
Point
Each item of such Plant and/or Apparatus installed in relation to a new

Connection Point after 1st January 1999 shall comply with the relevant
Technical Specifications and any further requirements identified by
NGC, acting reasonably, to reflect the options to be followed within the
Technical Specifications and/or to complement if necessary the
Technical Specifications so as to enable NGC to comply with its
obligations in relation to the NGCGB Transmission System or, in
Scotland, also the Relevant Transmission Licensee to comply with its
obligations in relation to its Transmission System. This information,
including the application dates of the relevant Technical
Specifications, will be as specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
(iii) New Plant and/or Apparatus post 1st January 1999 for an existing
Connection Point
Each new additional and/or replacement item of such Plant and/or

Apparatus installed in relation to a change to an existing Connection
Point after 1st January 1999 shall comply with the
standards/specifications applicable when the change was designed, or
such other standards/specifications as necessary to ensure that the
item of Plant and/or Apparatus is reasonably fit for its intended

purpose having due regard to the obligations of NGC and, the relevant
User and, in Scotland, also the Relevant Transmission Licensee
under their respective Licences. Where appropriate this information,
including the application dates of the relevant standards/specifications,
will be as specified in the varied Bilateral Agreement.
(iv) Used Plant and/or Apparatus being moved, re-used or modified
If, after its installation, any such item of Plant and/or Apparatus is
subsequently:-
moved to a new location; or
used for a different purpose; or
otherwise modified;
then the standards/specifications as described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above as
applicable will apply as appropriate to such Plant and/or Apparatus,
which must be reasonably fit for its intended purpose having due regard
to the obligations of NGC and, the relevant User and, in Scotland, also
the Relevant Transmission Licensee under their respective
Licences.
(b) NGC shall at all times maintain a list of those Technical Specifications and
additional requirements which might be applicable under this CC.6.2.1.2 and
which may be referenced by NGC in the Bilateral Agreement. NGC shall
provide a copy of the list upon request to any User. NGC shall also provide
a copy of the list to any new User upon receipt of an application form for a
Bilateral Agreement for a new Connection Point.
(c) Where the User provides NGC with information and/or test reports in
respect of Plant and/or Apparatus which the User reasonably believes
demonstrate the compliance of such items with the provisions of a
Technical Specification then NGC shall promptly and without
unreasonable delay give due and proper consideration to such information.
(d) Plant and Apparatus shall be designed, manufactured and tested in

premises with an accredited certificate in accordance with the quality
assurance requirements of the relevant standard in the BS EN ISO 9000
series (or equivalent as reasonably approved by NGC) or in respect of test
premises which do not include a manufacturing facility premises with an
accredited certificate in accordance with BS EN 45001.
CC.6.2.2 Requirements relating to Generator/NGC Connection Points
CC.6.2.2.1(e) Each connection between a Generating Unit (other than a

CCGT Unit) or a CCGT ModuleUser and the NGCGB Transmission
System must be controlled by a circuit -breaker (or circuit breakers) capable
of interrupting the maximum short circuit current at the point of connection.
The Seven Year Statement gives values of short circuit current and the
rating of NGCTransmission circuit breakers at existing and committed
Connection Points for future years.
CC.6.2.2 Requirements at Connection Points that relate to Generators
CC.6.2.2.1 Not Used.
CC.6.2.2.2 Generating Unit and Power Station Protection Arrangements

CC.6.2.2.2.1 Minimum Requirements
Protection of Generating Units and their connections to the NGCGB

Transmission System must meet the minimum requirements given below. These
are necessary to reduce to a practical minimum the impact on the NGCGB
Transmission System of faults on circuits owned by Generators.
CC.6.2.2.2.2 Fault Clearance Times
(a) The fault clearance times for faults on the Generator's equipment directly
connected to the NGCGB Transmission System and for faults on the NGCGB
Transmission System directly connected to the Generator's equipment, from
fault inception to the circuit breaker arc extinction, shall be set out in
accordance with the Bilateral Agreement. The times specified in accordance
with the Bilateral Agreement shall not be faster than:
(i) 80mS at 400kV

(ii) 100mS at 275kV
(iii) 120mS at 132kV and below
but this shall not prevent a User or NGC having faster fault clearance times.
Slower fault clearance times may be specified in accordance with the Bilateral
Agreement for faults on the NGCGB Transmission System. Slower fault
clearance times for faults on the Generator's equipment may be agreed in
accordance with the terms of the Bilateral Agreement but only if System
requirements, in NGC's view, permit. The probability that the fault clearance
times stated in accordance with the Bilateral Agreement will be exceeded by
any given fault, must be less than 2%.
(b) For the event that the above fault clearance times are not met as a result of
failure to operate on the Main Protection System(s) provided, the Generators
shall provide Back-Up Protection. NGC will also provide Back-Up Protection
and these Back-Up Protections will be co-ordinated so as to provide
Discrimination.
On a Generating Unit connected to the NGCGB Transmission System

where only one Main Protection is provided to clear faults on the HV
Generator Connections within the required fault clearance time, the Back-Up
Protection provided by the Generators shall operate to give a fault clearance
time of no slower than 300 ms at the minimum infeed for normal operation for
faults on the HV Generator Connections. On Generating Units connected to
the NGCGB Transmission System at 400 kV and 275 kV where two Main
Protections are provided and on Generating Units connected to the NGCGB
Transmission System at 132 kV and below, the Back-Up Protection shall
operate to give a fault clearance time of no slower than 800 ms in England and
Wales and 300 ms in Scotland at the minimum infeed for normal operation for
faults on the HV Generator Connections.
Generators’ Back-Up Protection will also be required to withstand, without

tripping, the loading incurred during the clearance of a fault on the NGCGB
Transmission System by breaker fail Protection at 400kV or 275kV or of a
fault cleared by Back-Up Protection where the Generator is connected at
132kV and below. This will permit Discrimination between Generator Back-
Up Protection and Back-Up Protection provided on the NGCGB
Transmission System and other Users' Systems.

(c) When the Generating Unit is connected to the NGCGB Transmission
System at 400kV or 275kV, and in Scotland also at 132kV, and a circuit
breaker is provided by the Generator, or NGC, as the case may be, to interrupt
fault current interchange with the NGCGB Transmission System, or
Generator's System, as the case may be, circuit breaker fail Protection shall
be provided by the Generator, or NGC, as the case may be, on this circuit
breaker. In the event, following operation of a Protection system, of a failure
to interrupt fault current by these circuit-breakers within the Fault Current
Interruption Time, the circuit breaker fail Protection is required to initiate
tripping of all the necessary electrically adjacent circuit-breakers so as to
interrupt the fault current within the next 200 ms.
(d) The target performance for the System Fault Dependability Index shall be
not less than 99%. This is a measure of the ability of Protection to initiate
successful tripping of circuit breakers which are associated with the faulty item
of Apparatus.
CC.6.2.2.3 Equipment to be provided
CC.6.2.2.3.1 Protection of Interconnecting Connections
The requirements for the provision of Protection equipment for interconnecting

connections will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. In this CC the term
"interconnecting connections" means the primary conductors from the current
transformer accommodation on the circuit side of the circuit breaker to the
Connection Point.
CC.6.2.2.3.2 Circuit-breaker fail Protection
The Generator will install circuit breaker fail Protection equipment in accordance
with the requirements of the Bilateral Agreement. The Generator will also provide
a back-trip signal in the event of loss of air from its pressurised head circuit
breakers, during the Generating Unit (other than a CCGT Unit) or CCGT Module
run-up sequence, where these circuit breakers are installed.
CC.6.2.2.3.3 Loss of Excitation
The Generator must provide Protection to detect loss of excitation on a

Generating Unit and initiate a Generating Unit trip.
CC.6.2.2.3.4 Pole-Slipping Protection
Where, in NGC's reasonable opinion, System requirements dictate, NGC will

specify in the Bilateral Agreement a requirement for Generators to fit pole-slipping
Protection on their Generating Units.
CC.6.2.2.3.5 Signals for Tariff Metering
Generators will install current and voltage transformers supplying all tariff meters at
a voltage to be specified in, and in accordance with, the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.2.2.4 Work on Protection Equipment
No busbar Protection, mesh corner Protection, circuit-breaker fail Protection

relays, AC or DC wiring (other than power supplies or DC tripping associated with

the Generating Unit itself) may be worked upon or altered by the Generator
personnel in the absence of a representative of NGC or in Scotland, a
representative of NGC, or written authority from NGC to perform such work or
alterations in the absence of a representative of NGC.
CC.6.2.2.5 Relay Settings
Protection and relay settings will be co-ordinated (both on connection and

subsequently) across the Connection Point in accordance with the Bilateral
Agreement to ensure effective disconnection of faulty Apparatus.
CC.6.2.3 Requirements at Connection Points relating to Network Operator/NGCOperators

and Non-Embedded Customers/NGC Connection Points
CC.6.2.3.1 Protection Arrangements for Network Operators and Non-Embedded

Customers
CC.6.2.3.1.1 Protection of Network Operator and Non-Embedded Customers User Systems

directly supplied from the NGCGB Transmission System, must meet the minimum
requirements referred to below:
Fault Clearance Times
(a) The fault clearance times for faults on Network Operator and Non-
Embedded Customer equipment directly connected to the NGCGB
Transmission System, and for faults on the NGCGB Transmission
System directly connected to the Network Operator’s or Non-Embedded
Customer's equipment, from fault inception to the circuit breaker arc
extinction, shall be set out in accordance with each Bilateral Agreement.
The times specified in accordance with the Bilateral Agreement shall not
be faster than:
(i) 80mS at 400kV

(ii) 100mS at 275kV
(iii) 120mS at 132kV and below
but this shall not prevent a User or NGC having a faster fault clearance time.
Slower fault clearance times may be specified in accordance with the
Bilateral Agreement for faults on the NGCGB Transmission System.
Slower fault clearance times for faults on the Network Operator and Non-
Embedded Customers equipment may be agreed in accordance with the
terms of the Bilateral Agreement but only if System requirements in NGC's
view permit. The probability that the fault clearance times stated in
accordance with the Bilateral Agreement will be exceeded by any given
fault must be less than 2%.
(b) (i) For the event of failure of the Protection systems provided to meet the
above fault clearance time requirements, Back-Up Protection shall be
provided by the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer as the
case may be.
(ii) NGC will also provide Back-Up Protection, which will result in a fault
clearance time slower than that specified for the Network Operator or
Non-Embedded Customer Back-Up Protection so as to provide

Discrimination.
(iii) For connections with the NGCGB Transmission System at 132kV and
below, it is normally required that the Back-Up Protection on the
NGCGB Transmission System shall discriminate with the Network
Operator or Non-Embedded Customer's Back-Up Protection.
(iv) For connections with the NGCGB Transmission System at 400kV or

275kV, the Back-Up Protection will be provided by the Network
Operator or Non-Embedded Customer, as the case may be, with a
fault clearance time not slower than 300mS for faults on the Network
Operator’s or Non-Embedded Customer's Apparatus.
(v) Such Protection will also be required to withstand, without tripping, the
loading incurred during the clearance of a fault on the NGCGB
Transmission System by breaker fail Protection at 400kV or 275kV.
This will permit Discrimination between Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer, as the case may be, Back-Up Protection and
Back-Up Protection provided on the NGCGB Transmission System
and other User Systems. The requirement for and level of
Discrimination required will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
(c) (i) Where the Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer is

connected to the NGCGB Transmission System at 400kV or 275kV,
and in Scotland also at 132kV, and a circuit breaker is provided by the
Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer, or NGC, as the case
may be, to interrupt the interchange of fault current with the NGCGB
Transmission System or the System of the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer, as the case may be, circuit breaker fail
Protection will be provided by the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer, or NGC, as the case may be, on this circuit
breaker.
(ii) In the event, following operation of a Protection system, of a failure to

interrupt fault current by these circuit-breakers within the Fault Current
Interruption Time, the circuit breaker fail Protection is required to
initiate tripping of all the necessary electrically adjacent circuit-breakers
so as to interrupt the fault current within the next 200 ms.
(d) The target performance for the System Fault Dependability Index shall be
not less than 99%. This is a measure of the ability of Protection to initiate
successful tripping of circuit breakers which are associated with the faulty
items of Apparatus.
CC.6.2.3.2 Fault Disconnection Facilities
Where no NGCTransmission circuit breaker is provided at the User's connection

voltage, the User must provide NGC with the means of tripping all the User's circuit
breakers necessary to isolate faults or System abnormalities on the NGCGB
Transmission System. In these circumstances, for faults on the User's System,
the User's Protection should also trip higher voltage NGCTransmission circuit
breakers. These tripping facilities shall be in accordance with the requirements
specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.2.3.3 Automatic Switching Equipment

Where automatic reclosure of NGCTransmission circuit breakers is required
following faults on the User's System, automatic switching equipment shall be
provided in accordance with the requirements specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.2.3.4 Relay Settings
Protection and relay settings will be co-ordinated (both on connection and

subsequently) across the Connection Point in accordance with the Bilateral
Agreement to ensure effective disconnection of faulty Apparatus.
CC.6.2.3.5 Work on Protection equipment
Where NGCa Transmission Licensee owns the busbar at the Connection Point,
no busbar Protection, mesh corner Protection relays, AC or DC wiring (other than
power supplies or DC tripping associated with the Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customer’s Apparatus itself) may be worked upon or altered by the
Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer personnel in the absence of a
representative of NGC or in Scotland, a representative of NGC, or written authority
from NGC to perform such work or alterations in the absence of a representative of
NGC.
CC.6.2.3.6 Equipment to be provided
CC.6.2.3.6.1 Protection of Interconnecting Connections
The requirements for the provision of Protection equipment for interconnecting

connections will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
CC.6.3 GENERAL GENERATING UNIT REQUIREMENTS
CC.6.3.1 This section sets out the technical and design criteria and performance
requirements for Generating Units (whether directly connected to the NGCGB
Transmission System or Embedded) which each Generator must ensure are
complied with in relation to its Generating Units, but, in England and Wales, does
not apply to Small Power Stations, hydro units and renewable energy plant not
designed for Frequency and voltage control. References to Generating Units in
this CC.6.3 should be read accordingly.
Plant Performance Requirements
CC.6.3.2 All Generating Units must be capable of supplying rated power output (MW) at any
point between the limits 0.85 power factor lagging and 0.95 power factor leading at
the Generating Unit terminals. The short circuit ratio of Generating Units shall be
not less than 0.5.
CC.6.3.3 Each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module must be capable of
(a) continuously maintaining constant Active Power output for System

Frequency changes within the range 50.5 to 49.5 Hz; and
maintaining its Active Power output at a level not lower than the figure
determined by the linear relationship shown in Figure 1 for System
Frequency changes within the range 49.5 to 47 Hz, such that if the System

Frequency drops to 47 Hz the Active Power output does not decrease by
more than 5%.
47 Frequency 49.5 50.5

( )
100% of Active
Power output
95% of Active
Power output
Figure 1
CC.6.3.4 The Active Power output under steady state conditions of any Generating Unit
directly connected to the NGCGB Transmission System should not be affected by
voltage changes in the normal operating range specified in paragraph CC.6.1.4.
The Reactive Power output under steady state conditions should be fully available
within the voltage range ±5% at 400kV, 275kV and 132kV and lower voltages.
CC.6.3.5 It is an essential requirement that the NGCGB Transmission System must

incorporate a Black Start Capability. This will be achieved by agreeing a Black
Start Capability at a number of strategically located Power Stations. For each
Power Station NGC will state in the Bilateral Agreement whether or not a Black
Start Capability is required.
Control Arrangements
CC.6.3.6 Each Generating Unit must be capable of contributing to Frequency and voltage
control by continuous modulation of Active Power and Reactive Power supplied to
the NGCGB Transmission System or the User System in which it is Embedded.
CC.6.3.7 (a) Each Generating Unit must be fitted with a fast acting proportional turbine
speed governor and unit load controller or equivalent control device to
provide Frequency response under normal operational conditions in
accordance with Balancing Code 3 (BC3). The governor must be designed
and operated to the appropriate:
(i) European Specification; or
(ii) in the absence of a relevant European Specification, such other

standard which is in common use within the European Community;
as at the time when the installation of which it forms part was designed or (in
the case of modification or alteration to the turbine speed governor) when
the modification or alteration was designed.

The European Specification or other standard utilised in accordance with
sub-paragraph CC.6.3.7 (a) (ii) will be notified to NGC as:
(i) part of the application for a Bilateral Agreement; or
(ii) part of the application for a varied Bilateral Agreement; or
(iii) soon as possible prior to any modification or alteration to the governor;

and
(b) The speed governor in co-ordination with other control devices must control
the Generating Unit Active Power Output with stability over the entire
operating range of the Generating Unit; and
(c) The speed governor must meet the following minimum requirements:
(i) Where a Generating Unit becomes isolated from the rest of the Total
System but is still supplying Customers, the speed governor must also
be able to control System Frequency below 52Hz unless this causes
the Generating Unit to operate below its Designed Minimum
Operating Level when it is possible that it may, as detailed in BC 3.7.3,
trip after a time;
(ii) the speed governor must be capable of being set so that it operates
with an overall speed droop of between 3% and 5%;
(iii) in the case of all Generating Units other than the Steam Unit within a
CCGT Module the speed governor deadband should be no greater
than 0.03Hz (for the avoidance of doubt, ±0.015Hz). In the case of the
Steam Unit within a CCGT Module, the speed governor deadband
should be set to an appropriate value consistent with the requirements
of CC.6.3.7(c)(i) and the requirements of BC3.7.2 for the provision of
Limited High Frequency Response;
For the avoidance of doubt, the minimum requirements in (ii) and (iii) for the
provision of System Ancillary Services do not restrict the negotiation of
Commercial Ancillary Services between NGC and the User using other
parameters; and
(d) A facility to modify, so as to fulfil the requirements of the Balancing Codes,

the Target Frequency setting either continuously or in a maximum of 0.05
Hz steps over at least the range 50 ±0.1 Hz should be provided in the unit
load controller or equivalent device.
(e) Each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module which has a Completion
Date after 1 January 2001 in England and Wales, and after 1 April 2005 in
Scotland, must be capable of meeting the minimum frequency response
requirement profile subject to and in accordance with the provisions of
Appendix 3.
(f) For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of Appendix 3 do not apply to
Generating Units and/or CCGT Modules which have a Completion Date
before 1 January 2001,2001 in England and Wales, and before 1 April 2005
in Scotland, for whom the remaining requirements of this clause CC.6.3.7
shall continue to apply unchanged.

CC.6.3.8 (a) A continuously-acting automatic excitation control system is required to
provide constant terminal voltage control of the Generating Unit without
instability over the entire operating range of the Generating Unit. The
requirements for excitation control facilities, including power system
stabilisers, where in NGC's view these are necessary for system reasons,
will be specified in the Bilateral Agreement. Reference is made to on-load
commissioning witnessed by NGC in BC2.11.2.
(b) In particular, other control facilities, including constant Reactive Power

output control modes and constant power factor control modes (but
excluding VAR limiters) are not required. However, if present in the
excitation system they will be disabled unless recorded in the Bilateral
Agreement. Operation of such control facilities will be in accordance with
the provisions contained in BC2.
Steady state Load Inaccuracies
CC.6.3.9 The standard deviation of Load error at steady state Load over a 30 minute period
must not exceed 2.5 per cent of a Genset’s Registered Capacity. Where a
Genset is instructed to Frequency sensitive operation, allowance will be made in
determining whether there has been an error according to the governor droop
characteristic registered under the PC.
Negative Phase Sequence Loadings
CC.6.3.10 In addition to meeting the conditions specified in CC.6.1.5(b), each Generating

Unit will be required to withstand, without tripping, the negative phase sequence
loading incurred by clearance of a close-up phase-to-phase fault, by System Back-
Up Protection on the NGCGB Transmission System or User System in which it
is Embedded.
Neutral Earthing
CC.6.3.11 At nominal System voltages of 132kV and above the higher voltage windings of a
transformer of a Generating Unit must be star connected with the star point
suitable for connection to earth. The earthing and lower voltage winding
arrangement shall be such as to ensure that the Earth Fault Factor requirement of
paragraph CC.6.2.1.1 (b) will be met on the NGCGB Transmission System at
nominal System voltages of 132kV and above.
Frequency Sensitive Relays
CC.6.3.12 As stated in CC.6.1.3, the System Frequency could rise to 52Hz or fall to 47Hz.
Each Generating Unit must continue to operate within this Frequency range for at
least the periods of time given in CC.6.1.3 unless NGC has agreed to any
Frequency-level relays and/or rate-of-change-of-Frequency relays which will trip
such Generating Unit within this Frequency range, under the Bilateral
Agreement.
CC.6.3.13 Generators will be responsible for protecting all their Generating Units against
damage should Frequency excursions outside the range 52Hz to 47Hz ever occur.
Should such excursions occur, it is up to the Generator to decide whether to
disconnect his Apparatus for reasons of safety of Apparatus, Plant and/or
personnel.

CC.6.3.14 It may be agreed in the Bilateral Agreement that a Genset shall have a Fast-Start
Capability. Such Gensets may be used for Operating Reserve and their Start-Up
may be initiated by Frequency-level relays with settings in the range 49Hz to 50Hz
as specified pursuant to OC2.
CC.6.4 GENERAL NETWORK OPERATOR AND NON-EMBEDDED CUSTOMER

REQUIREMENTS
CC.6.4.1 This part of the Grid Code describes the technical and design criteria and
performance requirements for Network Operators and Non-Embedded
Customers.
Neutral Earthing
CC.6.4.2 At nominal System voltages of 132kV and above the higher voltage windings of
three phase transformers and transformer banks connected to the NGCGB
Transmission System must be star connected with the star point suitable for
connection to earth. The earthing and lower voltage winding arrangement shall be
such as to ensure that the Earth Fault Factor requirement of paragraph CC.6.2.1.1
(b) will be met on the NGCGB Transmission System at nominal System voltages
of 132kV and above.
Frequency Sensitive Relays
CC.6.4.3 As explained under OC6, each Network Operator, will make arrangements that will
facilitate automatic low Frequency Disconnection of Demand (based on Annual
ACS Conditions). The Bilateral Agreement will specify the manner in which
Demand subject to low Frequency disconnection will be split into discrete MW
blocks with associated Low Frequency Relay settings. Technical requirements
relating to Low Frequency Relays are listed in Appendix 5.
CC.6.5 COMMUNICATIONS PLANT
CC.6.5.1 In order to ensure control of the NGCGB Transmission System,

telecommunications between Users and NGC must, if required by NGC, be
established in accordance with the requirements set down below.
Control Telephony
CC.6.5.2 Control Telephony is the method by which a User's Responsible

Engineer/Operator and NGC Control Engineers speak to one another for the
purposes of control of the Total System in both normal and emergency operating
conditions. Control Telephony provides secure point to point telephony for routine
Control Calls, priority Control Calls and emergency Control Calls.
CC.6.5.3 Supervisory tones indicate to the calling and receiving parties dial, engaged,
ringing, secondary engaged (signifying that priority may be exercised) and priority
disconnect tones.
CC.6.5.4 Where NGC requires Control Telephony, Users are required to use the Control
Telephony with NGC in respect of all Connection Points with the NGCGB
Transmission System and in respect of all Embedded Large Power Stations.
NGC will install Control Telephony at the User’s location where the User’s
telephony equipment is not capable of providing the required facilities or is

otherwise incompatible with the NGCTransmission Control Telephony. Details of
and relating to the Control Telephony required are contained in the Bilateral
Agreement.
CC.6.5.5 Detailed information on Control Telephony facilities and suitable equipment

required for individual User applications will be provided by NGC upon request.
Operational Metering
CC.6.5.6 (a) NGC shall provide system control and data acquisition (SCADA) outstation
interface equipment. The User shall provide such voltage, current,
Frequency, Active Power and Reactive Power measurement outputs and
plant status indications and alarms to the NGC Transmission SCADA
outstation interface equipment as required by NGC in accordance with the
terms of the Bilateral Agreement. In addition, in Scotland, in the case of
Novel Units utilising wind energy, anemometer readings would be required
for any turbine or Cluster of turbines with a total Registered Capacity of
5MW and greater. In the case of a Cluster of wind turbines with a total
Registered Capacity of 5MW or greater a single anemometer would
suffice.
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, for Active Power and Reactive Power
measurements, circuit breaker and disconnector status indications from
CCGT Modules at Large Power Stations, the outputs and status
indications must each be provided to NGC on an individual CCGT Unit
basis. In addition, where identified in the Bilateral Agreement, Active
Power and Reactive Power measurements from Unit Transformers and/or
Station Transformers must be provided.
Instructor Facilities
CC.6.5.7 The User shall accommodate Instructor Facilities provided by NGC for the receipt
of operational messages relating to System conditions.
Electronic Data Communication Facilities
CC.6.5.8 (a) All BM Participants must ensure that appropriate electronic data
communication facilities are in place to permit the submission of data, as
required by the Grid Code, to NGC.
(b) In addition, any User that wishes to participate in the Balancing

Mechanism must ensure that appropriate automatic logging devices are
installed at the Control Points of its BM Units to submit data to and to
receive instructions from NGC, as required by the Grid Code. For the
avoidance of doubt, in the case of an Interconnector User the Control
Point will be at the Control Centre of the appropriate Externally
Interconnected System Operator.
(c) Detailed specifications of these required electronic facilities will be provided

by NGC on request and they are listed as Electrical Standards in the
Annex to the General Conditions.
Facsimile Machines
CC.6.5.9 Each User and NGC shall provide a facsimile machine or machines:-

(a) in the case of Generators, at the Control Point of each Power Station and
at its Trading Point;
(b) in the case of NGC and Network Operators, at the Control Centre(s); and
(c) in the case of Non-Embedded Customers at the Control Point.
Each User shall notify, prior to connection to the System of the User's Plant and
Apparatus, NGC of its or their telephone number or numbers, and will notify NGC
of any changes. Prior to connection to the System of the User's Plant and
Apparatus NGC shall notify each User of the telephone number or numbers of its
facsimile machine or machines and will notify any changes.
CC.6.5.10 Busbar Voltage
NGC shall, subject as provided below, provide each Generator at each Grid Entry
Point where one of its Large Power Stations is connected with appropriate voltage
signals to enable the Generator to obtain the necessary information to synchronise
its Gensets to the NGCGB Transmission System. The term "voltage signal"
shall mean in this context, a point of connection on (or wire or wires from) a relevant
part of NGC'sTransmission Plant and/or Apparatus at the Grid Entry Point, to
which the Generator, with NGC's agreement (not to be unreasonably withheld) in
relation to the Plant and/or Apparatus to be attached, will be able to attach its
Plant and/or Apparatus (normally a wire or wires) in order to obtain measurement
outputs in relation to the busbar.
CC.6.6 SYSTEM MONITORING
CC.6.6.1 Monitoring equipment is provided on the NGCGB Transmission System to enable

NGC to monitor its power system dynamic performance conditions. Where this
monitoring equipment requires voltage and current signals on the Generating Unit
circuit from the User, NGC will inform the User and they will be provided by the
User with both the timing of the installation of the equipment for receiving such
signals and its exact position being agreed (the User's agreement not to be
unreasonably withheld) and the costs being dealt with, pursuant to the terms of the
Bilateral Agreement.
CC.7 SITE RELATED CONDITIONS
CC.7.1 In the absence of agreement between the parties to the contrary, construction,
commissioning, control, operation and maintenance responsibilities follow
ownership.
CC.7.1 Not used.
CC.7.2 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SAFETY
CC.7.2.1 AnyIn England and Wales, any User entering and working on its Plant and/or
Apparatus on an NGCa Transmission Site will work to the NGC Safety Rules of
NGC.
In Scotland, any User entering and working on its Plant and/or Apparatus on a
Transmission Site will work to the Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission
Licensee, as advised by NGC.

CC.7.2.2 NGC entering and working on itsTransmission Plant and/or Apparatus on a User
Site will work to the User's Safety Rules. For User Sites in Scotland, NGC shall
procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee entering and working on
Transmission Plant and/or Apparatus on a User Site will work to the User’s
Safety Rules.
CC.7.2.3 A User may, with a minimum of six weeks notice, apply to NGC for permission to
work according to that Users own Safety Rules when working on its Plant and/or
Apparatus on NGC Sitesa Transmission Site rather than NGC's.those set out in
CC.7.2.1. If NGC is of the opinion that the User's Safety Rules provide for a level
of safety commensurate with that of the NGC Safety Rules, itthose set out in
CC.7.2.1, NGC will notify the User, in writing, that, with effect from the date
requested by the User, the User may use its own Safety Rules when working on
its Plant and/or Apparatus on NGC Sites. the Transmission Site. For a
Transmission Site in Scotland, in forming its opinion, NGC will seek the opinion of
the Relevant Transmission Licensee. Until receipt of such written approval from
NGC, the User will continue to use the NGC Safety Rules. as set out in CC7.2.1.
CC.7.2.4 In the case of a User Site in England and Wales, NGC may, with a minimum of six
weeks notice, apply to a User for permission to work according to NGC’s Safety
Rules when working on itsTransmission Plant and/or Apparatus on that User's
Sites Site, rather than the User’s Safety Rules. If the User is of the opinion that
NGC’s Safety Rules provide for a level of safety commensurate with that of that
User’s Safety Rules, it will notify NGC, in writing, that, with the effect from the date
requested by NGC, NGC may use its own Safety Rules when working on its
Transmission Plant and/or Apparatus on that User Site. Until receipt of such
written approval from the User, NGC shall continue to use the User’s Safety Rules.
In the case of a User Site in Scotland, NGC may, with a minimum of six weeks
notice, apply to a User for permission for the Relevant Transmission Licensee to
work according to the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Safety Rules when
working on Transmission Plant and/or Apparatus on that User Site, rather than the
User’s Safety Rules. If the User is of the opinion that the Relevant Transmission
Licensee’s Safety Rules, provide for a level of safety commensurate with that of
that User’s Safety Rules, it will notify NGC, in writing, that, with effect from the date
requested by NGC, NGCthat the Relevant Transmission Licensee may use its own
Safety Rules when working on its Transmission Plant and/or Apparatus on that
User’s Sites. Until receipt of such written approval from the User, NGC willshall
procure that the Relevant Transmission Licensee shall continue to use the User’s
Safety Rules.
CC.7.2.5 If NGC (or a User, as the case may be)For a Transmission Site in England and
Wales, if NGC gives its approval for the User’s Safety Rules (or the NGC Safety
Rules, as the case may be) to apply to the User when working on its Plant and/or
Apparatus, that does not imply that the User’s Safety Rules (or the NGC Safety
Rules, as the case may be) will apply to entering the NGC Site (or a User Site, as
the case may be)Transmission Site and access to the User's (or NGC's, as the
case may be)’s Plant and/or Apparatus on that NGC Site (or a User Site, as the
case may be)Transmission Site. Bearing in mind NGC's (or a User's, as the case
may be)’s responsibility for the whole NGC Site (or User Site, as the case may
be)Transmission Site, entry and access will always be in accordance with NGC's,
or the User's, as the case may be, site access procedures.’s site access
procedures. For a User Site in England and Wales, if the User gives its approval
for NGC’s Safety Rules to apply to NGC when working on its Plant and
Apparatus, that does not imply that NGC’s Safety Rules will apply to entering the

User Site, and access to the Transmission Plant and Apparatus on that User
Site. Bearing in mind the User’s responsibility for the whole User Site, entry and
access will always be in accordance with the User’s site access procedures.
For a Transmission Site in Scotland, if NGC gives its approval for the User’s
Safety Rules to apply to the User when working on its Plant and/or Apparatus,
that does not imply that the User’s Safety Rules will apply to entering the
Transmission Site and access to the User’s Plant and/or Apparatus on that
Transmission Site. Bearing in mind the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s
responsibility for the whole Transmission Site, entry and access will always be in
accordance with the Relevant Transmission Licensee’s site access procedures.
For a User Site in Scotland, if the User gives its approval for Relevant
Transmission Licensee Safety Rules to apply to the Relevant Transmission
Licensee when working on its Plant and Apparatus, that does not imply that the
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Safety Rules will apply to entering the User
Site, and access to the Transmission Plant and Apparatus on that User Site.
Bearing in mind the User’s responsibility for the whole User Site, entry and access
will always be in accordance with the User’s site access procedures
CC.7.2.6 For User Sites in England and Wales, Users shall notify NGC of any Safety Rules
that apply to NGC’s staff working on User Sites. For Transmission Sites in
England and Wales, NGC shall notify Users of any Safety Rules that apply to the
User’s staff working on the Transmission Site.
CC.7.2.6
For User Sites in Scotland, Users and NGC shall notify each other NGC of any
Safety Rules that apply to the other's staff working on its Connection
Sites.Relevant Transmission Licensee’s staff working on User Sites. For
Transmission Sites in Scotland NGC shall procure that the Relevant
Transmission Licensee shall notify Users of any Safety Rules that apply to the
User’s staff working on the Transmission Site.
CC.7.2.7 Each Site Responsibility Schedule must have recorded on it the Safety Rules
which apply to each item of Plant and/or Apparatus.
CC.7.3 SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES
CC.7.3.1 In order to inform site operational staff and NGC Control Engineers of agreed
responsibilities for Plant and/or Apparatus at the operational interface, a Site
Responsibility Schedule shall be produced for NGCConnection Sites in England
and Wales for NGC and Users with whom they interface, and for Connection Sites
in Scotland for NGC, the Relevant Transmission Licensee and Users with whom
they interface.
CC.7.3.2 The format, principles and basic procedure to be used in the preparation of Site
Responsibility Schedules are set down in Appendix 1.
CC.7.4 OPERATION AND GAS ZONE DIAGRAMS
Operation Diagrams
CC.7.4.1 An Operation Diagram shall be prepared for each Connection Site at which a
Connection Point exists using, where appropriate, the graphical symbols shown in

Part 1A of Appendix 2. Users should also note that the provisions of OC11 apply in
certain circumstances.
CC.7.4.2 The Operation Diagram shall include all HV Apparatus and the connections to all
external circuits and incorporate numbering, nomenclature and labelling, as set out
in OC11. At those Connection Sites where gas-insulated metal enclosed
switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV Apparatus is installed, those items must
be depicted within an area delineated by a chain dotted line which intersects gas-
zone boundaries. The nomenclature used shall conform with that used on the
relevant Connection Site and circuit. The Operation Diagram (and the list of
technical details) is intended to provide an accurate record of the layout and circuit
interconnections, ratings and numbering and nomenclature of HV Apparatus and
related Plant.
CC.7.4.3 A non-exhaustive guide to the types of HV Apparatus to be shown in the

Operation Diagram is shown in Part 2 of Appendix 2, together with certain basic
principles to be followed unless equivalent principles are approved by NGC.
Gas Zone Diagrams
CC.7.4.4 A Gas Zone Diagram shall be prepared for each Connection Site at which a
Connection Point exists where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-
insulated HV Apparatus is utilised. They shall use, where appropriate, the
graphical symbols shown in Part 1B of Appendix 2.
CC.7.4.5 The nomenclature used shall conform with that used in the relevant Connection
Site and circuit.
CC.7.4.6 The basic principles set out in Part 2 of Appendix 2 shall be followed in the
preparation of Gas Zone Diagrams unless equivalent principles are approved by
NGC.
Preparation of Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams for Users' Sites
CC.7.4.7 In the case of a User Site, the User shall prepare and submit to NGC, an
Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the Connection
Point and NGC shall provide the User with an Operation Diagram for all HV
Apparatus on the NGCTransmission side of the Connection Point, in
accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or
Construction Agreement prior to the Completion Date under the Bilateral
Agreement and/or Construction Agreement.
CC.7.4.8 The User will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted
on the User's Operation Diagram and the NGC Operation Diagram, a composite
Operation Diagram for the complete Connection Site, also in accordance with the
timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement .
CC.7.4.9 The provisions of CC7.4.7 and CC.7.4.8 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone
Diagrams where gas-insulated switchgear and/or other gas-insulated HV
Apparatus is utilised.
Preparation of Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams for NGCTransmission Sites
CC.7.4.10 In the case of an NGCTransmission Site, the User shall prepare and submit to
NGC an Operation Diagram for all HV Apparatus on the User side of the

Connection Point, in accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral
CC.7.4.11 NGC will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted on
the User's Operation Diagram, a composite Operation Diagram for the complete
Connection Site, also in accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral
Agreement and/or Construction Agreement .
CC.7.4.12 The provisions of CC7.4.10 and CC.7.4.11 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone
Apparatus is utilised.
CC.7.4.13 Changes to Operation and Gas Zone Diagrams
CC.7.4.13.1 When NGC has decided that it wishes to install new HV Apparatus or it wishes to
change the existing numbering or nomenclature of itsTransmission HV Apparatus
at an NGCa Transmission Site, NGC will (unless it gives rise to a Modification
under the CUSC, in which case the provisions of the CUSC as to the timing apply)
one month prior to the installation or change, send to each such User a revised
Operation Diagram of that NGCTransmission Site, incorporating the new
NGCTransmission HV Apparatus to be installed and its numbering and
nomenclature or the changes, as the case may be. OC11 is also relevant to certain
Apparatus.
CC.7.4.13.2 When a User has decided that it wishes to install new HV Apparatus, or it wishes
to change the existing numbering or nomenclature of its HV Apparatus at its User
Site, the User will (unless it gives rise to a Modification under the CUSC, in which
case the provisions of the CUSC as to the timing apply) one month prior to the
installation or change, send to NGC a revised Operation Diagram of that User Site
incorporating the new User HV Apparatus to be installed and its numbering and
nomenclature or the changes as the case may be. OC11 is also relevant to certain
Apparatus.
CC.7.4.13.3 The provisions of CC7.4.13.1 and CC.7.4.13.2 shall apply in relation to Gas Zone
Apparatus is installed.
Validity
CC.7.4.14 (a) The composite Operation Diagram prepared by NGC or the User, as the
case may be, will be the definitive Operation Diagram for all operational
and planning activities associated with the Connection Site. If a dispute
arises as to the accuracy of the composite Operation Diagram, a meeting
shall be held at the Connection Site, as soon as reasonably practicable,
between NGC and the User, to endeavour to resolve the matters in dispute.
(b) An equivalent rule shall apply for Gas Zone Diagrams where they exist for a
Connection Site.
CC.7.5 SITE COMMON DRAWINGS
CC.7.5.1 Site Common Drawings will be prepared for each Connection Site and will
include Connection Site layout drawings, electrical layout drawings, common
Protection/control drawings and common services drawings.

Preparation of Site Common Drawings for a User Site
CC.7.5.2 In the case of a User Site, NGC shall prepare and submit to the User, Site
Common Drawings for the NGCTransmission side of the Connection Point in
Construction Agreement.
CC.7.5.3 The User will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted
on the NGCTransmission Site Common Drawings, Site Common Drawings for
the complete Connection Site in accordance with the timing requirements of the
Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement .
Preparation of Site Common Drawings for an NGCa Transmission Site
CC.7.5.4 In the case of an NGCa Transmission Site, the User will prepare and submit to
NGC Site Common Drawings for the User side of the Connection Point in
Construction Agreement.
CC.7.5.5 NGC will then prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted in
the User's Site Common Drawings, Site Common Drawings for the complete
Connection Site in accordance with the timing requirements of the Bilateral
CC.7.5.6 When a User becomes aware that it is necessary to change any aspect of the Site
Common Drawings at a Connection Site it will:
(a) if it is a User Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare, produce and

distribute revised Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection
Site; and
(b) if it is an NGCa Transmission Site, as soon as reasonably practicable,

prepare and submit to NGC revised Site Common Drawings for the User
side of the Connection Point and NGC will then, as soon as reasonably
practicable, prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted
in the User's Site Common Drawings, revised Site Common Drawings
for the complete Connection Site.
In either case, if in the User's reasonable opinion the change can be dealt with by it
notifying NGC in writing of the change and for each party to amend its copy of the
Site Common Drawings (or where there is only one set, for the party holding that
set to amend it), then it shall so notify and each party shall so amend. If the change
gives rise to a Modification under the CUSC, the provisions of the CUSC as to
timing will apply.
CC.7.5.7 When NGC becomes aware that it is necessary to change any aspect of the Site
Common Drawings at a Connection Site it will:
(a) if it is an NGCa Transmission Site, as soon as reasonably practicable,

prepare, produce and distribute revised Site Common Drawings for the
complete Connection Site; and
(b) if it is a User Site, as soon as reasonably practicable, prepare and submit to

the User revised Site Common Drawings for the NGCTransmission side
of the Connection Point and the User will then, as soon as reasonably
practicable, prepare, produce and distribute, using the information submitted

in the NGCTransmission Site Common Drawings, revised Site Common
Drawings for the complete Connection Site.
In either case, if in NGC's reasonable opinion the change can be dealt with by it
notifying the User in writing of the change and for each party to amend its copy of
the Site Common Drawings (or where there is only one set, for the party holding
that set to amend it), then it shall so notify and each party shall so amend. If the
change gives rise to a Modification under the CUSC, the provisions of the CUSC
as to timing will apply.
Validity
CC.7.5.8 The Site Common Drawings for the complete Connection Site
prepared by the User or NGC, as the case may be, will be the definitive Site
Common Drawings for all operational and planning activities associated with the
Connection Site. If a dispute arises as to the accuracy of the Site Common
Drawings, a meeting shall be held at the Site, as soon as reasonably practicable,
between NGC and the User, to endeavour to resolve the matters in dispute.
CC.7.6 ACCESS
CC.7.6.1 The provisions relating to access to NGCTransmission Sites by Users, and to

Users' Sites by NGCTransmission Licensees, are set out in each Interface
Agreement with, for Transmission Sites in England and Wales, NGC and each
User, and for Transmission Sites in Scotland, the Relevant Transmission
Licensee and each User.
CC.7.6.2 In addition to those provisions, where an NGCa Transmission Site in England and
Wales contains exposed HV conductors, unaccompanied access will only be
granted to individuals holding an Authority for Access issued by NGC and where
a Transmission Site in Scotland contains exposed HV conductors,
unaccompanied access will only be granted to individuals holding an Authority for
Access issued by the Relevant Transmission Licensee.
CC.7.6.3 The procedure for applying for an Authority for Access is contained in the
Interface Agreement.
CC.7.7 MAINTENANCE STANDARDS
CC.7.7.1 It is a requirement that all User's Plant and Apparatus on NGCTransmission

Sites is maintained adequately for the purpose for which it is intended and to
ensure that it does not pose a threat to the safety of any of NGC'sTransmission
Plant, Apparatus or personnel on the NGCTransmission Site. NGC will have the
right to inspect the test results and maintenance records relating to such Plant and
Apparatus at any time. In Scotland, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure that all
the User’s Plant and Apparatus, including protection systems, are tested and
maintained and remain rated for the duty required. An annual update of system
fault levels is available as part of the Seven Year Statement.
CC.7.7.2 It is a requirement that all NGC'sTransmission Plant and Apparatus on User's

Sites is maintained adequately for the purposes for which it is intended and to
ensure that it does not pose a threat to the safety of any of the User's Plant,
Apparatus or personnel on the User Site. Users will have the right to inspect the

test results and maintenance records relating to such Plant and Apparatus, at any
time.
CC.7.8 SITE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
CC.7.8.1 NGC and Users with an interface with NGC, must make available staff to take
necessary Safety Precautions and carry out operational duties as may be required
to enable work/testing to be carried out and for the operation of Plant and
Apparatus connected to the Total System.
CC.8 ANCILLARY SERVICES
CC.8.1 System Ancillary Services
The CC contain requirements for the capability for certain Ancillary Services,
which are needed for System reasons ("System Ancillary Services"). There
follows a list of these System Ancillary Services, together with the paragraph
number of the CC (or other part of the Grid Code) in which the minimum capability
is required or referred to. The list is divided into two categories: Part 1 lists the
System Ancillary Services which Generators are obliged to provide, and Part 2
lists the System Ancillary Services which Generators will provide only if
agreement to provide them is reached with NGC:
Part 1
(a) Reactive Power supplied otherwise than by means of synchronous or static

compensators - CC.6.3.2
(b) Frequency Control by means of Frequency sensitive generation - CC.6.3.7

and BC3.5.1
Part 2
(c) Frequency Control by means of Fast Start - CC.6.3.14
(d) Black Start Capability - CC.6.3.5
CC.8.2 Commercial Ancillary Services
Other Ancillary Services are also utilised by NGC in operating the Total System if
these have been agreed to be provided by a User (or other person) under an
Ancillary Services Agreement or under a Bilateral Agreement, with payment
being dealt with under an Ancillary Services Agreement or in the case of
Externally Interconnected System Operators or Interconnector Users, under
any other agreement (and in the case of Externally Interconnected System
Operators and Interconnector Users includes ancillary services equivalent to or
similar to System Ancillary Services) ("Commercial Ancillary Services"). The
capability for these Commercial Ancillary Services is set out in the relevant
Ancillary Services Agreement or Bilateral Agreement (as the case may be).

APPENDIX 1
FORMAT, PRINCIPLES AND BASIC PROCEDURE TO BE USED IN THE

PREPARATION OF SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES
CC.A.1.1 PRINCIPLES
Types of Schedules
CC.A.1.1.1 At all Complexes the following Site Responsibility Schedules shall be drawn up
using the proforma attached or with such variations as may be agreed between
NGC and Users, but in the absence of agreement the proforma attached will be
used:
(a) Schedule of HV Apparatus
(b) Schedule of Plant, LV/MV Apparatus, services and supplies;
(c) Schedule of telecommunications and measurements Apparatus.
Other than at Generating Unit and Power Station locations, the schedules
referred to in (b) and (c) may be combined.
New Connection Sites
CC.A.1.1.2 In the case of a new Connection Site each Site Responsibility Schedule for a
Connection Site shall be prepared by NGC in consultation with relevant Users at
least 2 weeks prior to the Completion Date under the Bilateral Agreement and/or
Construction Agreement for that Connection Site (which may form part of a
Complex). Each User shall, in accordance with the timing requirements of the
Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction Agreement , provide information to
NGC to enable it to prepare the Site Responsibility Schedule.
Sub-division
CC.A.1.1.3 Each Site Responsibility Schedule will be subdivided to take account of any
separate Connection Sites on that Complex.
Scope
CC.A.1.1.4 Each Site Responsibility Schedule shall detail for each item of Plant and
Apparatus:-
(a) Plant/Apparatus ownership;
(b) Site Manager (Controller);
(c) Safety issues comprising applicable Safety Rules and Control Person or
other responsible person (Safety Co-ordinator), or such other person who
is responsible for safety;
(d) Operations issues comprising applicable Operational Procedures and

control engineer;

(e) Responsibility to undertake statutory inspections, fault investigation and
maintenance.
Each Connection Point shall be precisely shown.
Detail
CC.A.1.1.5 (a) In the case of Site Responsibility Schedules referred to in CC.A.1.1.1(b)

and (c), with the exception of Protection Apparatus and Intertrip
Apparatus operation, it will be sufficient to indicate the responsible User or
NGCTransmission Licensee, as the case may be.
(b) In the case of the Site Responsibility Schedule referred to in CC.A.1.1.1(a)

and for Protection Apparatus and Intertrip Apparatus, the responsible
management unit must be shown in addition to the User or
NGCTransmission Licensee, as the case may be.
CC.A.1.1.6 The HV Apparatus Site Responsibility Schedule for each Connection Site must
include lines and cables emanating from or traversing1 the Connection Site.
Issue Details
CC.A.1.1.7 Every page of each Site Responsibility Schedule shall bear the date of issue and
the issue number.
Accuracy Confirmation
CC.A.1.1.8 When a Site Responsibility Schedule is prepared it shall be sent by NGC to the
Users involved for confirmation of its accuracy.
CC.A.1.1.9 The Site Responsibility Schedule shall then be signed on behalf of NGC by the
Areaits Responsible Manager responsible for the area in which the Complex is
situated(see CC.A.1.1.16) and on behalf of each User involved by its Responsible
Manager (see CC.A.1.1.16), by way of written confirmation of its accuracy. For
Connection Sites in Scotland, the Site Responsibility Schedule will also be
signed on behalf of the Relevant Transmission Licensee by its Responsible
Manager.
Distribution and Availability
CC.A.1.1.10 Once signed, two copies will be distributed by NGC, not less than two weeks prior
to its implementation date, to each User which is a party on the Site
Responsibility Schedule, accompanied by a note indicating the issue number and
the date of implementation.
CC.A.1.1.11 NGC and Users must make the Site Responsibility Schedules readily available to
its operational staff at the Complex and at the other relevant control points.
Alterations to Existing Site Responsibility Schedules
CC.A 1.1.12 Without prejudice to the provisions of CC.A.1.1.15 which deals with urgent changes,
when a User identified on a Site Responsibility Schedule becomes aware that an
alteration is necessary, it must inform NGC immediately and in any event 8 weeks
1
Details of circuits traversing the Connection Site are only needed from the date which is the earlier of the
date when the Site Responsibility Schedule is first updated and 15th October 2004.
prior to any change taking effect (or as soon as possible after becoming aware of it,
if less than 8 weeks remain when the User becomes aware of the change). This
will cover the commissioning of new Plant and/or Apparatus at the Connection
Site, whether requiring a revised Bilateral Agreement or not, de-commissioning of
Plant and/or Apparatus, and other changes which affect the accuracy of the Site
Responsibility Schedule.
CC.A 1.1.13 Where NGC has been informed of a change by a User, or itself proposes a change,
it will prepare a revised Site Responsibility Schedule by not less than six weeks
prior to the change taking effect (subject to it having been informed or knowing of
the change eight weeks prior to that time) and the procedure set out in CC.A.1.1.8
shall be followed with regard to the revised Site Responsibility Schedule.
CC.A 1.1.14 The revised Site Responsibility Schedule shall then be signed in accordance with
the procedure set out in CC.A.1.1.9 and distributed in accordance with the
procedure set out in CC.A.1.1.10, accompanied by a note indicating where the
alteration(s) has/have been made, the new issue number and the date of
implementation.
Urgent Changes
CC.A.1.1.15 When a User identified on a Site Responsibility Schedule, or NGC, as the case
may be, becomes aware that an alteration to the Site Responsibility Schedule is
necessary urgently to reflect, for example, an emergency situation which has arisen
outside its control, the User shall notify NGC, or NGC shall notify the User, as the
case may be, immediately and will discuss:
(a) what change is necessary to the Site Responsibility Schedule;
(b) whether the Site Responsibility Schedule is to be modified temporarily or

permanently;
(c) the distribution of the revised Site Responsibility Schedule.
NGC will prepare a revised Site Responsibility Schedule as soon as possible, and
in any event within seven days of it being informed of or knowing the necessary
alteration. The Site Responsibility Schedule will be confirmed by Users and
signed on behalf of NGC and Users (by the persons referred to in CC.A.1.1.9) as
soon as possible after it has been prepared and sent to Users for confirmation.
Responsible Managers
CC.A.1.1.16 Each User shall, prior to the Completion Date under each Bilateral Agreement
and/or Construction Agreement, supply to NGC a list of Managers who have been
duly authorised to sign Site Responsibility Schedules on behalf of the User and
NGC shall, prior to the Completion Date under each Bilateral Agreement and/or
Construction Agreement, supply to that User the name of the Areaits
Responsible Manager responsibleand for the areaConnection Sites in which the
Complex is situated (each of which is known as the “Scotland, the name of the
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Responsible Manager”) and each shall
supply to the other User any changes to such list six weeks before the change
takes effect where the change is anticipated, and as soon as possible after the
change, where the change was not anticipated.
De-commissioning of Connection Sites

CC.A.1.1.17 Where a Connection Site is to be de-commissioned, whichever of NGC or the
User who is initiating the de-commissioning must contact the other to arrange for
the Site Responsibility Schedule to be amended at the relevant time.

ATTACHMENT TO APPENDIX 1 OF CONNECTION CONDITIONS
PROFORMA FOR SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE
_________________ AREA
COMPLEX: _________________________ SCHEDULE: _________
CONNECTION SITE: _________________
SAFETY OPERATIONS PARTY

RESPONSIBLE
FOR
UNDERTAKING
CONTROL OR STATUTORY
OTHER INSPECTIONS,
RESPONSIBLE CONTROL OR FAULT
ITEM OF PLANT PERSON OTHER INVESTIGATION
PLANT/ APPARATUS SITE SAFETY (SAFETY CO- OPERATIONAL RESPONSIBLE &
ENGINEER REMARKS
APPARATUS OWNER MANAGER RULES ORDINATOR PROCEDURES MAINTENANCE
PAGE: _______ ISSUE NO: __________ DATE: ________________

ATTACHMENT TO APPENDIX 1 OF CONNECTION CONDITIONS
PROFORMA FOR SITE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE
_________________ AREA
COMPLEX: _________________________ SCHEDULE: _________
CONNECTION SITE: _________________
SAFETY OPERATIONS PARTY

RESPONSIBLE
FOR
UNDERTAKING
STATUTORY
INSPECTIONS,
CONTROL OR FAULT
OTHER INVESTIGATION
RESPONSIBLE CONTROL OR &
ITEM OF PLANT PERSON OTHER MAINTENANCE
PLANT/ APPARATUS SITE SAFETY (SAFETY CO- OPERATIONAL RESPONSIBLE
ENGINEER REMARKS
APPARATUS OWNER MANAGER RULES ORDINATOR PROCEDURES
NOTES:
SIGNED: ____________________ NAME: __________________ COMPANY: _______________ DATE: _______________
PAGE: _______ ISSUE NO: __________ DATE: ________________

APPENDIX 2
PART 1A
PROCEDURES RELATING TO OPERATION DIAGRAMS

APPENDIX 2
PART 1B
PROCEDURES RELATING TO GAS ZONE DIAGRAMS

APPENDIX 2
NON-EXHAUSTIVE LIST OF APPARATUS

TO BE INCLUDED ON OPERATION DIAGRAMS
PART 2
Basic Principles
1. Where practicable, all the HV Apparatus on any Connection Site shall be

shown on one Operation Diagram. Provided the clarity of the diagram is not
impaired, the layout shall represent as closely as possible the geographical
arrangement on the Connection Site.
2. Where more than one Operation Diagram is unavoidable, duplication of

identical information on more than one Operation Diagram must be avoided.
3. The Operation Diagram must show accurately the current status of the
Apparatus eg. whether commissioned or decommissioned. Where
decommissioned, the associated switchbay will be labelled "spare bay".
4. Provision will be made on the Operation Diagram for signifying approvals,

together with provision for details of revisions and dates.
5. Operation Diagrams will be prepared in A4 format or such other format as may

be agreed with NGC.
6. The Operation Diagram should normally be drawn single line. However, where
appropriate, detail which applies to individual phases shall be shown. For
example, some HV Apparatus is numbered individually per phase.

APPARATUS TO BE SHOWN ON OPERATION DIAGRAM
1. Busbars
2. Circuit Breakers
3. Disconnector (Isolator) and Switch Disconnecters (Switching Isolators)
4. Disconnectors (Isolators) - Automatic Facilities
5. Bypass Facilities
6. Earthing Switches
7. Maintenance Earths
8. Overhead Line Entries
9. Overhead Line Traps
10. Cable and Cable Sealing Ends
11. Generating Unit
12. Generator Transformers
13. Generating Unit Transformers, Station Transformers, including the lower voltage
circuit-breakers.
14. Synchronous Compensators
15. Static Variable Compensators
16. Capacitors (including Harmonic Filters)
17. Series or Shunt Reactors (Referred to as "Inductors" at nuclear power station
sites)
18. Supergrid and Grid Transformers
19. Tertiary Windings
20. Earthing and Auxiliary Transformers
21. Three Phase VT's
22. Single Phase VT & Phase Identity
23. High Accuracy VT and Phase Identity
24. Surge Arrestors/Diverters
25. Neutral Earthing Arrangements on HV Plant
26. Fault Throwing Devices
27. Quadrature Boosters
28. Arc Suppression Coils
29. Single Phase Transformers (BR) Neutral and Phase Connections
30. Current Transformers (where separate plant items)
31. Wall Bushings
32. Combined VT/CT Units
33. Shorting and Discharge Switches
34. Thyristor
35. Resistor with Inherent Non-Linear Variability, Voltage Dependent
36. Gas Zone

APPENDIX 3
MINIMUM FREQUENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENT PROFILE AND OPERATING RANGE

for new Generating Units and/or CCGT Modules with a Completion Date after 1 January 2001
in England and Wales and 1 April 2005 in Scotland
CC.A.3.1 SCOPE
The frequency response capability is defined in terms of Primary Response,

Secondary Response and High Frequency Response. This appendix defines the
minimum frequency response requirement profile for each Generating Unit and/or
CCGT Module which has a Completion Date after 1 January 2001.2001 in England and
Wales and 1 April 2005 in Scotland. For the avoidance of doubt, this appendix does not
apply to Generating Units and/or CCGT Modules which have a Completion Date
before 1 January 2001 or to Small Power Stations. The functional definition provides
appropriate performance criteria relating to the provision of frequency control by means
of frequency sensitive generation in addition to the other requirements identified in
CC.6.3.7.
In this Appendix 3 to the CC, for a CCGT Module with more than one Generating Unit,
the phrase Minimum Generation applies to the entire CCGT Module operating with all
Generating Units Synchronised to the System.
The minimum frequency response requirement profile is shown diagrammatically in

Figure CC.A.3.1. The capability profile specifies the minimum required levels of Primary
Response, Secondary Response and High Frequency Response throughout the
normal plant operating range. The definitions of these frequency response capabilities
are illustrated diagrammatically in Figures CC.A.3.2 & CC.A.3.3.
CC.A.3.2 PLANT OPERATING RANGE
The upper limit of the operating range is the Registered Capacity of the Generating
Unit or CCGT Module.
The Minimum Generation level may be less than, but must not be more than, 65% of
the Registered Capacity. Each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module must be
capable of operating satisfactorily down to the Designed Minimum Operating Level as
dictated by System operating conditions, although it will not be instructed to below its
Minimum Generation level. If a Generating Unit or CCGT Module is operating below
Minimum Generation because of high System Frequency, it should recover
adequately to its Minimum Generation level as the System Frequency returns to
Target Frequency so that it can provide Primary and Secondary Response from
Minimum Generation if the System Frequency continues to fall. For the avoidance of
doubt, under normal operating conditions steady state operation below Minimum
Generation is not expected. The Designed Minimum Operating Level must not be
more than 55% of Registered Capacity.
In the event of a Generating Unit or CCGT Module load rejecting down to no less than
its Designed Minimum Operating Level it should not trip as a result of automatic action
as detailed in BC3.7. If the load rejection is to a level less than the Designed Minimum
Operating Level then it is accepted that the condition might be so severe as to cause it
to be disconnected from the System.

CC.A.3.3 MINIMUM FREQUENCY RESPONSE REQUIREMENT PROFILE
Figure CC.A.3.1 shows the minimum frequency response requirement profile

diagrammatically for a 0.5 Hz change in Frequency. The percentage response
capabilities and loading levels are defined on the basis of the Registered Capacity of
the Generating Unit or CCGT Module. Each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module
must be capable of operating in a manner to provide frequency response at least to the
solid boundaries shown in the figure. If the frequency response capability falls within the
solid boundaries, the Generating Unit or CCGT Module is providing response below the
minimum requirement which is not acceptable. Nothing in this appendix is intended to
prevent a Generating Unit or CCGT Module from being designed to deliver a frequency
response in excess of the identified minimum requirement.
The frequency response delivered for Frequency deviations of less than 0.5 Hz should
be no less than a figure which is directly proportional to the minimum frequency
response requirement for a Frequency deviation of 0.5 Hz. For example, if the
Frequency deviation is 0.2 Hz, the corresponding minimum frequency response
requirement is 40% of the level shown in Figure CC.A.3.1. The frequency response
delivered for Frequency deviations of more than 0.5 Hz should be no less than the
response delivered for a Frequency deviation of 0.5 Hz.
Each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module must be capable of providing some
response, in keeping with its specific operational characteristics, when operating
between 95% to 100% of Registered Capacity as illustrated by the dotted lines in
Figure CC.A.3.1.
At the Minimum Generation level, each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module is
required to provide high and low frequency response depending on the System
Frequency conditions. Where the Frequency is high, the Active Power output is
therefore expected to fall below the Minimum Generation level.
The Designed Minimum Operating Level is the output at which a Generating Unit
and/or CCGT Module has no High Frequency Response capability. It may be less
than, but must not be more than, 55% of the Registered Capacity. This implies that a
Generating Unit or CCGT Module is not obliged to reduce its output to below this level
unless the Frequency is at or above 50.5 Hz (cf BC3.7).
CC.A.3.4 TESTING OF FREQUENCY RESPONSE CAPABILITY
The response capabilities shown diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.1 are measured by

taking the responses as obtained from some of the dynamic response tests specified by
NGC and carried out by Generators for compliance purposes and to validate the content
of Ancillary Services Agreements using an injection of a frequency change to the plant
control system (ie governor and load controller). The injected signal is a linear ramp
from zero to 0.5 Hz frequency change over a ten second period, and is sustained at 0.5
Hz frequency change thereafter, as illustrated diagrammatically in figures CC.A.3.2 and
CC.A.3.3.
The Primary Response capability (P) of a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module is the
minimum increase in Active Power output between 10 and 30 seconds after the start of
the ramp injection as illustrated diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.2.
The Secondary Response capability (S) of a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module is

the minimum increase in Active Power output between 30 seconds and 30 minutes after
the start of the ramp injection as illustrated diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.2.

The High Frequency Response capability (H) of a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module
is the decrease in Active Power output provided 10 seconds after the start of the ramp
injection and sustained thereafter as illustrated diagrammatically in Figure CC.A.3.3.
CC.A.3.5 REPEATABILITY OF RESPONSE
When a Generating Unit or CCGT Module has responded to a significant Frequency

disturbance, its response capability must be fully restored as soon as technically
possible. Full response capability should be restored no later than 20 minutes after the
initial change of System Frequency arising from the Frequency disturbance.

Issue 3
12.00
RC – Registered Capacity
10.00 MG – Minimum Generation
DMOL – Designed Minimum
Operating Level
8.00
Dynamic
6.00 Operating
Zone
4.00
2.00
CC - 41
0.00
50 55 60 65
6 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
Loading (% on RC)
-2.00
-4.00
DMOL
-6.00
Primary/Secondary/High Frequency Response levels (% on RC)

-8.00
for a 0.5 Hz frequency change from Target Frequency
-10.00 MG
Figure CC.A.3.1 - Minimum Frequency Response Requirement Profile
-12.00
Plant dependent requirement
[BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

Primary/Secondary High
Figure CC.A.3.2 - Interpretation of Primary and Secondary Response Values
Frequency Change (Hz)
-0.5 Hz
Plant Response (MW)
P S
10s 30s time 30 min
Figure CC.A.3.3 - Interpretation of High Frequency Response Values

Frequency Change (Hz)
+0.5 Hz
Plant Response (MW)
10s time

APPENDIX 4
[Not Used]
APPENDIX 5
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
LOW FREQUENCY RELAYS FOR THE AUTOMATIC
DISCONNECTION OF SUPPLIES AT LOW FREQUENCY
CC.A.5.1 LOW FREQUENCY RELAYS
CC.A.5.1.1 The Low Frequency Relays to be used shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the Bilateral Agreement. They should have a setting
range of 47.0 to 50Hz and be suitable for operation from a nominal AC
input of 63.5, 110 or 240V. The following general parameters on the
requirements of approved Low Frequency Relays for automatic
installations is given as an indication, without prejudice to the provisions
that may be included in a Bilateral Agreement:
(a) Frequency settings: 47-50Hz in steps of 0.05Hz or better,

preferably 0.01Hz;
(b) Measurement period Within a minimum selectable

settings: settings range of 4 to 6 cycles;
(c) Operating time: Between 100 and 150ms dependent

on measurement period setting;
(d) Voltage lock-out: Selectable within a range of 55 to

90% of nominal voltage;
(e) Facility stages: One or two stages of Frequency

operation;
(f) Output contacts: Two output contacts per stage to be

capable of repetitively making and
breaking for 1000 operations.
CC.A.5.2 LOW FREQUENCY RELAY VOLTAGE SUPPLIES
CC.A.5.2.1 It is essential that the voltage supply to the Low Frequency Relays shall
be derived from the primary System at the supply point concerned so that
the Frequency of the Low Frequency Relays input voltage is the same
as that of the primary System. This requires either:
(a) the use of a secure supply obtained from voltage transformers

directly associated with the grid transformer(s) concerned, the
supply being obtained where necessary via a suitable automatic
voltage selection scheme; or
(b) the use of the substation 240V phase-to-neutral selected
auxiliary supply, provided that this supply is always derived at
the supply point concerned and is never derived from a
standby supply Generating Unit or from another part of the
User System.
CC.A.5.3 SCHEME REQUIREMENTS
CC.A.5.3.1 The tripping facility should be engineered in accordance with the following
reliability considerations:
(a) Dependability
Failure to trip at any one particular Demand shedding point

would not harm the overall operation of the scheme.
However, many failures would have the effect of reducing the
amount of Demand under low Frequency control. An overall
reasonable minimum requirement for the dependability of the
Demand shedding scheme is 96%, ie. the average
probability of failure of each Demand shedding point should
be less than 4%. Thus the Demand under low Frequency
control will not be reduced by more than 4% due to relay
failure.
(b) Outages
Low Frequency Demand shedding schemes will be

engineered such that the amount of Demand under control is
as specified by NGC and is not reduced unacceptably during
equipment outage or maintenance conditions.
< End of CC >

OPERATING CODE NO. 1
DEMAND FORECASTS
CONTENTS

OC1.1 INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................OC1 - 12
OC1.2 OBJECTIVE .....................................................................................................OC1 - 23
OC1.3 SCOPE.............................................................................................................OC1 - 23
OC1.4 DATA REQUIRED BY NGC IN THE OPERATIONAL PLANNING PHASE .....OC1 - 23
OC1.5 DATA REQUIRED BY NGC IN THE PROGRAMMING PHASE, CONTROL

PHASE AND POST-CONTROL PHASE .........................................................OC1 - 34
OC1.5.1 Programming Phase............................................................................. OC1 - 34

OC1.5.5 Control Phase........................................................................................ OC1 - 34
OC1.5.6 Post-Control Phase .............................................................................. OC1 - 45
OC1.6 NGC FORECASTS ..........................................................................................OC1 - 46
Issue 3 OC1 - i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

DEMAND FORECASTS
OC1.1 INTRODUCTION
OC1.1.1 Operating Code No.1 ("OC1") is concerned with Demand forecasting for
operational purposes. In order to match generation output with Demand for
electricity it is necessary to undertake Demand forecasting. It is also necessary
to undertake Demand forecasting of Reactive Power.
OC1.1.2 In the Operational Planning Phase, Demand forecasting shall be conducted

by NGC taking account of Demand forecasts furnished by Network Operators
and in certain circumstances, Generators, who shall provide NGC with
information in the form set out in this OC1. The data supplied under the PC is
also taken into account.
OC1.1.3 In the Programming Phase and Control Phase, NGC will conduct its own
Demand forecasting taking into account information to be furnished by
Suppliers, Network Operators and by Generators and the other factors
referred to in OC1.6.1.
OC1.1.4 In this OC1, the point of connection of the External Interconnection to the
NGCGB Transmission System shall be considered as a Grid Supply Point.
Reactive Power Demand includes the series Reactive losses of the User's
System but excludes any network susceptance and any Reactive
compensation on the User's System. NGC will obtain the lumped network
susceptance and details of Reactive compensation from the requirements to
submit data under the PC.
OC1.1.5 Data relating to Demand Control should include details relating to MW.
OC1.1.6 OC1 deals with the provision of data on Demand Control in the Operational
Planning Phase, the Programming Phase and the Post-Control Phase,
whereas OC6 (amongst other things) deals with the provision of data on
Demand Control following the Programming Phase and in the Control
Phase.
OC1.1.7 In this OC1, Year 0 means the current NGC Financial Year at any time, Year 1
means the next NGC Financial Year at any time, Year 2 means the NGC
Financial Year after Year 1, etc.
OC1.1.8 References in OC1 to data being supplied on a half hourly basis refer to it being
supplied for each period of 30 minutes ending on the hour and half-hour in each
hour.
Issue 3 OC1 - 2 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

OC1.2 OBJECTIVE
The objectives of OC1 are to:
OC1.2.1 enable the provision of data to NGC by Users in the Programming Phase,
Control Phase and Post-Control Phase; and
OC1.2.2 provide for the factors to be taken into account by NGC when Demand
forecasting in the Programming Phase and Control Phase.
OC1.3 SCOPE
OC1 applies to NGC and to Users which in this OC1 means:-
(a) Generators,
(b) Network Operators, and
(c) Suppliers.
OC1.4 DATA REQUIRED BY NGC IN THE OPERATIONAL PLANNING PHASE
OC1.4.1 (a) Each User, as specified in (b) below, shall provide NGC with the data
requested in OC1.4.2 below.
(b) The data will need to be supplied by:-
(i) each Network Operator directly connected to the NGCGB

Transmission System in relation to Demand Control; and
(ii) each Generator with respect to the output of Medium Power

Stations.
OC1.4.2 (a) Data

By calendar week 28 each year each Network Operator will provide to
NGC in writing the forecast information listed in (c) below for the current
NGC Financial Year and each of the succeeding five NGC Financial
Years.
(b) Data Providers

In circumstances when the busbar arrangement at a Grid Supply Point
is expected to be operated in separate sections, separate sets of
forecast information for each section will be provided to NGC.
(c) Embedded Medium Power Station Output and Demand Control:

For the specified time of the annual peak half hour NGCGB
Transmission System Demand, as specified by NGC under
PC.A.5.2.2, the output of Embedded Medium Power Stations (whether
Embedded or not) and forecasts of Demand to be relieved by Demand
Control on a Grid Supply Point basis giving details of the amount and
duration of the Demand Control.

OC1.5 DATA REQUIRED BY NGC IN THE PROGRAMMING PHASE, CONTROL
PHASE and POST-CONTROL PHASE
OC1.5.1 Programming Phase
For the period of 2 to 8 weeks ahead the following will be supplied to NGC in
writing by 1000 hours each Monday:
(a) Demand Control:

Each Network Operator will supply MW profiles of the amount and
duration of their proposed use of Demand Control which may result in a
Demand change of 12MW or moreequal to or greater than the Demand
Control Notification Level (averaged over any half hour on any Grid
Supply Point) on a half hourly and Grid Supply Point basis;
(b) Medium Power Station Operation:

Each Generator will, if reasonably required by NGC, supply MW
schedules for the operation of Medium Power Stations on a half hourly
and Grid Supply Point basis.
OC1.5.2 For the period 2 to 12 days ahead the following will be supplied to NGC in writing
by 1200 hours each Wednesday:
(a) Demand Control:

Each Network Operator will supply MW profiles of the amount and
duration of their proposed use of Demand Control which may result in a
Demand change of 12MW or moreequal to or greater than the Demand
Control Notification Level (averaged over any half hour on any Grid
Supply Point) on a half hourly and Grid Supply Point basis;
(b) Medium Power Station Operation:

Each Generator will, if reasonably required by NGC, supply MW
schedules for the operation of Medium Power Stations on a half hourly
and Grid Supply Point basis.
OC1.5.3 Medium Power Station Output:

Each Generator will, if reasonably required by NGC, supply NGC with MW
schedules for the operation of Medium Power Stations on a half hourly and
Grid Supply Point basis in writing by 1000 hours each day (or such other time
specified by NGC from time to time) for the next day (except that it will be for the
next 3 days on Fridays and 2 days on Saturdays and may be longer (as specified
by NGC at least one week in advance) to cover holiday periods);
OC1.5.4 Other Codes

Under OC6 each Network Operator will notify NGC of their proposed use of
Demand Control (which may result in a Demand change of 12MW or
moreequal to or greater than the Demand Control Notification Level), and
under BC1, each Supplier will notify NGC of their proposed use of Customer
Demand Management (which may result in a Demand change of 12MW of
moreequal to or greater than the Customer Demand Management Notification
Level) in this timescale.
OC1.5.5 Control Phase

OC1.5.5.1 Demand Control:
Under OC6, each Network Operator will notify NGC of any Demand Control
proposed by itself which may result in a Demand change of 12MW or moreequal
to or greater than the Demand Control Notification Level averaged over any
half hour on any Grid Supply Point which is planned after 1000 hours, and of
any changes to the planned Demand Control notified to NGC prior to 1000
hours as soon as possible after the formulation of the new plans;
OC1.5.5.2 Customer Demand Management:
(a) Each Supplier will notify NGC of any Customer Demand Management
proposed by itself which may result in a Demand change of 12MW or
moreequal to or greater than the Customer Demand Management
Notification Level averaged over any half hour on any Grid Supply
Point which is planned to occur at any time in the Control Phase and of
any changes to the planned Customer Demand Management already
notified to NGC as soon as possible after the formulation of the new
plans.
(b) The following information is required on a Grid Supply Point and half-
hourly basis:-
(i) the proposed date, time and duration of implementation of

Customer Demand Management; and
(ii) the proposed reduction in Demand by use of Customer Demand

Management.
OC1.5.5.3 Load Management Blocks:
In Scotland, by 11:00 each day, each Supplier who controls a Load

Management Block of Demand with a capacity of 5MW or more shall submit to
NGC a schedule of its proposed switching times and profiles in respect of each
block for the next day.
OC1.5.6 Post-Control Phase
The following will be supplied to NGC in writing by 0600 hours each day in
respect of Active Power data and by 1000 hours each day in respect of
Reactive Power data:
(a) Demand Control:

Each Network Operator will supply MW profiles for the previous
calendar day of the amount and duration of Demand reduction achieved
by itself from the use of Demand Control of 12MW or moreequal to or
greater than the Demand Control Notification Level (averaged over
any half hour on any Grid Supply Point), on a half hourly and Grid
Supply Point basis.
(b) Customer Demand Management:

Each Supplier will supply MW profiles of the amount and duration of
Demand reduction achieved by itself from the use of Customer
Demand Management of 12MW or moreequal to or greater than the
Customer Demand Management Notification Level (averaged over

any half hour on any Grid Supply Point) on a half hourly and Grid
Supply Point basis during the previous calendar day.
OC1.6 NGC FORECASTS
OC1.6.1 The following factors will be taken into account by NGC when conducting
NGCGB Transmission System Demand forecasting in the Programming
Phase and Control Phase:
(a) Historic Demand data (this includes NGC GB Transmission System

losses).
(b) Weather forecasts and the current and historic weather conditions.
(c) The incidence of major events or activities which are known to NGC in
advance.
(d) Anticipated interconnection flows across External Interconnections.
(e) Demand Control of 12MW or moreequal to or greater than the Demand

Control Notification Level (averaged over any half hour at any Grid
Supply Point) proposed to be exercised by Network Operators and of
which NGC has been informed.
(f) Customer Demand Management of 12MW or moreequal to or greater

than the Customer Demand Management Notification Level
(averaged over any half hour at any Grid Supply point) proposed to be
exercised by Suppliers and of which NGC has been informed.
(g) Other information supplied by Users.
(h) Anticipated Pumped Storage Unit demand.
(i) the sensitivity of Demand to anticipated market prices for electricity.
(j) BM Unit Data submitted by BM Participants to NGC in accordance with

the provisions of BC1 and BC2
OC1.6.2 Taking into account the factors specified in OC1.6.1 NGC uses Demand forecast
methodology to produce forecasts of NGCGB Transmission System Demand.
A written record of the use of the methodology must be kept by NGC for a period
of at least 12 months.
OC1.6.3 The methodology will be based upon factors (a), (b) and (c) above to produce, by
statistical means, unbiased forecasts of GB National Demand. NGCGB
Transmission System Demand will be calculated from these forecasts but will
also take into account factors (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) and (j) above. No other
factors are taken into account by NGC, and it will base its NGCGB
Transmission System Demand forecasts on those factors only.
< End of OC1 >

OPERATING CODE NO.2
OPERATIONAL PLANNING AND DATA PROVISION
CONTENTS

OC2.1 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................... OC2 - 1
OC2.2 OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................................. OC2 - 21
OC2.3 SCOPE...................................................................................................................... OC2 - 21
OC2.4 PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................. OC2 - 3

OC2.4.1 Co-ordination of outages .................................................................................... OC2 - 3
OC2.4.1.2 Planning of Genset Outages........................................................................ OC2 - 3
OC2.4.1.2.1 Operational Planning Phase – Planning for Years 3 to 5 inclusive . OC2 - 3
OC2.4.1.2.2 Operational Planning Phase – Planning for Year 1 and 2 ............... OC2 - 6
OC2.4.1.2.3 Operational Planning Phase – Planning for Year 0 ......................... OC2 - 8
OC2.4.1.2.4 Programming Phase........................................................................ OC2 - 9
OC2.4.1.3 Planning of NGCGB Transmission System Outages................................. OC2 - 10
OC2.4.1.3.1 Operational Planning Phase – Planning for Years 3 to 5 inclusive OC2 - 10
OC2.4.1.3.3 Operational Planning Phase – Planning for Years 1 and 2 ahead OC2 - 11
OC2.4.1.3.4 Operational Planning Phase – Planning for Year 0 ....................... OC2 - 14
OC2.4.1.3.5 Programming Phase...................................................................... OC2 - 16
OC2.4.2 Data Requirements........................................................................................... OC2 - 17
OC2.4.3 Negative Reserve Active Power Margins ..................................................... OC2 - 1819
OC2.4.4 Frequency Sensitive Operation ........................................................................ OC2 - 21
OC2.4.6 Operating Margin Data Requirements.......................................................... OC2 - 2122
APPENDIX 1 – GENERATOR PERFORMANCE CHART ................................................. OC2 - 2324
APPENDIX 2 – GENERATION PLANNING PARAMETERS ............................................. OC2 - 2425
APPENDIX 3 – CCGT MODULE PLANNING MATRIX...................................................... OC2 - 2627
Issue 3 OC2 – i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

OPERATING CODE NO.2
OPERATIONAL PLANNING AND DATA PROVISION
OC2.1 INTRODUCTION
OC2.1.1 Operating Code No. 2 ("OC2") is concerned with:
(a) the co-ordination of the release of Gensets, the NGCGB Transmission

System and Network Operators' Systems for construction, repair and
maintenance;
(b) provision by NGC of the Surpluses both for the NGCGB Transmission
System and System Zones;
(c) the provision by Generators of Generation Planning Parameters for

Gensets, including CCGT Module Planning Matrices, to NGC for
planning purposes only; and
(d) the agreement for release of Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant for
outages in certain circumstances.
OC2.1.2 (a) Operational Planning involves planning, through various timescales, the
matching of generation output with forecast NGCGB Transmission
System Demand together with a reserve of generation to provide a
margin, taking into account outages of certain Generating Units, and of
parts of the NGCGB Transmission System and of parts of Network
Operators' Systems which is carried out to achieve, so far as possible,
the standards of security set out in theNGC’s Transmission Licence,
each Relevant Transmission Licensee’s Transmission Licence or
Electricity Distribution Licence as the case may be.
(b) In general terms there is an "envelope of opportunity" for the release of

Gensets and for the release of parts of the NGCGB Transmission
System and parts of the Network Operator’s User Systems for outages.
The envelope is defined by the difference between the total generation
output expected from Large Power Stations, Medium Power Stations
and Demand, the operational planning margin and taking into account
External Interconnections.
OC2.1.3 In this OC2 Year 0 means the current calendar year at any time, Year 1 means
the next calendar year at any time, Year 2 means the calendar year after Year
1, etc.
OC2.1.4 References in OC2 to a Generator's "best estimate" shall be that Generator's

best estimate acting as a reasonable and prudent Generator in all the
circumstances, and references to neutral data is to data which has a 50%
probability of being exceeded.
OC2.1.5 References to NGC planning itsthe GB Transmission System outage

programme on the basis of the Final Generation Outage Programme, are to
NGC planning against the Final Generation Outage Programme current at
the time it so plans.
OC2.1.6 Where in OC2 data is required to be submitted or information is to be given on

a particular day, that data does not need to be submitted and that information
Issue 3 OC2 – 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

does not need to be given on that day if it is not a Business Day or it falls
within a holiday period (the occurrence and length of which shall be determined
by NGC, in its reasonable discretion, and notified to Users). Instead, that data
shall be submitted and/or that information shall be given on such other
Business Day as NGC shall, in its reasonable discretion, determine. However,
NGC may determine that that data and/or information need not be submitted
or given at all, in which case it shall notify each User as appropriate.
OC2.1.7 Where in this OC2 a Generator is required to submit an Output Usable

forecast of its Large Power Stations or of each of its Gensets, in the case of
Embedded Large Power Stations and Embedded Gensets, the Output
Usable forecast must be adjusted by the User prior to submission to represent
MW at the relevant Grid Supply Point.
OC2.1.8 In Scotland, it may be possible with the agreement of NGC to reduce the
administrative burden for Users in producing planning information where either
the output or demand is small.
OC2.2 OBJECTIVE
OC2.2.1 (a) The objective of OC2 is to seek to enable NGC to harmonise outages of
Gensets in order that such outages are co-ordinated (taking account of
Medium Power Stations) between Generators and Network Operators,
and that such outages are co-ordinated taking into account NGCGB
Transmission System outages and other System outages, so far as
possible to minimise the number and effect of constraints on the NGCGB
Transmission System or any other System.
(b) In the case of Network Operator’ User Systems directly connected to the
NGCGB Transmission System this means in particular that there will
also need to be harmonisation of outages of Embedded Gensets, and
NGCGB Transmission System outages, with Network Operators in
respect of their outages on those Systems.
OC2.2.2 The objective of OC2 is also to enable the provision by NGC of the Surpluses
both for the NGCGB Transmission System and System Zones.
OC2.2.3 A further objective of OC2 is to provide for the agreement for outages for
Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant in certain circumstances and to enable a
process to be followed in order to provide for that.
OC2.2.4 The boundaries of the System Zones will be determined by NGC from time to
time taking into account the disposition of Generators' Power Stations within
the System Zones. The location of the boundaries will be made available to all
Users. Any User may request that NGC reviews any of the System Zonal
boundaries if that User considers that the current boundaries are not
appropriate, giving the reasons for their concerns. On receipt of such a request
NGC will review the boundaries if, in NGC's reasonable opinion, such a review
is justified.
OC2.3 SCOPE
OC2.3.1 OC2 applies to NGC and to Users which in OC2 means:-

(a) Generators, other than those which only have Embedded Small Power
Stations or Embedded Medium Power Stations, (and the term
Generator in this OC2 shall be construed accordingly);
OC2.4 PROCEDURE
OC2.4.1 Co-ordination of Outages
OC2.4.1.1 Under OC2 the interaction between NGC and Users will be as follows:
(a) Each Generator and NGC In respect of outages of Large

Power Stations (both Embedded
and non-Embedded)Gensets and in
respect of outages of other Plant
and/or Apparatus directly connected
to the NGCGB Transmission
System;
(b) NGC and each Generator in respect of NGCGB Transmission

System outages relevant to each
Generator (other than in respect of
Embedded Small Power Stations
or Embedded Medium Power
Stations);
(c) NGC and each Network in respect of outages of all

Operator Embedded Large Power Stations
and in respect of outages of other
Plant and/or Apparatus relating to
such Embedded Large Power
Stations;
(d) NGC and each Network in respect of NGCGB Transmission

Operator and each Non- System outages relevant to the
Embedded Customer particular Network Operator or Non-
Embedded Customers;
(e) Each Network Operator and in respect of User System outages

each Non-Embedded relevant to NGC.
Customer and NGC
OC2.4.1.2 PLANNING OF GENSET OUTAGES
OC2.4.1.2.1 Operational Planning Phase - Planning for Years 3 to 5 inclusive
In each calendar year:
(a) By the end of week 2
Each Generator will provide NGC in writing with:

(i) a provisional Genset outage programme (covering both Embedded
andall non-Embedded Power Stations and Embedded Large
Power Stations) for Year 3 to Year 5 (inclusive) specifying the
Genset and MW concerned, duration of proposed outages, the
preferred date for each outage and where there is a possibility of
flexibility, the earliest start date and latest finishing date; and
(ii) a best estimate neutral weekly Output Usable forecast of all its
Gensets for Year 3 to Year 5.
(b) Between the end of week 2 and the end of week 12
NGC will be:
(i) calculating total winter peak generating capacity assumed to be

available to the Total System (taking into account the capacity which
may be available from External Interconnections);
(ii) calculating the total winter peak generating capacity expected from
Large Power Stations, taking into account Demand forecasts and
details of proposed use of Demand Control received under OC1, and
an operational planning margin set by NGC (the "Operational
Planning Margin");
(iii) calculating the weekly peak generating capacity expected from Large
Power Stations taking into account demand forecasts and details of
proposed use of Demand Control received under OC1, and the
Operational Planning Margin and Zonal System Security
Requirements. The total weekly peak MW needed to be available is
the "weekly total MW required".
The calculation under (iii) will effectively define the envelope of opportunity
for outages of Gensets.
During this period, NGC may, as appropriate, contact each Generator who
has supplied information to seek clarification on points.
(c) By the end of week 12
NGC will:
(i) having taken into account the information notified to it by Generators

and taking into account:-
(1) NGCGB Transmission System constraints and outages,
(2) Network Operator System constraints and outages, known to

NGC, and
(3) the Output Usable required, in its view, to meet weekly total
MW requirements,

provide each Generator in writing with any suggested amendments
to the provisional outage programme supplied by the Generator
which NGC believes necessary, and will advise Generators with
Large Power Stations of the Surpluses both for the NGCGB
Transmission System and System Zones and potential export
limitations, on a weekly basis, which would occur without such
amendments;
(ii) provide each Network Operator in writing with potential outages of

Gensets which are either in that Network Operator’s User System
or which may, in the reasonable opinion of NGC, affect the integrity of
that Network Operator’s User System provided that, in such
circumstances NGC has notified the Generator concerned at least 48
hours beforehand of its intention to do so (including identifying the
Genset concerned).
(d) By the end of week 14
(i) Where a Generator or a Network Operator is unhappy with the

suggested amendments to its provisional outage programme (in the
case of a Generator) or such potential outages (in the case of a
Network Operator) it may contact NGC to explain its concerns and
NGC and that Generator or Network Operator will then discuss the
problem and seek to resolve it.
(ii) The possible resolution of the problem may require NGC or a User to
contact other Generators and Network Operators, and joint
meetings of all parties may, if any User feels it would be helpful, be
convened by NGC. The need for further discussions, be they on the
telephone or at meetings, can only be determined at the time.
(e) By the end of week 25
Each Generator will provide NGC in writing with an updated provisional

Genset outage programme covering both Embedded and non-Embedded
Large Power Stations together with the best estimate neutral weekly
Output Usable forecasts (with a description of its statistical basis) for each
Genset, in all cases for Year 3 to Year 5 (inclusive). The updated
provisional Genset outage programme will contain the MW concerned,
duration of proposed outages, the preferred date for each outage and,
where applicable, earliest start date and latest finishing date, together with
an update of the Output Usable estimate supplied under (a)(ii) above.
(f) Between the end of week 25 and the end of week 28
NGC will be considering the updated provisional Genset outage

programme, together with the best estimate neutral weekly Output Usable
forecasts supplied to it by Generators under (e) and their Registered
Capacity and will be analysing Operational Planning Margins for the
period.
(g) By the end of week 28
NGC will:

(i) provide each Generator in writing with details of any suggested
revisions considered by NGC as being necessary to the updated
provisional Genset outage programme supplied to NGC under (e) and
will advise Generators with Large Power Stations of the Surpluses
for the NGCGB Transmission System and System Zones and
potential export limitations on a weekly basis which would occur
without such revisions; and
(ii) provide each Network Operator in writing with the update of potential
outages of Gensets in its User System.
(h) By the end of week 31
Where a Generator or a Network Operator is unhappy with the revisions

suggested to the updated provisional Genset outage programme (in the
case of a Generator) or such update of potential outages (in the case of a
Network Operator) under (g) it may contact NGC to explain its concerns
and the provisions set out in (d) above will apply to that process.
(i) By the end of week 42
NGC will:
(1) provide each Generator in writing with details of suggested revisions

considered by NGC as being necessary to the updated provisional
Genset outage programme supplied to NGC and will advise
Generators with Large Power Stations of the Surpluses for the
NGCGB Transmission System and System Zones and potential
export limitations, on a weekly basis which would occur without such
revisions;
(2) provide each Network Operator in writing with the update of potential
outages of Gensets which are either in that Network Operator’s
User System or which may, in the reasonable opinion of NGC, affect
the integrity of that Network Operator’s User System provided that,
in such circumstances NGC has notified the Generator concerned at
least 48 hours beforehand of its intention to do so (including
identifying the Gensets concerned).
(j) By the end of week 45
NGC will seek to agree a Final Generation Outage Programme for Year
3 to Year 5. If agreement cannot be reached on all aspects, NGC and
each Generator will record their agreement on as many aspects as have
been agreed and NGC will advise each Generator with Large Power
Stations and each Network Operator, of the Surpluses for the NGCGB
Transmission System and System Zones on a weekly basis which
would occur in relation to those aspects not agreed. It is accepted that
agreement of the Final Generation Outage Programme is not a
commitment on Generators or NGC to abide by it, but NGC will be
planning its NGCthe GB Transmission System outage programme on the
basis of the Final Generation Outage Programme and if in the event the
Generator's outages differ from those contained in the Final Generation
Outage Programme, or in any way conflict with the NGCGB
Transmission System outage programme, NGC need not alter its
NGCthe GB Transmission System outage programme.

OC2.4.1.2.2 Operational Planning Phase - Planning for Year 1 and Year 2
The basis for Operational Planning for Year 1 and Year 2 will be the Final
Generation Outage Programmes agreed for Years 2 and 3:
Each Generator will provide NGC in writing with its previously agreed
Final Generation Outage Programme updated and best estimate neutral
weekly Output Usable forecasts for each Genset for weeks 1-52 of Years
1 and 2.
(b) Between the end of week 10 and the end of week 12
NGC will be considering the updated proposed Genset outage programme

together with the estimate of Output Usable supplied by Generators
under (a) and will be analysing Operational Planning Margins for the
period. Taking these into account together with NGCGB Transmission
System constraints and outages and Network Operator User System
constraints and outages known to NGC, NGC will assess whether the
estimates of Output Usable supplied by Generators are sufficient to meet
forecast NGCGB Transmission System Demand plus the Operational
Planning Margin.
NGC will:
(i) notify each Generator in writing whether the Output Usable

estimates are adequate for Years 1 and 2, weeks 1-52, together with
suggested changes to its Final Generation Outage Programme
where necessary and will advise each Generator with Large Power
Stations of the Surpluses both for the NGCGB Transmission
System and System Zones and potential export limitations, on a
weekly basis which would occur without such changes;
(ii) provide each Network Operator in writing with weekly Output

Usable estimates of Generators for Years 1 and 2, weeks 1- 52 and
updated details of potential outages, in each case relating to Gensets
which are either in that Network Operator’s User System or which
may, in the reasonable opinion of NGC, affect the integrity of that
Network Operator’s User System provided that, in such
circumstances, NGC has notified the Generator concerned at least
48 hours beforehand of its intention to do so (including identifying the
Gensets concerned).
Where a Generator or a Network Operator is unhappy with any

suggested changes to its Final Generation Outage Programme (in the

Network Operator), equivalent provisions to those set out in
OC2.4.1.2.1(d) will apply.
Each Generator will provide NGC in writing with revised best estimate
neutral Output Usable forecasts for each Genset for weeks 1-52 of Years
1 and 2.
(f) Between the end of week 34 and the end of week 39
NGC will be analysing the revised estimates of Output Usable supplied by

Generators under (e) and will be analysing Operational Planning
Margins for the period. Taking these into account together with NGCGB
Transmission System constraints and outages and Network Operator
User System constraints and outages known to NGC, NGC will assess
whether the estimates of Output Usable supplied by Generators are
sufficient to meet forecast NGCGB Transmission System Demand plus
the Operational Planning Margin.
(g) By the end of week 39
NGC will:
(i) notify each Generator in writing whether it accepts the Output

Usable estimates for Years 1 and 2, weeks 1-52 and of any
suggested changes to its Final Generation Outage Programme
where necessary and will advise Generators with Large Power
Stations of the Surpluses both for the NGCGB Transmission
System and System Zones and potential export limitations on a
weekly basis which would occur without such changes;
(ii) provide each Network Operator in writing with Output Usable

estimates of Generators for Years 1 and 2, weeks 1-52 and updated
details of potential outages, in each case relating to Gensets which
are either in that Network Operator’s User System or which may, in
the reasonable opinion of NGC, affect the integrity of that Network
Operator’s User System provided that, in such circumstances, NGC
has notified the Generator concerned at least 48 hours beforehand of
its intention to do so (including identifying the Despatch Units
concerned).
Where a Generator or a Network Operator, is unhappy with any

suggested changes to its Final Generation Outage Programme (in the
Network Operator), equivalent provisions to those set out in
OC2.4.1.2.1(d) will apply.
(i) By the end of week 48
NGC will seek to agree the revised Final Generation Outage Programme
for Year 1 and Year 2. If agreement cannot be reached on all aspects,
NGC and each Generator will record their agreement on as many aspects
as have been agreed and NGC will advise each Generator with Large

Power Stations and each Network Operator, of Generating Plant
Demand Margins for national and zonal groups, on a weekly basis, which
would occur in relation to those aspects not agreed. It is accepted that
agreement of the Final Generation Outage Programme is not a
commitment on Generators or NGC to abide by it, but NGC will be
planning its NGCthe GB Transmission System outage programme on the
basis of the Final Generation Outage Programme and if, in the event, a
Generator's outages differ from those contained in the Final Generation
Outage Programme, or in any way conflict with the NGCGB
Transmission System outage programme, NGC need not alter the
NGCGB Transmission System outage programme.
OC2.4.1.2.3 Operational Planning Phase - Planning for Year 0
The basis for Operational Planning for Year 0 will be the revised Final
Generation Outage Programme agreed for Year 1:
In each week:
(a) By 1600 hours each Wednesday
Each Generator will provide NGC in writing with an update of the Final
Generation Outage Programme and a best estimate Output Usable
forecast (without allowance being made for Generating Unit breakdown)
for each of its Gensets from the 2nd week ahead to the 7th week ahead
and a best estimate neutral Output Usable forecast (with allowance being
made for Generating Unit breakdown) for each of its Gensets from the
8th week ahead to the 52nd week ahead.
(b) Between 1600 hours Wednesday and 1700 hours Friday

Generators under (a) and will be analysing Operational Planning
Margins for the period. Taking into account NGCGB Transmission
System constraints and outages and Network Operator System
constraints and outages known to NGC, NGC will assess whether the
estimates of Output Usable supplied by Generators are sufficient to meet
forecast NGCGB Transmission System Demand plus the Operational
Planning Margin.
(c) On Friday (by 1700 hours)
NGC will:
(i) notify each Generator with Large Power Stations and Network
Operator, in writing if it considers the Output Usable forecasts will
give Surpluses and potential export limitations both for the NGCGB
Transmission System and System Zones from the 8th week ahead
to the 52nd week ahead;
(ii) provide each Network Operator, in writing with weekly Output

Usable estimates from the 8th week ahead to the 52nd week ahead
and updated outages, each relating to Gensets which are either in its
User System or which may, in the reasonable opinion of NGC, affect
the integrity of that Network Operator’s User System and in such
circumstances, NGC shall notify the Generator concerned within 48

hours of so providing (including identifying the Gensets concerned),
from the 8th week ahead to the 52nd week ahead.
OC2.4.1.2.4 Programming Phase
(a) By 1200 hours each Friday
NGC will notify in writing each Generator with Large Power Stations and
Network Operator if it considers the Output Usable forecasts will give
MW shortfalls both nationally and for constrained groups for the period 2-7
weeks ahead.
(b) By 1100 hours each Business Day
Each Generator shall provide NGC in writing (or by such electronic data
transmission facilities as have been agreed with NGC) with the best
estimate of Output Usable for each Genset for the period from and
including day 2 ahead to day 14 ahead, including the forecast return to
service date for any such Generating Unit subject to Planned Outage or
breakdown. For the period 2 to 7 weeks ahead, each Generator shall
provide NGC in writing with changes (start and finish dates) to Planned
Outage or to the return to service times of each Genset which is subject to
breakdown.
(c) Between 1100 hours and 1600 hours each Business Day

Generators under (b) and will be analysing Operational Planning
Margins for the period 2-14 days ahead. Taking into account NGCGB
Transmission System constraints and outages and Network Operator
System constraints and outages known to NGC, NGC will assess whether
the estimates of Output Usable are sufficient to meet forecast NGCGB
Transmission System Demand plus the Operational Planning Margin.
(d) By 1600 hours each Business Day
(i) NGC will notify in writing (or by such electronic data transmission
facilities as have been agreed with NGC) each Generator with Large
Power Stations and each Network Operator, of the Surpluses both
for the NGCGB Transmission System and System Zones and
potential export limitations, for the period from and including day 2
ahead to day 14 ahead which it considers the Output Usable
forecasts will give. The time of 1600 hours can only be met in respect
of any Generator or Network Operator if all the information from all
Generators was made available to NGC by 1100 hours and if a
suitable electronic data transmission facility is in place between NGC
and the Generator or the Network Operator, as the case may be,
and if it is fully operational. In the event that any of these conditions is
not met, or if it is necessary to revert to a manual system for analysing
the information supplied and otherwise to be considered, NGC
reserve the right to extend the timescale for issue of the information
required under this sub-paragraph to each, or the relevant, Generator
and/or Network Operator (as the case may be) provided that such
information will in any event be issued by 1800 hours.

(ii) provide each Network Operator, where it has an effect on that User,
in writing with Output Usable estimates from and including day 2
ahead to day 14 ahead and updated outages, each relating to
Gensets which are either in its User System or which may, in the
reasonable opinion of NGC, affect the integrity of that Network
Operator’s User System and in such circumstances, NGC shall
notify the Generator concerned within 48 hours of so providing
(including identifying the Gensets concerned), for the period from and
including day 2 ahead to day 14 ahead.
OC2.4.1.3 Planning of NGCGB Transmission System Outages
OC2.4.1.3.1 Operational Planning Phase - Planning for Years 3 to 5 inclusive ahead
NGC shall plan NGCGB Transmission System outages required in Years 3 to

5 inclusive required as a result of construction or refurbishment works. This
contrasts with the planning of NGCGB Transmission System outages
required in Years 0, 1 and 2 ahead, when NGC also takes into account
NGCGB Transmission System outages required as a result of maintenance.
Users should bear in mind that NGC will be planning its NGCthe GB
Transmission System outage programme on the basis of the previous year's
Final Generation Outage Programme and if in the event a Generator's or
Network Operator's outages differ from those contained in the Final
Generation Outage Programme, or in the case of Network Operators, those
known to NGC, or in any way conflict with the NGCGB Transmission System
outage programme, NGC need not alter its NGCthe GB Transmission System
outage programme.
OC2.4.1.3.2 In each calendar year:
Each Network Operator will notify NGC in writing of details of proposed

outages in Years 3-5 ahead in its User System which may affect the
performance of the Total System (which includes but is not limited to
outages of User System Apparatus at Grid Supply Points and outages
which constrain the output of Gensets Embedded within that User
System).
(b) By the end of week 13
Each Generator will inform NGC in writing of proposed outages in Years 3

- 5 ahead of Generator owned Apparatus (eg. busbar selectors) other
than Gensets, at each Grid Entry Point.
NGC will provide to each Network Operator and to each Generator a

copy of the information given to NGC under paragraph (a) above (other
than the information given by that Network Operator). In relation to a
Network Operator, the data must only be used by that User in operating
that Network Operator’s User System and must not be used for any
other purpose or passed on to, or used by, any other business of that User
or to, or by, any person within any other such business or elsewhere.

NGC will provide each Network Operator in writing with details of
proposed outages in Years 3-5 ahead which may, in NGC's reasonable
judgement, affect the performance of its User System.
Where NGC or a Network Operator is unhappy with the proposed

outages notified to it under (a), (b) or (c) above, as the case may be,
equivalent provisions to those set out in OC2.4.1.2.1 (d) will apply.
NGC will draw up a draft NGCGB Transmission System outage plan

covering the period Years 3 to 5 ahead and NGC will notify each
Generator and Network Operator in writing of those aspects of the plan
which may operationally affect such Generator (other than those aspects
which may operationally affect Embedded Small Power Stations or
Embedded Medium Power Stations) or Network Operator including in
particular proposed start dates and end dates of relevant NGCGB
Transmission System outages. NGC will also indicate where a need may
exist to issue other operational instructions or notifications or Emergency
Instructions to Users in accordance with BC2 to allow the security of the
NGCGB Transmission System to be maintained within the Licence
Standards.
OC2.4.1.3.3 Operational Planning Phase - Planning for Years l and 2 ahead
Each calendar year NGC shall update the draft NGCGB Transmission
System outage plan prepared under OC2.4.1.3.2 above and shall in addition
take into account outages required as a result of maintenance work.
Generators and Non-Embedded Customers will inform NGC in writing of

proposed outages for Years 1 and 2 of Generator owned Apparatus (e.g.
busbar selectors) other than Gensets or Non-Embedded Customer
owned Apparatus, as the case may be, at each Grid Supply Point.
(b) By the end of week 28
NGC will provide each Network Operator and each Non-Embedded

Customer in writing with details of proposed outages in years 1-2 ahead
which may, in NGC's reasonable judgement, affect the performance of its
User System or the Non-Embedded Customer Apparatus at the Grid
Supply Point.
Each Network Operator will notify NGC in writing with details of proposed
outages in Years 1 and 2 in its User System which may affect the
performance of the Total System (which includes but is not limited to
outages of User System Apparatus at Grid Supply Points and outages

which constrain the output of Gensets Embedded within that User
System).
(d) Between the end of week 32 and the end of week 34
NGC will draw up a draft NGCGB Transmission System outage plan

(which for the avoidance of doubt includes NGC ownedTransmission
Apparatus at the Connection Points).
NGC will inform:
(i) each Network Operator of the impact on its User System in Years 1
and 2, and;
(ii) each Generator of any potential restrictions on its Large Power

Stations in Years 1 and 2.
NGC will provide to each Network Operator and to each Generator a

copy of the information given to NGC under paragraph (c) above (other
than the information given by that Network Operator). In relation to a
Network Operator, the data must only be used by that User in operating
that Network Operator’s User System and must not be used for any
other purpose or passed on to, or used by, any other business of that User
or to, or by, any person within any other such business or elsewhere.
(f) By the end of week 36
Where a Generator or Network Operator is unhappy with the proposed

restrictions or impacts notified to it under (e) above, equivalent provisions
to those set out in OC2.4.1.2.1 (d) will apply.
(g) Between the end of week 34 and 49
NGC will draw up a final NGCGB Transmission System outage plan

covering Years 1 and 2.
(i) NGC will complete the final NGCGB Transmission System outage
plan for Years l and 2. The plan for Year 1 becomes the final plan for
Year O when by expiry of time Year l becomes Year 0.
(ii) NGC will notify each Generator and each Network Operator in
writing of those aspects of the plan which may operationally affect
such Generator (other than those aspects which may operationally
affect Embedded Small Power Stations or Embedded Medium
Power Stations) or Network Operator including in particular
proposed start dates and end dates of relevant NGCGB
Transmission System outages. NGC will also indicate where a need
may exist to issue other operational instructions or notifications or
Emergency Instructions to Users in accordance with BC2 to allow
the security of the NGCGB Transmission System to be maintained
within the Licence Standards. NGC will also inform each relevant

Non-Embedded Customer of the aspects of the plan which may
affect it.
(iii) In addition, in relation to the final NGCGB Transmission System

outage plan for Year 1, NGC will provide to each Generator a copy of
the final NGCGB Transmission System outage plan for that year.
OC2.4.1.3.4 contains provisions whereby updates of the final NGCGB
Transmission System outage plan are provided. The plan and the
updates will be provided by post. It should be noted that the final
NGCGB Transmission System outage plan for Year 1 and the
updates will not give a complete understanding of how the NGCGB
Transmission System will operate in real time, where the NGCGB
Transmission System operation may be affected by other factors
which may not be known at the time of the plan and the updates.
Therefore, Users should place no reliance on the plan or the updates
showing a set of conditions which will actually arise in real time.
(i) The following paragraph contains alternative requirements on NGC,

paragraph (z) being an alternative to a combination of paragraphs (x) and
(y). Paragraph (z) will only apply in relation to a particular User if NGC and
that User agree that it should apply, in which case paragraphs (x) and (y)
will not apply. In the absence of any relevant agreement between NGC
and the User, NGC will only be required to comply with paragraphs (x) and
(y).
Information Release to each Network Operator and Non-Embedded

Customer
Between the end of Week 34 and 49 NGC will:
(x) for radial systems, provide each Network Operator and Non
Embedded Customer with data to allow the calculation by the
Network Operator, and each Non Embedded Customer, of
symmetrical and asymmetrical fault levels; and
(y) for interconnected Systems, provide to each Network Operator an

equivalent network, sufficient to allow the identification of symmetrical
and asymmetrical fault levels, and power flows across interconnecting
User Systems directly connected to the NGCGB Transmission
System; or
System Data Exchange
(z) as part of a process to facilitate understanding of the operation of the

Total System,
(1) NGC will make available to each Network Operator, the

NGCGB Transmission System Study Network Data Files
covering Year 1 and 2 which are of relevance to that User's
System;
(2) where NGC and a User have agreed to the use of data links
between them, the making available will be by way of allowing
the User access to take a copy of the NGCGB Transmission
System Study Network Data Files once during that period. The
User may, having taken that copy, refer to the copy as often as

it wishes. Such access will be in a manner agreed by NGC and
may be subject to separate agreements governing the manner
of access. In the absence of agreement, the copy of the NGCGB
Transmission System Study Network Data Files will be given
to the User on a disc, or in hard copy, as determined by NGC;
(3) the data contained in the NGCGB Transmission Study

Network Data Files represents NGC's view of indicative
operating conditions only and should be used for technical
analysis only on the basis that it only represents a view and that
operating conditions may be different in the event;
(4) NGC will notify each Network Operator, as soon as reasonably

practicable after it has updated the NGCGB Transmission
System Study Network Data Files covering Years 1 and 2 that
it has done so, when this update falls before the next annual
update under this OC2.4.1.3.3(i). NGC will then make available
to each Network Operator who has received an earlier version
(and in respect of whom the agreement still exists), the updated
NGCGB Transmission System Study Network Files covering
the balance of Years 1 and 2 which remain given the passage of
time, and which are of relevance to that User's System. The
provisions of paragraphs (2) and (3) above shall apply to the
making available of these updates;
(5) the data from the NGCGB Transmission System Study

Network Data Files received by each Network Operator must
only be used by that User in operating that Network Operator’s
User System and must not be used for any other purpose or
passed on to, or used by, any other business of that User or to,
or by, any person within any other such business or elsewhere.
OC2.4.1.3.4 Operational Planning Phase - Planning in Year 0 down to the Programming

Phase (and in the case of load transfer capability, also during the
Programming Phase)
(a) The NGCGB Transmission System outage plan for Year l issued under
OC2.4.1.3.3 shall become the plan for Year 0 when by expiry of time Year
l becomes Year 0.
(b) Each Generator or Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer

may at any time during Year O request NGC in writing for changes to the
outages requested by them under OC2.4.1.3.3. In relation to that part of
Year 0, excluding the period 1-7 weeks from the date of request, NGC
shall determine whether the changes are possible and shall notify the
Generator, Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer in question
whether this is the case as soon as possible, and in any event within 14
days of the date of receipt by NGC of the written request in question.
Where NGC determines that any change so requested is possible and

notifies the relevant User accordingly, NGC will provide to each Network
Operator and each Generator a copy of the request to which it has
agreed which relates to outages on Systems of Network Operators
(other than any request made by that Network Operator. The information
must only be used by that Network Operator in operating that Network
Operator’s User System and must not be used for any other purpose or

passed on to, or used by, any other business of that User or to, or by, any
person within any other such business or elsewhere.
(c) During Year 0 (including the Programming Phase) each Network

Operator shall at NGC's request make available to NGC such details of
automatic and manual load transfer capability of 12MW or more (averaged
over any half hour) :
(i) 12MW or more (averaged over any half hour) for England and
Wales
(ii) 10MW or more (averaged over any half hour) for Scotland
between Grid Supply Points.
(d) When necessary during Year 0, NGC will notify each Generator and
Network Operator and each Non-Embedded Customer, in writing of
those aspects of the NGCGB Transmission System outage programme
in the period from the 8th week ahead to the 52nd week ahead, which
may, in NGC's reasonable opinion, operationally affect that Generator
(other than those aspects which may operationally affect Embedded
Small Power Stations or Embedded Medium Power Stations) or
Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer including in particular
proposed start dates and end dates of relevant NGCGB Transmission
System outages.
NGC will also notify changes to information supplied by NGC pursuant to

OC2.4.1.3.3(i)(x) and (y) except where in relation to a User information
was supplied pursuant to OC2.4.1.3.3(i)(z). In that case:-
(i) NGC will, by way of update of the information supplied by it pursuant

to OC2.4.1.3.3(i)(z), make available at the first time in Year 0 that it
updates the NGCGB Transmission System Study Network Data
Files in respect of Year 0 (such update being an update on what was
shown in respect of Year 1 which has then become Year 0) to each
Network Operator who has received an earlier version under
OC2.4.1.3.3(i)(z) (and in respect of whom the agreement still exists),
the NGCGB Transmission System Study Network Data Files
covering Year 0 which are of relevance to that User's System.
(ii) NGC will notify each relevant Network Operator, as soon as

reasonably practicable after it has updated the NGCGB
Transmission System Study Network Data Files covering Year 0,
that it has done so. NGC will then make available to each such
Network Operator, the updated NGC GB Transmission System
Study Network Data Files covering the balance of Year 0 which
remains given the passage of time, and which are of relevance to that
User's System.
(iii) The provisions of OC2.4.1.3.3(i)(z)(2), (3) and (5) shall apply to the
provision of data under this part of OC2.4.1.3.4(d) as if set out in full.
NGC will also indicate where a need may exist to issue other operational
instructions or notifications or Emergency Instructions to Users in
accordance with BC2 to allow the security of the NGCGB Transmission
System to be maintained within the Licence Standards.

(e) In addition, by the end of each month during Year 0, NGC will provide to
each Generator a notice containing any revisions to the final NGCGB
Transmission System outage plan for Year 1, provided to the Generator
under OC2.4.1.3.3 or previously under this provision, whichever is the
more recent.
OC2.4.1.3.5 Programming Phase
(a) By each Thursday (by 1600 hours)
(i) NGC shall prepare a preliminary NGCGB Transmission System

outage programme for the eighth week ahead, a provisional NGCGB
Transmission System outage programme for the next week ahead
and a final day ahead NGCGB Transmission System outage
programme for the following day.
(ii) NGC will notify each Generator and Network Operator and each
Non-Embedded Customer, in writing of those aspects of the
preliminary NGCGB Transmission System outage programme which
may operationally affect each Generator (other than those aspects
which may operationally affect Embedded Small Power Stations or
Embedded Medium Power Stations) or Network Operator and
each Non-Embedded Customer including in particular proposed
start dates and end dates of relevant NGCGB Transmission System
outages and changes to information supplied by NGC pursuant to
OC2.4.1.3.3(i)(x) and (y) (if OC2.4.1.3.3(i)(z) does not apply).
NGC will also indicate where a need may exist to use Operational
Intertripping, emergency switching, emergency Demand
management or other measures including the issuing of other
operational instructions or notifications or Emergency Instructions to
Users in accordance with BC2 to allow the security of the NGCGB
Transmission System to be maintained within the Licence
Standards.
(b) By 1000 hours each Friday
Generators and Network Operators will discuss with NGC and confirm in
writing to NGC, acceptance or otherwise of the requirements detailed
under OC2.4.1.3.5.
(c) By 1600 hours each Friday
(i) NGC shall finalise the preliminary NGCGB Transmission System

outage programme up to the seventh week ahead. NGC will
endeavour to give as much notice as possible to a Generator with
nuclear Large Power Stations which may be operationally affected
by an outage which is to be included in such programme.
(ii) NGC shall finalise the provisional NGCGB Transmission System

outage programme for the next week ahead.
(iii) NGC shall finalise the NGCGB Transmission System outage

programme for the weekend through to the next normal working day.

(iv) In each case NGC will indicate the factors set out in (a)(ii) above
Small Power Stations or Embedded Medium Power Stations) to
the relevant Generators and Network Operators and Non-
Embedded Customers.
(v) Where a Generator with nuclear Large Power Stations which

may be operationally affected by the preliminary NGCGB
Transmission System outage programme referred to in (i) above
(acting as a reasonable operator) is concerned on grounds relating to
safety about the effect which an outage within such outage
programme might have on one or more of its nuclear Large Power
Stations, it may contact NGC to explain its concerns and discuss
whether there is an alternative way of taking that outage (having
regard to technical feasibility). If there is such an alternative way, but
NGC refuses to adopt that alternative way in taking that outage, that
Generator may involve the Disputes Resolution Procedure to
decide on the way the outage should be taken. If there is no such
alternative way, then NGC may take the outage despite that
Generator's concerns.
(d) By 1600 hours each Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday
(i) NGC shall prepare a final NGCGB Transmission System outage

programme for the following day.
(ii) NGC shall notify each Generator and Network Operator and Non-
Embedded Customer in writing of the factors set out in (a)(ii) above
Small Power Stations or Embedded Medium Power Stations).
OC2.4.2 DATA REQUIREMENTS
OC2.4.2.1 When a Statement of Readiness under the Bilateral Agreement and/or

Construction Agreement is submitted, and thereafter in calendar week 24 in
each calendar year,
(a) each Generator shall in respect of each of its:-
(i) Gensets (in the case of the Generation Planning Parameters); and
(ii) CCGT Units within each of its CCGT Modules at a Large Power
Station (in the case of the Generator Performance Chart)
submit to NGC in writing the Generation Planning Parameters and the

Generator Performance Chart.
(b) Each shall meet the requirements of CC.6.3.2 and shall reasonably reflect
the true operating characteristics of the Genset.
(c) They shall be applied (unless revised under this OC2 or (in the case of the
Generator Performance Chart only) BC1 in relation to Other Relevant
Data) from the Completion Date, in the case of the ones submitted with
the Statement of Readiness, and in the case of the ones submitted in
calendar week 24, from the beginning of week 25 onwards.

(d) They shall be in the format indicated in Appendix 1 for these charts and as
set out in Appendix 2 for the Generation Planning Parameters.
(e) Any changes to the Generator Performance Chart or Generation

Planning Parameters should be notified to NGC promptly.
(f) Generators should note that amendments to the composition of the CCGT
Module at Large Power Stations may only be made in accordance with
the principles set out in PC.A.3.2.2. If in accordance with PC.A.3.2.2 an
amendment is made, any consequential changes to the Generation
Planning Parameters should be notified to NGC promptly.
(g) The Generator Performance Chart must be on a Generating Unit

specific basis at the Generating Unit Stator Terminals and must include
details of the Generating Unit transformer parameters and demonstrate
the limitation on reactive capability of the System voltage at 3% above
nominal. It must include any limitations on output due to the prime mover
(both maximum and minimum) and Generating Unit step-up transformer.
(h) For each CCGT Unit, and any other Generating Unit whose performance
varies significantly with ambient temperature, the Generator Performance
Chart shall show curves for at least two values of ambient temperature so
that NGC can assess the variation in performance over all likely ambient
temperatures by a process of linear interpolation or extrapolation. One of
these curves shall be for the ambient temperature at which the
Generating Unit's output, or CCGT Module at a Large Power Station
output, as appropriate, equals its Registered Capacity.
(i) The Generation Planning Parameters supplied under OC2.4.2.1 shall be

used by NGC for operational planning purposes only and not in connection
with the operation of the Balancing Mechanism (subject as otherwise
permitted in the BCs).
(j) Each Generator shall in respect of each of its CCGT Modules at Large
Power Stations submit to NGC in writing a CCGT Module Planning
Matrix. It shall be prepared on a best estimate basis relating to how it is
anticipated the CCGT Module will be running and which shall reasonably
reflect the true operating characteristics of the CCGT Module. It will be
applied (unless revised under this OC2) from the Completion Date, in the
case of the one submitted with the Statement of Readiness, and in the
case of the one submitted in calendar week 24, from the beginning of
week 31 onwards. It must show the combination of CCGT Units which
would be running in relation to any given MW output, in the format
indicated in Appendix 3.
Any changes must be notified to NGC promptly. Generators should note

that amendments to the composition of the CCGT Module at Large
Power Stations may only be made in accordance with the principles set
out in PC.A.3.2.2. If in accordance with PC.A.3.2.2 an amendment is
made, an updated CCGT Module Planning Matrix must be immediately
submitted to NGC in accordance with this OC2.4.2.1(b).
The CCGT Module Planning Matrix will be used by NGC for operational
planning purposes only and not in connection with the operation of the
Balancing Mechanism.

OC2.4.2.2 Each Network Operator shall by 1000 hrs on the day falling seven days before
each Operational Day inform NGC in writing of any changes to the circuit
details called for in PC.A.2.2.1 which it is anticipated will apply on that
Operational Day (under BC1 revisions can be made to this data).
OC2.4.3 NEGATIVE RESERVE ACTIVE POWER MARGINS
OC2.4.3.1 In each calendar year, by the end of week 39 NGC will, taking into account the
Final Generation Outage Programme and forecast of neutral Output Usable
supplied by each Generator, issue a notice in writing to:-
(a) all Generators with Large Power Stations listing any period in which
there is likely to be an unsatisfactory System NRAPM; and
(b) all Generators with Large Power Stations which may, in NGC's
reasonable opinion be affected, listing any period in which there is likely to
be an unsatisfactory Localised NRAPM, together with the identity of the
relevant System Constraint Group or Groups,
within the next calendar year, together with the margin. NGC and each
Generator will take these into account in seeking to co-ordinate outages for
that period.
OC2.4.3.2 (a) By 0900 hours each Business Day
Each Generator shall provide NGC in writing with a best estimate of

Genset inflexibility on a daily basis for the period 2 to 14 days ahead
(inclusive).
(b) By 1600 hours each Wednesday
Each Generator shall provide NGC in writing with a best estimate of

Genset inflexibility on a weekly basis for the period 2 to 7 weeks ahead
(inclusive).
(c) Between 1600 hours each Wednesday and 1200 hours each Friday
(i) If NGC, taking into account the estimates supplied by Generators

under (b) above, and forecast Demand for the period, foresees that:-
(1) the level of the System NRAPM for any period within the period
2 to 7 weeks ahead (inclusive) is too low, it will issue a notice in
writing to all Generators and Network Operators listing any
periods and levels of System NRAPM within that period; and/or
(2) having also taken into account the appropriate limit on transfers
to and from a System Constraint Group, the level of Localised
NRAPM for any period within the period 2 to 7 weeks ahead
(inclusive) is too low for a particular System Constraint Group,
it will issue a notice in writing to all Generators and Network
Operators which may, in NGC's reasonable opinion be affected
by that Localised NRAPM, listing any periods and levels of
Localised NRAPM within that period. A separate notice will be
given in respect of each affected System Constraint Group.

Outages Adjustments
(ii) NGC will then contact Generators in respect of their Large Power
Stations to discuss outages as set out in the following paragraphs of
this OC2.4.3.2.
(iii) NGC will contact all Generators in the case of low System NRAPM
and will contact Generators in relation to relevant Large Power
Stations in the case of low Localised NRAPM. NGC will raise with
each Generator the problems it is anticipating due to the low System
NRAPM or Localised NRAPM and will discuss:-
(1) whether any change is possible to the estimate of Genset

inflexibility given under (b) above; and
(2) whether Genset outages can be taken to coincide with the

periods of low System NRAPM or Localised NRAPM (as the
case may be).
In relation to Generators with nuclear Large Power Stations the

discussions on outages can include the issue of whether outages can
be taken for re-fuelling purposes to coincide with the relevant low
System NRAPM and/or Localised NRAPM periods.
(iv) If agreement is reached with a Generator (which unlike the remainder

of OC2 will constitute a binding agreement), then such Generator will
take such outage, as agreed with NGC, and NGC will issue a revised
notice in writing to the Generators and Network Operators to which
it sent notices under (i) above, reflecting the changes brought about to
the periods and levels of System NRAPM and/or Localised NRAPM
by the agreements with Generators.
(d) By 1600 hours each day
(i) If NGC, taking into account the estimates supplied under (a) above,
and forecast Demand for the period, foresees that:-
(1) the level of System NRAPM for any period within the period of 2
to 14 days ahead (inclusive) is too low, it will issue a notice in
writing to all Generators and Network Operators listing the
periods and levels of System NRAPM within those periods;
and/or
(2) having also taken into account the appropriate limit on transfers
to and from a System Constraint Group, the level of Localised
NRAPM for any period within the period of 2 to 14 days ahead
(inclusive) is too low for a particular System Constraint Group,
it will issue a notice in writing to all Generators and Network
Operators which may, in NGC's reasonable opinion be affected
by that Localised NRAPM, listing any periods and levels of
Localised NRAPM within that period. A separate notice will be
given in respect of each affected System Constraint Group.
(ii) NGC will contact all Generators in respect of their Large Power
Stations (or in the case of Localised NRAPM, all Generators which

may, in NGC's reasonable opinion be affected, in respect of their
relevant Large Power Stations) to discuss whether any change is
possible to the estimate of Genset inflexibility given under (a) above
and to consider Large Power Station outages to coincide with the
periods of low System NRAPM and/or Localised NRAPM (as the
case may be).
(e) If on the day prior to a Operational Day, it is apparent from the BM Unit
Data submitted by Users under BC1 that System NRAPM and/or
Localised NRAPM (as the case may be) is, in NGC's reasonable opinion,
too low, then in accordance with the procedures and requirements set out
in BC1.5.5 NGC may contact Users to discuss whether changes to
Physical Notifications are possible, and if they are, will reflect those in
the operational plans for the next following Operational Day or will, in
accordance with BC2.9.4 instruct Generators to De-Synchronise a
specified Genset for such period. In determining which Genset to so
instruct, BC2 provides that NGC will not (other than as referred to below)
consider in such determination (and accordingly shall not instruct to De-
Synchronise) any Genset within an Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant.
BC2 further provides that:-
(i) NGC is permitted to instruct to De-Synchronise any Gensets within

an Existing AGR Plant if those Gensets within an Existing AGR
Plant have failed to offer to be flexible for the relevant instance at the
request of NGC provided the request is within the Existing AGR
Plant Flexibility Limit.
(ii) NGC will only instruct to De-Synchronise any Gensets within an

Existing Magnox Reactor Plant or within an Existing AGR Plant
(other than under (i) above) if the level of System NRAPM (taken
together with System constraints) and/or Localised NRAPM is such
that it is not possible to avoid De-Synchronising such Generating
Unit, and provided the power flow across each External
Interconnection is either at zero or results in an export of power from
the Total System. This proviso applies in all cases in the case of
System NRAPM and in the case of Localised NRAPM, only when
the power flow would have a relevant effect.
OC2.4.4 FREQUENCY SENSITIVE OPERATION
By 1600 hours each Wednesday
OC2.4.4.1 Using such information as NGC shall consider relevant including, if appropriate,
forecast Demand, any estimates provided by Generators of Genset inflexibility
and anticipated plant mix relating to operation in Frequency Sensitive Mode,
NGC shall determine for the period 2 to 7 weeks ahead (inclusive) whether it is
possible that there will be insufficient Gensets (other than those Gensets
within Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant which are permitted to operate in
Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode at all times under BC3.5.3) to operate in
Frequency Sensitive Mode for all or any part of that period.
OC2.4.4.2 BC3.5.3 explains that NGC permits Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant other
than Frequency Sensitive AGR Units to operate in a Limited Frequency
Sensitive Mode at all times.

OC2.4.4.3 If NGC foresees that there will be an insufficiency in Gensets operating in a
Frequency Sensitive Mode, it will contact Generators in order to seek to
agree (as soon as reasonably practicable) that all or some of the Generating
Units comprising each Generator's relevant Large Power Stations (the MW
amount being determined by NGC but the Generating Units involved being
determined by the Generator) will take outages to coincide with such period as
NGC shall specify to enable replacement by other Gensets which can operate
in a Frequency Sensitive Mode. If agreement is reached (which unlike the
remainder of OC2 will constitute a binding agreement) then such Generator
will take such outage as agreed with NGC. If agreement is not reached, then
the provisions of BC2.9.5 may apply.
OC2.4.5 If in NGC's reasonable opinion it is necessary for both the procedure set out in
OC2.4.3 (relating to System NRAPM and Localised NRAPM) and in OC2.4.4
(relating to operation in Frequency Sensitive Mode) to be followed in any
given situation, the procedure set out in OC2.4.3 will be followed first, and then
the procedure set out in OC2.4.4. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this
paragraph shall prevent either procedure from being followed separately and
independently of the other.
OC2.4.6 OPERATING MARGIN DATA REQUIREMENTS
OC2.4.6.1 Modifications to relay settings
‘Relay settings’ in this OC2.4.6.1 refers to the settings of Low Frequency

Relays in respect of Gensets that are available for start from standby by Low
Frequency Relay initiation with Fast Start Capability agreed pursuant to the
Bilateral Agreement.
A change in relay settings will be sent by NGC no later than 1600 hours on a
Wednesday to apply from 1000 hours on the Monday following. The settings
allocated to particular Large Power Stations may be interchanged between
49.70Hz and 49.60Hz (or such other System
Frequencies as NGC may have specified) provided the overall capacity at
each setting and System requirements can, in NGC's view, be met.
Between 1600 hours each Wednesday and 1200 hours each Friday
If a Generator wishes to discuss or interchange settings it should contact

NGC by 1200 hours on the Friday prior to the Monday on which it would like
to institute the changes to seek NGC's agreement. If NGC agrees, NGC will
then send confirmation of the agreed new settings.
By 1500 hours each Friday
If any alterations to relay settings have been agreed, then the updated
version of the current relay settings will be sent to affected Users by 1500
hours on the Friday prior to the Monday on which the changes will take
effect. Once accepted, each Generator (if that Large Power Station is not
subject to forced outage or Planned Outage) will abide by the terms of its
latest relay settings.
In addition, NGC will take account of any Large Power Station unavailability

(as notified under OC2.4.1.2 submissions) in its total Operating Reserve
policy.
NGC may from time to time, for confirmation purposes only, issue the latest
version of the current relay settings to each affected Generator
OC2.4.6.2 Operating Margins
No later than 1600 hours on a Wednesday, NGC will provide an indication of

the level of Operating Reserve to be utilised by NGC in connection with the
operation of the Balancing Mechanism in the week beginning with the
Operational Day commencing during the subsequent Monday, which level
shall be purely indicative.
This Operating Margin indication will also note the possible level of
Operating Reserve (if any) which may be provided by Interconnector
Users in the week beginning with the Operational Day commencing during
the subsequent Monday.
This Operating Margin indication will also note the possible level of High
Frequency Response to be utilised by NGC in connection with the
operation of the Balancing Mechanism in the week beginning with the
Operational Day commencing during the subsequent Monday, which level
shall be purely indicative.

OC2 APPENDIX 1

OC2 APPENDIX 2
OC2.A.2 Generation Planning Parameters
The following parameters are required in respect of each Genset.
OC2.A.2.1 Regime Unavailability
Where applicable the following information must be recorded for each Genset.
- Earliest synchronising time:

Monday
Tuesday to Friday
Saturday to Sunday
- Latest de-synchronising time:

Monday to Thursday
Friday
Saturday to Sunday
OC2.A.2.2 Synchronising Intervals
(a) The Synchronising interval between Gensets in a Synchronising Group

assuming all Gensets have been Shutdown for 48 hours;
(b) The Synchronising Group within the Power Station to which each
Genset should be allocated.
OC2.A.2.3 De-Synchronising Interval
A fixed value De-Synchronising interval between Gensets within a

Synchronising Group.
OC2.A.2.4 Synchronising Generation
The amount of MW produced at the moment of Synchronising assuming the

Genset has been Shutdown for 48 hours.
OC2.A.2.5 Minimum Non-zero time (MNZT)
The minimum period on-load between Synchronising and De-Synchronising

assuming the Genset has been Shutdown for 48 hours.
OC2.A.2.6 Run-Up rates
A run-up characteristic consisting of up to three stages from Synchronising

Generation to Output Usable with up to two intervening break points
assuming the Genset has been Shutdown for 48 hours.
OC2.A.2.7 Run-down rates
A run down characteristic consisting of up to three stages from Output Usable

to De-Synchronising with breakpoints at up to two intermediate load levels.

OC2.A.2.8 Notice to Deviate from Zero (NDZ)
The period of time normally required to Synchronise a Genset following

instruction from NGC assuming the Genset has been Shutdown for 48 hours.
OC2.A.2.9 Minimum Zero time (MZT)
The minimum interval between De-Synchronising and Synchronising a

Genset.
OC2.A.2.10 Two Shifting Limit
The maximum number of times that a Genset may De-Synchronise per

Operational Day.
OC2.A.2.11 Gas Turbine Units loading parameters
- Loading rate for fast starting

- Loading rate for slow starting

OC2 APPENDIX 3
CCGT Module Planning Matrix example form
CCGT MODULE CCGT GENERATING UNITS AVAILABLE
OUTPUT USABLE 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 1st 2nd 3rd
GT GT GT GT GT GT ST ST ST
OUTPUT USABLE
MW 150 150 150 100
0MW to 150MW /
151MW to 250MW / /
251MW to 300MW / /
301MW to 400MW / / /
401MW to 450MW / / /
451MW to 550MW / / / /
< End of OC2 >

Not Used
Not Used
TESTING AND MONITORING
CONTENTS
Paragraph No/Title Page No

OC5.1 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................OC5 - 1
OC5.2 OBJECTIVE .......................................................................................................OC5 - 1
OC5.3 SCOPE...............................................................................................................OC5 - 2
OC5.4 MONITORING....................................................................................................OC5 - 2
OC5.4.1 Parameters to be monitored ......................................................................OC5 - 2
OC5.4.2 Procedure for monitoring ...........................................................................OC5 - 2
OC5.5 PROCEDURE FOR TESTING ...........................................................................OC5 - 3
OC5.5.1 Request for Testing ...................................................................................OC5 - 3
OC5.5.2 Conduct of Test .........................................................................................OC5 - 4
OC5.5.3 Test Assessment .....................................................................................OC5 - 56
OC5.5.4 Test Failure/Re-test .............................................................................OC5 - 1011
OC5.5.5 Dispute following Re-test.....................................................................OC5 - 1011
OC5.6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................OC5 - 1011
OC5.7 BLACK START TESTING ............................................................................OC5 - 1012

OC5.7.1 General................................................................................................OC5 - 1012
OC5.7.2 Procedure for a Black Start Test .........................................................OC5 - 1112
OC5.7.2.1 BS Unit Tests ......................................................................OC5 - 1112
OC5.7.2.2 BS Station Test ...................................................................OC5 - 1213
OC5.7.2.4 Failure of a Black Start Test................................................OC5 - 1213

TESTING AND MONITORING
OC5.1 INTRODUCTION
Operating Code No. 5 ("OC5") specifies the procedures to be followed by

NGC in carrying out:
(a) monitoring
(i) of BM Units against their expected input or output;
(ii) of compliance by Users with the CC and in the case of response to

Frequency, BC3; and
(iii) of the provision by Users of Ancillary Services which they are

required or have agreed to provide; and
(b) the following tests (which are subject to System conditions prevailing on
the day):
(i) tests on Gensets to test that they have the capability to comply with
the CC and, in the case of response to Frequency, BC3 and to
provide the Ancillary Services that they are either required or have
agreed to provide;
(ii) tests on BM Units, to ensure that the BM Units are available in

accordance with their submitted Export and Import Limits, QPNs,
Joint BM Unit Data and Dynamic Parameters.
The OC5 tests include the Black Start Test procedure.
OC5.2 OBJECTIVE
The objectives of OC5 are to establish:
(a) that Users comply with the CC;
(b) whether BM Units operate in accordance with their expected input or

output derived from their Final Physical Notification Data and agreed
Bid-Offer Acceptances issued under BC2;
(c) whether each BM Unit is available as declared in accordance with its

submitted Export and Import Limits, QPN, Joint BM Unit Data and
Dynamic Parameters; and
(d) whether Generators and Suppliers can provide those Ancillary

Services which they are either required or have agreed to provide.
In certain limited circumstances as specified in this OC5 the output of CCGT

Units may be verified, namely the monitoring of the provision of Ancillary

Services and the testing of Reactive Power and automatic Frequency
Sensitive Operation.
OC5.3 SCOPE
OC5 applies to NGC and to Users, which in OC5 means:
(a) Generators;
(c) Non-Embedded Customers; and
(d) Suppliers.
OC5.4 MONITORING
OC5.4.1 Parameters to be monitored
NGC will monitor the performance of:
(a) BM Units against their expected input or output derived from their Final
Physical Notification Data and agreed Bid-Offer Acceptances issued
under BC2;
(b) compliance by Users with the CC; and
(c) the provision by Users of Ancillary Services which they are required or
have agreed to provide.
OC5.4.2 Procedure for Monitoring
OC5.4.2.1 In the event that a BM Unit fails persistently, in NGC's reasonable view, to
follow, in any material respect, its expected input or output or a User fails
persistently to comply with the CC and in the case of response to Frequency,
BC3 or to provide the Ancillary Services it is required, or has agreed, to
provide, NGC shall notify the relevant User giving details of the failure and of
the monitoring that NGC has carried out.
OC5.4.2.2 The relevant User will, as soon as possible, provide NGC with an explanation
of the reasons for the failure and details of the action that it proposes to take
to:
(a) enable the BM Unit to meet its expected input or output or to provide the
Ancillary Services it is required or has agreed to provide, within a
reasonable period, or
(b) in the case of a Generating Unit or CCGT Module to comply with the
CC and in the case of response to Frequency, BC3 or to provide the
Ancillary Services it is required or has agreed to provide, within a
reasonable period.

OC5.4.2.3 NGC and the User will then discuss the action the User proposes to take and
will endeavour to reach agreement as to:
(a) any short term operational measures necessary to protect other Users;
and
(b) the parameters which are to be submitted for the BM Unit and the
effective date(s) for the application of the agreed parameters.
OC5.4.2.4 In the event that agreement cannot be reached within 10 days of notification of
the failure by NGC to the User, NGC or the User shall be entitled to require a
test, as set out in OC5.5 and OC5.6, to be carried out.
OC5.5 PROCEDURE FOR TESTING
OC5.5.1 Request For Testing
OC5.5.1.1 NGC may at any time (although not normally more than twice in any calendar
year in respect of any particular BM Unit) issue an instruction requiring a User
to carry out a test, provided NGC has reasonable grounds of justification based
upon:
(a) a submission of data from a User indicating a change in performance; or
(b) a statement from a User indicating a change in performance; or
(c) monitoring carried out in accordance with OC5.4.2; or
(d) notification from a User of completion of an agreed action from OC5.4.2.
OC5.5.1.2 The test, referred to in OC5.5.1.1 and carried out at a time no sooner than 48
hours from the time that the instruction was issued, on any one or more of the
User’s BM Units should only be to demonstrate that the relevant BM Unit:
(a) if active in the Balancing Mechanism, meets the ability to operate in

accordance with its submitted Export and Import Limits, QPN, Joint BM
Unit Data and Dynamic Parameters and achieve its expected input or
output which has been monitored under OC5.4; and
(b) meets the requirements of the paragraphs in the CC which are applicable
to such BM Units; and
in the case of a BM Unit comprising a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module

meets,
(c) the requirements for operation in Frequency Sensitive Mode and

compliance with the requirements for operation in Limited Frequency
Sensitive Mode in accordance with CC.6.3.3, BC3.5.2 and BC3.7.2; or
(d) the terms of the applicable Supplemental Agreement agreed with the
Generator to have a Fast Start Capability; or
(e) the Reactive Power capability registered with NGC under OC2 which
shall meet the requirements set out in CC.6.3.2. In the case of a test on a
Generating Unit within a CCGT Module the instruction need not identify

the particular CCGT Unit within the CCGT Module which is to be tested,
but instead may specify that a test is to be carried out on one of the
CCGT Units within the CCGT Module.
OC5.5.1.3 (a) The instruction referred to in OC5.5.1.1 may only be issued if the relevant
User has submitted Export and Import Limits which notify that the
relevant BM Unit is available in respect of the Operational Day current at
the time at which the instruction is issued. The relevant User shall then be
obliged to submit Export and Import Limits with a magnitude greater
than zero for that BM Unit in respect of the time and the duration that the
test is instructed to be carried out, unless that BM Unit would not then be
available by reason of forced outage or Planned Outage expected prior
to this instruction.
(b) In the case of a CCGT Module the Export and Import Limits data must
relate to the same CCGT Units which were included in respect of the
Operational Day current at the time at which the instruction is issued and
must include, in relation to each of the CCGT Units within the CCGT
Module, details of the various data set out in BC1.A.1.3 and BC1.A.1.5,
which parameters NGC will utilise in instructing in accordance with this
OC5 in issuing Bid-Offer Acceptances. The parameters shall
reasonably reflect the true operating characteristics of each CCGT Unit.
OC5.5.2 Conduct Of Test
OC5.5.2.1 The performance of the BM Unit will be recorded at NGCTransmission

Control Centres notified by NGC with monitoring at site when necessary, from
voltage and current signals provided by the User for each BM Unit under
CC.6.6.1.
OC5.5.2.2 If monitoring at site is undertaken, the performance of the BM Unit will be

recorded on a suitable recorder (with measurements, in the case of a
Generating Unit, taken on the Generating Unit Stator Terminals / on the LV
side of the generator transformer) in the relevant User’s Control Room, in the
presence of a reasonable number of representatives appointed and authorised
by NGC. If NGC or the User requests, monitoring at site will include
measurement of the following parameters:
(a) for Steam Turbines: governor pilot oil pressure, valve position and steam
pressure; or
(b) for Gas Turbines: Inlet Guide Vane position, Fuel Valve positions, Fuel
Demand signal and Exhaust Gas temperature; or
(c) for Hydro Turbines: Governor Demand signal, Actuator Output signal,
Guide Vane position; and/or
(d) for Excitation Systems: Generator Field Voltage and Power System
Stabiliser signal where appropriate.
OC5.5.2.3 The test will be initiated by the issue of instructions, which may be
accompanied by a Bid-Offer Acceptance, under BC2 (in accordance with the
Export and Import Limits, QPN, Joint BM Unit Data and Dynamic
Parameters which have been submitted for the day on which the test was
called, or in the case of a CCGT Unit, in accordance with the parameters

submitted under OC5.5.1.3). The instructions in respect of a CCGT Unit within
a CCGT Module will be in respect of the CCGT Unit, as provided in BC2.
OC5.5.2.4 The User is responsible for carrying out the test when requested by NGC in
accordance with OC5.5.1 and retains the responsibility for the safety of
personnel and plant during the test.

Issue 3
The pass criteria must be read in conjunction with the full text under the Grid Code reference. The BM Unit will pass the test OC5.5.3
if the criteria below are met:
Parameter to be Grid Code Pass Criteria

Tested Reference (to be read in conjunction with the full text under the Grid Code reference)
Harmonic CC.6.1.5(a) Measured harmonic emissions do not exceed the limits specified in the Bilateral
Content Agreement.
or where no such limits are specified, the relevant planning level specified in G5/4.
Phase CC.6.1.5(b) The measured maximum Phase (Voltage) Unbalance on the NGCGB
Unbalance Transmission System should remain, in England and Wales, below 1% and, in
Scotland, below 2%.
Phase CC.6.1.6 MeasuredIn England and Wales, measured infrequent short duration peaks in phase
OC5 - 6
Unbalance unbalancePhase (Voltage) Unbalance should not exceed the maximum value
Test and Monitoring Assessment
stated in the Bilateral Agreement.

Voltage CC.6.1.7(a) MeasuredIn England and Wales, measured voltage fluctuations at the Point of
Fluctuations Common Coupling shall not exceed 1% of the voltage level for step changes.
Measured voltage excursions other than step changes may be allowed up to a level
Voltage Quality
of 3%.
In Scotland, measured voltage fluctuations at a Point of Common Coupling shall
not exceed the limits set out in Engineering Recommendation P28.
Flicker CC.6.1.7(b) Measured voltage fluctuations at thea Point of Common Coupling shall not exceed
the, for voltages above 132kV, Flicker Severity (Short Term) of 0.8 Unit and a
Flicker Severity (Long Term) of 0.6 of 0.6 Unit, and, for voltages at 132kV and
below, shall not exceed Flicker Severity (Short Term) of 1.0 Unit and Flicker
Severity (Long Term) of 0.8 Unit, as set out in Engineering Recommendation P28
as current at the Transfer Date.

Issue 3
Parameter to Grid Code Pass Criteria
be Tested Reference (to be read in conjunction with the full text under the Grid Code reference)
Fault CC.6.2.2.2.2(a) The fault clearance times shall be in accordance with the Bilateral Agreement.
Clearance CC.6.2.3.1.1(a)
Times
Back-Up CC.6.2.2.2.2(b) The Back-Up Protection system provided by Generators operates in the times
Protection CC.6.2.3.1.1(b) specified in CC.6.2.2.2.2(b).
The Back-Up Protection system provided by Network Operators and Non-
Embedded Customers operates in the times specified in CC.6.2.3.1.1(b) and with
Discrimination as specified in the Bilateral Agreement.
Fault Clearance
Circuit Breaker CC.6.2.2.2.2(c) The circuit breaker fail Protection shall initiate tripping so as to interrupt the fault
OC5 - 7
fail Protection CC.6.2.3.1.1(c) current within 200ms.
Reactive CC.6.3.2 The Generating Unit will pass the test if it is within ±5% of the reactive capability
Capability registered with NGC under OC2 which shall meet the requirements set out in
CC.6.3.2.
The duration of the test will be for a period of up to 60 minutes during which period
the System voltage at the Grid Entry Point for the relevant Generating Unit will be
maintained by the Generator at the voltage specified pursuant to BC2.8 by
adjustment of Reactive Power on the remaining Generating Units, if necessary.
Reactive Capability
CC.6.3.4 Measurements of the Reactive Power output under steady state conditions should
be consistent with Grid Code requirements i.e. fully available within the voltage range
±5% at 400kV, 275kV and 132kV and lower voltages.

Issue 3
Primary, The measured response in MW/Hz is within ±5% of the level of response specified in
Secondary and the Ancillary Services Agreement for that Genset.
High
Stability with CC.6.3.4 The measured Active Power output under steady state conditions of any
Voltage Generating Unit directly connected to the NGCGB Transmission System should
not be affected by voltage changes in the normal operating range.
Governor CC.6.3.7(a) Measurements indicate that the Governor parameters are within the criteria set out in
Standard the appropriate governor standard (the version of which to apply being determined
within CC.6.3.7).
Governor CC.6.3.7(b) The measured Generating Unit Active Power Output shall be stable over the entire
OC5 - 8
Stability operating range of the Generating Unit.
Governor Droop CC.6.3.7(c)(ii) The measured speed governor overall speed droop should be between 3% and 5%.
Governor CC.6.3.7.(c)(iii) Except for the Steam Unit within a CCGT Module, the measured speed governor
Deadband deadband shall be no greater than 0.03Hz (for the avoidance of doubt, ±0.015Hz).
Target CC.6.3.7(d) Target Frequency settings over at least the range 50 ±0.1 Hz shall be available.
Frequency
Governor System Compliance

Response CC.6.3.7(e) The measured frequency response of each Generating Unit and/or CCGT Module which has
Capability CC.A.3 a Completion Date after 1 January 2001 in England and Wales and after 1 April 2005 in
Scotland shall meet requirement profile contained in Connection Conditions Appendix 3.
Limited High BC3.7.2(b) The measured response is within the requirements of BC3.7.2. i.e. the measured rate
Frequency of change of Active Power output must be at least 2% of output per 0.1Hz deviation
Response of System Frequency above 50.4Hz.

Output at CC.6.3.3 For variations in System Frequency exceeding 0.1Hz within a period of less than 10
reduced BC3.5.1 seconds, the Active Power output is within ±0.2% of the requirements of CC.6.3.3
System when monitored at prevailing external air temperatures of up to 25ºC.
F
Issue 3
Fast Start The Fast Start Capability requirements of the Ancillary Services Agreement for
that Genset are met.
Black Start OC.5.7.1 The relevant Generating Unit is Synchronised to the System within two hours of
the Auxiliary Gas Turbine(s) or Auxiliary Diesel Engine(s) being required to start.
OC5 - 9
Excitation CC.6.3.8(a) Measurements of the continuously acting automatic excitation control system are
System & required to demonstrate the provision of constant terminal voltage control of the
BC2.11.2 Generating Unit without instability over the entire operating range of the Generating
Unit. The measured performance of the automatic excitation control system should
also meet the requirements (including Power System Stabiliser performance)
specified in the Bilateral Agreement.

Issue 3
Tested Reference
Export and OC5 The Export and Import Limits, QPN, Joint BM Unit Data and Dynamic
Import Limits, Parameters under test are within 2½% of the declared value being tested.
QPN, Joint BM
Unit Data and The duration of the test will be consistent with and sufficient to measure the relevant
Dynamic expected input or output derived from the Final Physical Notification Data and
Parameters Bid-Offer Acceptances issued under BC2 which are still in dispute following the
procedure in OC5.4.2.
Synchronisation BC2.5.2.3 Synchronisation takes place within ±5 minutes of the time it should have achieved
time Synchronisation.
The duration of the test will be consistent with and sufficient to measure the relevant
expected input or output derived from the Final Physical Notification Data and
OC5 - 10
Bid-Offer Acceptances issued under BC2 which are still in dispute following the
Run-up rates OC5 Achieves the instructed output and, where applicable, the first and/or second
intermediate breakpoints, each within ±3 minutes of the time it should have reached
such output and breakpoints from Synchronisation (or break point, as the case
may be), calculated from the run-up rates in its Dynamic Parameters.
Dynamic Parameters
Run-down rates OC5 Achieves the instructed output within ±5 minutes of the time, calculated from the
run-down rates in its Dynamic Parameters.

the reliability of the suitable recorders, disclosing calibration records to the extent appropriate.
test. The relevant User must, if requested, demonstrate, to NGC's reasonable satisfaction,
Due account will be taken of any conditions on the System which may affect the results of the
OC5.5.4 Test Failure/Re-test
If the BM Unit concerned fails to pass the test the User must provide NGC with
a written report specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for any failure of the
test so far as they are then known to the User after due and careful enquiry.
This must be provided within five Business Days of the test. If a dispute arises
relating to the failure, NGC and the relevant User shall seek to resolve the
dispute by discussion, and, if they fail to reach agreement, the User may by
notice require NGC to carry out a re-test on 48 hours' notice which shall be
carried out following the procedure set out in OC5.5.2 and OC5.5.3 and subject
as provided in OC5.5.1.3, as if NGC had issued an instruction at the time of
notice from the User.
OC5.5.5 Dispute following Re-test
If the BM Unit in NGC's view fails to pass the re-test and a dispute arises on
that re-test, either party may use the Disputes Resolution Procedure for a
ruling in relation to the dispute, which ruling shall be binding.
OC5.6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
OC5.6.1 If following the procedure set out in OC5.5 it is accepted that the BM Unit has
failed the test or re-test (as applicable), the User shall within 14 days, or such
longer period as NGC may reasonably agree, following such failure, submit in
writing to NGC for approval the date and time by which the User shall have
brought the BM Unit concerned to a condition where it complies with the
relevant requirement. NGC will not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval
of the User’s proposed date and time submitted. Should NGC not approve the
User’s proposed date or time (or any revised proposal), the User should
amend such proposal having regard to any comments NGC may have made
and re-submit it for approval.
OC5.6.2 If a BM Unit fails the test, the User shall submit revised Export and Import
Limits, QPN, Joint BM Unit Data and/or Dynamic Parameters, or in the case
of a BM Unit comprising a Generating Unit or a CCGT Module, the User may
amend, with NGC's approval, the relevant registered parameters of that
Generating Unit or CCGT Module, as the case may be, relating to the criteria,
for the period of time until the BM Unit can achieve the parameters previously
registered, as demonstrated in a re-test.
OC5.6.3 Once the User has indicated to NGC the date and time that the BM Unit can
achieve the parameters previously registered or submitted, NGC shall either
accept this information or require the User to demonstrate the restoration of the
capability by means of a repetition of the test referred to in OC5.5.2 by an
instruction requiring the User on 48 hours notice to carry out such a test. The
provisions of this OC5.6 will apply to such further test.
OC5.7 BLACK START TESTING
OC.5.7.1 General
(a) NGC may require a Generator with a Black Start Station to carry out
a test (a "Black Start Test") on a Genset in a Black Start Station

either while the Black Start Station remains connected to an external
alternating current electrical supply (a "BS Unit Test") or while the
Black Start Station is disconnected from all external alternating
current electrical supplies (a "BS Station Test"), in order to
demonstrate that a Black Start Station has a Black Start Capability.
(b) Where NGC requires a Generator with a Black Start Station to carry
out a BS Unit Test, NGC shall not require the Black Start Test to be
carried out on more than one Genset at that Black Start Station at
the same time, and would not, in the absence of exceptional
circumstances, expect any of the other Genset at the Black Start
Station to be directly affected by the BS Unit Test.
(c) NGC may require a Generator with a Black Start Station to carry out
a BS Unit Test at any time (but will not require a BS Unit Test to be
carried out more than once in each calendar year in respect of any
particular Genset unless it can justify on reasonable grounds the
necessity for further tests or unless the further test is a re-test, and will
not require a BS Station Test to be carried out more than once in
every two calendar years in respect of any particular Genset unless it
can justify on reasonable grounds the necessity for further tests or
unless the further test is a re-test).
(d) When NGC wishes a Generator with a Black Start Station to carry
out a Black Start Test, it shall notify the relevant Generator at least 7
days prior to the time of the Black Start Test with details of the
proposed Black Start Test.
OC.5.7.2 Procedure for a Black Start Test
The following procedure will, so far as practicable, be carried out in the

following sequence for Black Start Tests:
OC.5.7.2.1 BS Unit Tests
(a) The relevant Generating Unit shall be Synchronised and Loaded;
(b) All the Auxiliary Gas Turbines and/or Auxiliary Diesel Engines in the
Black Start Station in which that Generating Unit is situated, shall be
Shutdown.
(c) The Generating Unit shall be De-Loaded and De-Synchronised and all
alternating current electrical supplies to its Auxiliaries shall be
disconnected.
(d) The Auxiliary Gas Turbine(s) or Auxiliary Diesel Engine(s) to the

relevant Generating Unit shall be started, and shall re-energise the Unit
Board of the relevant Generating Unit.
(e) The Auxiliaries of the relevant Generating Unit shall be fed by the
Auxiliary Gas Turbine(s) or Auxiliary Diesel Engine(s), via the Unit
Board, to enable the relevant Generating Unit to return to
Synchronous Speed.

(f) The relevant Generating Unit shall be Synchronised to the System but
not Loaded, unless the appropriate instruction has been given by NGC
under BC2.
OC.5.7.2.2 BS Station Test
(a) All Generating Units at the Black Start Station, other than the
Generating Unit on which the Black Start Test is to be carried out, and
all the Auxiliary Gas Turbines and/or Auxiliary Diesel Engines at the
Black Start Station, shall be Shutdown.
(b) The relevant Generating Unit shall be Synchronised and Loaded.
(c) The relevant Generating Unit shall be De-Loaded and De-

Synchronised.
(d) All external alternating current electrical supplies to the Unit Board of the
relevant Generating Unit, and to the Station Board of the relevant
Black Start Station, shall be disconnected.
(e) An Auxiliary Gas Turbine or Auxiliary Diesel Engine at the Black

Start Station shall be started, and shall re-energise either directly, or via
the Station Board, the Unit Board of the relevant Generating Unit.
(f) The provisions of OC.5.7.2.1 (e) and (f) shall thereafter be followed.
OC.5.7.2.3 All Black Start Tests shall be carried out at the time specified by NGC in the
notice given under OC5.7.1(d) and shall be undertaken in the presence of a
reasonable number of representatives appointed and authorised by NGC, who
shall be given access to all information relevant to the Black Start Test.
OC.5.7.2.4 Failure of a Black Start Test
A Black Start Station shall fail a Black Start Test if the Black Start Test
shows that it does not have a Black Start Capability (ie. if the relevant
Generating Unit fails to be Synchronised to the System within two hours of
the Auxiliary Gas Turbine(s) or Auxiliary Diesel Engine(s) being required to
start).
OC.5.7.2.5 If a Black Start Station fails to pass a Black Start Test the Generator must
provide NGC with a written report specifying in reasonable detail the reasons
for any failure of the test so far as they are then known to the Generator after
due and careful enquiry. This must be provided within five Business Days of
the test. If a dispute arises relating to the failure, NGC and the relevant
Generator shall seek to resolve the dispute by discussion, and if they fail to
reach agreement, the Generator may require NGC to carry out a further Black
Start Test on 48 hours notice which shall be carried out following the
procedure set out in OC.5.7.2.1 or OC.5.7.2.2 as the case may be, as if NGC
had issued an instruction at the time of notice from the Generator.
OC.5.7.2.6 If the Black Start Station concerned fails to pass the re-test and a dispute
arises on that re-test, either party may use the Disputes Resolution
Procedure for a ruling in relation to the dispute, which ruling shall be binding.

OC.5.7.2.7 If following the procedure in OC.5.7.2.5 and OC.5.7.2.6 it is accepted that the
Black Start Station has failed the Black Start Test (or a re-test carried out
under OC.5.7.2.5), within 14 days, or such longer period as NGC may
reasonably agree, following such failure, the relevant Generator shall submit
to NGC in writing for approval, the date and time by which that Generator shall
have brought that Black Start Station to a condition where it has a Black
Start Capability and would pass the Black Start Test, and NGC will not
unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the Generator's proposed date
and time submitted. Should NGC not approve the Generator's proposed date
and time (or any revised proposal) the Generator shall revise such proposal
having regard to any comments NGC may have made and resubmit it for
approval.
OC.5.7.2.8 Once the Generator has indicated to NGC that the Generating Station has a
Black Start Capability, NGC shall either accept this information or require the
Generator to demonstrate that the relevant Black Start Station has its Black
Start Capability restored, by means of a repetition of the Black Start Test
referred to in OC5.7.1(d) following the same procedure as for the initial Black
Start Test. The provisions of this OC.5.7.2 will apply to such test.
<End of OC5>

OPERATING CODE NO.6
DEMAND CONTROL
CONTENTS

OC6.1 INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................... OC6 - 12
OC6.2 OBJECTIVE .............................................................................................................. OC6 - 23
OC6.3 SCOPE...................................................................................................................... OC6 - 23
OC6.4 PROCEDURE FOR THE NOTIFICATION OF DEMAND CONTROL

INITIATED BY NETWORK OPERATORS ................................................................ OC6 - 34
OC6.5 PROCEDURE FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF DEMAND CONTROL ON

THE INSTRUCTIONS OF NGC ................................................................................ OC6 - 45
OC6.6 AUTOMATIC LOW FREQUENCY DEMAND DISCONNECTION............................. OC6 - 67
OC6.7 EMERGENCY MANUAL DISCONNECTION ............................................................ OC6 - 79
OC6.8 OPERATION OF THE BALANCING MECHANISM DURING DEMAND

CONTROL............................................................................................................... OC6 - 810
APPENDIX – SUMMARY SHEET ........................................................................................ OC6 - 911

OPERATING CODE NO.6
DEMAND CONTROL
OC6.1 INTRODUCTION
OC6.1.1 Operating Code No.6 ("OC6") is concerned with the provisions to be made by
Network Operators, and in relation to Non-Embedded Customers by NGC, to
permit the reduction of Demand in the event of insufficient Active Power
generation being available to meet Demand, or in the event of breakdown or
operating problems (such as in respect of System Frequency, System voltage
levels or System thermal overloads) on any part of the NGCGB Transmission
System.
OC6.1.2 OC6 deals with the following:
(a) Customer voltage reduction initiated by Network Operators (other than

following the instruction of NGC);
(b) Customer Demand reduction by Disconnection initiated by Network

Operators (other than following the instruction of NGC);
(c) Demand reduction instructed by NGC;
(d) automatic low frequency Demand Disconnection; and
(e) emergency manual Demand Disconnection.
The term "Demand Control" is used to describe any or all of these methods of
achieving a Demand reduction.
OC6.1.3 The procedure set out in OC6 includes a system of warnings to give advance notice
of Demand Control that may be required by NGC under this OC6.
OC6.1.4 Data relating to Demand Control should include details relating to MW
OC6.1.5 The Electricity Supply Emergency Code issued by the Department of Trade and
Industry, Energy Utilities Directorate, on 30 November 1999 provides that in certain
circumstances consumers are given a certain degree of "protection" when rota
disconnections are implemented pursuant to a direction under the Energy Act 1976.
No such protection can be given in relation to Demand Control under the Grid
Code.
OC6.1.6 Connections between Large Power Stations and the NGCGB Transmission
System and between such Power Stations and a User System will not, as far as
possible, be disconnected by NGC pursuant to the provisions of OC6 insofar as that
would interrupt supplies
(a) for the purposes of operation of the Power Station (including Start-Up and
shutting down);
(b) for the purposes of keeping the Power Station in a state such that it could
be Started-up when it is off-Load for ordinary operational reasons; or

(c) for the purposes of compliance with the requirements of a Nuclear Site
Licence.
Demand Control pursuant to this OC6 therefore applies subject to this exception.
OC6.2 OBJECTIVE
OC6.2.1 The overall objective of OC6 is to require the provision of facilities to enable NGC to
achieve reduction in Demand that will either avoid or relieve operating problems on
the NGCGB Transmission System, in whole or in part, and thereby to enable NGC
to instruct Demand Control in a manner that does not unduly discriminate against,
or unduly prefer, any one or any group of Suppliers or Network Operators or Non-
Embedded Customers. It is also to ensure that NGC is notified of any Demand
Control utilised by Users other than following an instruction from NGC.
OC6.2.2 For certain Grid Supply Points in Scotland it is recognised that the requirements in
OC6.4.5(b), OC6.5.3(b) (in respect of Demand Disconnection only), OC6.5.6 (ii),
OC6.6.2 (c) and OC6.7.2 (b) may not be possible to meet. In these circumstances
NGC and the relevant Network Operator(s) will agree equivalent requirements
covering a number of Grid Supply Points. If NGC and the relevant Network
Operator fail to agree equivalent requirements covering a number of Grid Supply
Points, then the relevant Network Operator will apply the provisions of OC6.4.5(b),
OC6.5.3(b) (in respect of Demand Disconnection only), OC6.5.6(ii), OC6.6.2(c)
and OC6.7.2(b) as evenly as reasonably practicable over the relevant Network
Operator’s entire System.
OC6.3 SCOPE
OC6.3.1 OC6 applies to NGC and to Users which in OC6 means:-
(a) Generators; and
(b) Network Operators.
It also applies to NGC in relation to Non-Embedded Customers.
OC6.3.2 Explanation
OC6.3.2.1 (a) Although OC6 does not apply to Suppliers, the implementation of Demand
Control may affect their Customers.
(b) In all situations envisaged in OC6, Demand Control is exercisable:-
(i) by reference to a Network Operator's System; or
(ii) by NGC in relation to Non-Embedded Customers.
(c) Demand Control in all situations relates to the physical organisation of the
Total System, and not to any contractual arrangements that may exist.
OC6.3.2.2 (a) Accordingly, Demand Control will be exercisable with reference to, for
example, five per cent (or such other figure as may be utilised under OC6.5)
tranches of Demand by a Network Operator.

(b) For a Supplier, whose Customers may be spread throughout a number of
User Systems (and the NGCGB Transmission System), to split its
Customers into five per cent (or such other figure as may be utilised under
OC6.5) tranches of Demand would not result in Demand Control being
implemented effectively on the Total System.
(c) Where Demand Control is needed in a particular area, NGC would not
know which Supplier to contact and (even if it were to) the resulting
Demand Control implemented, because of the diversity of contracts, may
well not produce the required result.
OC6.3.2.3 (a) Suppliers should note, however, that, although implementation of Demand
Control in respect of their Customers is not exercisable by them, their
Customers may be affected by Demand Control.
(b) This will be implemented by Network Operators where the Customers are
within User Systems directly connected to the NGCGB Transmission
System and by NGC where they are Non-Embedded Customers.
(c) The contractual arrangements relating to Customers being supplied by

Suppliers will, accordingly, need to reflect this.
(d) The existence of a commercial arrangement for the provision of Customer

Demand Management or Commercial Ancillary Services does not relieve
a Network Operator from the Demand Control provisions of OC6.5, OC6.6
and OC6.7, which may be exercised from time to time.
OC6.4 PROCEDURE FOR THE NOTIFICATION OF DEMAND CONTROL INITIATED BY

NETWORK OPERATORS (OTHER THAN FOLLOWING THE INSTRUCTION OF
NGC)
OC6.4.1 Pursuant to the provisions of OC1, in respect of the time periods prior to 1100 hours
each day, each Network Operator will notify NGC of all Customer voltage
reductions and/or restorations and Demand Disconnection or reconnection, on a
Grid Supply Point and half-hourly basis, which will or may, either alone or when
aggregated with any other Demand Control planned by that Network Operator,
result in a Demand change of 12MW or moreequal to or greater than the Demand
Control Notification Level averaged over any half hour on any Grid Supply Point,
which is planned to be instructed by the Network Operator other than following an
instruction from NGC relating to Demand reduction.
OC6.4.2 Under OC6, each Network Operator will notify NGC in writing by 1100 hours each
day (or such other time specified by NGC from time to time) for the next day (except
that it will be for the next 3 days on Fridays and 2 days on Saturdays and may be
longer (as specified by NGC at least one week in advance) to cover holiday periods)
of Customer voltage reduction or Demand Disconnection which will or may result
in a Demand change of 12MW or moreequal to or greater than the Demand
Control Notification Level averaged over any half hour on any Grid Supply Point,
(or which when aggregated with any other Demand Control planned by that
Network Operator is 12MW or moreequal to or greater than the Demand Control
Notification Level), planned to take place during the next Operational Day.

OC6.4.3 When the Customer voltage reduction or Demand Disconnection which may
result in a Demand change of 12MW or moreequal to or greater than the Demand
Control Notification Level averaged over any half hour on any Grid Supply Point
(or which when aggregated with any other Demand Control planned or
implemented by that Network Operator is 12MW or moreequal to or greater than
the Demand Control Notification Level) is planned after 1100 hours, each
Network Operator must notify NGC as soon as possible after the decision to
implement has been made. If the Customer voltage reduction or Demand
Disconnection is implemented immediately after the decision to implement is
made, each Network Operator must notify NGC within five minutes of
implementation.
OC6.4.4 Where, after NGC has been notified, whether pursuant to OC1, OC6.4.2 or
OC6.4.3, the planned Customer voltage reduction or Demand Disconnection is
changed, the Network Operator will notify NGC as soon as possible of the new
plans, or if the Customer voltage reduction or Demand Disconnection
implemented is different to that notified, the Network Operator will notify NGC of
what took place within five minutes of implementation.
OC6.4.5 Any notification under OC6.4.2, OC6.4.3 or OC6.4.4 will contain the following
information on a Grid Supply Point and half hourly basis:
(a) the proposed (in the case of prior notification) and actual (in the case of
subsequent notification) date, time and duration of implementation of the
Customer voltage reduction or Demand Disconnection; and
(b) the proposed reduction in Demand by use of the Customer voltage

reduction or Demand Disconnection.
OC6.4.6 Pursuant to the provisions of OC1.5.6, each Network Operator will supply to NGC
details of the amount of Demand reduction actually achieved by use of the
Customer voltage reduction or Demand Disconnection.
OC6.5 PROCEDURE FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF DEMAND CONTROL ON THE

INSTRUCTIONS OF NGC
OC6.5.1 A NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand Reduction

will, where possible, be issued by NGC, as more particularly set out in OC6.5.4,
OC7.4.8 and BC1.5.4 when NGC anticipates that it will or may instruct a Network
Operator to implement Demand reduction. It will, as provided in OC6.5.10 and
OC7.4.8.2, also be issued to Non-Embedded Customers.
OC6.5.2 Where NGC expects to instruct Demand reduction within the following 30 minutes,
NGC will where possible, issue a NGCGB Transmission System Warning -
Demand Control Imminent in accordance with OC7.4.8.2(c) and OC7.4.8.6.
OC6.5.3 (a) Whether a NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of

Demand Reduction or NGCGB Transmission System Warning -
Demand Control Imminent has been issued or not:-

(i) provided the instruction relates to not more than 20 per cent of its
total Demand (measured at the time the Demand reduction is
required); and
(ii) if less than that, is in four integral multiples of between four and six
per cent,
each Network Operator will abide by the instructions of NGC with regard to
Demand reduction under OC6.5 without delay.
(b) The Demand reduction must be achieved within the Network Operator's
System as far as possible uniformly across all Grid Supply Points (unless
otherwise specified in the NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High
Risk of Demand Reduction) either by Customer voltage reduction or by
Demand Disconnection, as soon as possible but in any event no longer
than five minutes from the instruction being given by NGC.
(c) Each Network Operator must notify NGC in writing by calendar week 24
each year of the integral multiples it will use with effect from the succeeding
NGC Financial Year onwards. Thereafter, any changes must be notified in
writing to NGC at least 10 Business Days prior to the change coming into
effect.
OC6.5.4 (a) Where NGC wishes to instruct a Demand reduction of more than 20 per
cent of a Network Operator's Demand (measured at the time the Demand
reduction is required), it shall, if it is able, issue a NGCGB Transmission
System Warning - High Risk of Demand Reduction to the Network
Operator by 1600 hours on the previous day. The warning will state the
percentage level of Demand reduction that NGC may want to instruct
(measured at the time the Demand reduction is required).
(b) The NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand

Reduction will specify the percentage of Demand reduction that NGC may
require in integral multiples of the percentage levels notified by Users under
OC6.5.3(c) up to (and including) 20 per cent and of five per cent above 20
per cent and will not relate to more than 40 per cent of Demand (measured
at the time the Demand reduction is required) of the Demand on the User
System of a Network Operator.
(c) If NGC has issued the NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High
Risk of Demand Reduction by 1600 hours on the previous day, on receipt
of it the relevant Network Operator shall make available the percentage
reduction in Demand specified for use within the period of the NGCGB
Transmission System Warning.
(d) If NGC has not issued the NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High
Risk of Demand Reduction by 1600 hours the previous day, but after that
time, the Network Operator shall make available as much of the required
Demand reduction as it is able, for use within the period of the NGCGB
OC6.5.5 (a) If NGC has given a NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk
of Demand Reduction to a Network Operator, and has issued it by 1600
hours on the previous day, it can instruct the Network Operator to reduce

its Demand by the percentage specified in the NGCGB Transmission
System Warning.
(b) NGC accepts that if it has not issued the NGCGB Transmission System
Warning - High Risk of Demand Reduction by 1600 hours on the previous
day or if it has issued it by 1600 hours on the previous day, but it requires a
further percentage of Demand reduction (which may be in excess of 40 per
cent of the total Demand on the User System of the Network Operator
(measured at the time the Demand reduction is required) from that set out
in the NGCGB Transmission System Warning, it can only receive an
amount that can be made available at that time by the Network Operator.
(c) Other than with regard to the proviso, the provisions of OC6.5.3 shall apply
to those instructions.
OC6.5.6 Once a Demand reduction has been applied by a Network Operator at the
instruction of NGC, the Network Operator may interchange the Customers to
whom the Demand reduction has been applied provided that,
(i) the percentage of Demand reduction at all times within the Network
Operator's System does not change; and
(ii) at all times it is achieved within the Network Operator's System as far as
possible uniformly across all Grid Supply Points (unless otherwise
specified in the NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of
Demand Reduction if one has been issued),
until NGC instructs that Network Operator in accordance with OC6.
OC6.5.7 Each Network Operator will abide by the instructions of NGC with regard to the
restoration of Demand under OC6.5 without delay. It shall not restore Demand until
it has received such instruction. The restoration of Demand must be achieved as
soon as possible and the process of restoration must begin within 2 minutes of the
instruction being given by NGC.
OC6.5.8 In circumstances of protracted shortage of generation or where a statutory

instruction has been given (eg. a fuel security period) and when a reduction in
Demand is envisaged by NGC to be prolonged, NGC will notify the Network
Operator of the expected duration.
OC6.5.9 The Network Operator will notify NGC in writing that it has complied with NGC's
instruction under OC6.5, within five minutes of so doing, together with an estimation
of the Demand reduction or restoration achieved, as the case may be.
OC6.5.10 NGC may itself implement Demand reduction and subsequent restoration on Non-
Embedded Customers as part of a Demand Control requirement and it will
organise the NGCGB Transmission System so that it will be able to reduce
Demand by Disconnection of, or Customer voltage reduction to, all or any Non-
Embedded Customers. Equivalent provisions to those in OC6.5.4 shall apply to
issuing a NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand
Reduction to Non-Embedded Customers, as envisaged in OC7.4.8.
OC6.5.11 Pursuant to the provisions of OC1.5.6, the Network Operator will supply to NGC
details of the amount of Demand reduction or restoration actually achieved.

OC6.6 AUTOMATIC LOW FREQUENCY DEMAND DISCONNECTION
OC6.6.1 Each Network Operator will make arrangements that will enable automatic low
Frequency Disconnection of at least, in England and Wales, 60 per cent, and in
Scotland, 40 per cent, of its total peak Demand (based on Annual ACS
Conditions), in order to seek to limit the consequences of a major loss of
generation or an Event on the Total System which leaves part of the Total System
with a generation deficit.
OC6.6.2 (a) The Demand of each Network Operator which is subject to automatic low
Frequency Disconnection will be split into discrete MW blocks.
(b) The number, location, size and the associated low Frequency settings of
these blocks, will be as specified by NGC by week 12 in each calendar year
following discussion with the Network Operator in accordance with the
Bilateral Agreement and will be reviewed annually by NGC.
(c) The distribution of the blocks will be such as to give a reasonably uniform
Disconnection within the Network Operator's System, as the case may
be, across all Grid Supply Points.
(d) Each Network Operator will notify NGC in writing by calendar week 24
each year of the details of the automatic low Frequency Disconnection on
its User System. The information provided should identify, for each Grid
Supply Point at the date and time of the annual peak of the NGCGB
Transmission System Demand at Annual ACS Conditions (as notified
pursuant to OC1.4.2), the frequency settings at which Demand
Disconnection will be initiated and amount of Demand disconnected at
each such setting.
OC6.6.3 Where conditions are such that, following automatic low Frequency Demand
Disconnection, and the subsequent Frequency recovery, it is not possible to
restore a large proportion of the total Demand so disconnected within a reasonable
period of time, NGC may instruct a Network Operator to implement additional
Demand Disconnection manually, and restore an equivalent amount of the
Demand that had been disconnected automatically. The purpose of such action is
to ensure that a subsequent fall in Frequency will again be contained by the
operation of automatic low Frequency Demand Disconnection.
OC6.6.4 Once an automatic low Frequency Demand Disconnection has taken place, the
Network Operator on whose User System it has occurred, will not reconnect until
NGC instructs that Network Operator to do so in accordance with OC6.
OC6.6.5 Once the Frequency has recovered, each Network Operator will abide by the
instructions of NGC with regard to reconnection under OC6.6 without delay.
Reconnection must be achieved as soon as possible and the process of
reconnection must begin within 2 minutes of the instruction being given by NGC.
OC6.6.6 (a) Non-Embedded Customers (including a Pumped Storage Generator)

must provide automatic low Frequency disconnection, which will be split
into discrete blocks.

(b) The number and size of blocks and the associated low Frequency settings
will be as specified by NGC by week 24 each calendar year following
discussion with the Non-Embedded Customers (including a Pumped
Storage Generator) in accordance with the relevant Bilateral Agreement.
OC6.6.7 (a) In addition, Generators may wish to disconnect Generating Units from the
System, either manually or automatically, should they be subject to
Frequency levels which could result in Generating Unit damage.
(b) This Disconnection facility on such Generating Unit directly connected to

the NGCGB Transmission System, will be agreed with NGC in accordance
with the Bilateral Agreement.
(c) Any Embedded Power Stations will need to agree this Disconnection
facility with the relevant User to whose System that Power Station is
connected, which will then need to notify NGC of this.
OC6.6.8 The Network Operator or Non-Embedded Customer, as the case may be, will
notify NGC with an estimation of the Demand reduction which has occurred under
automatic low Frequency Demand Disconnection and similarly notify the
restoration, as the case may be, in each case within five minutes of the
Disconnection or restoration.
OC6.6.9 Pursuant to the provisions of OC1.5.6 the Network Operator and Non-
Embedded Customer will supply to NGC details of the amount of Demand
reduction or restoration actually achieved.
OC6.6.10 (a) In the case of a User, it is not necessary for it to provide automatic low
Frequency disconnection under OC6.6 only to the extent that it is providing,
at the time it would be so needed, low Frequency disconnection at a higher
level of Frequency as an Ancillary Service, namely if the amount provided
as an Ancillary Service is less than that required under OC6.6 then the
User must provide the balance required under OC6.6 at the time it is so
needed.
(b) The provisions of OC7.4.8 relating to the use of Demand Control should be
borne in mind by Users.
OC6.7 EMERGENCY MANUAL DISCONNECTION
OC6.7.1 Each Network Operator will make arrangements that will enable it, following an
instruction from NGC, to disconnect Customers on its User System under
emergency conditions irrespective of Frequency within 30 minutes. It must be
possible to apply the Demand Disconnections to individual or specific groups of
Grid Supply Points, as determined by NGC.
OC6.7.2 (a) Each Network Operator shall provide NGC in writing by week 24 in each
calendar year, in respect of the next following year beginning week 24, on a
Grid Supply Point basis, with the following information (which is set out in a
tabular format in the Appendix):
(i) its total peak Demand (based on Annual ACS Conditions); and

(ii) the percentage value of the total peak Demand that can be
disconnected (and in the case of that in the first 5 minutes it must
include that which can also be reduced by voltage reduction) within
timescales of 5/10/15/20/25/30 minutes.
(b) The information should include, in relation to the first 5 minutes, as a

minimum, the 20% of Demand that must be reduced on instruction under
OC6.5.
OC6.7.3 Each Network Operator will abide by the instructions of NGC with regard to
Disconnection under OC6.7 without delay, and the Disconnection must be
achieved as soon as possible after the instruction being given by NGC, and in any
case, within the timescale registered in OC6.7. The instruction may relate to an
individual Grid Supply Point and/or groups of Grid Supply Points.
OC6.7.4 NGC will notify a Network Operator who has been instructed under OC6.7, of what
has happened on the NGCGB Transmission System to necessitate the instruction,
in accordance with the provisions of OC7 and, if relevant, OC10.
OC6.7.5 Once a Disconnection has been applied by a Network Operator at the instruction
of NGC, that Network Operator will not reconnect until NGC instructs it to do so in
accordance with OC6.
OC6.7.6 Each Network Operator will abide by the instructions of NGC with regard to
reconnection under OC6.7 without delay, and shall not reconnect until it has
received such instruction and reconnection must be achieved as soon as possible
and the process of reconnection must begin within 2 minutes of the instruction being
given by NGC.
OC6.7.7 NGC may itself disconnect manually and reconnect Non-Embedded Customers as
part of a Demand Control requirement under emergency conditions.
OC6.7.8 If NGC determines that emergency manual Disconnection referred to in OC6.7 is

inadequate, NGC may disconnect Network Operators and/or Non-Embedded
Customers at Grid Supply Points, to preserve the security of the NGCGB
OC6.7.9 Pursuant to the provisions of OC1.5.6 the Network Operator will supply to NGC
details of the amount of Demand reduction or restoration actually achieved.
OC6.8 OPERATION OF THE BALANCING MECHANISM DURING DEMAND CONTROL
Demand Control will constitute an Emergency Instruction in accordance with

BC2.9 and it may be necessary to depart from normal Balancing Mechanism
operation in accordance with BC2 in issuing Bid-Offer Acceptances. NGC will
inform affected BM Participants in accordance with the provisions of OC7.

APPENDIX
EMERGENCY MANUAL DEMAND REDUCTION/DISCONNECTION SUMMARY SHEET

(As set out in OC6.7)
NETWORK OPERATOR _________________ [YEAR] PEAK:_________________________
GRID PEAK % OF GROUP DEMAND DISCONNECTION

SUPPLY MW (AND/OR REDUCTION IN THE CASE OF
POINT THE FIRST 5 MINUTES)
(CUMULATIVE) REMARKS
(Name) TIME (MINS)

5 10 15 20 25 30
Notes: 1. Data to be provided annually by week 24 to cover the following year.
< End of OC6 >

OPERATING CODE NO.7
OPERATIONAL LIAISON
CONTENTS

OC7.1 INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................OC7 - 12
OC7.2 OBJECTIVE ..............................................................................................................OC7 - 12
OC7.3 SCOPE......................................................................................................................OC7 - 23
OC7.4 PROCEDURE ...........................................................................................................OC7 - 23

OC7.4.5 Requirement to notify Operations....................................................................OC7 - 23
OC7.4.5.1 Operation on the NGCGB Transmission System ............................ OC7 - 23
OC7.4.5.2 Operation on a User's System......................................................... OC7 - 23
OC7.4.5.3 Examples of situations where notification by NGC or a User
may be required............................................................................... OC7 - 34
OC7.4.5.4 Operations caused by another Operation or by an Event................ OC7 - 34
OC7.4.5.5 Form ................................................................................................ OC7 - 34
OC7.4.5.12 Timing................................................................................................ OC7 - 5
OC7.4.6 Requirements to notify Events............................................................................OC7 - 5
OC7.4.6.1 Events on the NGCGB Transmission System ................................... OC7 - 5
OC7.4.6.2 Events on a User's System................................................................ OC7 - 5
OC7.4.6.3 Events caused by another Event or by an Operation ........................ OC7 - 6
OC7.4.6.5 Examples of situations where notification by NGC or a User
may be required................................................................................. OC7 - 6
Form.................................................................................................OC7 - 68
Timing ............................................................................................OC7 - 810
OC7.4.7 Significant Incidents........................................................................................OC7 - 810
OC7.4.8 NGCGB TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WARNINGS..........................................OC7 - 911
OC7.4.8.1 Role of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings.......................... OC7 - 911
OC7.4.8.2 Recipients of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings ................ OC7 - 911
OC7.4.8.3 Preparatory Action ....................................................................... OC7 - 1011
OC7.4.8.4 Types of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings ..................... OC7 - 1012
OC7.4.8.5 NGC GB Transmission System Warning - Inadequate
System Margin............................................................................. OC7 - 1012
OC7.4.8.6 NGC GB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of
Demand Reduction...................................................................... OC7 - 1112
OC7.4.8.7 NGC GB Transmission System Warning - Demand Control
Imminent...................................................................................... OC7 - 1113
OC7.4.8.8 NGC GB Transmission System Warning - Risk of System
Disturbance ................................................................................. OC7 - 1214

OC7.4.8.9 Cancellation of NGCGB Transmission System Warning .............OC7 - 1214
OC7.4.8.10 General Management of NGCGB Transmission System
Warnings ......................................................................................OC7 - 1214
OC7.5 PROCEDURE IN RELATION TO INTEGRAL EQUIPMENT TESTS ................... OC7 - 1315
APPENDIX - NGCGB TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WARNINGS TABLE ........................... OC7 - 1518
Issue 3 OC7 - ii [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

OPERATING CODE NO.7
OPERATIONAL LIAISON
OC7.1 INTRODUCTION
OC7.1.1 Operating Code No. 7 ("OC7") sets out the requirements for the exchange of
information in relation to Operations and/or Events on the Total System which
have had (or may have had) or will have (or may have) an Operational Effect:
(a) on the NGCGB Transmission System in the case of an Operation and/or

Event occurring on the System of a User or Users; and
(b) on the System of a User or Users in the case of an Operation and/or

Event occurring on the NGCGB Transmission System.
It also describes the types of NGCGB Transmission System Warning which may
be issued by NGC.
OC7.1.2 The requirement to notify in OC7 relates generally to notifying of what is expected
to happen or what has happened and not the reasons why. However, as OC7
provides, when an Event or Operation has occurred on the NGCGB
Transmission System which itself has been caused by (or exacerbated by) an
Operation or Event on a User's System, NGC in reporting the Event or
Operation on the NGCGB Transmission System to another User can pass on
what it has been told by the first User in relation to the Operation or Event on the
first User's System.
OC7.1.3 Where an Event or Operation on the NGCGB Transmission System falls to be

reported by NGC to an Externally Interconnected System Operator under an
Interconnection Agreement, OC7 provides that in the situation where that Event
or Operation has been caused by (or exacerbated by) an Operation or Event on
a User's System, NGC can pass on what it has been told by the User in relation to
the Operation or Event on that User's System.
OC7.1.4 OC7 also deals with Integral Equipment Tests.
OC7.2 OBJECTIVE
The objectives of OC7 are:-
OC7.2.1 To provide for the exchange of information so that the implications of an Operation
and/or Event can be considered, possible risks arising from it can be assessed
and appropriate action taken by the relevant party in order to maintain the integrity
of the Total System. OC7 does not seek to deal with any actions arising from the
exchange of information, but merely with that exchange.
OC7.2.2 To provide for types of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings which may be
issued by NGC.

OC7.2.3 To provide the framework for the information flow and discussion between NGC
and certain Users in relation to Integral Equipment Tests.
OC7.3 SCOPE
OC7.3.1 OC7 applies to NGC and to Users, which in OC7 means:-
Stations or Embedded Medium Power Stations);
(c) Non-Embedded Customers;
(d) Suppliers (for the purposes of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings);

and
(e) Externally Interconnected System Operators (for the purposes of

NGCGB Transmission System Warnings).
The procedure for operational liaison by NGC with Externally Interconnected

System Operators is set out in the Interconnection Agreement with each
Externally Interconnected System Operator.
OC7.4 PROCEDURE
OC7.4.1 The term "Operation" means a scheduled or planned action relating to the
operation of a System (including an Embedded Power Station).
OC7.4.2 The term "Event" means an unscheduled or unplanned (although it may be

anticipated) occurrence on, or relating to, a System (including an Embedded
Power Station) including, without limiting that general description, faults, incidents
and breakdowns and adverse weather conditions being experienced.
OC7.4.3 The term "Operational Effect" means any effect on the operation of the relevant
other System which causes the GB Transmission System or the Systems of
NGC or the other User or Users, as the case may be, to operate (or be at a
materially increased risk of operating) differently to the way in which they would or
may have normally operated in the absence of that effect.
OC7.4.4 References in this OC7 to a System of a User or User's System shall not include
Embedded Small Power Stations or Embedded Medium Power Stations,
unless otherwise stated.
OC7.4.5 Requirement to notify Operations
OC7.4.5.1 Operation on the NGCGB Transmission System
In the case of an Operation on the NGCGB Transmission System, which will

have (or may have) an Operational Effect on the System(s) of a User or Users,
NGC will notify the User or Users whose System(s) will, or may, in the reasonable
opinion of NGC, be affected, in accordance with OC7.

OC7.4.5.2 Operation on a User's System
In the case of an Operation on the System of a User which will have (or may
have) an Operational Effect on the NGCGB Transmission System (including an
equivalent to an Operation on the equivalent of a System of a User or other
person connected to that User's System which, via that User System, will or may
have an Operational Effect on the NGCGB Transmission System), the User will
notify NGC in accordance with OC7. Following notification by the User, NGC will
notify any other User or Users on whose System(s) the Operation will have, or
may have, in the reasonable opinion of NGC, an Operational Effect, in
accordance with OC7 and will notify any Externally Interconnected System
Operator on whose System the Operation will have, or may have, in the
reasonable opinion of NGC, an Operational Effect, if it is required to do so by the
relevant Interconnection Agreement.
OC7.4.5.3 Examples of situations where notification by NGC or a User may be required
Whilst in no way limiting the general requirement to notify in advance set out in
OC7.4.5.1 and OC7.4.5.2, the following are examples of situations where
notification in accordance with OC7.4.5 will be required if they will, or may, have an
Operational Effect:
(a) the implementation of a planned outage of Plant and/or Apparatus which

has been arranged pursuant to OC2;
(b) the operation (other than, in the case of a User, at the instruction of NGC) of
any circuit breaker or isolator/disconnector or any sequence or combination
of the two; or
(c) voltage control.
OC7.4.5.4 Operations caused by another Operation or by an Event
An Operation may be caused by another Operation or an Event on another's

System (including an Embedded Power Station) (or by the equivalent of an
Event or Operation on the System of an Externally Interconnected System
Operator or Interconnector User) and in that situation the information to be
notified is different to that where the Operation arose independently of any other
Operation or Event, as more particularly provided in OC7.4.5.6.
OC7.4.5.5 Form
A notification and any response to any questions asked under OC7.4.5, of an

Operation which has arisen independently of any other Operation or of an Event,
shall be of sufficient detail to describe the Operation (although it need not state the
cause) and to enable the recipient of the notification reasonably to consider and
assess the implications and risks arising (provided that, in the case of an
Operation on a User's System which NGC is notifying to other Users under
OC7.4.5.2, NGC will only pass on what it has been told by the User which has
notified it) and will include the name of the individual reporting the Operation on
behalf of NGC or the User, as the case may be. The recipient may ask questions
to clarify the notification and the giver of the notification will, insofar as it is able,
answer any questions raised, provided that, in the case of an Operation on a
User's System which NGC is notifying to other Users under OC7.4.5.2, in
answering any question, NGC will not pass on anything further than that which it
has been told by the User which has notified it. NGC may pass on the information
contained in the notification as provided in OC7.4.5.6.
OC7.4.5.6 (a) A notification by NGC of an Operation under OC7.4.5.1 which has been
caused by another Operation (the "first Operation") or by an Event on a
User's System, will describe the Operation and will contain the information
which NGC has been given in relation to the first Operation or that Event by
the User. The notification and any response to any questions asked (other
than in relation to the information which NGC is merely passing on from a
User) will be of sufficient detail to enable the recipient of the notification
reasonably to consider and assess the implications and risks arising from
the Operation on the NGCGB Transmission System and will include the
name of the individual reporting the Operation on behalf of NGC. The
recipient may ask questions to clarify the notification and NGC will, insofar
as it is able, answer any questions raised, provided that in relation to the
information which NGC is merely passing on from a User, in answering any
question NGC will not pass on anything further than that which it has been
told by the User which has notified it.
(b) Where a User is reporting an Operation or an Event which itself has been
caused by an incident or scheduled or planned action affecting (but not on)
its System, the notification to NGC will contain the information which the
User has been given by the person connected to its System in relation to
that incident or scheduled or planned action (which the User must require,
contractually or otherwise, the person connected to its System to give to it)
and NGC may pass on the information contained in the notification as
provided in this OC7.4.5.6.
OC7.4.5.7 Where an Operation on the NGCGB Transmission System falls to be reported

by NGC under an Interconnection Agreement and the Operation has been
caused by another Operation (the "first Operation") or by an Event on a User's
System, NGC will include in that report the information which NGC has been given
in relation to the first Operation or that Event by the User (including any
information relating to an incident or scheduled or planned action, as provided in
OC7.4.5.6).
OC7.4.5.8 (a) A notification to a User by NGC of an Operation under OC7.4.5.1 which

has been caused by the equivalent of an Operation or of an Event on the
equivalent of a System of an Externally Interconnected System Operator
or Interconnector User, will describe the Operation on the NGCGB
Transmission System and will contain the information which NGC has
been given, in relation to the equivalent of an Operation or of an Event on
the equivalent of a System of an Externally Interconnected System
Operator or Interconnector User, by that Externally Interconnected
System Operator or Interconnector User.
(b) The notification and any response to any question asked (other than in
relation to the information which NGC is merely passing on from that
Externally Interconnected System Operator or Interconnector User) will
be of sufficient detail to enable the recipient of the notification reasonably to
consider and assess the implications and risks arising from the Operation
on the NGCGB Transmission System and will include the name of the
individual reporting the Operation on behalf of NGC. The recipient may ask
questions to clarify the notification and NGC will, insofar as it is able, answer
any questions raised, provided that, in relation to the information which NGC
is merely passing on from an Externally Interconnected System Operator
or Interconnector User, in answering any question NGC will not pass on
anything further than that which it has been told by the Externally
Interconnected System Operator or Interconnector User which has
notified it.
OC7.4.5.9 (a) A Network Operator may pass on the information contained in a notification
to it from NGC under OC7.4.5.1, to a Generator with a Generating Unit
connected to its System, or to the operator of another User System
connected to its System (which, for the avoidance of doubt, could be
another Network Operator), in connection with reporting the equivalent of
an Operation under the Distribution Code (or the contract pursuant to
which that Generating Unit or other User System is connected to the
System of that Network Operator) (if the Operation on the NGCGB
Transmission System caused it).
(b) A Generator may pass on the information contained in a notification to it

from NGC under OC7.4.5.1, to another Generator with a Generating Unit
connected to its System, or to the operator of a User System connected to
its System (which, for the avoidance of doubt, could be a Network
Operator), if it is required (by a contract pursuant to which that Generating
Unit or that User System is connected to its System) to do so in connection
with the equivalent of an Operation on its System (if the Operation on the
NGCGB Transmission System caused it).
OC7.4.5.10 (a) Other than as provided in OC7.4.5.9, a Network Operator or a Generator

may not pass on any information contained in a notification to it from NGC
under OC7.4.5.1 (and an operator of a User System or Generator receiving
information which was contained in a notification to a Generator or a
Network Operator, as the case may be, from NGC under OC7.4.5.1, as
envisaged in OC7.4.5.9 may not pass on this information) to any other
person, but may inform persons connected to its System (or in the case of a
Generator which is also a Supplier, inform persons to which it supplies
electricity which may be affected) that there has been an incident on the
Total System, the general nature of the incident (but not the cause of the
incident) and (if known and if power supplies have been affected) an
estimated time of return to service.
(b) In the case of a Generator which has an Affiliate which is a Supplier, the
Generator may inform it that there has been an incident on the Total
System, the general nature of the incident (but not the cause of the
incident) and (if known and if power supplies have been affected in a
particular area) an estimated time of return to service in that area, and that
Supplier may pass this on to persons to which it supplies electricity which
may be affected).
(c) Each Network Operator and Generator shall use its reasonable
endeavours to procure that any Generator or operator of a User System
receiving information which was contained in a notification to a Generator or
Network Operator, as the case may be, from NGC under OC7.4.5.1, which
is not bound by the Grid Code, does not pass on any information other than
as provided above.
OC7.4.5.11 The notification will, if either party requests, be recorded by the sender and
dictated to the recipient, who shall record and repeat each phrase as it is received
and on completion of the dictation shall repeat back the notification in full to the
sender who shall confirm that it has been accurately recorded.
OC7.4.5.12 Timing
A notification under OC7.4.5 will be given as far in advance as possible and in any
event shall be given in sufficient time as will reasonably allow the recipient to
consider and assess the implications and risks arising.
OC7.4.6 Requirements to notify Events
OC7.4.6.1 Events on the NGCGB Transmission System
In the case of an Event on the NGCGB Transmission System which has had (or
may have had) an Operational Effect on the System(s) of a User or Users, NGC
will notify the User or Users whose System(s) have been, or may have been, in
the reasonable opinion of NGC, affected, in accordance with OC7.
OC7.4.6.2 Events on a User's System
In the case of an Event on the System of a User which has had (or may have had)
an Operational Effect on the NGCGB Transmission System, the User will notify
NGC in accordance with OC7.
OC7.4.6.3 Events caused by another Event or by an Operation
An Event may be caused (or exacerbated by) another Event or by an Operation

on another's System (including on an Embedded Power Station) (or by the
equivalent of an Event or Operation on the equivalent of a System of an
Externally Interconnected System Operator or Interconnector User) and in that
situation the information to be notified is different to that where the Event arose
independently of any other Event or Operation, as more particularly provided in
OC7.4.6.7.
OC7.4.6.4 NGC or a User, as the case may be, may enquire of the other whether an Event
has occurred on the other's System. If it has, and the party on whose System the
Event has occurred is of the opinion that it may have had an Operational Effect
on the System of the party making the enquiry, it shall notify the enquirer in
accordance with OC7.
OC7.4.6.5 Examples of situations where notification by NGC or a User may be required
Whilst in no way limiting the general requirement to notify set out in OC7.4.6.1,
OC7.4.6.2 and OC7.4.6.3, the following are examples of situations where
notification in accordance with OC7.4.6 will be required if they have an
Operational Effect:
(a) where Plant and/or Apparatus is being operated in excess of its capability
or may present a hazard to personnel;

(b) the activation of any alarm or indication of any abnormal operating condition;
(c) adverse weather conditions being experienced;
(d) breakdown of, or faults on, or temporary changes in the capabilities of,
Plant and/or Apparatus;
(e) breakdown of, or faults on, control, communication and metering equipment;
or
(f) increased risk of inadvertent protection operation.
Form
OC7.4.6.6 A notification and any response to any questions asked under OC7.4.6.1 and
OC7.4.6.2 of an Event which has arisen independently of any other Event or of an
Operation, will describe the Event, although it need not state the cause of the
Event, and, subject to that, will be of sufficient detail to enable the recipient of the
notification reasonably to consider and assess the implications and risks arising
and will include the name of the individual reporting the Event on behalf of NGC or
the User, as the case may be. The recipient may ask questions to clarify the
notification and the giver of the notification will, insofar as it is able (although it
need not state the cause of the Event) answer any questions raised. NGC may
pass on the information contained in the notification as provided in OC7.4.6.7.
OC7.4.6.7 (a) A notification (and any response to any questions asked under OC7.4.6.1)
by NGC of (or relating to) an Event under OC7.4.6.1 which has been
caused by (or exacerbated by) another Event (the "first Event") or by an
Operation on a User's System will describe the Event and will contain the
information which NGC has been given in relation to the first Event or that
Operation by the User (but otherwise need not state the cause of the
Event). The notification and any response to any questions asked (other
than in relation to the information which NGC is merely passing on from a
User) will be of sufficient detail to enable the recipient of the notification
reasonably to consider and assess the implications and risks arising from
the Event on the NGCGB Transmission System and will include the name
of the individual reporting the Event on behalf of NGC. The recipient may
ask questions to clarify the notification and NGC will, insofar as it is able,
answer any questions raised, provided that in relation to the information
which NGC is merely passing on from a User, in answering any question
NGC will not pass on anything further than that which it has been told by the
User which has notified it.
(b) Where a User is reporting an Event or an Operation which itself has been
caused by (or exacerbated by) an incident or scheduled or planned action
affecting (but not on) its System the notification to NGC will contain the
information which the User has been given by the person connected to its
System in relation to that incident or scheduled or planned action (which the
User must require, contractually or otherwise, the person connected to its
System to give to it) and NGC may pass on the information contained in the
notification as provided in this OC7.4.6.7.
OC7.4.6.8 Where an Event on the NGCGB Transmission System falls to be reported by

NGC under an Interconnection Agreement and the Event has been caused by
(or exacerbated by) another Event (the "first Event") or by an Operation on a
User's System, NGC will include in that report the information which NGC has
been given in relation to the first Event or that Operation by the User (including
any information relating to an incident or scheduled or planned action on that
User's System, as provided in OC7.4.6.7).
OC7.4.6.9 (a) A notification to a User (and any response to any questions asked under
OC7.4.6.1) by NGC of (or relating to) an Event under OC7.4.6.1 which has
been caused by (or exacerbated by) the equivalent of an Event or of an
Operation on the equivalent of a System of an Externally Interconnected
System Operator or Interconnector User, will describe the Event on the
NGCGB Transmission System and will contain the information which NGC
has been given, in relation to the equivalent of an Event or of an Operation
on the equivalent of a System of an Externally Interconnected System
Operator or Interconnector User, by that Externally Interconnected
System Operator or Interconnector User (but otherwise need not state the
cause of the Event).
(b) The notification and any response to any questions asked (other than in
relation to the information which NGC is merely passing on from that
Externally Interconnected System Operator or Interconnector User) will
be of sufficient detail to enable the recipient of the notification reasonably to
consider and assess the implications and risks arising from the Event on the
NGCGB Transmission System and will include the name of the individual
reporting the Event on behalf of NGC. The recipient may ask questions to
clarify the notification and NGC will, insofar as it is able (although it need not
state the cause of the Event) answer any questions raised, provided that, in
relation to the information which NGC is merely passing on from an
Externally Interconnected System Operator or Interconnector User, in
answering any question NGC will not pass on anything further than that
which it has been told by the Externally Interconnected System Operator
or Interconnector User which has notified it.
OC7.4.6.10 (a) A Network Operator may pass on the information contained in a notification
to it from NGC under OC7.4.6.1, to a Generator with a Generating Unit
connected to its System or to the operator of another User System
connected to its System (which, for the avoidance of doubt, could be a
Network Operator), in connection with reporting the equivalent of an Event
under the Distribution Code (or the contract pursuant to which that
Generating Unit or other User System is connected to the System of that
Network Operator) (if the Event on the NGCGB Transmission System
caused or exacerbated it).
(b) A Generator may pass on the information contained in a notification to it

from NGC under OC7.4.6.1, to another Generator with a Generating Unit
connected to its System or to the operator of a User System connected to
its System (which, for the avoidance of doubt, could be a Network
Operator), if it is required (by a contract pursuant to which that Generating
Unit or that User System is connected to its System) to do so in connection
with the equivalent of an Event on its System (if the Event on the NGCGB
Transmission System caused or exacerbated it).
OC7.4.6.11 (a) Other than as provided in OC7.4.6.10, a Network Operator or a Generator,

may not pass on any information contained in a notification to it from NGC
under OC7.4.6.1 (and an operator of a User System or Generator receiving
information which was contained in a notification to a Generator or a
Network Operator, as the case may be, from NGC under OC7.4.6.1, as
envisaged in OC7.4.6.10 may not pass on this information) to any other
person, but may inform persons connected to its System (or in the case of a
Generator which is also a Supplier, inform persons to which it supplies
electricity which may be affected) that there has been an incident on the
Total System, the general nature of the incident (but not the cause of the
incident) and (if known and if power supplies have been affected) an
estimated time of return to service.
(b) In the case of a Generator which has an Affiliate which is a Supplier, the
Generator may inform it that there has been an incident on the Total
System, the general nature of the incident (but not the cause of the
incident) and (if known and if power supplies have been affected in a
particular area) an estimated time of return to service in that area, and that
Supplier may pass this on to persons to which it supplies electricity which
may be affected).
(c) Each Network Operator and Generator shall use its reasonable
endeavours to procure that any Generator or operator of a User System
receiving information which was contained in a notification to a Generator or
Network Operator, as the case may be, from NGC under OC7.4.6.1, which
is not bound by the Grid Code, does not pass on any information other than
as provided above.
OC7.4.6.12 When an Event relating to a Generating Unit, has been reported to NGC by a
Generator under OC7.4.6 and it is necessary in order for the Generator to assess
the implications of the Event on its System more accurately, the Generator may
ask NGC for details of the fault levels from the NGCGB Transmission System to
that Generating Unit at the time of the Event, and NGC will, as soon as
reasonably practicable, give the Generator that information provided that NGC has
that information.
OC7.4.6.13 Except in an emergency situation the notification of an Event will, if either party
requests, be recorded by the sender and dictated to the recipient, who shall record
and repeat each phrase as it is received and on completion of the dictation shall
repeat the notification in full to the sender who shall confirm that it has been
accurately recorded.
Timing
OC7.4.6.14 A notification under OC7.4.6 shall be given as soon as possible after the
occurrence of the Event, or time that the Event is known of or anticipated by the
giver of the notification under OC7, and in any event within 15 minutes of such
time.
OC7.4.7 Significant Incidents
OC7.4.7.1 Where a User notifies NGC of an Event under OC7 which NGC considers has had
or may have had a significant effect on the NGCGB Transmission System, NGC
will require the User to report that Event in writing in accordance with the
provisions of OC10 and will notify that User accordingly.
OC7.4.7.2 Where NGC notifies a User of an Event under OC7 which the User considers has
had or may have had a significant effect on that User's System, that User will
require NGC to report that Event in writing in accordance with the provisions of
OC10 and will notify NGC accordingly.
OC7.4.7.3 Events which NGC requires a User to report in writing pursuant to OC7.4.7.1, and
Events which a User requires NGC to report in writing pursuant to OC7.4.7.2, are
known as "Significant Incidents".
OC7.4.7.4 Without limiting the general description set out in OC7.4.7.1 and OC7.4.7.2, a
Significant Incident will include Events having an Operational Effect which
result in, or may result in, the following:
(a) operation of Plant and/or Apparatus either manually or automatically;
(b) voltage outside statutory limits;
(c) Frequency outside statutory limits; or
(d) System instability.
OC 7.4.8 NGCGB TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WARNINGS
OC7.4.8.1 Role of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings
NGCGB Transmission System Warnings as described below provide information

relating to System conditions or Events and are intended to:
(i) alert Users to possible or actual Plant shortage, System problems and/or
Demand reductions;
(ii) inform of the applicable period;
(iii) indicate intended consequences for Users; and
(iv) enable specified Users to be in a state of readiness to react properly to

instructions received from NGC.
A table of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings, set out in the Appendix to

OC7, summarises the warnings and their usage. In the case of a conflict between
the table and the provisions of the written text of OC7, the written text will prevail.
OC7.4.8.2 Recipients of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings
(a) Where NGCGB Transmission System Warnings,(except those relating to

Demand Control Imminent), are applicable to System conditions or Events
which have widespread effect, NGC will notify all Users under OC7.
(b) Where in NGC’s judgement System conditions or Events may only have a
limited effect, the NGCGB Transmission System Warning will only be
issued to those Users who are or may in NGC’s judgement be affected.

(c) Where a NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Demand Control
Imminent is issued it will only be sent to those Users who are likely to
receive Demand Control instructions from NGC.
OC7.4.8.3 Preparatory Action
(a) Where possible, and if required, recipients of the warnings should take such
preparatory action as they deem necessary taking into account the
information contained in the NGCGB Transmission System Warning. All
warnings will be of a form determined by NGC and will remain in force from
the stated time of commencement until the cancellation, amendment or re-
issue, as the case may be, is notified by NGC.
(b) Where a NGCGB Transmission System Warning has been issued to a

Network Operator and is current, Demand Control should not (subject as
provided below) be employed unless instructed by NGC. If Demand Control
is, however, necessary to preserve the integrity of the Network Operator's
System, then the impact upon the integrity of the Total System should be
considered by the Network Operator and where practicable discussed with
NGC prior to its implementation.
Where a NGCGB Transmission System Warning has been issued to a

Supplier, further Customer Demand Management (in addition to that
previously notified under OC1 - Demand Forecasts) must only be
implemented following notification to NGC.
(c) NGCGB Transmission System Warnings will be issued by fax, to the

facsimile number(s) and locations agreed between NGC and Users, or by
such electronic data transmission facilities as have been agreed. In the case
of Generators with Gensets this will normally be at their Trading Points (if
they have notified NGC that they have a Trading Point)
(d) Users may at times be informed by telephone or other means of NGCGB

Transmission System Warnings and in these circumstances confirmation
will be sent to those Users so notified, by fax as soon as possible.
OC7.4.8.4 Types of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings
NGCGB Transmission System Warnings consist of the following types:-
(i) NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Inadequate System Margin

(ii) NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand
Reduction
(iii) NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Demand Control Imminent
(iv) NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Risk of System Disturbance
OC7.4.8.5 NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Inadequate System Margin
A NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Inadequate System Margin may be

issued to Users in accordance with OC7.4.8.2, at times when there is inadequate
System Margin, as determined under BC1.5.4. It will contain the following
information:
(i) the period for which the warning is applicable; and
(ii) the availability shortfall in MW; and
(iii) intended consequences for Users.
OC 7.4.8.6 NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand Reduction
(a) A NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand

Reduction may be issued to Users in accordance with OC7.4.8.2 at times
when there is inadequate System Margin, as determined under BC1.5.4
and in NGC’s judgement there is increased risk of Demand reduction being
implemented under OC6.5.1. It will contain the following information in
addition to the required information in a NGCGB Transmission System
Warning - Inadequate System Margin:
(i) the possible percentage level of Demand reduction required; and
(ii) Specify those Network Operators and Non Embedded Customers

who may subsequently receive instructions under OC6.5.1.
(b) A NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand

Reduction may also be issued by NGC to those Network Operators and
Non Embedded Customers who may subsequently receive instructions
under OC6.5.1 relating to a Demand reduction in circumstances not related
to inadequate System Margin (for example Demand reduction required to
manage System overloading).
The NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand

Reduction will specify the period during which Demand reduction may be
required and the part of the Total System to which it applies and any other
matters specified in OC6.5.
OC7.4.8.6.1 Protracted Periods of Generation Shortage
(a) Whenever NGC anticipates that a protracted period of generation shortage

may exist a NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Inadequate
System Margin or High Risk of Demand Reduction may be issued, to
give as much notice as possible to those Network Operators and Non
Embedded Customers who may subsequently receive instructions under
OC6.5.
(b) A NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand

Reduction will in these instances include an estimate of the percentage of
Demand reduction that may be required and the anticipated duration of the
Demand reduction. It may also include information relating to estimates of
any further percentage of Demand reduction that may be required.
(c) The issue of the NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Inadequate

System Margin or High Risk of Demand Reduction is intended to enable
recipients to plan ahead on the various aspects of Demand reduction.

OC7.4.8.7 NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Demand Control Imminent
(a) A NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Demand Control Imminent,

relating to a Demand reduction under OC6.5, will be issued by NGC to
Users in accordance with OC7.4.8.2. It will specify those Network
Operators who may subsequently receive instructions under OC6.5.
(b) A NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Demand Control Imminent,

need not be preceded by any other NGCGB Transmission System
Warning and will be issued when a Demand reduction is expected within
the following 30 minutes, but will not cease to have effect after 30 minutes
from its issue. However, NGC will either reissue the NGCGB Transmission
System Warning - Demand Control Imminent or cancel the NGCGB
Transmission System Warning - Demand Control Imminent no later than
2 hours from first issue, or from re-issue, as the case may be.
OC7.4.8.8 NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Risk of System Disturbance
(a) A NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Risk of System Disturbance

will be issued by NGC to Users who may be affected when NGC knows
there is a risk of widespread and serious disturbance to the whole or part of,
the NGCGB Transmission System;
(b) The NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Risk of System

Disturbance will contain such information as NGC deems appropriate;
(c) for the duration of the NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Risk of
System Disturbance, each User in receipt of the NGCGB Transmission
System Warning - Risk of System Disturbance shall take the necessary
steps to warn its operational staff and to maintain its Plant and/or
Apparatus in the condition in which it is best able to withstand the
anticipated disturbance;
(d) During the period that the NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Risk
of System Disturbance is in effect, NGC may issue Emergency
Instructions in accordance with BC2 and it may be necessary to depart
from normal Balancing Mechanism operation in accordance with BC2 in
issuing Bid-Offer Acceptances.
OC7.4.8.9 Cancellation of NGCGB Transmission System Warning
(a) NGC will give notification of a Cancellation of NGCGB Transmission

System Warning to all Users issued with the NGCGB Transmission
System Warning when in NGC’s judgement System conditions have
returned to normal.
(b) A Cancellation of NGCGB Transmission System Warning will identify the

type of NGCGB Transmission System Warning being cancelled and the
period for which it was issued. The Cancellation of NGCGB Transmission
System Warning will also identify any NGCGB Transmission System
Warnings that are still in force.
OC7.4.8.10 General Management of NGCGB Transmission System Warnings
(a) NGCGB Transmission System Warnings remain in force for the period
specified unless superseded or cancelled by NGC.
(b) A NGCGB Transmission System Warning issued for a particular period

may be superseded by further related warnings. This will include NGCGB
Transmission System Warning - Inadequate System Margin being
superseded by NGCGB Transmission System Warning - High Risk of
Demand Reduction and vice-versa.
(c) In circumstances where it is necessary for the period of a NGCGB

Transmission System Warning to be changed:
(i) the period applicable may be extended by the issue of a NGCGB

Transmission System Warning with a period which follows on from
the original period, or
(ii) revised or updated NGCGB Transmission System Warnings will

be issued where there is an overlap with the period specified in an
existing NGCGB Transmission System Warning, but only if the
revised period also includes the full period of the existing NGCGB
In any other case the existing NGCGB Transmission System Warning will
be cancelled and a new one issued.
(d) A NGCGB Transmission System Warning is no longer applicable once

the period has passed and to confirm this NGC will issue a Cancellation of
NGCGB Transmission System Warning.
OC7.5 PROCEDURE IN RELATION TO INTEGRAL EQUIPMENT TESTS
OC7.5.1 This section of the Grid Code deals with Integral Equipment Tests. It is
designed to provide a framework for the exchange of relevant information and for
discussion between NGC and certain Users in relation to Integral Equipment
Tests.
OC7.5.2 An Integral Equipment Test :-
(a) is carried out in accordance with the provisions of this OC7.5 at:-
i) a User Site,
ii) an NGC site, or, a Transmission Site, or,
iii) an Embedded Large Power Station;
(b) will normally be undertaken during commissioning or re-commissioning of

Plant and/or Apparatus;
(c) may, in the reasonable judgement of the person wishing to perform the
test, cause, or have the potential to cause, an Operational Effect on a
part or parts of the Total System but which with prior notice is unlikely to
have a materially adverse effect on any part of the Total System; and
(d) may form part of an agreed programme of work.
OC7.5.3 A set of guidance notes is available from NGC on request, which provide further
details on suggested procedures, information flows and responsibilities.
Notification of an IET
OC7.5.4 In order to undertake an Integral Equipment Test (and subject to OC7.5.8

below), the User or NGC, as the case may be, (the proposer) must notify the other
(the recipient) of a proposed IET. Reasonable advance notification must be given,
taking into account the nature of the test and the circumstances which make the
test necessary. This will allow recipients time to adequately assess the impact of
the IET on their System.
OC7.5.5 The notification of the IET must normally include the following information:-
a) the proposed date and time of the IET;
b) the name of the individual and the organisation proposing the IET;
c) a proposed programme of testing; and
d) such further detail as the proposer reasonably believes the recipient needs
in order to assess the effect the IET may have on relevant Plant and/or
Apparatus.
OC7.5.6 In the case of an IET in connection with commissioning or re-commissioning, the

test should be incorporated as part of any overall commissioning programme
agreed between NGC and the User.
Response to notification of an IET
OC7.5.7 The recipient of notification of an IET must respond within a reasonable timescale
prior to the start time of the IET and will not unreasonably withhold or delay
acceptance of the IET proposal.
OC7.5.8 (a) Where NGC receives notification of a proposed IET from a User, NGC will
consult those other Users whom it reasonably believes may be affected by
the proposed IET to seek their views. Information relating to the proposed
IET may be passed on by NGC with the prior agreement of the proposer.
However it is not necessary for NGC to obtain the agreement of any such
User as IETs should not involve the application of irregular, unusual or
extreme conditions. NGC may however consider any comments received
when deciding whether or not to agree to an IET.
(b) In the case of an Embedded Large Power Station, the Generator must
liaise with both NGC and the relevant Network Operator. NGC will not
agree to an IET relating to such Plant until the Generator has shown that
it has the agreement of the relevant Network Operator.

(c) A Network Operator will liaise with NGC as necessary in those instances
where it is aware of an Embedded Small Power Station or an
Embedded Medium Power Station which intends to perform tests which
in the reasonable judgement of the Network Operator may cause an
Operational Effect on the NGCGB Transmission System.
OC7.5.9 The response from the recipient, following notification of an IET must be one of the
following:-
a) to accept the IET proposal;
b) to accept the IET proposal conditionally subject to minor modifications

such as date and time;
c) not to agree the IET, but to suggest alterations to the detail and timing of
the IET that are necessary to make the IET acceptable.
Final confirmation of an IET
OC7.5.10 The date and time of an IET will be confirmed between NGC and the User,
together with any limitations and restrictions on operation of Plant and/or
Apparatus.
OC7.5.11 The IET may subsequently be amended following discussion and agreement
between NGC and the User.
Carrying out an IET
OC7.5.12 IETs may only take place when agreement has been reached and must be carried
out in accordance with the agreed programme of testing.
OC7.5.13 The implementation of an IET will be notified in accordance with OC7.4.5.
OC7.5.14 Where elements of the programme of testing change during the IET, there must be
discussion between the appropriate parties to identify whether the IET should
continue.

WARNING Grid FORMAT to : for to : for TIMESCALE WARNING OF/OR Response From Recipients
TYPE Code ACTION INFORMATION CONSEQUENCE
Issue 3
NGCGB OC7.4.8.5 Fax or other Generators, Network Operators, All timescales Insufficient generation Offers of increased availability from
TRANSMISSION electronic Suppliers, Non-Embedded when at the time available to meet Generators and Interconnector Users.
SYSTEM means Externally Customers there is not a forecast Demand plus
WARNING - Interconnected high risk of Operating Margin Suppliers notify NGC of any additional
Inadequate System Demand Customer Demand Management that they
System Margin Operators reduction. Notification that if not will initiate.
improved Demand
Primarily 1200 reduction may be
hours onwards instructed.
for a future
period. (Normal initial warning of
insufficient System
Margin)
NGCGB OC7.4.8.6 Fax or other Generators, All timescales Insufficient generation Offers of increased availability from
TRANSMISSION electronic Suppliers, where there is a available to meet Generators and Interconnector Users.
SYSTEM means Network high risk of forecast Demand plus Suppliers notify NGC of any additional
WARNING - Operators, Demand Operating Margin and /or Customer Demand Management that they
High Risk of Non- reduction. a high risk of Demand will initiate.
Demand Embedded reduction being
Reduction Customers, Primarily 1200 instructed. Specified Network Operators and Non-
OC7 - 19
Externally hours onwards Embedded Customers to prepare their
Interconnected for a future Demand reduction arrangements and
System period. (May be issued locally as take actions as necessary to enable
Operators Demand reduction risk compliance with NGC instructions that
only for circuit overloads) may follow.
< End of OC7 >

(Percentages of Demand reduction above
20 % may not be achieved if NGC has not
issued the warning by 16.00 hours the
previous day)
NGCGB OC7.4.8.7 Fax/ Specified None within 30 minutes Possibility of Demand Network Operators specified to prepare to
TRANSMISSION Telephone or Users only : of anticipated reduction within 30 take action as necessary to enable them
SYSTEM other (to whom an instruction. minutes. to comply with any subsequent NGC
WARNING - electronic instruction is to instruction for Demand reduction.
Demand Control means be given)
Imminent Network
Operators,
Non-
Embedded
Customers
NGCGB OC7.4.8.8 Fax/ Generators, Suppliers Control room Recipients take steps to warn operational
TRANSMISSION Telephone or Network timescales Risk of, or widespread staff and maintain plant or apparatus such
SYSTEM other Operators, system disturbance to that they are best able to withstand the
WARNING - electronic Non- whole or part of NGC disturbance.

Risk of System means Embedded system the GB
NGC GB TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WARNINGS TABLE OC7 APPENDIX
Disturbance Customers, Transmission System

Externally
Interconnected
System
OPERATING CODE NO.8
SAFETY CO-ORDINATION
CONTENTS

OC8.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................ 1
OC8.2 OBJECTIVE.................................................................................................................................... 1
OC8.3 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................................... 1
OC8.4 PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................. 2
OC8.4.1 Safety Co-ordination in England and Wales .......................................................................... 2
OC8.4.2 Safety Co-ordination in Scotland............................................................................................ 2
OC8 Appendix 1 Safety Co-ordination in England and Wales..........................................................OC8A-1
OC8 Appendix 2 Safety Co-ordination in Scotland...........................................................................OC8B-1
Issue 3 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

OC8 - i
OPERATING CODE NO.8
SAFETY CO-ORDINATION
OC8.1 INTRODUCTION
OC8.1.1 OC8 specifies the standard procedures to be used for the co-ordination,
establishment and maintenance of necessary Safety Precautions when work is to
be carried out on or near the GB Transmission System or the System of a User
and when there is a need for Safety Precautions on HV Apparatus on the other
System for this work to be carried out safely. OC8 Appendix 1 applies when work is
to be carried out on or near to Systems in England and Wales and OC8 Appendix 2
applies when work is to be carried out on or near to Systems in Scotland.
OC8.1.2 OC8 also covers the co-ordination, establishment and maintenance of necessary
safety precautions on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System when work
is to be carried out at a User’s Site or a Transmission Site (as the case may be) on
equipment of the User or a Transmission Licensee as the case may be where the
work or equipment is near to HV Apparatus on the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator’s System.
OC.8.2 OBJECTIVE
OC8.2.1 The objective of OC8 is to achieve:-
(i) Safety From The System when work on or near a System necessitates the
provision of Safety Precautions on another System on HV Apparatus up to a
Connection Point; and
(ii) Safety From The System when work is to be carried out at a User’s Site or a
Transmission Site (as the case may be) on equipment of the User or a
Transmission Licensee (as the case may be) where the work or equipment is
near to HV Apparatus on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System.
OC8.3 SCOPE
(a) Generators;
In Scotland OC8 also applies to Relevant Transmission Licensees.
The procedures for the establishment of safety co-ordination by NGC in relation to

External Interconnections are set out in Interconnection Agreements with
relevant persons for the External Interconnections.

OC8 - 1
OC8.4 PROCEDURE
OC8.4.1 Safety Co-ordination in England and Wales
OC8.4.1.1 OC8 Appendix 1, OC8A, applies when work is to be carried out on or near to
Systems in England and Wales.
OC8.4.2 Safety Co-ordination in Scotland
OC8.4.2.1 OC8 Appendix 2, OC8B, applies when work is to be carried out on or near to
Systems in Scotland.

OC8 - 2
OPERATING CODE NO.8 Appendix 1 (OC8A)
SAFETY CO-ORDINATION IN ENGLAND AND WALES
CONTENTS

OC8A.1 INTRODUCTION .....................................................................................................OC8A -1
OC8A.2 OBJECTIVE.............................................................................................................OC8A -2
OC8A.3 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................OC8A -2
OC8A.4 PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................OC8A -3
OC8A.4.1 Approval of Local Safety Instructions..............................................................OC8A -3
OC8A.4.2 Safety Co-ordinators .......................................................................................OC8A -3
OC8A.4.3 RISSP .............................................................................................................OC8A -4
OC8A.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ON HV APPARATUS.....................................................OC8A -5
OC8A.5.1 Agreement of Safety Precautions ...................................................................OC8A -5
OC8A.5.2 Implementation of Isolation .............................................................................OC8A -6
OC8A.5.3 Implementation of Earthing .............................................................................OC8A -6
OC8A.5.4 RISSP Issue Procedure ..................................................................................OC8A -7
OC8A.5.5 RISSP Cancellation Procedure.......................................................................OC8A -8
OC8A.5.6 RISSP Change Control ...................................................................................OC8A -8
OC8A.6 TESTING AFFECTING ANOTHER SAFETY CO-ORDINATOR’S SYSTEM ..........OC8A -8
OC8A.7 EMERGENCY SITUATIONS ………………………………………………………….. OC8A -9
OC8A.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS RELATING TO WORKING ON EQUIPMENT NEAR
TO THE HV SYSTEM..............................................................................................OC8A -10
OC8A.8.1 Agreement of Safety Precautions .................................................................OC8A -10
OC8A.8.2 Implementation of Isolation and Earthing......................................................OC8A -11
OC8A.8.3 Permit for Work for proximity work Issue Procedure.....................................OC8A -11
OC8A.8.4 Permit for Work for proximity work ................................................................OC8A -12

OC8A - i
OC8A.9 LOSS OF INTEGRITY OF SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ...........................................OC8A -12
OC8A.10 SAFETY LOG ......................................................................................................OC8A -12
APPENDIX A – RISSP-R ......................................................................................................OC8A -13
APPENDIX B – RISSP-I........................................................................................................OC8A -14
APPENDIX C – FLOWCHARTS ...........................................................................................OC8A -15
APPENDIX D – NGSC ..........................................................................................................OC8A -19
APPENDIX E – Form of NGC Permit for Work .....................................................................OC8A -20

OC8A - ii
OPERATING CODE NO.8 APPENDIX 1 (OC8A)
SAFETY CO-ORDINATION IN ENGLAND AND WALES
OC8A.1 INTRODUCTION
OC8A.1.1 OC8A specifies the standard procedures to be used by NGC and Users for the co-
ordination, establishment and maintenance of necessary Safety Precautions when
work is to be carried out on or near the GB Transmission System in England and
Wales or the System of a User in England and Wales and when there is a need for
Safety Precautions on HV Apparatus on the other's System for this work to be
carried out safely. OC8A applies to NGC and Users only in England and Wales.
OC8B specifies the procedures to be used by the Relevant Transmission
Licensees and Users in Scotland.
In this OC8A the term “work” includes testing, other than System Tests which are
covered by OC12.
OC8A.1.2 OC8A also covers the co-ordination, establishment and maintenance of necessary
equipment of the User or NGC as the case may be where the work or equipment is
near to HV Apparatus on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System.
OC8A.1.3 OC8A does not apply to the situation where Safety Precautions need to be agreed
solely between Users.
OC8A.1.4 OC8A does not seek to impose a particular set of Safety Rules on NGC and Users;
the Safety Rules to be adopted and used by NGC and each User shall be those
chosen by each.
OC8A.1.5 Site Responsibility Schedules document the control responsibility for each item of
Plant and Apparatus for each site.
OC8A.1.6 Defined terms
OC8A.1.6.1 Users should bear in mind that in OC8 only, in order that OC8 reads more easily with
the terminology used in certain Safety Rules, the term "HV Apparatus" is defined
more restrictively and is used accordingly in OC8A. Users should, therefore,
exercise caution in relation to this term when reading and using OC8A.
OC8A.1.6.2 In OC8A only the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1) "HV Apparatus" means High Voltage electrical circuits forming part of a
System, on which Safety From The System may be required or on which
Safety Precautions may be applied to allow work to be carried out on a
System.
(2) "Isolation" means the disconnection of Apparatus from the remainder of the
System in which that Apparatus is situated by either of the following:
OC8A - 1
(i) maintained by immobilising and Locking the Isolating Device in the

isolating position and affixing a Caution Notice to it. Where the
Isolating Device is Locked with a Safety Key, the Safety Key must
be secured in a Key Safe and the Key Safe Key must be retained in
safe custody; or
(ii) maintained and/or secured by such other method which must be in

accordance with the Local Safety Instructions of NGC or that
User, as the case may be; or
(b) an adequate physical separation which must be in accordance with, and

maintained by, the method set out in the Local Safety Instructions of
NGC or that User, as the case may be, and, if it is a part of that method, a
Caution Notice must be placed at the point of separation.
(3) "Earthing" means a way of providing a connection between conductors and

earth by an Earthing Device which is either:
(i) immobilised and Locked in the Earthing position. Where the Earthing
Device is Locked with a Safety Key, the Safety Key must be secured in
a Key Safe and the Key Safe Key must be retained in safe custody; or
(ii) maintained and/or secured in position by such other method which must
be in accordance with the Local Safety Instructions of NGC or that User
as the case may be.
OC8A.1.6.3 For the purpose of the co-ordination of safety relating to HV Apparatus the term
“Safety Precautions” means Isolation and/or Earthing.
OC8A.2 OBJECTIVE
OC8A.2.1 The objective of OC8A is to achieve:-
Transmission Site (as the case may be) on equipment of the User or NGC
(as the case may be) where the work or equipment is near to HV Apparatus on
the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System.
OC8A.2.2 A flow chart, set out in OC8A Appendix C, illustrates the process utilised in OC8A to
achieve the objective set out in OC8A.2.1. In the case of a conflict between the flow
chart and the provisions of the written text of OC8A, the written text will prevail.
OC8A.3 SCOPE

OC8A - 2
OC8A.3.1 OC8A applies to NGC and to Users in England and Wales, which in OC8A means:-
(a) Generators;

OC8A.4 PROCEDURE
OC8A.4.1 Approval of Local Safety Instructions
OC8A.4.1.1 (a) In accordance with the timing requirements of its Bilateral Agreement, each
User will supply to NGC a copy of its Local Safety Instructions relating to its
side of the Connection Point at each Connection Site.
(b) In accordance with the timing requirements of each Bilateral Agreement, NGC
will supply to each User a copy of its Local Safety Instructions relating to the
Transmission side of the Connection Point at each Connection Site.
(c) Prior to connection NGC and the User must have approved each other's
relevant Local Safety Instructions in relation to Isolation and Earthing.
OC8A.4.1.2 Either party may require that the Isolation and/or Earthing provisions in the other
party’s Local Safety Instructions affecting the Connection Site should be made
more stringent in order that approval of the other party’s Local Safety Instructions
can be given. Provided these requirements are not unreasonable, the other party will
make such changes as soon as reasonably practicable. These changes may need to
cover the application of Isolation and/or Earthing at a place remote from the
Connection Site, depending upon the System layout. Approval may not be withheld
because the party required to approve reasonably believes the provisions relating to
Isolation and/or Earthing are too stringent.
OC8A.4.1.3 If, following approval, a party wishes to change the provisions in its Local Safety
Instructions relating to Isolation and/or Earthing, it must inform the other party. If
the change is to make the provisions more stringent, then the other party merely has
to note the changes. If the change is to make the provisions less stringent, then the
other party needs to approve the new provisions and the procedures referred to in
OC8A.4.1.2 apply.
OC8A.4.2 Safety Co-ordinators
OC8A.4.2.1 For each Connection Point, NGC and each User will at all times have nominated
and available a person or persons (“Safety Co-ordinator(s)”) to be responsible for
the co-ordination of Safety Precautions when work is to be carried out on a System
which necessitates the provision of Safety Precautions on HV Apparatus pursuant

OC8A - 3
to OC8A. A Safety Co-ordinator may be responsible for the co-ordination of safety
on HV Apparatus at more than one Connection Point.
OC8A.4.2.2 Each Safety Co-ordinator shall be authorised by NGC or a User, as the case may
be, as competent to carry out the functions set out in OC8A to achieve Safety From
The System. Confirmation from NGC or a User, as the case may be, that its Safety
Co-ordinator(s) as a group are so authorised is dealt with in CC.5.2. Only persons
with such authorisation will carry out the provisions of OC8A.
OC8A.4.2.3 Contact between Safety Co-ordinators will be made via normal operational
channels, and accordingly separate telephone numbers for Safety Co-ordinators
need not be provided. At the time of making contact, each party will confirm that they
are authorised to act as a Safety Co-ordinator, pursuant to OC8A.
OC8A.4.2.4 If work is to be carried out on a System, or on equipment of NGC or a User near to a

System, as provided in this OC8A, which necessitates the provision of Safety
Precautions on HV Apparatus in accordance with the provisions of OC8A, the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator who requires the Safety Precautions to be
provided shall contact the relevant Implementing Safety Co-ordinator to co-
ordinate the establishment of the Safety Precautions.
OC8A.4.3 RISSP
OC8A.4.3.1 OC8A sets out the procedures for utilising the RISSP, which will be used except
where dealing with equipment in proximity to the other’s System as provided in
OC8A.8. Sections OC8A.4 to OC8A.7 inclusive should be read accordingly.
OC8A.4.3.2 NGC will use the format of the RISSP forms set out in Appendix A and Appendix B to
OC8A. That set out in OC8A Appendix A and designated as "RISSP-R", shall be
used when NGC is the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator, and that in OC8A
Appendix B and designated as "RISSP-I", shall be used when NGC is the
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator. Proformas of RISSP-R and RISSP-I will be
provided for use by NGC staff.
OC8A.4.3.3 (a) Users may either adopt the format referred to in OC8A.4.3.2, or use an
equivalent format, provided that it includes sections requiring insertion of the
same information and has the same numbering of sections as RISSP-R and
RISSP-I as set out in Appendices A and B respectively.
(b) Whether Users adopt the format referred to in OC8A.4.3.2, or use the
equivalent format as above, the format may be produced and held in, and
retrieved from an electronic form by the User.
(c) Whichever method Users choose, each must provide proformas (whether in
tangible or electronic form) for use by its staff.
OC8A.4.3.4 All references to RISSP-R and RISSP-I shall be taken as referring to the
corresponding parts of the alternative forms or other tangible written or electronic
records used by each User.
OC8A.4.3.5 RISSP-R will have an identifying number written or printed on it, comprising a prefix
which identifies the location at which it is issued, and a unique (for each User or
NGC, as the case may be) serial number consisting of four digits and the suffix "R".

OC8A - 4
OC8A.4.3.6 (a) In accordance with the timing requirements set out in CC.5.2 each User shall
apply in writing to NGC for NGC’s approval of its proposed prefix.
(b) NGC shall consider the proposed prefix to see if it is the same as (or
confusingly similar to) a prefix used by NGC or another User and shall, as soon
as possible (and in any event within ten days), respond in writing to the User
with its approval or disapproval.
(c) If NGC disapproves, it shall explain in its response why it has disapproved and
will suggest an alternative prefix.
(d) If NGC has disapproved, then the User shall either notify NGC in writing of its
acceptance of the suggested alternative prefix or it shall apply in writing to NGC
with revised proposals and the above procedure shall apply to that application.
OC8A.4.3.7 The prefix allocation will be periodically circulated by NGC to all Users, for
information purposes, using a National Grid Safety Circular in the form set out in
OC8A Appendix D.
OC8A.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ON HV APPARATUS
OC8A.5.1 Agreement of Safety Precautions
OC8A.5.1.1 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator who requires Safety Precautions on another
System(s) will contact the relevant Implementing Safety Co-ordinator(s) to agree
the Location of the Safety Precautions to be established. This agreement will be
recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
OC8A.5.1.2 It is the responsibility of the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator to ensure that

adequate Safety Precautions are established and maintained, on his and/or another
System connected to his System, to enable Safety From The System to be
achieved on the HV Apparatus, specified by the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator
which is to be identified in Part 1.1 of the RISSP. Reference to another System in
this OC8A.5.1.2 shall not include the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System
which is dealt with in OC8A.5.1.3.
OC8A.5.1.3 When the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator is of the reasonable opinion that it is
necessary for Safety Precautions on the System of the Requesting Safety Co-
ordinator, other than on the HV Apparatus specified by the Requesting Safety Co-
ordinator, which is to be identified in Part 1.1 of the RISSP, he shall contact the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator and the details shall be recorded in part 1.1 of the
RISSP forms. In these circumstances it is the responsibility of the Requesting
Safety Co-ordinator to establish and maintain such Safety Precautions.
OC8A.5.1.4 In the event of disagreement
In any case where the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator and the Implementing
Safety Co-ordinator are unable to agree the Location of the Isolation and (if
requested) Earthing, both shall be at the closest available points on the infeeds to
the HV Apparatus on which Safety From The System is to be achieved as
indicated on the Operation Diagram.

OC8A - 5
OC8A.5.2 Implementation of Isolation
OC8A.5.2.1 Following the agreement of the Safety Precautions in accordance with OC8A.5.1
the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall then establish the agreed Isolation.
OC8A.5.2.2 The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall confirm to the Requesting Safety Co-
ordinator that the agreed Isolation has been established, and identify the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator's HV Apparatus up to the Connection Point, for
which the Isolation has been provided. The confirmation shall specify:
(a) for each Location, the identity (by means of HV Apparatus name,
nomenclature and numbering or position, as applicable) of each point of
Isolation;
(b) whether Isolation has been achieved by an Isolating Device in the isolating
position or by an adequate physical separation;
(c) where an Isolating Device has been used whether the isolating position is
either :

isolating position and affixing a Caution Notice to it. Where the Isolating
Device has been Locked with a Safety Key that the Safety Key has
been secured in a Key Safe and the Key Safe Key will be retained in safe
custody; or

accordance with the Local Safety Instructions of NGC or that User, as
the case may be; and
(d) where an adequate physical separation has been used that it will be in
accordance with, and maintained by, the method set out in the Local Safety
Instructions of NGC or that User, as the case may be, and, if it is a part of that
method, that a Caution Notice has been placed at the point of separation.
The confirmation of Isolation shall be recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
OC8A.5.2.3 Following the confirmation of Isolation being established by the Implementing

Safety Co-ordinator and the necessary establishment of relevant Isolation on the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinators System, the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator
may then request the implementation of Earthing by the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator, if agreed in section OC8A.5.1.
OC8A.5.3 Implementation of Earthing
OC8A.5.3.1 The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall then establish the agreed Earthing.
ordinator that the agreed Earthing has been established, and identify the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s HV Apparatus up to the Connection Point, for
which the Earthing has been provided. The confirmation shall specify:

OC8A - 6
nomenclature and numbering or position, as is applicable) of each point of
Earthing; and
(b) in respect of the Earthing Device used, whether it is:
Device has been Locked with a Safety Key, that the Safety Key has
custody; or
(ii) maintained and/or secured in position by such other method which is in

accordance with the Local Safety Instructions of NGC or the Relevant
Transmission Licensee or that User, as the case may be.
The confirmation of Earthing shall be recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
OC8A.5.3.3. The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall ensure that the established Safety
Precautions are maintained until requested to be removed by the relevant
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator.
OC8A.5.4 RISSP Issue Procedure
OC8A.5.4.1 Where Safety Precautions on another System(s) are being provided to enable work
on the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System, before any work commences
they must be recorded by a RISSP being issued. The RISSP is applicable to HV
Apparatus up to the Connection Point identified in section 1.1 of the RISSP-R and
RISSP-I forms.
OC8A.5.4.2 Where Safety Precautions are being provided to enable work to be carried out on
both sides of the Connection Point a RISSP will need to be issued for each side of
the Connection Point with NGC and the respective User each enacting the role of
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator. This will result in a RISSP-R and a RISSP-I form
being completed by each of the NGC and the User, with each Safety Co-ordinator
issuing one RISSP number.
OC8A.5.4.3 Once the Safety Precautions have been established (in accordance with OC8A.5.2
and OC8A.5.3), the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall complete parts 1.1
and 1.2 of a RISSP-I form recording the details specified in OC8A.5.1.3, OC8A.5.2.2
and OC8A.5.3.2. Where Earthing has not been requested, Part 1.2(b) will be
completed with the words “not applicable” or “N/A”. He shall then contact the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator to pass on these details.
OC8A.5.4.4 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator shall complete Parts 1.1 and 1.2 of the
RISSP-R, making a precise copy of the details received. On completion, the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator shall read the entries made back to the sender
and check that an accurate copy has been made.
OC8A.5.4.5 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator shall then issue the number of the RISSP,
taken from the RISSP-R, to the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator who will ensure
that the number, including the prefix and suffix, is accurately recorded in the
designated space on the RISSP-I form.

OC8A - 7
OC8A.5.4.6 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator and the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator
shall complete and sign Part 1.3 of the RISSP-R and RISSP-I respectively and then
enter the time and date. When signed no alteration to the RISSP is permitted; the
RISSP may only be cancelled.
OC8A.5.4.7 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator is then free to authorise work (including a test
that does not affect the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System) in
accordance with the requirements of the relevant internal safety procedures which
apply to the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System. This is likely to involve the
issue of safety documents or other relevant internal authorisations. Where testing is
to be carried out which affects the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System,
the procedure set out below in OC8A.6 shall be implemented.
OC8A.5.5 RISSP Cancellation Procedure
OC8A.5.5.1 When the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator decides that Safety Precautions are no
longer required, he will contact the relevant Implementing Safety Co-ordinator to
effect cancellation of the associated RISSP.
OC8A.5.5.2 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator will inform the relevant Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator of the RISSP identifying number (including the prefix and suffix), and
agree it is the RISSP to be cancelled.
OC8A.5.5.3 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator and the relevant Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator shall then respectively complete Part 2.1 of their respective RISSP-R and
RISSP-I forms and shall then exchange details. The details being exchanged shall
include their respective names and time and date. On completion of the exchange of
details the respective RISSP is cancelled. The removal of Safety Precautions is as
set out in OC8A.5.5.4 and OC8A.5.5.5.
OC8A.5.5.4 Neither Safety Co-ordinator shall instruct the removal of any Isolation forming part
of the Safety Precautions as part of the returning of the HV Apparatus to service
until it is confirmed to each by each other that every earth on each side of the
Connection Point, within the points of isolation identified on the RISSP, has been
removed or disconnected by the provision of additional Points of Isolation.
OC8A.5.5.5 Subject to the provisions in OC8A.5.5.4, the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator is

then free to arrange the removal of the Safety Precautions, the procedure to
achieve that being entirely an internal matter for the party the Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator is representing. The only situation in which any Safety Precautions
may be removed without first cancelling the RISSP in accordance with OC8A.5.5 or
OC8A.5.6 is when Earthing is removed in the situation envisaged in OC8A.6.2(b).
OC8A.5.6 RISSP Change Control
Nothing in this OC8A prevents NGC and Users agreeing to a simultaneous

cancellation and issue of a new RISSP, if both agree. It should be noted, however,
that the effect of that under the relevant Safety Rules is not a matter with which the
Grid Code deals.
OC8A.6 TESTING AFFECTING ANOTHER SAFETY CO-ORDINATOR'S SYSTEM

OC8A - 8
OC8A.6.1 The carrying out of the test may affect Safety Precautions on RISSPs or work being
carried out which does not require a RISSP. Testing can, for example, include the
application of an independent test voltage. Accordingly, where the Requesting
Safety Co-ordinator wishes to authorise the carrying out of such a test to which the
procedures in OC8A.6 apply he may not do so and the test will not take place unless
and until the steps in (a)-(c) below have been followed and confirmation of
completion has been recorded in the respective Safety Logs:
(a) confirmation must be obtained from the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator

that:
(i) no person is working on, or testing, or has been authorised to work on, or
test, any part of its System or another System(s) (other than the System
of the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator) within the points of Isolation
identified on the RISSP form relating to the test which is proposed to be
undertaken, and
(ii) no person will be so authorised until the proposed test has been
completed (or cancelled) and the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator has
notified the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator of its completion (or
cancellation);
(b) any other current RISSPs which relate to the parts of the System in which the
testing is to take place must have been cancelled in accordance with
procedures set out in OC8A.5.5;
(c) the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator must agree with the Requesting
Safety Co-ordinator to permit the testing on that part of the System between
the points of Isolation identified in the RISSP associated with the test and the
points of Isolation on the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator's System.
OC8A.6.2 (a) The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator will inform the Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator as soon as the test has been completed or cancelled and the
confirmation shall be recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
(b) When the test gives rise to the removal of Earthing which it is not intended to
re-apply, the relevant RISSP associated with the test shall be cancelled at the
completion or cancellation of the test in accordance with the procedure set out
in either OC8A.5.5 or OC8A.5.6. Where the Earthing is re-applied following the
completion or cancellation of the test, there is no requirement to cancel the
relevant RISSP associated with the test pursuant to this OC8A.6.2.
OC8A.7 EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
OC8A.7.1 There may be circumstances where Safety Precautions need to be established in

relation to an unintended electrical connection or situations where there is an
unintended risk of electrical connection between the GB Transmission System and
a User’s System, for example resulting from an incident where one line becomes
attached or unacceptably close to another.

OC8A - 9
OC8A.7.2 In those circumstances, if both NGC and the respective User agree, the relevant
provisions of OC8A.5 will apply as if the electrical connections or potential
connections were, solely for the purposes of this OC8A, a Connection Point.
OC8A.7.3 (a) The relevant Safety Co-ordinator shall be that for the electrically closest
existing Connection Point to that User's System or such other local
Connection Point as may be agreed between NGC and the User, with
discussions taking place between the relevant local Safety Co-ordinators. The
Connection Point to be used shall be known in this OC8A.7.3 as the "relevant
Connection Point".
(b) The Local Safety Instructions shall be those which apply to the relevant
Connection Point.
(c) The prefix for the RISSP will be that which applies for the relevant Connection
Point.
OC8A.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS RELATING TO WORKING ON EQUIPMENT NEAR TO

THE HV SYSTEM
OC8A.8 applies to the situation where work is to be carried out at a User’s Site or a
Transmission Site (as the case may be) on equipment of the User or NGC as the
case may be, where the work or equipment is near to HV Apparatus on the
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System. It does not apply to other situations
to which OC8A applies. In this part of OC8A, a Permit for Work for proximity work
is to be used, rather then the usual RISSP procedure, given the nature and effect of
the work, all as further provided in the OC8A.8.
OC8A.8.1 Agreement of Safety Precautions
OC8A.8.1.1 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator who requires Safety Precautions on another
System(s) when work is to be carried out at a User’s Site or a Transmission Site
(as the case may be) on equipment of the User or NGC, as the case may be, where
the work or equipment is near to HV Apparatus on the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator’s System will contact the relevant Implementing Safety Co-ordinator(s)
to agree the Location of the Safety Precautions to be established, having as part of
this process informed the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator of the equipment and
the work to be undertaken. The respective Safety Co-ordinators will ensure that
they discuss the request with their authorised site representative and that the
respective authorised site representatives discuss the request at the Connection
Site. This agreement will be recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
OC8A.8.1.2 It is the responsibility of the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator, working with his
authorised site representative as appropriate, to ensure that adequate Safety
Precautions are established and maintained, on his and/or another System
connected to his System, to enable Safety From The System to be achieved for
work to be carried out at a User’s Site or a Transmission Site (as the case may be)
on equipment and in relation to work which is to be identified in the relevant part of
the Permit for Work for proximity work where the work or equipment is near to HV
Apparatus of the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System specified by the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator. Reference to another System in this OC8A.8.1.2
shall not include the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System.

OC8A - 10
OC8A.8.1.3 In the event of disagreement
the HV Apparatus near to which the work is to be carried out as indicated on the
Operation Diagram.
OC8A.8.2 Implementation of Isolation and Earthing
OC8A.8.2.1 Following the agreement of the Safety Precautions in accordance with OC8A.8.1
the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall then establish the agreed Isolation
and (if required) Earthing.
ordinator that the agreed Isolation and (if required) Earthing has been established.
OC8A.8.2.3 The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall ensure that the established Safety
OC8A.8.3 Permit for Work for proximity work Issue Procedure
OC8A.8.3.1 Where Safety Precautions on another System(s) are being provided to enable work
to be carried out at a User’s Site or Transmission Site (as the case may be) on
equipment where the work or equipment is in proximity to HV Apparatus of the
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator, before any work commences they must be
recorded by a Permit for Work for proximity work being issued. The Permit for
Work for proximity work shall identify the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s HV
Apparatus in proximity to the required work
OC8A.8.3.2 Once the Safety Precautions have been established (in accordance with OC8A.8.2),
the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall agree to the issue of the Permit for
Work for proximity work with the appropriately authorised site representative of the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s Site. The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator
will inform the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator of the Permit for Work for
proximity work identifying number.
OC8A.8.3.3 The appropriately authorised site representative of the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator shall then issue the Permit for Work for proximity work to the
appropriately authorised site representative of the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator.
The Permit for Work for proximity work will in the section dealing with the work to
be carried out, be completed to identify that the work is near the Implementing
Safety Co-ordinator’s HV Apparatus. No further details of the Requesting Safety
Co-ordinator’s work will be recorded, as that is a matter for the Requesting Safety
Co-ordinator in relation to his work.
OC8A.8.3.4 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator is then free to authorise work in accordance
with the requirements of the relevant internal safety procedures which apply to the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s Site. This is likely to involve the issue of safety
documents or other relevant internal authorisations.

OC8A - 11
OC8A.8.4 Permit for Work for proximity work Cancellation Procedure
OC8A.8.4.1 When the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator decides that Safety Precautions are no
effect cancellation of the associated Permit for Work for proximity work.
OC8A.8.4.2 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator will inform the relevant Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator of the Permit for Work for proximity work identifying number, and
agree that the Permit for Work for proximity work can be cancelled. The
cancellation is then effected by the appropriately authorised site representative of the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator returning the Permit for Work for proximity work
to the appropriately authorised site representative of the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator.
OC8A.8.4.3 The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator is then free to arrange the removal of the
Safety Precautions, the procedure to achieve that being entirely an internal matter
for the party the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator is representing.
OC8A.9 LOSS OF INTEGRITY OF SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
OC8A.9.1 In any instance when any Safety Precautions may be ineffective for any reason the
relevant Safety Co-ordinator shall inform the other Safety Co-ordinator(s) without
delay of that being the case and, if requested, of the reasons why.
OC8A.10 SAFETY LOG
OC8A.10.1 NGC and Users shall maintain Safety Logs which shall be a chronological record of
all messages relating to safety co-ordination under OC8A sent and received by the
Safety Co-ordinator(s). The Safety Logs must be retained for a period of not less
than one year.

OC8A - 12
OC8A - APPENDIX A
[National Grid Company] [__________________ CONTROL CENTRE/SITE]
RECORD OF INTER-SYSTEM SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (RISSP-R)

(Requesting Safety Co-ordinator's Record)
RISSP NUMBER
PART 1
1.1 HV APPARATUS IDENTIFICATION
Safety Precautions have been established by the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator (or by another User on that User's
System connected to the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System) to achieve (in so far as it is possible from that side of
the Connection Point) Safety From The System on the following HV Apparatus on the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator's
System: [State identity - name(s) and, where applicable, identification of the HV circuit(s) up to the Connection Point]:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Further Safety precautions required on the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System as notified by the Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ESTABLISHED
(a) ISOLATION
[State the Location(s) at which Isolation has been established (whether on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System or
on the System of another User connected to the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System). For each Location, identify
each point of Isolation. For each point of Isolation, state the means by which the Isolation has been achieved, and whether,
immobilised and Locked, Caution Notice affixed, other safety procedures applied, as appropriate.]
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(b) EARTHING
[State the Location(s) at which Earthing has been established (whether on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System or
each point of Earthing. For each point of Earthing, state the means by which Earthing has been achieved, and whether,
immobilised and Locked, other safety procedures applied, as appropriate].
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.3 ISSUE
I have received confirmation from _________________________________________ (name of Implementing Safety Co-

ordinator) at _________________________________________ (location) that the Safety Precautions identified in paragraph
1.2 have been established and that instructions will not be issued at his location for their removal until this RISSP is cancelled.
Signed ................................................................(Requesting Safety Co-ordinator)
at .......................................(time) on .................................................. (Date)
PART 2
2.1 CANCELLATION
l have confirmed to _________________________________________ (name of the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator) at

________________________________________ (location) that the Safety Precautions set out in paragraph 1.2 are no longer
required and accordingly the RISSP is cancelled.
Signed ................................................................(Requesting Safety Co-ordinator)
at ........................................(time) on ................................................. (Date)

OC8A - 13
OC8A - APPENDIX B
[National Grid Company] [_________________ CONTROL CENTRE/SITE]
RECORD OF INTER-SYSTEM SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (RISSP-I)

(Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's Record)
PART 1 RISSP NUMBER
1.1 HV APPARATUS IDENTIFICATION
Safety Precautions have been established by the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator (or by another User on that User's
System connected to the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System) to achieve (in so far as it is possible from that side of
the Connection Point) Safety From The System on the following HV Apparatus on the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator's
System: [State identity - name(s) and, where applicable, identification of the HV circuit(s) up to the Connection Point]:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Recording of notification given to the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator concerning further Safety Precautions required on the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System.
(a) ISOLATION
[State the Location(s) at which Isolation has been established (whether on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System or
each point of Isolation. For each point of Isolation, state the means by which the Isolation has been achieved, and whether,
immobilised and Locked, Caution Notice affixed, other safety procedures applied, as appropriate.]
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(b) EARTHING
[State the Location(s) at which Earthing has been established (whether on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System or
each point of Earthing. For each point of Earthing, state the means by which Earthing has been achieved, and whether,
immobilised and Locked, other safety procedures applied, as appropriate].
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.3 ISSUE
I have confirmed to ________________________________________ (name of Requesting Safety Co-ordinator) at

__________________________________________ (location) that the Safety Precautions identified in paragraph 1.2 have been
established and that instructions will not be issued at my location for their removal until this RISSP is cancelled.
Signed ...............................................................(Implementing Safety Co-ordinator)
at ...............................................(time) on ...................................................... (Date)
PART 2
2.1 CANCELLATION
l have received confirmation from _________________________________________ (name of the Requesting Safety Co-
ordinator) at ________________________________________ (location) that the Safety Precautions set out in paragraph 1.2
are no longer required and accordingly the RISSP is cancelled.
Signed ................................................................(Implementing Safety Co-ordinator)
at ................................................(time) on ........................................................ (Date)
(Note: This form to be of a different colour from RISSP-R)

OC8A - 14
RISSP ISSUE PROCESS - OC8A -
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator
(RSC) Work required across boundary
Person requiring Safety Precaution or inadvertent connection or Appendix C1
from another User potential connection
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator

(ISC)
Person who co-ordinates provision
RSC contacts ISC & each
of Safety Precautions
confirms authority to act
pursuant to OC8A
RSC and ISC agree location of If unable to agree Safety

Safety Precautions Precautions follow:
Log OC8A.5.1.4
OC8A.5.1 or OC8A.7
ISC establishes isolation on his If reqd, provide isolation on other

System Systems
Contacts RSC if isolation is
required on RSC System OC8A.5.1.2
OC8A.5.2.1
Record on RISSP
OC8A.5.1.3
ISC confirms isolation is
established to RSC
Log
RSC establishes & maintains
isolation on RSC System
OC8A.5.2.2
All isolation by RSC and ISC

completed
OC8A.5.2.3 & OC8A.5.3.3
ISC initiates establishment of If reqd, provide earthing on other

earthing (if agreed) Systems
OC8A.5.3.1 OC8A.5.1.2
ISC confirms earthing is

established to RSC
Log
OC8A.5.3.2 & OC8A.5.3.3
RISSP process completed

for work on one side of the
Connection Point ISC completes RISSP-I
Details exchanged
OC8A.5.4.1 RSC completes RISSP-R
OC8A.5.4.1 to OC8A.5.4.6
If work is required to both
sides of the Connection
Point, each party takes the RSC can now authorise the If the work includes testing
role of RSC for the work on work which affects another System
his side & separate RISSPs follow:
are required OC8A.5.4.7
OC8A.6
OC8A.5.4.2 or OC8A.7
RISSP cancellation process
OC8A Appendix C3
See Appendix OC8A C2
OC8A - 15
TESTING PROCESS - OC8A -
Where testing affects another Safety Co-ordinator’s System Appendix C2
Continue from
OC8A Appendix C1 Requesting Safety Co-ordinator
(RSC)
Person requiring Safety Precaution
from another User

(ISC)
Testing will not take place by of Safety Precautions
RSC until :-
OC8A.6.1
ISC confirms that no person is

working or testing or authorised
to, on his System or another
System within the points of
Isolation on the RISSP
Log
Any RISSP other than for the The ISC agrees to the testing
OC8A.6.1(a)(i) proposed test shall be cancelled between the points of Isolation
on the RISSP and the RSC
OC8A.6.1(b) System
OC8A.6.1(c)
No person will be so authorised
until proposed test is completed
(or cancelled) by the RSC
OC8A.6.1(a)(ii)
Test can now take place
When test is complete or

cancelled. RSC informs ISC
Log
OC8A.6.2(a)
If testing required the removal

of earthing the RISSP process
is as set out in:-
OC8A.6.2(b) Earthing reapplied
OC8A.6.2(b)
RISSP can stay in force, if

Earthing not reapplied required
OC8A.6.2(b)
RISSP cancellation process.

See OC8A Appendix C3

OC8A - 16
RISSP CANCELLATION PROCESS - OC8A -
Appendix C3
(RSC) Work/Testing completed
Person requiring Safety Precaution or cancelled
from another User

(ISC)
Person who co-ordinates provision of RSC contacts ISC to
Safety Precautions inform safety precautions
are no longer required
OC8A.5.5.1
RSC informs ISC of

RISSP document to be
cancelled (including
identity numbers)
OC8A.5.5.2
The RSC and ISC

complete their respective
parts of section 2.1 on
RISSP-R and RISSP-I
OC8A.5.5.3
The RSC and ISC

exchange the details
including respective
names, times and date
OC8A.5.5.3
RISSP is now cancelled
OC8A.5.5.3
Agree removal of Safety

Precautions
Removal of earthing during Agreed between RSC and

testing across the ISC that all earths are
Connection Point is as set removed
out in:-
OC8A.5.5.4 Removal being an internal
OC8A.6.2(b) matter for the party the
ISC represents
OC8A.5.5.5
Removal of isolation
agreed between RSC and
ISC
OC8A.5.5.4
OC8A process complete

OC8A - 17
PROCESS FOR WORKING NEAR
TO SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
- OC8A -
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator Work required on equipment
(RSC) near to HV Apparatus
Person requiring Safety Precaution Appendix C4
from another User

(ISC) RSC contacts ISC & each
Person who co-ordinates provision confirms authority to act
of Safety Precautions pursuant to OC8A
Proximity
Nearness or Closeness to HV RSC and ISC agree location of If unable to agree Safety
Equipment Safety Precautions Precautions follow:
Log OC8A.8.1.3
OC8A.8.1.1
ISC establishes Isolation (and

Earthing if required) on his
ISC confirms Isolation (and System
Earthing) is established to RSC
OC8A.8.2.1
Log
OC8A.8.2.2
ISC consents to the Permit for

Work for proximity work
OC8A.8.3.2
ISC informs RSC of the Permit

for Work for proximity work Site representative of ISC
identifying number issues Permit for Work for
proximity work to site
OC8A.8.3.2 representative of RSC
OC8A.8.3.3
RSC can now authorise the

work
OC8A.8.3.4
On completion of work RSC

contacts ISC to agree Permit
for Work for proximity work
can be cancelled
OC8A.8.4.1
Site representative of ISC

cancels Permit for Work for
proximity work
OC8A.8.4.2
ISC may remove Safety

Precautions
OC8A.8.4.3 OC8A process complete

OC8A - 18
OC8A - Appendix D
NGSC Number:
National Grid Safety Circular
..........................
(NGSC)
RISSP prefixes - Issue x Date:
Issued By:
Example
Pursuant to the objectives of The Grid Code, Operating Code 8A1 - Safety Co-ordination,
this circular will be used in relation to all cross boundary safety management issues with the
National Grid Company customers. Of particular note will be the agreed prefixes for the
Record of Inter System Safety Precautions (RISSP) documents.

OC8A - 19
OC8A APPENDIX E
[Form of NGC Permit for Work]
No.
PERMIT FOR WORK
1. Location……………………………………………………………..…………………………………………………………………………
Equipment Identification………………………………….……………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Work to be done
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Precautions taken to achieve Safety from the System

Points of Isolation
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Primary Earths
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Actions taken to avoid Danger by draining, venting, purging and containment or dissipation of stored energy*
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Further precautions to be taken during the course of the work to avoid System derived hazards*
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Precautions that may be varied*

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Preparation Key Safe number*

Control Person(s) (Safety) giving Consent
State whether this Permit for Work must be personally retained yes no
Signed Time Date

Senior Authorised Person
5. Issue & Receipt

Key Safe Number* Safety Keys (No. off)*
Earthing Schedule Number* Portable Drain earths (No. off)*
Recommendations for General Approved (ROMP)#/Card Safe#/

Safety Report Number* Procedure Number*
Circuit Identification – Colours/ Flags (No. off)* Wristlets (No. off)*

Symbols*
Issued (Signed)
Senior Authorised Person
Received (Signed) Time Date
Competent Person
Name (Block letters) Company
# delete as appropriate *write N/A if not applicable February 1995

< End of OC8A >

OC8A - 20
OPERATING CODE NO.8 Appendix 2 (OC8B)
SAFETY CO-ORDINATION IN SCOTLAND
CONTENTS

OC8B.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................OC8B - 1
OC8B.2 OBJECTIVE............................................................................................................OC8B - 2
OC8B.3 SCOPE ...................................................................................................................OC8B - 3
OC8B.4 PROCEDURE.........................................................................................................OC8B - 3
OC8B.4.1 Approval of Safety Rules ...............................................................................OC8B - 3
OC8B.4.2 Safety Co-ordinators ......................................................................................OC8B - 4
OC8B.4.3 RISSP ............................................................................................................OC8B - 5
OC8B.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ON HV APPARATUS....................................................OC8B - 6
OC8B.5.1 Agreement of Safety Precautions ..................................................................OC8B - 6
OC8B.5.2 Implementation of Isolation ............................................................................OC8B - 6
OC8B.5.3 Implementation of Earthing ............................................................................OC8B - 7
OC8B.5.4 RISSP Issue Procedure .................................................................................OC8B - 8
OC8B.5.5 RISSP Cancellation Procedure......................................................................OC8B - 9
OC8B.5.6 RISSP Change Control ..................................................................................OC8B - 9
OC8B.6 TESTING ................................................................................................................OC8B - 9
OC8B.7 EMERGENCY SITUATIONS ………………………………………………………….OC8B -10
OC8B.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS RELATING TO WORKING ON EQUIPMENT NEAR
TO THE HV SYSTEM.............................................................................................OC8B - 11
OC8B.8.1 Agreement of Safety Precautions ................................................................OC8B - 11
OC8B.8.2 Implementation of Isolation and Earthing.....................................................OC8B - 11
OC8B.8.3 Permit for Work for proximity work Issue Procedure....................................OC8B - 12
OC8B.8.4 Permit for Work for proximity work ...............................................................OC8B - 12
OC8B.9 LOSS OF INTEGRITY OF SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ..........................................OC8B - 13

OC8B - i
OC8B.10 SAFETY LOG .....................................................................................................OC8B - 13
APPENDIX A – RISSP-R .....................................................................................................OC8B - 15
APPENDIX B – RISSP-I.......................................................................................................OC8B - 16
APPENDIX C – FLOWCHARTS ..........................................................................................OC8B - 18
APPENDIX D – Not Used in OC8B ......................................................................................OC8B - 22
APPENDIX E – Form of Permit for Work .............................................................................OC8B - 23

OC8B - ii
OPERATING CODE NO.8 Appendix 2 (OC8B)
SAFETY CO-ORDINATION IN SCOTLAND
OC8B.1 INTRODUCTION
OC8B.1.1 OC8B specifies the standard procedures to be used by NGC, the Relevant
Transmission Licensees and Users for the co-ordination, establishment and
maintenance of necessary Safety Precautions when work is to be carried out on or
near the GB Transmission System in Scotland or the System of a User in Scotland
and when there is a need for Safety Precautions on HV Apparatus on the other's
System for this work to be carried out safely. OC8B applies to Relevant
Transmission Licensees and Users only in Scotland. OC8A specifies the
procedures to be used by NGC and Users in England and Wales.
NGC shall procure that Relevant Transmission Licensees shall comply with OC8B
where and to the extent that such section applies to them.
In this OC8B the term “work” includes testing, other than System Tests which are
covered by OC12.
OC8B.1.2 OC8B also covers the co-ordination, establishment and maintenance of necessary
equipment of the User or the Relevant Transmission Licensee as the case may be
where the work or equipment is near to HV Apparatus on the Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator’s System.
OC8B.1.3 OC8B does not apply to the situation where Safety Precautions need to be agreed
solely between Users.
OC8B.1.4 OC8B does not seek to impose a particular set of Safety Rules on Relevant
Transmission Licensees and Users. The Safety Rules to be adopted and used by
the Relevant Transmission Licensee and each User shall be those chosen by
each.
OC8B.1.5 Site Responsibility Schedules document the control responsibility for each item of
Plant and Apparatus for each site.
OC8B.1.6 The Relevant Transmission Licensee may agree detailed site-specific operational
procedures with Users for the co-ordination, establishment and maintenance of
Safety Precautions instead of the Record of Inter-System Safety Precautions
(“RISSP”) procedure detailed in this OC8B. Such operational procedures shall
satisfy the requirements of paragraphs OC8B.1.7, OC8B.2.1, OC8B.4.1, OC8B.4.2,
OC8B.9, OC8B.10
OC8B.1.7 Defined terms
OC8B.1.7.1 Users should bear in mind that in OC8 only, in order that OC8 reads more easily with
the terminology used in certain Safety Rules, the term "HV Apparatus" is defined

OC8B - 1
more restrictively and is used accordingly in OC8B. Users should, therefore,
exercise caution in relation to this term when reading and using OC8B.
OC8B.1.7.2 In OC8 only the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1) "HV Apparatus" means High Voltage electrical circuits forming part of a
System, on which Safety From The System may be required or on which
Safety Precautions may be applied to allow work to be carried out on a
System.
(2) "Isolation" means the disconnection of Apparatus from the remainder of the
System in which that Apparatus is situated by either of the following:


isolating position and affixing a Caution Notice to it. Where the
Isolating Device is Locked with a Safety Key, the Safety Key must
be secured in a Key Safe and the Key Safe Key must be retained in
safe custody; or

accordance with the Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission
Licensee or that User, as the case may be; or
(b) an adequate physical separation which must be in accordance with, and

maintained by, the method set out in the Safety Rules of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee or that User, as the case may be, and, if it is a
part of that method, a Caution Notice must be placed at the point of
separation.
(3) "Earthing" means a way of providing a connection between conductors and

earth by an Earthing Device which is either:
Device is Locked with a Safety Key, the Safety Key must be secured in
a Key Safe and the Key Safe Key must be retained in safe custody; or
(iii) maintained and/or secured in position by such other method which must
be in accordance with the Safety Rules of the Relevant Transmission
Licensee or that User as the case may be.
OC8B.1.7.3 For the purpose of the co-ordination of safety relating to HV Apparatus the term
“Safety Precautions” means Isolation and/or Earthing.
OC8B.2 OBJECTIVE
OC8B.2.1 The objective of OC8B is to achieve:-
OC8B - 2
Transmission Site (as the case may be) on equipment of the User or the
Relevant Transmission Licensee (as the case may be) where the work or
equipment is near to HV Apparatus on the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator’s System.
OC8B.2.2 A flow chart, set out in OC8B Appendix C, illustrates the process utilised in OC8B to
achieve the objective set out in OC8B.2.1. In the case of a conflict between the flow
chart and the provisions of the written text of OC8B, the written text will prevail.
OC8B.3 SCOPE
OC8B.3.1 OC8B applies to NGC, Relevant Transmission Licensees and to Users, which in
OC8 means:-
(a) Generators;

OC8B.4 PROCEDURE
OC8B.4.1 Approval of Safety Rules
OC8B.4.1.1 (a) In accordance with the timing requirements of its Bilateral Agreement, each
User will supply to the Relevant Transmission Licensee a copy of its Safety
Rules relating to its side of the Connection Point at each Connection Site.
(b) In accordance with the timing requirements of each Bilateral Agreement the
Relevant Transmission Licensee will supply to each User a copy of its Safety
Rules relating to the Transmission side of the Connection Point at each
Connection Site.
(c) Prior to connection the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the User must
have approved each other’s relevant Safety Rules in relation to Isolation and
Earthing.
OC8B.4.1.2 Either party may require that the Isolation and/or Earthing provisions in the other
party’s Safety Rules affecting the Connection Site should be made more stringent
in order that approval of the other party’s Safety Rules can be given. Provided these
requirements are not unreasonable, the other party will make such changes as soon
as reasonably practicable. These changes may need to cover the application of
Isolation and/or Earthing at a place remote from the Connection Site, depending
upon the System layout. Approval may not be withheld because the party required to

OC8B - 3
approve reasonably believes the provisions relating to Isolation and/or Earthing are
too stringent.
OC8B.4.1.3 If, following approval, a party wishes to change the provisions in its Safety Rules
relating to Isolation and/or Earthing, it must inform the other party. If the change is
to make the provisions more stringent, then the other party merely has to note the
changes. If the change is to make the provisions less stringent, then the other party
needs to approve the new provisions and the procedures referred to in OC8B.4.1.2
apply.
OC8B.4.2 Safety Co-ordinators
OC8B.4.2.1 For each Connection Point, the Relevant Transmission Licensee and each User
will have nominated to be available, to a timescale agreed in the Bilateral
Agreement, a person or persons (“Safety Co-ordinator(s)”) to be responsible for
the co-ordination of Safety Precautions when work is to be carried out on a System
which necessitates the provision of Safety Precautions on HV Apparatus pursuant
to OC8B. A Safety Co-ordinator may be responsible for the co-ordination of safety
on HV Apparatus at more than one Connection Point.
OC8B.4.2.2 Each Safety Co-ordinator shall be authorised by the Relevant Transmission

Licensee or a User, as the case may be, as competent to carry out the functions set
out in OC8B to achieve Safety From The System. Confirmation from the Relevant
Transmission Licensee or a User, as the case may be, that its Safety Co-
ordinator(s) as a group are so authorised is dealt with, for Users, in CC.5.2 and for
Relevant Transmission Licensees in the STC. Only persons with such
authorisation will carry out the provisions of OC8B. Each User shall, prior to being
connected to the GB Transmission System, give notice in writing to the Relevant
Transmission Licensee of its Safety Co-ordinator(s) and will update the written
notice yearly and whenever there is a change to the identity of its Safety Co-
ordinators or to the Connection Points. The Relevant Transmission Licensee
will, at the time of a User being connected to the GB Transmission System give
notice in writing to that User of the identity of its Safety Co-ordinator(s) and will
update the written notice whenever there is a change to the Connection Points or
Safety Co-ordinators.
OC8B.4.2.3 Contact between Safety Co-ordinators will be made via normal operational
channels, and accordingly separate telephone numbers for Safety Co-ordinators
need not be provided.
OC8B.4.2.4 If work is to be carried out on a System, or on equipment of the Relevant

Transmission Licensee or a User near to a System, as provided in this OC8B,
which necessitates the provision of Safety Precautions on HV Apparatus in
accordance with the provisions of OC8B, the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator who
requires the Safety Precautions to be provided shall contact the relevant
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator to co-ordinate the establishment of the Safety
Precautions.

OC8B - 4
OC8B.4.3 RISSP
OC8B.4.3.1 OC8B sets out the procedures for utilising the RISSP, which will be used except
where dealing with equipment in proximity to the other’s System as provided in
OC8B.8. Sections OC8B.4 to OC8B.7 inclusive should be read accordingly.
OC8B.4.3.2 The Revant Transmission Licensee will use the format of the RISSP forms set out
in Appendix A and Appendix B to OC8B, or any other format which may be agreed
between the Relevant Transmission Licensee and each User. That set out in
OC8B Appendix A and designated as "RISSP-R", shall be used when the Relevant
Transmission Licensee is the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator, and that in OC8B
Appendix B and designated as "RISSP-I", shall be used when the Relevant
Tranmission Licensee is the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator. Proformas of
RISSP-R and RISSP-I will be provided for use by Relevant Transmission
Licensees staff.
OC8B.4.3.3 Users may either adopt the format referred to in OC8B.4.3.2 or any other format
which may be agreed between the Relevant Transmission Licensee and the User
from time to time.
OC8B.4.3.4 All references to RISSP-R and RISSP-I shall be taken as referring to the
corresponding parts of the alternative forms or other tangible written or electronic
records used by each User or Relevant Transmission Licensee.
OC8B.4.3.5 RISSP-R will have an identifying number written or printed on it, comprising a prefix
which identifies the location at which it is issued, and a unique (for each User or
Relevant Transmission Licensee, as the case may be) serial number consisting of
four digits and the suffix "R".
OC8B.4.3.6 (a) In accordance with the timing requirements set out in the Bilateral Agreement
each User shall apply in writing to Relevant Transmission Licensee for
Relevant Transmission Licensee’s approval of its proposed prefix.
(b) Relevant Transmission Licensee shall consider the proposed prefix to see if it
is the same as (or confusingly similar to) a prefix used by Relevant
Transmission Licensee or another User and shall, as soon as possible (and in
any event within ten days), respond in writing to the User with its approval or
disapproval.
(c) If Relevant Transmission Licensee disapproves, it shall explain in its

response why it has disapproved and will suggest an alternative prefix.
(d) If Relevant Transmission Licensee has disapproved, then the User shall
either notify Relevant Transmission Licensee in writing of its acceptance of
the suggested alternative prefix or it shall apply in writing to Relevant
Transmission Licensee with revised proposals and the above procedure shall
apply to that application.

OC8B - 5
OC8B.5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ON HV APPARATUS
OC8B.5.1 Agreement of Safety Precautions
OC8B.5.1.1 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator who requires Safety Precautions on another
System(s) will contact the relevant Implementing Safety Co-ordinator(s) to agree
the Location of the Safety Precautions to be established. This agreement will be
recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
OC8B.5.1.2 It is the responsibility of the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator to ensure that

adequate Safety Precautions are established and maintained, on his and/or another
System connected to his System, to enable Safety From The System to be
achieved on the HV Apparatus, specified by the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator
which is to be identified in Part 1.1 of the RISSP. Reference to another System in
this OC8B.5.1.2 shall not include the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System
which is dealt with in OC8B.5.1.3.
OC8B.5.1.3 When the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator is of the reasonable opinion that it is
necessary for Safety Precautions on the System of the Requesting Safety Co-
ordinator, other than on the HV Apparatus specified by the Requesting Safety Co-
ordinator, which is to be identified in Part 1.1 of the RISSP, he shall contact the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator and the details shall be recorded in part 1.1 of the
RISSP forms. In these circumstances it is the responsibility of the Requesting
Safety Co-ordinator to establish and maintain such Safety Precautions.
OC8B.5.1.4 The location of the Safety Precautions should be indicated on each User’s
operational diagram and labelled as per the local instructions of each User.
OC8B.5.1.5 In the event of disagreement
the HV Apparatus on which Safety From The System is to be achieved as
indicated on the Operation Diagram.
OC8B.5.2 Implementation of Isolation
OC8B.5.2.1 Following the agreement of the Safety Precautions in accordance with OC8B.5.1
the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall then establish the agreed Isolation.
OC8B.5.2.2 The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall confirm to the Requesting Safety Co-
ordinator that the agreed Isolation has been established, and identify the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator's HV Apparatus up to the Connection Point, for
which the Isolation has been provided. The confirmation shall specify:
nomenclature and numbering or position, as applicable) of each point of
Isolation;
(b) whether Isolation has been achieved by an Isolating Device in the isolating
position or by an adequate physical separation;

OC8B - 6
(c) where an Isolating Device has been used whether the isolating position is
either :

isolating position and affixing a Caution Notice to it. Where the Isolating
Device has been Locked with a Safety Key that the Safety Key has
custody; or

Licensee or that User, as the case may be; and
(d) where an adequate physical separation has been used that it will be in
accordance with, and maintained by, the method set out in the Safety Rules of
the Relevant Transmission Licensee or that User, as the case may be, and, if
it is a part of that method, that a Caution Notice has been placed at the point of
separation.
The confirmation of Isolation shall be recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
OC8B.5.2.3 Following the confirmation of Isolation being established by the Implementing

Safety Co-ordinator and the necessary establishment of relevant Isolation on the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinators System, the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator
may then request the implementation of Earthing by the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator, if agreed in section OC8B.5.1.
OC8B.5.3 Implementation of Earthing
OC8B.5.3.1 The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall then establish the agreed Earthing.
ordinator that the agreed Earthing has been established, and identify the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s HV Apparatus up to the Connection Point, for
which the Earthing has been provided. The confirmation shall specify:
nomenclature and numbering or position, as is applicable) of each point of
Earthing; and
(b) in respect of the Earthing Device used, whether it is:
Device has been Locked with a Safety Key, that the Safety Key has
custody; or
(ii) maintained and/or secured in position by such other method which is in

Licensee or that User, as the case may be.

OC8B - 7
The confirmation of Earthing shall be recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
OC8B.5.3.3. The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall ensure that the established Safety
OC8B.5.4 RISSP Issue Procedure
OC8B.5.4.1 Where Safety Precautions on another System(s) are being provided to enable work
on the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System, before any work commences
they must be recorded by a RISSP being issued. The RISSP is applicable to HV
Apparatus up to the Connection Point identified in section 1.1 of the RISSP-R and
RISSP-I forms.
OC8B.5.4.2 Where Safety Precautions are being provided to enable work to be carried out on
both sides of the Connection Point a RISSP will need to be issued for each side of
the Connection Point with Relevant Transmission Licensee and the respective
User each enacting the role of Requesting Safety Co-ordinator. This will result in a
RISSP-R and a RISSP-I form being completed by each of the Relevant
Transmission Licensee and the User, with each Safety Co-ordinator issuing one
RISSP number.
OC8B.5.4.3 Once the Safety Precautions have been established (in accordance with OC8B.5.2
and OC8B.5.3), the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall complete parts 1.1
and 1.2 of a RISSP-I form recording the details specified in OC8B.5.1.3, OC8B.5.2.2
and OC8B.5.3.2. Where Earthing has not been requested, Part 1.2(b) will be
completed with the words “not applicable” or “N/A”. He shall then contact the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator to pass on these details.
OC8B.5.4.4 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator shall complete Parts 1.1 and 1.2 of the
RISSP-R, making a precise copy of the details received. On completion, the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator shall read the entries made back to the sender
and check that an accurate copy has been made.
OC8B.5.4.5 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator shall then issue the number of the RISSP,
taken from the RISSP-R, to the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator who will ensure
that the number, including the prefix and suffix (where applicable), is accurately
recorded in the designated space on the RISSP-I form.
OC8B.5.4.6 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator and the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator
shall complete and sign Part 1.3 of the RISSP-R and RISSP-I respectively and then
enter the time and date. When signed no alteration to the RISSP is permitted; the
RISSP may only be cancelled.
OC8B.5.4.7 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator is then free to authorise work, but not testing,
in accordance with the requirements of the relevant internal safety procedures which
apply to the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System. This is likely to involve the
issue of safety documents or other relevant internal authorisations. Where testing is
to be carried out, the procedure set out below in OC8B.6 shall be implemented.

OC8B - 8
OC8B.5.5 RISSP Cancellation Procedure
OC8B.5.5.1 When the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator decides that Safety Precautions are no
effect cancellation of the associated RISSP.
OC8B.5.5.2 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator will inform the relevant Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator of the RISSP identifying number, including the prefix and suffix (where
applicable), and agree it is the RISSP to be cancelled.
OC8B.5.5.3 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator and the relevant Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator shall then respectively complete Part 2.1 of their respective RISSP-R and
RISSP-I forms and shall then exchange details. The details being exchanged shall
include their respective names and time and date. On completion of the exchange of
details the respective RISSP is cancelled. The removal of Safety Precautions is as
set out in OC8B.5.5.4 and OC8B.5.5.5.
OC8B.5.5.4 Neither Safety Co-ordinator shall instruct the removal of any Isolation forming part
of the Safety Precautions as part of the returning of the HV Apparatus to service
until it is confirmed to each by each other that every earth on each side of the
Connection Point, within the points of isolation identified on the RISSP, has been
removed or disconnected by the provision of additional Points of Isolation.
OC8B.5.5.5 Subject to the provisions in OC8B.5.5.4, the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator is

then free to arrange the removal of the Safety Precautions, the procedure to
achieve that being entirely an internal matter for the party the Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator is representing. The only situation in which any Safety Precautions
may be removed without first cancelling the RISSP in accordance with OC8B.5.5 or
OC8B.5.6 is when Earthing is removed in the situation envisaged in OC8B.6.2(b).
OC8B.5.6 RISSP Change Control
Nothing in this OC8B prevents Relevant Transmission Licensee and Users

agreeing to a simultaneous cancellation and issue of a new RISSP, if both agree. It
should be noted, however, that the effect of that under the relevant Safety Rules is
not a matter with which the Grid Code deals.
OC8B.6 TESTING
OC8B.6.1 The carrying out of the test may affect Safety Precautions on RISSPs or work being
carried out which does not require a RISSP. Testing can, for example, include the
application of an independent test voltage. Accordingly, where the Requesting
Safety Co-ordinator wishes to authorise the carrying out of such a test to which the
procedures in OC8B.6 apply he may not do so and the test will not take place unless
and until the steps in (a)-(c) below have been followed and confirmation of
completion has been recorded in the respective Safety Logs:
(a) confirmation must be obtained from the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator

that:
(i) no person is working on, or testing, or has been authorised to work on, or
test, any part of its System or another System(s) (other than the System
of the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator) within the points of Isolation
OC8B - 9
identified on the RISSP form relating to the test which is proposed to be
undertaken, and
(ii) no person will be so authorised until the proposed test has been
completed (or cancelled) and the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator has
notified the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator of its completion (or
cancellation);
(b) any other current RISSPs which relate to the parts of the System in which the
testing is to take place must have been cancelled in accordance with
procedures set out in OC8B.5.5;
(c) the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator must agree with the Requesting
Safety Co-ordinator to permit the testing on that part of the System between
the points of Isolation identified in the RISSP associated with the test and the
points of Isolation on the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator's System.
OC8B.6.2 (a) The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator will inform the Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator as soon as the test has been completed or cancelled and the
confirmation shall be recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
(b) When the test gives rise to the removal of Earthing which it is not intended to
re-apply, the relevant RISSP associated with the test shall be cancelled at the
completion or cancellation of the test in accordance with the procedure set out
in either OC8B.5.5 or OC8B.5.6. Where the Earthing is re-applied following the
completion or cancellation of the test, there is no requirement to cancel the
relevant RISSP associated with the test pursuant to this OC8B.6.2.
OC8B.7 EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
OC8B.7.1 There may be circumstances where Safety Precautions need to be established in

relation to an unintended electrical connection or situations where there is an
unintended risk of electrical connection between the GB Transmission System and
a User’s System, for example resulting from an incident where one line becomes
attached or unacceptably close to another.
OC8B.7.2 In those circumstances, if both the Relevant Transmission Licensee the User
agree, the relevant provisions of OC8B.5 will apply as if the electrical connections or
potential connections were, solely for the purposes of this OC8B, a Connection
Point.
OC8B.7.3 (a) The relevant Safety Co-ordinator shall be that for the electrically closest
existing Connection Point to that User's System or such other local
Connection Point as may be agreed between the Relevant Transmission
Licensee and the User, with discussions taking place between the relevant
local Safety Co-ordinators. The Connection Point to be used shall be known
in this OC8B.7.3 as the "relevant Connection Point".
(c) The Safety Rules shall be those which apply to the relevant Connection Point.
(c) The prefix for the RISSP (where applicable) will be that which applies for the
relevant Connection Point.

OC8B - 10
OC8B.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS RELATING TO WORKING ON EQUIPMENT NEAR TO
THE HV SYSTEM
OC8B.8 applies to the situation where work is to be carried out at a User’s Site or a
Transmission Site (as the case may be) on equipment of the User or a Relevant
Transmission Licensee as the case may be, where the work or equipment is near
to HV Apparatus on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System. It does not
apply to other situations to which OC8B applies. In this part of OC8B, a Permit for
Work for proximity work is to be used, rather then the usual RISSP procedure,
given the nature and effect of the work, all as further provided in the OC8B.8.
OC8B.8.1 Agreement of Safety Precautions
OC8B.8.1.1 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator who requires Safety Precautions on another
System(s) when work is to be carried out at a User’s Site or a Transmission Site
(as the case may be) on equipment of the User or a Relevant Transmission
Licensee, as the case may be, where the work or equipment is near to HV
Apparatus on the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System will contact the
relevant Implementing Safety Co-ordinator(s) to agree the Location of the Safety
Precautions to be established, having as part of this process informed the
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator of the equipment and the work to be
undertaken. The respective Safety Co-ordinators will ensure that they discuss the
request with their authorised site representative and that the respective authorised
site representatives discuss the request at the Connection Site. This agreement will
be recorded in the respective Safety Logs.
OC8B.8.1.2 It is the responsibility of the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator, working with his
authorised site representative as appropriate, to ensure that adequate Safety
Precautions are established and maintained, on his and/or another System
connected to his System, to enable Safety From The System to be achieved for
work to be carried out at a User’s Site or a Transmission Site (as the case may be)
on equipment and in relation to work which is to be identified in the relevant part of
the Permit for Work for proximity work where the work or equipment is near to HV
Apparatus of the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s System specified by the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator. Reference to another System in this OC8B.8.1.2
shall not include the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s System.
OC8B.8.1.3 In the event of disagreement
the HV Apparatus near to which the work is to be carried out as indicated on the
Operation Diagram.
OC8B.8.2 Implementation of Isolation and Earthing
OC8B.8.2.1 Following the agreement of the Safety Precautions in accordance with OC8B.8.1
the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall then establish the agreed Isolation
and (if required) Earthing.
ordinator that the agreed Isolation and (if required) Earthing has been established.

OC8B - 11
OC8B.8.2.3 The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall ensure that the established Safety
OC8B.8.3 Permit for Work for proximity work Issue Procedure
OC8B.8.3.1 Where Safety Precautions on another System(s) are being provided to enable work
to be carried out at a User’s Site or Transmission Site (as the case may be) on
equipment where the work or equipment is in proximity to HV Apparatus of the
Implementing Safety Co-ordinator, before any work commences they must be
recorded by a Permit for Work for proximity work being issued. The Permit for
Work for proximity work shall identify the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator’s HV
Apparatus in proximity to the required work
OC8B.8.3.2 Once the Safety Precautions have been established (in accordance with OC8B.8.2),
the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator shall agree to the issue of the Permit for
Work for proximity work with the appropriately authorised site representative of the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s Site. The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator
will inform the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator of the Permit for Work for
proximity work identifying number.
OC8B.8.3.3 The appropriately authorised site representative of the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator shall then issue the Permit for Work for proximity work to the
appropriately authorised site representative of the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator.
The Permit for Work for proximity work will in the section dealing with the work to
be carried out, be completed to identify that the work is near the Implementing
Safety Co-ordinator’s HV Apparatus. No further details of the Requesting Safety
Co-ordinator’s work will be recorded, as that is a matter for the Requesting Safety
Co-ordinator in relation to his work.
OC8B.8.3.4 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator is then free to authorise work in accordance
with the requirements of the relevant internal safety procedures which apply to the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator’s Site. This is likely to involve the issue of safety
documents or other relevant internal authorisations.
OC8B.8.4 Permit for Work for proximity work Cancellation Procedure
OC8B.8.4.1 When the Requesting Safety Co-ordinator decides that Safety Precautions are no
effect cancellation of the associated Permit for Work for proximity work.
OC8B.8.4.2 The Requesting Safety Co-ordinator will inform the relevant Implementing Safety
Co-ordinator of the Permit for Work for proximity work identifying number, and
agree that the Permit for Work for proximity work can be cancelled. The
cancellation is then effected by the appropriately authorised site representative of the
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator returning the Permit for Work for proximity work
to the appropriately authorised site representative of the Implementing Safety Co-
ordinator.
OC8B.8.4.3 The Implementing Safety Co-ordinator is then free to arrange the removal of the
Safety Precautions, the procedure to achieve that being entirely an internal matter
for the party the Implementing Safety Co-ordinator is representing.

OC8B - 12
OC8B.9 LOSS OF INTEGRITY OF SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
OC8B.9.1 In any instance when any Safety Precautions may be ineffective for any reason the
relevant Safety Co-ordinator shall inform the other Safety Co-ordinator(s) without
delay of that being the case and, if requested, of the reasons why.
OC8B.10 SAFETY LOG
OC8B.10.1 Relevant Transmission Licensees and Users shall maintain Safety Logs which
shall be a chronological record of all messages relating to safety co-ordination under
OC8 sent and received by the Safety Co-ordinator(s). The Safety Logs must be
retained for a period of not less than six years.

OC8B - 13
OC8B - APPENDIX A
RECORD OF INTER-SYSTEM SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (RISSP-R)

(Requesting Safety Co-ordinator's Record)
RISSP NUMBER __________
Part 1
1.1 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION
Safety Precautions have been established by the Implementing Safety

Co-ordinator to achieve Safety From The System on the following HV Apparatus:
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
(a) ISOLATION
State the Locations(s) at which Isolation has been established on the

Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's System. For each Location, identify each
point of Isolation. For each point of Isolation state, the means by which the
Isolation has been achieved, and whether, immobilised and Locked, Caution
Notice affixed, other Safety Precautions applied, as appropriate.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________

OC8B - 14
OC8B - APPENDIX A
(b) EARTHING
State the Locations(s) at which Earthing has been established on the

point of Earthing. For each point of Earthing state, the means by which the
Earthing has been achieved, and whether, immobilised and Locked, other Safety
Precautions applied, as appropriate.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
1.3 ISSUE
I have received confirmation from ____________________ (name of

Implementing Safety Co-ordinator) at ____________________ (Location) that
the Safety Precautions identified in paragraph 1.2 have been established and
that instructions will not be issued at his Location for their removal until this
RISSP is cancelled.
Signed ................................................ (Requesting Safety Co-ordinator)
at ............................. (time) on ....................................... (date)
PART 2
2.1 CANCELLATION
I have confirmed to ____________________ (name of the Implementing Safety

Co-ordinator) at ____________________ (Location) that the Safety Precautions
set out in paragraph 1.2 are no longer required and accordingly the RISSP is
cancelled.
Signed ................................................... (Requesting Safety Co-ordinator)
at ............................. (time) on .............................. (date)

OC8B - 15
OC8B - APPENDIX B
RECORD OF INTER-SYSTEM SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (RISSP-I)

(Implementing Safety Co-ordinator's Record)
RISSP NUMBER __________
PART 1
1.1 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION
Safety Precautions have been established by the Implementing Safety

Co-ordinator to achieve Safety From The System on the following HV Apparatus:
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
(a) ISOLATION
State the Location(s) at which isolation has been established on the

point of Isolation. For each point of Isolation state, the means by which the
Isolation has been achieved, and whether, immobilised and Locked, Caution
Notice affixed, other Safety Precautions applied, as appropriate.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________

OC8B - 16
OC8B - APPENDIX B
(b) EARTHING
State the Location(s) at which Earthing has been established on the

point of Earthing. For each point of Earthing state, the means by which the
Earthing has been achieved, and whether, immobilised and Locked, other Safety
Precautions applied, as appropriate.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
1.3 ISSUE
I confirmed to ____________________ (name of Requesting Safety

Co-ordinator) at ____________________ (Location) that the Safety Precautions
identified in paragraph 1.2 have been established and that instructions will not be
issued at my Location for their removal until this RISSP is cancelled.
Signed ......................................................... (Implementing Safety Co-ordinator)
at ............................. (time) on .............................. (date)
PART 2
2.1 CANCELLATION
I have received confirmation from ____________________ (name of the

Requesting Safety Co-ordinator) at ____________________ (Location) that the
Safety Precautions set out in paragraph 1.2 are no longer required and
accordingly the RISSP is cancelled.
Signed .................................................. (Implementing Safety Co-ordinator)
at ................................. (time) on ........................... (date)
(Note: This form to be of a different colour from RISSP-R.)

OC8B - 17
RISSP ISSUE PROCESS - OC8B -
(RSC) Work required across boundary
Person requiring Safety Precaution or inadvertent connection or Appendix C1
from another User potential connection

(ISC)
RSC contacts ISC & each
of Safety Precautions
confirms authority to act
pursuant to OC8B
RSC and ISC agree location of If unable to agree Safety

Safety Precautions Precautions follow:
Log OC8B.5.1.5
OC8B.5.1 or OC8B.7
ISC establishes isolation on his If reqd, provide isolation on other

System Systems
Contacts RSC if isolation is
required on RSC System OC8B.5.1.2
OC8B.5.2.1
Record on RISSP
OC8B.5.1.3
ISC confirms isolation is
established to RSC
Log
RSC establishes & maintains
isolation on RSC System
OC8B.5.2.2
All isolation by RSC and ISC

completed
OC8B.5.2.3 & OC8B.5.3.3
ISC initiates establishment of If reqd, provide earthing on other

earthing (if agreed) Systems
OC8B.5.3.1 OC8B.5.1.2
ISC confirms earthing is

established to RSC
Log
OC8B.5.3.2 & OC8B.5.3.3
RISSP process completed

for work on one side of the
Connection Point ISC completes RISSP-I
Details exchanged
OC8B.5.4.1 RSC completes RISSP-R
OC8B.5.4.1 to OC8B.5.4.6
If work is required to both
sides of the Connection
Point, each party takes the RSC can now authorise the
work If the work includes testing
role of RSC for the work on which affects another System
his side & separate RISSPs follow:
OC8B.5.4.7
are required
OC8B.6
OC8B.5.4.2 or OC8B.7
RISSP cancellation process
OC8B Appendix C3
See OC8B Appendix C2

OC8B - 18
TESTING PROCESS - OC8B -
Where testing affects another Safety Co-ordinator’s System Appendix C2
Continue from
OC8B Appendix C1 Requesting Safety Co-ordinator
(RSC)
Person requiring Safety Precaution
from another User

(ISC)
Testing will not take place by of Safety Precautions
RSC until :-
OC8B.6.1
ISC confirms that no person is

working or testing or authorised
to, on his System or another
System within the points of
Isolation on the RISSP
Log
Any RISSP other than for the The ISC agrees to the testing
OC8B.6.1(a)(i) proposed test shall be cancelled between the points of Isolation
on the RISSP and the RSC
OC8B.6.1(b) System
OC8B.6.1(c)
No person will be so authorised
until proposed test is completed
(or cancelled) by the RSC
OC8B.6.1(a)(ii)
Test can now take place
When test is complete or

cancelled. RSC informs ISC
Log
OC8B.6.2(a)
If testing required the removal

of earthing the RISSP process
is as set out in:-
OC8B.6.2(b) Earthing reapplied
OC8B.6.2(b)
RISSP can stay in force, if

Earthing not reapplied required
OC8B.6.2(b)
RISSP cancellation process.

See OC8B Appendix C3

OC8B - 19
RISSP CANCELLATION PROCESS - OC8B -
Appendix C3
(RSC) Work/Testing completed
Person requiring Safety Precaution or cancelled
from another User

(ISC)
Person who co-ordinates provision of RSC contacts ISC to
Safety Precautions inform safety precautions
are no longer required
OC8B.5.5.1
RSC informs ISC of

RISSP document to be
cancelled (including
identity numbers)
OC8B.5.5.2
The RSC and ISC

complete their respective
parts of section 2.1 on
RISSP-R and RISSP-I
OC8B.5.5.3
The RSC and ISC

exchange the details
including respective
names, times and date
OC8B.5.5.3
RISSP is now cancelled
OC8B.5.5.3
Agree removal of Safety

Precautions
Removal of earthing during Agreed between RSC and

testing across the ISC that all earths are
Connection Point is as set removed
out in:-
OC8B.5.5.4 Removal being an internal
OC8B.6.2(b) matter for the party the
ISC represents
OC8B.5.5.5
Removal of isolation
agreed between RSC and
ISC
OC8B.5.5.4
OC8B process complete

OC8B - 20
PROCESS FOR WORKING NEAR
TO SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
- OC8B -
Requesting Safety Co-ordinator Work required on equipment
(RSC) near to HV Apparatus
Person requiring Safety Precaution Appendix C4
from another User

(ISC) RSC contacts ISC & each
Person who co-ordinates provision confirms authority to act
of Safety Precautions pursuant to OC8B
Proximity
Nearness or Closeness to HV RSC and ISC agree location of If unable to agree Safety
Equipment Safety Precautions Precautions follow:
Log OC8B.8.1.3
OC8B.8.1.1
ISC establishes Isolation (and

Earthing if required) on his
ISC confirms Isolation (and System
Earthing) is established to RSC
OC8B.8.2.1
Log
OC8B.8.2.2
ISC consents to the Permit for

Work for proximity work
OC8B.8.3.2
ISC informs RSC of the Permit

for Work for proximity work Site representative of ISC
identifying number issues Permit for Work for
proximity work to site
OC8B.8.3.2 representative of RSC
OC8B.8.3.3
RSC can now authorise the

work
OC8B.8.3.4
On completion of work RSC

contacts ISC to agree Permit
for Work for proximity work
can be cancelled
OC8B.8.4.1
Site representative of ISC

cancels Permit for Work for
proximity work
OC8B.8.4.2
ISC may remove Safety

Precautions
OC8B.8.4.3 OC8B process complete

OC8B - 21
OC8B - Appendix D
Not Used

OC8B - 22
OC8B APPENDIX E
Scottish & Southern Energy plc
PERMIT-TO-WORK No. ……………………….
______________________________________________________________
1. ISSUE
To …………………………………………………………………………..………………….……………………………..
The following High Voltage Apparatus has been made safe in accordance with the Operational Safety Rules for the
work detailed on this Permit-to-Work to proceed:
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
TREAT ALL OTHER APPARATUS AS LIVE
Circuit Main Earths are applied at: …………………..………………….………..……………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
Other precautions (see Operational Safety Rules 3.2.1(b), 4.6.2(c) and 5.5.3), and any special instructions:
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
The following work is to be carried out: …………………………..……………………………………...……………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
……………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….……..….
Circuit Indentification Issued: Colour …...…………. No. of wristlets …….………..… No. of step bolts ………..………
Name: (print): ………………..…..….. Signature: ………..…...………. Time: ……….………….. Date: …….…………….
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. RECEIPT
I accept responsibility for carrying out the work on the Apparatus detailed on this Permit-to-Work, applying additional
earths as necessary. No attempt will be made by me, or by the persons under my charge, to work on any other
Apparatus.
Circuit Indentification Equipment Checked as above (Initials): ……………………
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. CLEARANCE
All persons under my control have been withdrawn and warned that it is no longer safe to work on the Apparatus
detailed on this Permit-to Work.
All gear, tools and additional earths have/have not* been removed. The works is/is not* complete.
All circuit identification equipment issued as above has been returned
* Delete where not applicable
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4. CANCELLATION
This Permit-to-Work is cancelled.
OC8B APPENDIX E
OC8B - 23
Scottish Power
PERMIT FOR WORK No.
KEY SAFE No.
1. (i) LOCATION ………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………

………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………...
(ii) PLANT/APPARATUS IDENTIFICATION …………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………
(iii) WORK TO BE DONE …………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………….…………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………….…………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………….…………………………………………………………………...
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
2. (i) PRECAUTIONS TAKEN TO ACHIEVE SAFETY FROM THE SYSTEM: State points at which
Plant/Apparatus has been Isolated and specify position(s) of Earthing Devices applied. State actions taken
to avoid Danger by draining, venting, purging and containment or dissipation of stored energy.
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
Caution Notices have been affixed to all points of isolation
(ii) FURTHER PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN DURING THE COURSE OF WORK TO AVOID SYSTEM
DERIVED HAZARDS
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….………….
I have confirmed with the Control Person(s)* ………………………………………………………………………………….
that precautions in Section 2(i) have been carried out and that the Control Person(s) will maintain these until this
Permit for Work is cancelled. I certify that the precautions in Section 2(i) together with the precautions in Section 2(ii)
are adequate to provide Safety from the System in respect of the work in Section 1.
This Permit for Work must only be transferred under the Personal Supervision of a Senior Authorised
Person* ………………………………………..
Signed …………………………………………. being a Senior Authorised Person. Time: ……….. Date: …………….
____________________________________________________________________________________________
3. ISSUE
(i) Key Safe Key (No.)* …..….. (ii) Earthing Schedule* …….... (iii) Portable Drain Earths (No. off)* ………………
(iv) Selected Person’s Report (No.)* ………………….. (v) Circuit Identification Flags (No. off)* ……………………
(vi) Circuit Identification Wristlets (No. off)* and Colours/Symbols ……………………………………………………….
Signed ……………………………………….. being the Senior Authorised Person responsible
for the issue of this Permit for Work Time: ……… Date: ………………
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

OC8B - 24
4. RECEIPT
I understand and accept my responsibilities under the ScottishPower Safety Rules as recipient of this Permit for Work
and acknowledge receipt of the items in Section 3.
Signed ……………………………………….. Name (Block Letters) ………………………………………………………….
being a Competent Person in the employ of Firm/Dept …………………………………… Time ………. Date …………
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
TRANSFER RECORD
PART 1 PART 2 PART 3

Person Time Senior †Person receiving reissued Senior Time
surrendering Authorised Document Authorised
Document Date Person receiving Person Date
suspended Signature Name (Block reissuing
Document * Letters) document
†Signature of Person receiving re-issued Document in accordance with conditions detailed in Section 4.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. CLEARANCE: I certify that all persons working under this Permit for Work have been withdrawn from, and
warned not to work on, the Plant/Apparatus in Section 1. All gears, tools, Drain Earths and loose material have
been removed and guards and access doors have been replaced, except for:
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….…………………
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….…………………
…………………………………………….………………………………………………………………….…………………
Signed ………………………………………being the Competent Person responsible for
clearing this Permit for Work Time ………… Date ………….
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6. CANCELLATION: I certify that all items issued under Section 3 have been accounted for and the Control
Person(s)* …………………………………. informed of the cancellation and of any restrictions on returning
the Plant/Apparatus to service.
Signed …………………………………………. being the Senior Authorised Person responsible for
cancelling this Permit for Work. Time …………. Date ……….
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
*N/A if Not Applicable
< End of OC8B >
< End of OC8 >

OC8B - 25
OPERATING CODE NO.9
CONTINGENCY PLANNING
CONTENTS

OC9.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................OC9 - 1
OC9.1.1 Black Starts ....................................................................................................OC9 - 1
OC9.1.2 Re-Synchronisation of Islands ...................................................................OC9 - 1
OC9.1.3 Joint System Incident Procedure ...................................................................OC9 - 1
OC9.2 OBJECTIVE............................................................................................................OC9 - 1
OC9.3 SCOPE ...................................................................................................................OC9 - 2
OC9.4 BLACK START .......................................................................................................OC9 - 2

OC9.4.1 Total Shutdown ..............................................................................................OC9 - 2
OC9.4.2 Partial Shutdown ............................................................................................OC9 - 2
OC9.4.5 Black Start Stations......................................................................................OC9 - 32
OC9.4.6 Black Start Situation.......................................................................................OC9 - 3
OC9.4.7 Black Start......................................................................................................OC9 - 3
NGC Instructions.......................................................................................OC9 - 3
Embedded Power Stations........................................................................OC9 - 4
Local Joint Restoration Plan operation .....................................................OC9 - 4
Interconnection of Power Islands ..............................................................OC9 - 5
Conclusion of Black Start ..........................................................................OC9 - 6
Externally Interconnected Parties .............................................................OC9 - 6
Local Joint Restoration Plan establishment ..............................................OC9 - 6
OC9.5 RE-SYNCHRONISATION OF DE-SYNCHRONISED ISLANDS............................OC9 - 7
OC9.5.2 Options .........................................................................................................OC9 - 8
OC9.5.2.1 Indirect Data .........................................................................................OC9 - 8
OC9.5.2.2 Direct Data............................................................................................OC9 - 8
OC9.5.2.3 Control Features ...................................................................................OC9 - 9
OC9.5.2.4 Absence of Control Features System ...................................................OC9 - 9
OC9.5.3 Choice of Option ............................................................................................OC9 - 9
OC9.5.4 Agreeing Procedures ...................................................................................OC9 - 10
OC9.6 JOINT SYSTEM INCIDENT PROCEDURE..........................................................OC9 - 12

OPERATING CODE NO.9
CONTINGENCY PLANNING
OC9.1 INTRODUCTION
Operating Code No.9 ("OC9") covers the following:
OC9.1.1 Black Starts
The implementation of recovery procedures following a Total Shutdown or

Partial Shutdown.
OC9.1.2 Re-Synchronisation of Islands
The Re-Synchronisation of parts of the Total System which have become Out
of Synchronism with each other but where there is no Total Shutdown or
Partial Shutdown.
OC9.1.3 Joint System Incident Procedure
The establishment of a communication route and arrangements between senior

management representatives of NGC and Users involved in, or who may be
involved in, an actual or potential serious or widespread disruption to the Total
System or a part of the Total System, which requires, or may require, urgent
managerial response, day or night, but which does not fall within the provisions of
OC9.1.4.
OC9.1.4 It should be noted that under section 96 of the Act the Secretary of State may
give directions to NGC and/or any Generator and/or any Supplier, for the
purpose of "mitigating the effects of any civil emergency which may occur" (ie. for
the purposes of planning for a civil emergency); a civil emergency is defined in the
Act as "any natural disaster or other emergency which, in the opinion of the
Secretary of State, is or may be likely to disrupt electricity supplies". Under the
Energy Act 1976, the Secretary of State has powers to make orders and give
directions controlling the production, supply, acquisition or use of electricity, where
an Order in Council under section 3 is in force declaring that there is an actual or
imminent emergency affecting electricity supplies. In the event that any such
directions are given, or orders made under the Energy Act 1976, the provisions of
the Grid Code will be suspended in so far as they are inconsistent with them.
OC9.2 OBJECTIVE
The overall objectives of OC9 are:
OC9.2.1 To achieve, as far as possible, restoration of the Total System and associated
Demand in the shortest possible time, taking into account Power Station
capabilities, including Embedded Generating Units, External Interconnections
and the operational constraints of the Total System.
OC9.2.2 To achieve the Re-Synchronisation of parts of the Total System which have
become Out of Synchronism with each other.
OC9.2.3 To ensure that communication routes and arrangements are available to enable
senior management representatives of NGC and Users, who are authorised to
make binding decisions on behalf of NGC or the relevant User, as the case may
be, to communicate with each other in the situation described in OC9.1.3.
OC9.3 SCOPE
(a) Generators;
OC9.3.2 The procedure for the establishment of emergency support/contingency planning

between NGC and Externally Interconnected System Operators is set out in
the Interconnection Agreement with each Externally Interconnected System
Operator.
OC9.4 BLACK START
OC9.4.1 Total Shutdown
A "Total Shutdown" is the situation existing when all generation has ceased and
there is no electricity supply from External Interconnections. Therefore, the
Total System has shutdown with the result that it is not possible for the Total
System to begin to function again without NGC's directions relating to a Black
Start.
OC9.4.2 Partial Shutdown
A "Partial Shutdown" is the same as a Total Shutdown except that all

generation has ceased in a separate part of the Total System and there is no
electricity supply from External Interconnections or other parts of the Total
System to that part of the Total System. Therefore, that part of the Total System
is shutdown with the result that it is not possible for that part of the Total System
to begin to function again without NGC's directions relating to a Black Start.
OC9.4.3 During a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown and during the subsequent
recovery, the Licence Standards may not apply and the Total System may be
operated outside normal voltage and Frequency standards.
OC9.4.4 In a Total Shutdown and in a Partial Shutdown, it may be necessary for NGC to
issue Emergency Instructions in accordance with BC2.9 and it may be
necessary to depart from normal Balancing Mechanism operation in accordance
with BC2 in issuing Bid-Offer Acceptances.
OC9.4.5 Black Start Stations
OC9.4.5.1 Certain Power Stations ("Black Start Stations") are registered, pursuant to the
Bilateral Agreement with a User, as having an ability for at least one of its
Gensets to Start-Up from Shutdown and to energise a part of the Total System,
or be Synchronised to the System, upon instruction from NGC within two hours,
without an external electrical power supply ("Black Start Capability").
OC9.4.5.2 For each Black Start Station, a Local Joint Restoration Plan will be produced
jointly by NGC, the relevant Generator and Network Operator in accordance
with the provisions of OC9.4.7.11. The Local Joint Restoration Plan will detail
the agreed method and procedure by which a Genset at a Black Start Station
(possibly with other Gensets at that Black Start Station) will energise part of the
Total System and meet complementary local Demand so as to form a Power
Island.
OC9.4.6 Black Start Situation
In the event of a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown, NGC will, as soon as

reasonably practical, inform Users (or, in the case of a Partial Shutdown, Users
which in NGC's opinion need to be informed) that a Total Shutdown, or, as the
case may be, a Partial Shutdown, exists and that NGC intends to implement a
Black Start.
OC9.4.7 Black Start
OC9.4.7.1 The procedure necessary for a recovery from a Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown is known as a "Black Start". The procedure for a Partial Shutdown
is the same as that for a Total Shutdown except that it applies only to a part of
the Total System. It should be remembered that a Partial Shutdown may affect
parts of the Total System which are not themselves shutdown.
OC9.4.7.2 The complexities and uncertainties of recovery from a Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown require that OC9 is sufficiently flexible in order to accommodate the full
range of Genset and Total System characteristics and operational possibilities,
and this precludes the setting out in the Grid Code itself of concise chronological
sequences. The overall strategy will, in general, include the overlapping phases
of establishment of Genset(s) at an isolated Power Station, together with
complementary local Demand, termed "Power Islands", step by step integration
of these Power Islands into larger sub-systems and eventually re-establishment
of the complete Total System.
NGC Instructions
OC9.4.7.3 The procedures for a Black Start will, therefore, be those specified by NGC at the
time. These will normally recognise any applicable Local Joint Restoration
Plan. Users shall abide by NGC's instructions during a Black Start situation,
even if these conflict with the general overall strategy outlined in OC9.4.7.2 or any
applicable Local Joint Restoration Plan. NGC's instructions may (although this
list should not be regarded as exhaustive) be to a Black Start Station relating to
the commencement of generation, to a Network Operator or Non-Embedded
Customer relating to the restoration of Demand, and to a Power Station relating
to preparation for commencement of generation when an external power supply is
made available to it, and in each case may include the requirement to undertake
switching.
OC9.4.7.4 (a) During a Black Start situation, instructions in relation to Black Start
Stations will be in the format required for Emergency Instructions in BC2,
and will recognise any differing Black Start operational capabilities
(however termed) set out in the relevant Ancillary Services Agreement in
preference to the declared operational capability as registered pursuant to
BC1 (or as amended from time to time in accordance with the BCs). For
the purposes of these instructions the Black Start will be an emergency
circumstance under BC2.9. For Power Stations which are not Black Start
Stations, Bid-Offer Acceptances will recognise each BM Unit’s Export
and Import Limits and Dynamic Parameters as submitted pursuant to
BC1 or BC2 (or as amended from time to time in accordance with the BCs).
(b) If during the Demand restoration process any Genset cannot, because of
the Demand being experienced, keep within its safe operating parameters,
the Generator shall, unless a Local Joint Restoration Plan is in
operation, inform NGC. NGC will, where possible, either instruct Demand
to be altered or will re-configure the NGCGB Transmission System or will
instruct a User to re-configure its System in order to alleviate the problem
being experienced by the Generator. If a Local Joint Restoration Plan is
in operation, then the arrangements set out therein shall apply. However,
NGC accepts that any decision to keep a Genset operating, if outside its
safe operating parameters, is one for the Generator concerned alone and
accepts that the Generator may change generation on that Genset if it
believes it is necessary for safety reasons (whether relating to personnel or
Plant and/or Apparatus). If such a change is made without prior notice,
then the Generator shall inform NGC as soon as reasonably practical
(unless a Local Joint Restoration Plan is in operation in which case the
arrangements set out therein shall apply).
Embedded Power Stations
OC9.4.7.5 Without prejudice to the provisions of OC9.4.7.8, Network Operators with

Embedded Power Stations will comply with any directions of NGC to restore
Demand to be met by the Embedded Power Stations.
Local Joint Restoration Plan operation
OC9.4.7.6 (a) The following provisions apply in relation to a Local Joint Restoration
Plan. As set out in OC9.4.7.3, NGC may issue instructions which conflict
with a Local Joint Restoration Plan. In such cases, these instructions
will take precedence over the requirements of the Local Joint
Restoration Plan. When issuing such instructions, NGC shall state
whether or not it wishes the remainder of the Local Joint Restoration
Plan to apply. If, not withstanding that NGC has stated that it wishes the
remainder of the Local Joint Restoration Plan to apply, the Generator or
the relevant Network Operator consider that NGC’s instructions mean
that it is not possible to operate the Local Joint Restoration Plan as
modified by those instructions, any of them may give notice to NGC and
the other parties to the Local Joint Restoration Plan to this effect and
NGC shall immediately consult with all parties to the Local Joint
Restoration Plan. Unless all parties to the Local Joint Restoration Plan
reach an agreement forthwith as to how the Local Joint Restoration Plan
shall operate in those circumstances, operation in accordance with the
Local Joint Restoration Plan will terminate.
(b) Where NGC, as part of a Black Start, has given an instruction to a Black
Start Station to initiate Start-Up, the relevant Genset(s) at the Black
Start Station will Start-Up in accordance with the Local Joint
Restoration Plan.
(c) NGC will advise the relevant Network Operator of the requirement to
switch its User System so as to segregate its Demand and to carry out
such other actions as set out in the Local Joint Restoration Plan. The
relevant Network Operator will then operate in accordance with the
provisions of the Local Joint Restoration Plan.

(d) NGC will carry out switching on the NGCGB Transmission System and
other actions as set out in the Local Joint Restoration Plan.
(e) Following notification from the Generator that the Black Start Station is
ready to accept load, NGC will instruct the Black Start Station to energise
part of the Total System. The Black Start Station and the relevant
Network Operator will then, in accordance with the requirements of the
Local Joint Restoration Plan, establish direct communication and agree
the output of the relevant Genset(s) and the connection of Demand so as
to establish a Power Island. During this period, the Generator will be
required to regulate the output of the relevant Genset(s) at its Black Start
Station to the Demand prevailing in the Power Island in which it is
situated, on the basis that it will (where practicable) seek to maintain the
Target Frequency. The Genset(s) at the Black Start Station will (where
practical) also seek to follow the requirements relating to Reactive Power
(which may include the requirement to maintain a target voltage) set out in
the Local Joint Restoration Plan.
(f) Operation in accordance with the Local Joint Restoration Plan will be
terminated by NGC (by notifying the relevant Users) prior to connecting
the Power Island to other Power Islands, or to the User System of
another Network Operator, or to the synchronising of Gensets at other
Power Stations. Operation in accordance with the Local Joint
Restoration Plan will also terminate in the circumstances provided for in
OC9.4.7.6(a) if an agreement is not reached or if NGC states that it does
not wish the remainder of the Local Joint Restoration Plan to apply.
Users will then comply with the Bid-Offer Acceptances or Emergency
Instructions of NGC.
Interconnection of Power Islands
OC9.4.7.7 NGC will instruct the relevant Users so as to interconnect Power Islands to
achieve larger sub-systems, and subsequently the interconnection of these sub-
systems to form an integrated system. This should eventually achieve the re-
establishment of the Total System or that part of the Total System subject to the
Partial Shutdown, as the case may be.
OC9.4.7.8 As part of the Black Start strategy each Network Operator with either an
Embedded Black Start Station which has established a Power Island within its
User System or with any Embedded Power Stations within its User System
which have become islanded, may in liaison with NGC sustain and expand these
islands in accordance with the relevant provisions of OC9.5 which shall apply to
this OC9.4 as if set out here. They will inform NGC of their actions and will not
Re-Synchronise to the NGCGB Transmission System or any User's System
which is already Synchronised to the NGCGB Transmission System without
NGC's agreement.
Conclusion of Black Start
OC9.4.7.9 The conclusion of the Black Start, and the time of the return to normal operation
of the Total System, will be determined by NGC who shall inform Users (or
where there has been a Partial Shutdown, Users which in NGC's opinion need
to be informed) that the Black Start situation no longer exists and that normal
operation of the Total System has begun.

Externally Interconnected System Operators
OC9.4.7.10 During a Black Start, NGC will, pursuant to the Interconnection Agreement with
Externally Interconnected System Operators, agree with Externally
Interconnected System Operators when their transmission systems can be Re-
Synchronised to the Total System, if they have become separated.
OC9.4.7.11 Local Joint Restoration Plan establishment
(a) In relation to each Black Start Station, NGC, the Network Operator and
the relevant Generator will discuss and agree a Local Joint Restoration
Plan. Where at the date of the first inclusion of this OC9.4.7.11 into the
Grid Code a local plan covering the procedures to be covered in a Local
Joint Restoration Plan is in existence and agreed, NGC will discuss this
with the Network Operator and the relevant Generator to agree whether
it is consistent with the principles set out in this OC9.4. If it is agreed to be
so consistent, then it shall become a Local Joint Restoration Plan under
this OC9 and the relevant provisions of OC9.4.7.11(b) shall apply. If it is
not agreed to be so consistent, then the provisions of OC9.4.7.11(b) shall
apply as if there is no Local Joint Restoration Plan in place.
(b) Where the need for a Local Joint Restoration Plan arises when there is
none in place, the following provisions shall apply:-
(i) NGC, the Network Operator and the relevant Generator will
discuss and agree the detail of the Local Joint Restoration Plan as
soon as the requirement for a Local Joint Restoration Plan is
identified by NGC. NGC will notify all affected Users, and will initiate
these discussions.
(ii) Each Local Joint Restoration Plan will be in relation to a specific

Black Start Station.
(iii) The Local Joint Restoration Plan will record which Users and
which User Sites are covered by the Local Joint Restoration Plan
and set out what is required from NGC and each User should a
Black Start situation arise.
(iv) Each Local Joint Restoration Plan shall be prepared by NGC to

reflect the above discussions and agreement.
(v) Each page of the Local Joint Restoration Plan shall bear a date of
issue and the issue number.
(vi) When a Local Joint Restoration Plan has been prepared, it shall
be sent by NGC to the Users involved for confirmation of its
accuracy.
(vii) The Local Joint Restoration Plan shall then (if its accuracy has
been confirmed) be signed on behalf of NGC and on behalf of each
relevant User by way of written confirmation of its accuracy.
(viii) Once agreed under this OC9.4.7.11, the procedure will become a
Local Joint Restoration Plan under the Grid Code and (subject to
any change pursuant to this OC9) will apply between NGC and the
relevant Users as if it were part of the Grid Code.

(ix) Once signed, a copy of the Local Joint Restoration Plan will be
distributed by NGC to each User which is a party to it accompanied
by a note indicating the date of implementation.
(x) NGC and Users must make the Local Joint Restoration Plan
readily available to the relevant operational staff.
(xi) If NGC, or any User which is a party to a Local Joint Restoration

Plan, becomes aware that a change is needed to that Local Joint
Restoration Plan, it shall (in the case of NGC) initiate a discussion
between NGC and the relevant Users to seek to agree the relevant
change. If a User becomes so aware, it shall contact NGC who will
then initiate such discussions. The principles applying to establishing
a new Local Joint Restoration Plan under this OC9.4.7.11 shall
apply to such discussions and to any consequent changes.
OC9.5 RE-SYNCHRONISATION OF DE-SYNCHRONISED ISLANDS
OC9.5.1 (a) Where parts of the Total System are Out of Synchronism with each
other (each such part being termed a "De-Synchronised Island"), but
there is no Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown, NGC will instruct Users
to regulate generation or Demand, as the case may be, to enable the De-
Synchronised Islands to be Re-Synchronised and NGC will inform
those Users when Re-Synchronisation has taken place.
(b) As part of that process, there may be a need to deal specifically with
Embedded generation in those De-Synchronised Islands. This OC9.5
provides for how such Embedded generation should be dealt with.
(c) In accordance with the provisions of the BCs, NGC may decide that, to
enable Re-Synchronisation, it will issue Emergency Instructions in
accordance with BC2.9 and it may be necessary to depart from normal
Balancing Mechanism operation in accordance with BC2 in issuing Bid-
Offer Acceptances.
(d) The provisions of this OC9.5 shall also apply to the Re-Synchronising of
parts of the System following a Total or Partial Shutdown, as indicated in
OC9.4.
OC9.5.2 Options
Embedded generation in those De-Synchronised Islands may be dealt with in

three different ways, more than one of which may be utilised in relation to any
particular incident:-
OC9.5.2.1 Indirect Data
(a) NGC, each Generator with Synchronised (or connected and available to
generate although not Synchronised) Genset(s) in the De-Synchronised
Island and the Network Operator in whose User System the De-
Synchronised Island is situated shall exchange information as set out in
this OC9.5.2.1 to enable NGC to issue a Bid-Offer Acceptance or an
Emergency Instruction to that Generator in relation to its Genset(s) in
the De-Synchronised Island until Re-Synchronisation takes place, on
the basis that it will (where practicable) seek to maintain the Target
Frequency.
(b) The information to NGC from the Generator will cover its relevant
operational parameters as outlined in the BCs and from NGC to the
Generator will cover data on Demand and changes in Demand in the De-
Synchronised Island.
(c) The information from the Network Operator to NGC will comprise data on
Demand in the De-Synchronised Island, including data on any
constraints within the De-Synchronised Island.
(d) NGC will keep the Network Operator informed of the Bid-Offer
Acceptances or Emergency Instructions it is issuing to Genset(s) within
the De-Synchronised Island.
OC9.5.2.2 Direct Data
(a) NGC will issue an Emergency Instruction and/or a Bid-Offer

Acceptance, to the Generator to "float" local Demand and maintain
Frequency at Target Frequency. Under this the Generator will be
required to regulate the output of its Genset(s) at the Power Station in
question to the Demand prevailing in the De-Synchronised Island in
which it is situated, until Re-Synchronisation takes place, on the basis
that it will (where practicable) seek to maintain the Target Frequency.
(b) The Network Operator in whose User System the Power Station is
situated is required to be in contact with the Generator at the Power
Station to supply data on Demand changes within the De-Synchronised
Island.
(c) If more than one Genset is Synchronised on the De-Synchronised

Island, or is connected to the De-Synchronised Island and available to
generate although not Synchronised, the Network Operator will need to
liaise with NGC to agree which Genset(s) will be utilised to accommodate
changes in Demand in the De-Synchronised Island. The Network
Operator will then maintain contact with the relevant Generator (or
Generators) in relation to that Genset(s).
(d) The Generator at the Power Station must contact the Network Operator
if the level of Demand which it has been asked to meet as a result of the
Emergency Instruction and/or Bid-Offer Acceptance to "float" and the
detail on Demand passed on by the Network Operator, is likely to cause
problems for safety reasons (whether relating to personnel or Plant and/or
Apparatus) in the operation of its Genset(s), in order that the Network
Operator can alter the level of Demand which that Generator needs to
meet. Any decision to operate outside any relevant parameters is one
entirely for the Generator.
OC9.5.2.3 Control Features
(a) A system may be established in relation to a part of the Network

Operator's User System, if agreed between NGC and the Network
Operator and the relevant Generator(s), whereby upon a defined fault(s)
occurring, manual or automatic control features will operate to protect the
relevant Network Operator's User System and Genset(s) and simplify
the restoration of Demand in the De-Synchronised Island.

(b) In agreeing the establishment of such a system of control features NGC
will need to consider its impact on the operation of the NGCGB
OC9.5.2.4 Absence of Control Features System
If a system of control features under OC9.5.2.3 has not been agreed as part of an
OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure under OC9.5.4 below, NGC may
choose to utilise the procedures set out in OC9.5.2.1 or OC9.5.2.2, or may instruct
the Genset(s) (or some of them) in the De-Synchronised Island to De-
Synchronise.
OC9.5.3 Choice of Option
In relation to each of the methods set out in OC9.5.2, where a De-Synchronised

Island has come into existence and where an OC9 De-Synchronised Island
Procedure under OC9.5.4 has been agreed, NGC, the Network Operator and
relevant Generator(s) will operate in accordance with that OC9 De-
Synchronised Islands Procedure unless NGC considers that the nature of the
De-Synchronised Island situation is such that either:-
(i) the OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure does not cover the
situation; or
(ii) the provisions of the OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure are not
appropriate,
in which case NGC will instruct the relevant Users and the Users will comply with
NGC's instructions (which in the case of Generators will relate to generation and
in the case of Network Operators will relate to Demand).
OC9.5.4 Agreeing Procedures
In relation to each relevant part of the Total System, NGC, the Network
Operator and the relevant Generator will discuss and may agree a local
procedure (an "OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure").
OC9.5.4.1 Where there is no relevant local procedure in place at 12th May 1997, or in the
case where the need for an OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure arises for
the first time, the following provisions shall apply:-
(a) NGC, the Network Operator(s) and the relevant Generator(s) will
discuss the need for, and the detail of, the OC9 De-Synchronised Island
Procedure. As soon as the need for an OC9 De-Synchronised Island
Procedure is identified by NGC or a User, and the party which identifies
such a need will notify all affected Users (and NGC, if that party is a
User), and NGC will initiate these discussions.
(b) Each OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure will be in relation to a

specific Grid Supply Point, but if there is more than one Grid Supply
Point between NGC and the Network Operator then the OC9 De-
Synchronised Island Procedure may cover all relevant Grid Supply
Points.
(c) The OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure will:-

(i) record which Users and which User Sites are covered by the OC9
De-Synchronised Island Procedure;
(ii) record which of the three methods set out in OC9.5 (or combination
of the three) shall apply, with any conditions as to applicability being
set out as well;
(iii) set out what is required from NGC and each User should a De-
Synchronised Island arise; and
(iv) set out what action should be taken if the OC9 De-Synchronised
Island Procedure does not cover a particular set of circumstances
and will reflect that in the absence of any specified action, the
provisions of OC9.5.3 will apply.
(d) Each OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure shall be prepared by

NGC to reflect the above discussions.
(e) Each page of the OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure shall bear a
date of issue and the issue number.
(f) When an OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure is prepared, it shall

be sent by NGC to the Users involved for confirmation of its accuracy.
(g) The OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure shall then be signed on

behalf of NGC and on behalf of each relevant User by way of written
confirmation of its accuracy.
(h) Once agreed under this OC9.5.4.1, the procedure will become an OC9
De-Synchronised Island Procedure under the Grid Code and (subject to
any change pursuant to this OC9) will apply between NGC and the
relevant Users as if it were part of the Grid Code.
(i) Once signed, a copy will be distributed by NGC to each User which is a
party accompanied by a note indicating the issue number and the date of
implementation.
(j) NGC and Users must make the OC9 De-Synchronised Island
Procedure readily available to the relevant operational staff.
(k) If a new User connects to the Total System and needs to be included with
an existing OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure, NGC will initiate a
discussion with that User and the Users which are parties to the relevant
OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure. The principles applying to a
new OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure under this OC9.5.4.1 shall
apply to such discussions and to any consequent changes.
(l) If NGC, or any User which is a party to an OC9 De-Synchronised Island

Procedure, becomes aware that a change is needed to that OC9 De-
Synchronised Island Procedure, it shall (in the case of NGC) initiate a
discussion between NGC and the relevant Users to seek to agree the
relevant change. The principles applying to establishing a new OC9 De-
Synchronised Island Procedure under this OC9.5.4.1 shall apply to such
discussions and to any consequent changes. If a User becomes so
aware, it shall contact NGC who will then initiate such discussions.

(m) If in relation to any discussions, agreement cannot be reached between
NGC and the relevant Users, NGC will operate the System on the basis
that it will discuss which of the three methods set out in OC9.5.2.1 to
OC9.5.2.3 would be most appropriate at the time, if practicable. The
complexities and uncertainties of recovery from a De-Synchronised
Island means that NGC will decide, having discussed the situation with
the relevant Users and taking into account the fact that the three methods
may not cover the situation or be appropriate, the approach which is to be
followed. NGC will instruct the relevant Users and the Users will comply
with NGC's instructions as provided in OC9.5.3.
OC9.5.4.2 Where there is a relevant local procedure in place at 12th May 1997, the following
provisions shall apply:-
(a) NGC and the Network Operator and the relevant Generator(s) will
discuss the existing procedure to see whether it is consistent with the
principles set out in this OC9.5.
(b) If it is, then it shall become an OC9 De-Synchronised Island Procedure

under this OC9, and the relevant provisions of OC9.5.4.1 shall apply.
(c) If it is not, then the parties will discuss what changes are needed to ensure
that it is consistent, and once agreed the procedure will become an OC9
De-Synchronised Island Procedure under this OC9, and the relevant
provisions of OC9.5.4.1 shall apply.
(d) If agreement cannot be reached between NGC and the relevant Users
after a reasonable period of time, the existing procedure will cease to
apply and NGC will operate the System on the basis that it will discuss
which of the three methods set out in OC9.5.2.1 to OC9.5.2.3 would be
most appropriate at the time, if practicable. The complexities and
uncertainties of recovery from a De-Synchronised Island means that
NGC will decide, having discussed the situation with the relevant Users
and taking into account the fact that the three methods may not cover the
situation or be appropriate, the approach which is to be followed. NGC will
instruct the relevant Users and the Users will comply with NGC's
instructions as provided in OC9.5.3.
OC9.5.5 Where the NGCGB Transmission System is Out of Synchronism with the
transmission system of an Externally Interconnected System Operator, NGC
will, pursuant to the Interconnection Agreement with that Externally
Interconnected System Operator, agree with that Externally Interconnected
System Operator when its transmission system can be Re-Synchronised to the
NGCGB Transmission System.
OC9.6 JOINT SYSTEM INCIDENT PROCEDURE
OC9.6.1 A "Joint System Incident" is
(a) an Event, wherever occurring (other than on an Embedded Small Power

Station or Embedded Medium Power Station), which, in the opinion of
NGC or a User, has or may have a serious and/or widespread effect.
(b) In the case of an Event on a User(s) System(s) (other than on an

Embedded Small Power Station or Embedded Medium Power
Station), the effect must be on the NGCGB Transmission System, and
in the case of an Event on the NGCGB Transmission System, the effect
must be on a User(s) System(s) (other than on an Embedded Small
Power Station or Embedded Medium Power Station).
Where an Event on a User(s) System(s) has or may have no effect on the

NGCGB Transmission System, then such an Event does not fall within OC9
and accordingly OC9 shall not apply to it.
OC9.6.2 (a) (i) Each User (other than Generators which only have Embedded
Small Power Stations and/or Embedded Medium Power Stations)
will provide in writing to NGC, and
(ii) NGC will provide in writing to each User (other than Generators
which only have Embedded Small Power Stations and/or
Embedded Medium Power Stations), a telephone number or
numbers at which, or through which, senior management
representatives nominated for this purpose and who are fully
authorised to make binding decisions on behalf of NGC or the
relevant User, as the case may be, can be contacted day or night
when there is a Joint System Incident.
(b) The lists of telephone numbers will be provided in accordance with the
timing requirements of the Bilateral Agreement and/or Construction
Agreement with that User, prior to the time that a User connects to the
NGCGB Transmission System and must be up-dated (in writing) as often
as the information contained in them changes.
OC9.6.3 Following notification of an Event under OC7, NGC or a User, as the case may
be, will, if it considers necessary, telephone the User or NGC, as the case may
be, on the telephone number referred to in OC9.6.2, to obtain such additional
information as it requires.
OC9.6.4 Following notification of an Event under OC7, and/or the receipt of any additional
information requested pursuant to OC9.6.3, NGC or a User, as the case may be,
will determine whether or not the Event is a Joint System Incident, and, if so,
NGC and/or the User may set up an Incident Centre in order to avoid
overloading the existing NGC or that User's, as the case may be,
operational/control arrangements.
OC9.6.5 Where NGC has determined that an Event is a Joint System Incident, NGC
shall, as soon as possible, notify all relevant Users that a Joint System Incident
has occurred and, if appropriate, that it has established an Incident Centre and
the telephone number(s) of its Incident Centre if different from those already
supplied pursuant to OC9.6.2.
OC9.6.6 If a User establishes an Incident Centre it shall, as soon as possible, notify NGC
that it has been established and the telephone number(s) of the Incident Centre if
different from those already supplied pursuant to OC9.6.2.
OC9.6.7 NGC's Incident Centre and/or the User's Incident Centre will not assume any
responsibility for the operation of the NGCGB Transmission System or User's
System, as the case may be, but will be the focal point in NGC or the User, as
the case may be, for:-
(a) the communication and dissemination of information between NGC and

the senior management representatives of User(s); or

(b) between the User and the senior management representatives of NGC, as
the case may be,
relating to the Joint System Incident. The term "Incident Centre" does not
imply a specially built centre for dealing with Joint System Incidents, but is a
communications focal point. During a Joint System Incident, the normal
communication channels, for operational/control communication between NGC
and Users will continue to be used.
OC9.6.8 All communications between the senior management representatives of the

relevant parties with regard to NGC's role in the Joint System Incident shall be
made via NGC's Incident Centre if it has been established.
OC9.6.9 All communications between the senior management representatives of NGC and
a User with regard to that User's role in the Joint System Incident shall be made
via that User's Incident Centre if it has been established.
OC9.6.10 NGC will decide when conditions no longer justify the need to use its Incident
Centre and will inform all relevant Users of this decision.
OC9.6.11 Each User which has established an Incident Centre will decide when conditions
no longer justify the need to use that Incident Centre and will inform NGC of this
decision.
<End of OC9>

OPERATING CODE NO.10
EVENT INFORMATION SUPPLY
CONTENTS

OC10.1 INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................OC10 - 1
OC10.2 OBJECTIVE ......................................................................................................OC10 - 1
OC10.3 SCOPE..............................................................................................................OC10 - 1
OC10.4 PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................OC10 - 1

OC10.4.1 Reporting................................................................................................... OC10 - 1
OC10.4.1.1 Written Reporting of Events by Users to NGC.......................... OC10 - 1
OC10.4.1.2 Written Reporting of Events by NGC to Users.......................... OC10 - 2
OC10.4.1.3 Form ......................................................................................... OC10 - 2
OC10.4.1.4 Timing ....................................................................................... OC10 - 2
OC10.4.2 Joint Investigations.................................................................................... OC10 - 2
APPENDIX – MATTERS TO BE INCLUDED IN A WRITTEN REPORT..........................OC10 - 4

EVENT INFORMATION SUPPLY
OC10.1 INTRODUCTION
OC10.1.1. Operating Code No.10 ("OC10") sets out:
OC10.1.1.1 the requirements for the reporting in writing and, where appropriate, more fully,
those Significant Incidents which were initially reported to NGC or a User orally
under OC7; and
OC10.1.1.2 the mechanism for the joint investigation of a Significant Incident or a series of
Significant Incidents if NGC and the relevant Users agree.
OC10.2 OBJECTIVE
The objective of OC10 is to facilitate the provision of more detailed information, in

writing, of Significant Incidents which were initially orally reported under OC7
and to enable joint investigations to take place if NGC and the relevant Users
agree.
OC10.3 SCOPE
Stations and/or Embedded Medium Power Stations);
The procedure for Event information supply between NGC and Externally
Interconnected System Operators is set out in the Interconnection Agreement
with each Externally Interconnected System Operator.
OC10.4 PROCEDURE
OC10.4.1 REPORTING
OC10.4.1.1 Written Reporting of Events by Users to NGC

In the case of an Event which was initially reported by a User to NGC orally and
subsequently determined by NGC to be a Significant Incident, and accordingly
notified by NGC to a User pursuant to OC7, the User will give a written report to
NGC, in accordance with OC10. NGC will not pass on this report to other affected
Users but may use the information contained therein in preparing a report under
OC10 to another User (or in a report which NGC is required to submit under an
Interconnection Agreement) in relation to a Significant Incident (or its
equivalent under an Interconnection Agreement or STC) on the NGCGB

Transmission System which has been caused by (or exacerbated by) the
Significant Incident on the User's System.
OC10.4.1.2 Written Reporting of Events by NGC to Users
In the case of an Event which was initially reported by NGC to a User orally and
subsequently determined by the User to be a Significant Incident, and
accordingly notified by the User to NGC pursuant to OC7, NGC will give a written
report to the User, in accordance with OC10. The User will not pass on the report
to other affected Users but:
(a) a Network Operator may use the information contained therein in

preparing a written report to a Generator with a Generating Unit
connected to its System or to another operator of a User System
connected to its System in connection with reporting the equivalent of a
Significant Incident under the Distribution Code (or other contract
pursuant to which that Generating Unit or User System is connected to
its System) (if the Significant Incident on the NGCGB Transmission
System caused or exacerbated it); and
(b) a Generator may use the information contained therein in preparing a

written report to another Generator with a Generating Unit connected to
its System or to the operator of a User System connected to its System if
it is required (by a contract pursuant to which that Generating Unit or that
is connected to its System) to do so in connection with the equivalent of a
Significant Incident on its System (if the Significant Incident on the
NGCGB Transmission System caused or exacerbated it).
OC10.4.1.3 Form
A report under OC10.4.1 shall be sent to NGC or to a User, as the case may be,
and will contain a confirmation of the oral notification given under OC7 together
with more details relating to the Significant Incident although it (and any
response to any question asked) need not state the cause of the Event save to
the extent permitted under OC7.4.6.7 and OC7.4.6.9, and such further information
which has become known relating to the Significant Incident since the oral
notification under OC7. The report should, as a minimum, contain those matters
specified in the Appendix to OC10. The Appendix is not intended to be
exhaustive. NGC or the User, as the case may be, may raise questions to clarify
the notification and the giver of the notification will, in so far as it is able, answer
any questions raised.
OC10.4.1.4 Timing
A full written report under OC10.4.1 must, if possible, be received by NGC or the
User, as the case may be, within 2 hours of NGC or the User, as the case may
be, receiving oral notification under OC7. If this is not possible, the User or NGC,
as the case may be, shall, within this period, submit a preliminary report setting
out, as a minimum, those matters specified in the Appendix to OC10. As soon as
reasonably practical thereafter, the User or NGC, as the case may be, shall
submit a full written report containing the information set out in OC10.4.1.3.

OC10.4.2 Joint Investigations
OC10.4.2.1 Where a Significant Incident (or series of Significant Incidents) has been
declared and a report (or reports) under OC10 submitted, NGC or a User which
has either given or received a written report under OC10 may request that a joint
investigation of a Significant Incident should take place.
OC10.4.2.2 Where there has been a series of Significant Incidents (that is to say, where a
Significant Incident has caused or exacerbated another Significant Incident)
the party requesting a joint investigation or the recipient of such a request, may
request that the joint investigation should include an investigation into that other
Significant Incident (or Significant Incidents).
OC10.4.2.3 NGC or a User may also request that:-
(i) an Externally Interconnected System Operator and/or
(ii) Interconnector User or
(iii) (in the case of a Network Operator) a Generator with a Generating Unit
connected to its System or another User System connected to its System
or
(iv) (in the case of a Generator) another Generator with a Generating Unit
connected to its System or a User System connected to its System, .
be included in the joint investigation.
OC10.4.2.4 A joint investigation will only take place if NGC and the User or Users involved
agree to it (including agreement on the involvement of other parties referred to in
OC10.4.2.3). The form and rules of, the procedure for, and all matters (including,
if thought appropriate, provisions for costs and for a party to withdraw from the
joint investigation once it has begun) relating to the joint investigation will be
agreed at the time of a joint investigation and in the absence of agreement the
joint investigation will not take place.
OC10.4.2.5 Requests relating to a proposed joint investigation will be in writing.
OC10.4.2.6 Any joint investigation under OC10 is separate to any investigation under the
Disputes Resolution Procedure.

APPENDIX
MATTERS, IF APPLICABLE TO THE SIGNIFICANT INCIDENT
AND TO THE RELEVANT USER (OR NGC, AS THE CASE MAY BE,)
TO BE INCLUDED IN A WRITTEN REPORT
GIVEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH OC10.4.1 AND OC10.4.2
1. Time and date of Significant Incident.
2. Location.
3. Plant and/or Apparatus directly involved (and not merely affected by the Event).
4. Description of Significant Incident.
5. Demand (in MW) and/or generation (in MW) interrupted and duration of
interruption.
6. Generating Unit - Frequency response (MW correction achieved subsequent to

the Significant Incident).
7. Generating Unit - Mvar performance (change in output subsequent to the

Significant Incident).
8. Estimated time and date of return to service.
< End of OC10>

NUMBERING AND NOMENCLATURE OF

HIGH VOLTAGE APPARATUS AT CERTAIN SITES
CONTENTS

OC11.1 INTRODUCTION ..............................................................................................OC11 - 12
OC11.2 OBJECTIVE ......................................................................................................OC11 - 12
OC11.3 SCOPE .............................................................................................................OC11 - 12
OC11.4 PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................OC11 - 23

OC11.4.2 NGCTransmission HV Apparatus on Users Sites ......................................OC11 - 23
OC11.4.3 User HV Apparatus on NGCTransmission Sites ........................................OC11 - 23
OC11.4.4 Changes.....................................................................................................OC11 - 34

NUMBERING AND NOMENCLATURE OF

HIGH VOLTAGE APPARATUS AT CERTAIN SITES
OC11.1 INTRODUCTION
OC11.1.1 Operating Code No.11 ("OC11") sets out the requirement that:
(a) NGCTransmission HV Apparatus on Users' Sites; and
(b) User HV Apparatus on NGCTransmission Sites;
shall have numbering and nomenclature in accordance with the system used from
time to time by NGC.
OC11.1.2 The numbering and nomenclature (if required under the system of numbering and
nomenclature used from time to time by NGC) of each item of HV Apparatus shall
be included in the Operation Diagram prepared for each NGCTransmission Site
or User Site, as the case may be. Further provisions on Operation Diagrams are
contained in the Connection Conditions and in each Bilateral Agreement.
OC11.1.3 In OC11 the term "HV Apparatus" includes any SF6 Gas Zones associated with
any HV Apparatus.
OC11.2 OBJECTIVE
OC11.2.1 The overall objective of OC11 is to ensure, so far as possible, the safe and
effective operation of the Total System and to reduce the risk of human error
faults by requiring, in certain circumstances, that the numbering and nomenclature
of User's HV Apparatus shall be in accordance with the system used from time to
time by NGC.
OC11.3 SCOPE
(a) Generators;

OC11.4 PROCEDURE
OC11.4.1.1 The term "User Site" means a site owned (or occupied pursuant to a lease,
licence or other agreement) by a User in which there is a Connection Point. For
the avoidance of doubt, where a site is owned by NGC (in England and Wales) or
a Relevant Transmission Licensee (in Scotland) but occupied by a User (as
aforesaid), the site is a User Site.
OC11.4.1.2 The term "NGCTransmission Site" means a site owned (or occupied pursuant to
a lease, licence or other agreement) by NGC (in England and Wales) or by a
Relevant Transmission Licensee (in Scotland) in which there is a Connection
Point. For the avoidance of doubt, where a site is owned by a User but occupied
by NGC (in England and Wales) or a Relevant Transmission Licensee (in
Scotland)(as aforesaid), the site is an NGCTransmission Site.
OC11.4.2 NGCTransmission HV Apparatus on Users' Sites
(a) NGCTransmission HV Apparatus on Users' Sites shall have

numbering and nomenclature in accordance with the system used from
time to time by NGC;
(b) when NGC (for sites in England and Wales) or the Relevant
Transmission Licensee (for sites in Scotland) is to install its HV
Apparatus on a User's Site, NGC shall (unless it gives rise to a
Modification under the CUSC, in which case the provisions of the CUSC
as to the timing apply) notify the relevant User of the numbering and
nomenclature to be adopted for that HV Apparatus at least eight months
prior to proposed installation;
(c) the notification will be made in writing to the relevant User and will
consist of both a proposed Operation Diagram incorporating the
proposed new NGCTransmission HV Apparatus to be installed, its
proposed numbering and nomenclature, and the date of its proposed
installation;
(d) the relevant User will respond in writing to NGC within one month of the
receipt of the notification, confirming receipt and confirming either that
any other HV Apparatus of the relevant User on such User Site does
not have numbering and/or nomenclature which could be confused with
that proposed by NGC, or, to the extent that it does, that the relevant
other numbering and/or nomenclature will be changed before installation
of the NGCTransmission HV Apparatus;
(e) the relevant User will not install, or permit the installation of, any HV
Apparatus on such User Site which has numbering and/or
nomenclature which could be confused with NGCTransmission HV
Apparatus which is either already on that User Site or which NGC has
notified that User will be installed on that User Site.
OC11.4.3 User HV Apparatus on NGCTransmission Sites
(a) User HV Apparatus on NGCTransmission Sites shall have numbering

and nomenclature in accordance with the system used from time to time
by NGC;

(b) when a User is to install its HV Apparatus on an NGCTransmission
Site, or it wishes to replace existing HV Apparatus on an
NGCTransmission Site and it wishes to adopt new numbering and
nomenclature for such HV Apparatus, the User shall (unless it gives rise
to a Modification under the CUSC in which case the provisions of the
CUSC as to the timing apply) notify NGC of the details of the HV
Apparatus and the proposed numbering and nomenclature to be
adopted for that HV Apparatus, at least eight months prior to proposed
installation;
(c) the notification will be made in writing to NGC and shall consist of both a
proposed Operation Diagram incorporating the proposed new HV
Apparatus of the User to be installed, its proposed numbering and
nomenclature, and the date of its proposed installation;
(d) NGC will respond in writing to the User within one month of the receipt of
the notification stating whether or not NGC accepts the User's proposed
numbering and nomenclature and, if they are not acceptable, it shall give
details of the numbering and nomenclature which the User shall adopt
for that HV Apparatus.
OC11.4.4 Changes
Where NGC in its reasonable opinion has decided that it needs to change the
existing numbering or nomenclature of NGCTransmission HV Apparatus on a
User's Site or of User's HV Apparatus on an NGCTransmission Site:
(a) the provisions of paragraph OC11.4.2 shall apply to such change of

numbering or nomenclature of NGCTransmission HV Apparatus with
any necessary amendments to those provisions to reflect that only a
change is being made; and
(b) in the case of a change in the numbering or nomenclature of User's HV

Apparatus on an NGCTransmission Site, NGC will (unless it gives rise
to a Modification under the CUSC, in which case the provisions of the
CUSC as to the timing apply) notify the User of the numbering and/or
nomenclature the User shall adopt for that HV Apparatus (the
notification to be in a form similar to that envisaged under OC11.4.2) at
least eight months prior to the change being needed and the User will
respond in writing to NGC within one month of the receipt of the
notification, confirming receipt.
In either case the notification shall indicate the reason for the proposed change.
OC11.4.5 Users will be provided upon request with details of NGC's then current numbering
and nomenclature system in order to assist them in planning the numbering and
nomenclature for their HV Apparatus on NGCTransmission Sites.
OC11.4.6 When either NGC or a User installs HV Apparatus which is the subject of OC11,
NGC or the User, as the case may be, installing such HV Apparatus shall be
responsible for the provision and erection of clear and unambiguous labelling
showing the numbering and nomenclature. Where a User is required by OC11 to
change the numbering and/or nomenclature of HV Apparatus which is the subject
of OC11, the User will be responsible for the provision and erection of clear and
unambiguous labelling by the required date.

When either NGC (for sites in England and Wales), or a Relevant Transmission
Licensee (for sites in Scotland) installs HV Apparatus which is the subject of
OC11, NGC shall be responsible for the provision and erection of a clear and
unambiguous labelling showing the numbering and nomenclature. Where NGC
changes the numbering and /or nomenclature of its HV Apparatus which is the
subject of OC11, NGC will be responsible for the provision and erection of clear
and unambiguous labelling showing the numbering and nomenclature by the
required date.
OC11.4.7 For sites in England and Wales, NGC will not change its system of numbering and
nomenclature in use immediately prior to the Transfer Date (which is embodied in
OM5 (Operation Memorandum No.5 - Numbering and Nomenclature of HV
Apparatus on the CEGB Grid System Issue 3 June 1987)), other than to reflect
new or newly adopted technology or HV Apparatus. For the avoidance of doubt,
this OC11.4.7 refers to the system of numbering and nomenclature, and does not
preclude changes to the numbering and/or nomenclature of HV Apparatus which
are necessary to reflect newly installed HV Apparatus, or re-configuration of HV
Apparatus installed, and similar changes being made in accordance with that
system of numbering and nomenclature.
< End of OC11 >

SYSTEM TESTS
CONTENTS

OC12.1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................OC12 - 1
OC12.2 OBJECTIVE..........................................................................................OC12 - 1
OC12.3 SCOPE .................................................................................................OC12 - 2
OC12.4 PROCEDURE .......................................................................................OC12 - 2

OC12.4.1 Proposal Notice ..............................................................................OC12 - 2
OC12.4.2 Preliminary Notice and establishment of Test Panel....................OC12 - 23
OC12.4.3 Test Panel ....................................................................................OC12 - 45
OC12.4.4 Proposal Report .............................................................................OC12 - 5
OC12.4.5 Test Programme.............................................................................OC12 - 6
OC12.4.6 Final Report..................................................................................OC12 - 67
OC12.4.7 Timetable Reduction ......................................................................OC12 - 7

SYSTEM TESTS
OC12.1 INTRODUCTION
OC12.1.1 Operating Code No.12 ("OC12") relates to System Tests, which are
tests which involve simulating conditions or the controlled application of
irregular, unusual or extreme conditions, on the Total System or any part
of the Total System, but which do not include commissioning or
recommissioning tests or any other tests of a minor nature.
OC12.1.2 OC12 deals with the responsibilities and procedures for arranging and
carrying out System Tests which have (or may have) an effect on the
Systems of NGC and Users and/or on the System of any Externally
Interconnected System Operator. Where a System Test proposed by
a User will have no effect on the NGCGB Transmission System, then
such a System Test does not fall within OC12 and accordingly OC12
shall not apply to it. A System Test proposed by NGC which will have an
effect on the System of a User will always fall within OC12.
OC12.2 OBJECTIVE
The overall objectives of OC12 are:
OC12.2.1 to ensure, so far as possible, that System Tests proposed to be carried

out either by:
(a) a User which may have an effect on the Total System or any
part of the Total System (in addition to that User's System)
including the NGCGB Transmission System; or
(b) by NGC which may have an effect on the Total System or any
part of the Total System (in addition to the NGCGB
Transmission System)
do not threaten the safety of either their personnel or the general public,
cause minimum threat to the security of supplies and to the integrity of
Plant and/or Apparatus, and cause minimum detriment to NGC and
Users;
OC12.2.2 to set out the procedures to be followed for establishing and reporting
System Tests.

OC12.3 SCOPE
OC12 applies to NGC and to Users, which in OC12 means:-
(a) Generators;
The procedure for the establishment of System Tests on the NGCGB

Transmission System, with Externally Interconnected System
Operators which do not affect any User, is set out in the
Interconnection Agreement with each Externally Interconnected
System Operator. The position of Externally Interconnected System
Operators and Interconnector Users is also referred to in OC12.4.2.
OC12.4 PROCEDURE
OC12.4.1 Proposal Notice
OC12.4.1.1 Where a User has decided that it would like to undertake a System Test
it shall submit a notice (a "Proposal Notice") to NGC at least twelve
months in advance of the date it would like to undertake the proposed
System Test.
OC12.4.1.2 The Proposal Notice shall be in writing and shall contain details of the
nature and purpose of the proposed System Test and shall indicate the
extent and situation of the Plant and/or Apparatus involved.
OC12.4.1.3 If NGC is of the view that the information set out in the Proposal Notice
is insufficient, it will contact the person who submitted the Proposal
Notice (the "Test Proposer") as soon as reasonably practicable, with a
written request for further information. NGC will not be required to do
anything under OC12 until it is satisfied with the details supplied in the
Proposal Notice or pursuant to a request for further information.
OC12.4.1.4 If NGC wishes to undertake a System Test, NGC shall be deemed to

have received a Proposal Notice on that System Test.
OC12.4.1.5 Where, under OC12, NGC is obliged to notify or contact the Test
Proposer, NGC will not be so obliged where it is NGC that has proposed
the System Test. Users and the Test Panel, where they are obliged
under OC12 to notify, send reports to or otherwise contact both NGC and
the Test Proposer, need only do so once where NGC is the proposer of
the System Test.
OC12.4.2 Preliminary Notice and establishment of Test Panel
OC12.4.2.1 Using the information supplied to it under OC12.4.1 NGC will determine,
in its reasonable estimation, which Users, other than the Test Proposer,
may be affected by the proposed System Test. If NGC determines, in its
reasonable estimation, that an Externally Interconnected System
Operator and/or Interconnector User (or Externally Interconnected
System Operators and/or Interconnector Users) may be affected by

the proposed System Test, then (provided that the Externally
Interconnected System Operator and/or Interconnector User (or each
Externally Interconnected System Operator and/or Interconnector
User where there is more than one affected) undertakes to all the parties
to the Grid Code to be bound by the provisions of the Grid Code for the
purposes of the System Test) for the purposes of the remaining
provisions of this OC12, that Externally Interconnected System
Operator and/or Interconnector User (or each of those Externally
Interconnected System Operators and/or Interconnector Users) will
be deemed to be a User and references to the Total System or to the
Plant and/or Apparatus of a User will be deemed to include a reference
to the transmission or distribution system and plant and/or apparatus of
that Externally Interconnected System Operator and/or
Interconnector User or (as the case may be) those Externally
Interconnected System Operators and/or Interconnector Users. In
the event that the Externally Interconnected System Operator and/or
Interconnector User (or any of the Externally Interconnected System
Operators and/or Interconnector Users where there is more than one
affected) refuses to so undertake, then the System Test will not take
place.
OC12.4.2.2 NGC will appoint a person to co-ordinate the System Test (a "Test Co-
ordinator") as soon as reasonably practicable after it has, or is deemed
to have, received a Proposal Notice and in any event prior to the
distribution of the Preliminary Notice referred to below. The Test Co-
ordinator shall act as Chairman of the Test Panel and shall be an ex-
officio member of the Test Panel.
(a) Where NGC decides, in its reasonable opinion, that the NGCGB
Transmission System will or may be significantly affected by
the proposed System Test, then the Test Co-ordinator will be
a suitably qualified person nominated by NGC after consultation
with the Test Proposer and the Users identified under
OC12.4.2.1.
(b) Where NGC decides, in its reasonable opinion, that the NGCGB
Transmission System will not be significantly affected by the
proposed System Test, then the Test Co-ordinator will be a
suitably qualified person nominated by the Test Proposer after
consultation with NGC.
(c) NGC will, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has

received, or is deemed to have received, a Proposal Notice,
contact the Test Proposer where the Test Co-ordinator is to
be a person nominated by the Test Proposer and invite it to
nominate a person as Test Co-ordinator. If the Test Proposer
is unable or unwilling to nominate a person within seven days of
being contacted by NGC then the proposed System Test will
not take place.
OC12.4.2.3 NGC will notify all Users identified by it under OC12.4.2.1 of the
proposed System Test by a notice in writing (a "Preliminary Notice")
and will send a Preliminary Notice to the Test Proposer. The
Preliminary Notice will contain:
(a) the details of the nature and purpose of the proposed System
Test, the extent and situation of the Plant and/or Apparatus
involved and the identity of the Users identified by NGC under
OC12.4.2.1 and the identity of the Test Proposer;
(b) an invitation to nominate within one month a suitably qualified

representative (or representatives, if the Test Co-ordinator
informs NGC that it is appropriate for a particular User including
the Test Proposer) to be a member of the Test Panel for the
proposed System Test;
(c) the name of the NGC representative (or representatives) on the

Test Panel for the proposed System Test; and
(d) the name of the Test Co-ordinator and whether he was

nominated by the Test Proposer or by NGC.
OC12.4.2.4 The Preliminary Notice will be sent within one month of the later of
either the receipt by NGC of the Proposal Notice, or of the receipt of any
further information requested by NGC under OC12.4.1.3. Where NGC is
the proposer of the System Test, the Preliminary Notice will be sent
within one month of the proposed System Test being formulated.
OC12.4.2.5 Replies to the invitation in the Preliminary Notice to nominate a

representative to be a member of the Test Panel must be received by
NGC within one month of the date on which the Preliminary Notice was
sent to the User by NGC. Any User which has not replied within that
period will not be entitled to be represented on the Test Panel. If the
Test Proposer does not reply within that period, the proposed System
Test will not take place and NGC will notify all Users identified by it
under OC12.4.2.1 accordingly.
OC12.4.2.6 NGC will, as soon as possible after the expiry of that one month period,
appoint the nominated persons to the Test Panel and notify all Users
identified by it under OC12.4.2.1 and the Test Proposer, of the
composition of the Test Panel.
OC12.4.3 Test Panel
OC12.4.3.1 A meeting of the Test Panel will take place as soon as possible after
NGC has notified all Users identified by it under OC12.4.2.1 and the
Test Proposer of the composition of the Test Panel, and in any event
within one month of the appointment of the Test Panel.
OC12.4.3.2 The Test Panel shall consider:
(a) the details of the nature and purpose of the proposed System
Test and other matters set out in the Proposal Notice (together
with any further information requested by NGC under
OC12.4.1.3);
(b) the economic, operational and risk implications of the proposed

System Test;
(c) the possibility of combining the proposed System Test with any
other tests and with Plant and/or Apparatus outages which
arise pursuant to the Operational Planning requirements of
NGC and Users; and
(d) implications of the proposed System Test on the operation of

the Balancing Mechanism, in so far as it is able to do so.
OC12.4.3.3 Users identified by NGC under OC12.4.2.1, the Test Proposer and NGC
(whether or not they are represented on the Test Panel) shall be obliged
to supply that Test Panel, upon written request, with such details as the
Test Panel reasonably requires in order to consider the proposed
System Test.
OC12.4.3.4 The Test Panel shall be convened by the Test Co-ordinator as often as
he deems necessary to conduct its business.
OC12.4.4 Proposal Report
OC12.4.4.1 Within two months of first meeting the Test Panel will submit a report (a
"Proposal Report"), which will contain:
(a) proposals for carrying out the System Test (including the
manner in which the System Test is to be monitored);
(b) an allocation of costs (including un-anticipated costs) between

the affected parties (the general principle being that the Test
Proposer will bear the costs); and
(c) such other matters as the Test Panel considers appropriate.
The Proposal Report may include requirements for indemnities to be

given in respect of claims and losses arising from the System Test. All
System Test procedures must comply with all applicable legislation.
OC12.4.4.2 If the Test Panel is unable to agree unanimously on any decision in

preparing its Proposal Report, the proposed System Test will not take
place and the Test Panel will be dissolved.
OC12.4.4.3 The Proposal Report will be submitted to NGC, the Test Proposer and
to each User identified by NGC under OC12.4.2.1.
OC12.4.4.4 Each recipient will respond to the Test Co-ordinator with its approval of
the Proposal Report or its reason for non-approval within fourteen days
of receipt of the Proposal Report. If any recipient does not respond, the
System Test will not take place and the Test Panel will be dissolved.
OC12.4.4.5 In the event of non-approval by one or more recipients, the Test Panel
will meet as soon as practicable in order to determine whether the
proposed System Test can be modified to meet the objection or
objections.
OC12.4.4.6 If the proposed System Test cannot be so modified, the System Test
will not take place and the Test Panel will be dissolved.
OC12.4.4.7 If the proposed System Test can be so modified, the Test Panel will, as
soon as practicable, and in any event within one month of meeting to
discuss the responses to the Proposal Report, submit a revised
Proposal Report and the provisions of OC12.4.4.3 and OC12.4.4.4 will

apply to that submission.
OC12.4.4.8 In the event of non-approval of the revised Proposal Report by one or

more recipients, the System Test will not take place and the Test Panel
will be dissolved.
OC12.4.5 Test Programme
OC12.4.5.1 If the Proposal Report (or, as the case may be, the revised Proposal
Report) is approved by all recipients, the proposed System Test can
proceed and at least one month prior to the date of the proposed System
Test, the Test Panel will submit to NGC, the Test Proposer and each
User identified by NGC under OC12.4.2.1, a programme (the "Test
Programme") stating the switching sequence and proposed timings of
the switching sequence, a list of those staff involved in carrying out the
System Test (including those responsible for site safety) and such other
matters as the Test Panel deems appropriate.
OC12.4.5.2 The Test Programme will, subject to OC12.4.5.3, bind all recipients to
act in accordance with the provisions of the Test Programme in relation
to the proposed System Test.
OC12.4.5.3 Any problems with the proposed System Test which arise or are
anticipated after the issue of the Test Programme and prior to the day of
the proposed System Test, must be notified to the Test Co-ordinator as
soon as possible in writing. If the Test Co-ordinator decides that these
anticipated problems merit an amendment to, or postponement of, the
System Test, he shall notify the Test Proposer (if the Test Co-
ordinator was not appointed by the Test Proposer), NGC and each
User identified by NGC under OC12.4.2.1 accordingly.
OC12.4.5.4 If on the day of the proposed System Test, operating conditions on the
Total System are such that any party involved in the proposed System
Test wishes to delay or cancel the start or continuance of the System
Test, they shall immediately inform the Test Co-ordinator of this
decision and the reasons for it. The Test Co-ordinator shall then
postpone or cancel, as the case may be, the System Test and shall, if
possible, agree with the Test Proposer (if the Test Co-ordinator was
not appointed by the Test Proposer), NGC and all Users identified by
NGC under OC12.4.2.1 another suitable time and date. If he cannot
reach such agreement, the Test Co-ordinator shall reconvene the Test
Panel as soon as practicable, which will endeavour to arrange another
suitable time and date for the System Test, in which case the relevant
provisions of OC12 shall apply.
OC12.4.6 Final Report
OC12.4.6.1 At the conclusion of the System Test, the Test Proposer shall be
responsible for preparing a written report on the System Test (the "Final
Report") for submission to NGC and other members of the Test Panel.
The Final Report shall be submitted within three months of the
conclusion of the System Test unless a different period has been agreed
by the Test Panel prior to the System Test taking place.
OC12.4.6.2 The Final Report shall not be submitted to any person who is not a
member of the Test Panel unless the Test Panel, having considered the
confidentiality issues arising, shall have unanimously approved such
submission.
OC12.4.6.3 The Final Report shall include a description of the Plant and/or
Apparatus tested and a description of the System Test carried out,
together with the results, conclusions and recommendations.
OC12.4.6.4 When the Final Report has been prepared and submitted in accordance
with OC12.4.6.1, the Test Panel will be dissolved.
OC12.4.7 Timetable Reduction
OC12.4.7.1 In certain cases a System Test may be needed on giving less than
twelve months notice. In that case, after consultation with the Test
Proposer and User(s) identified by NGC under OC12.4.2.1, NGC shall
draw up a timetable for the proposed System Test and the procedure set
out in OC12.4.2 to OC12.4.6 shall be followed in accordance with that
timetable.
< End of OC12 >

BALANCING CODE No 1
PRE GATE CLOSURE PROCESS
CONTENTS
Paragraph No/Title Page No.

BC1.1 INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................BC1 - 1
BC1.2 OBJECTIVE .................................................................................................................BC1 - 1
BC1.3 SCOPE.........................................................................................................................BC1 - 1
BC1.4 SUBMISSION OF BM UNIT DATA ..............................................................................BC1 - 1

BC1.4.1 Communication with Users..................................................................................BC1 - 1
BC1.4.2 Day Ahead Submissions .....................................................................................BC1 - 2
(a) Physical Notifications ......................................................................................BC1 - 2
(b) Quiescent Physical Notifications.....................................................................BC1 - 3
(c) Export and Import Limits .................................................................................BC1 - 3
(d) Bid-Offer Data .................................................................................................BC1 - 3
(e) Dynamic Parameters ......................................................................................BC1 - 4
(f) Other Relevant Data ........................................................................................BC1 - 4
(g) Joint BM Unit Data ..........................................................................................BC1 - 4
BC1.4.3 Data Revisions ....................................................................................................BC1 - 4
BC1.4.4 Receipt of BM Unit Data prior to Gate Closure....................................................BC1 - 5
BC1.4.5 BM Unit Defaulting, Validity and Consistency Checking .....................................BC1 - 5
BC1.4.6 Special Provisions relating to Interconnector Users ............................................BC1 - 5
BC1.5 INFORMATION PROVIDED BY NGC..........................................................................BC1 - 6
BC1.5.1 Demand Estimates ..............................................................................................BC1 - 6
BC1.5.2 Indicated Margin and Indicated Imbalance..........................................................BC1 - 6
BC1.5.3 Provision of Updated Information ........................................................................BC1 - 6
BC1.5.4 Reserve and Inadequate System Margin ............................................................BC1 - 6
BC1.5.5 System and Localised NRAPM (Negative Reserve Active Power Margin) .........BC1 - 8
BC1.6 SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO NETWORK OPERATORS ...........................BC1 - 9
BC1.6.1 User System Data from Network Operators ........................................................BC1 - 9
Issue 3 BC1-i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

BC1.6.2 Notification Times to Network Operators.............................................................BC1 - 9
BC1.7 SPECIAL ACTIONS ...................................................................................................BC1 - 10
APPENDIX 1 BM UNIT DATA...............................................................................................BC1 - 11

BC1.A.1.1 Physical Notifications .....................................................................................BC1 - 11
BC1.A.1.2 Quiescent Physical Notifications (QPN).........................................................BC1 - 12
BC1.A.1.3 Export and Import Limits ................................................................................BC1 - 12
BC1.A.1.3.1 Maximum Export Limit ...................................................................BC1 - 12
BC1.A.1.3.2 Maximum Import Limit....................................................................BC1 - 12
BC1.A.1.4 Bid Offer Data ................................................................................................BC1 - 13
BC1.A.1.5 Dynamic Parameters......................................................................................BC1 - 14
BC1.A.1.6 CCGT Module Matrix .....................................................................................BC1 - 14
APPENDIX 2 DATA TO BE MADE AVAILABLE BY NGC ....................................................BC1 - 17
BC1.A.2.1 Initial Day Ahead Demand Forecast ..............................................................BC1 - 17
BC1.A.2.2 Initial Day Ahead Market Information .............................................................BC1 - 17
BC1.A.2.3 Current Day & Day Ahead Updated Market Information ................................BC1 - 17
Issue 3 BC1-ii [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

BALANCING CODE No 1
PRE GATE CLOSURE PROCESS
BC1.1 INTRODUCTION
Balancing Code No1 (BC1) sets out the procedure for:
(a) the submission of BM Unit Data by each BM Participant;
(b) the submission of certain System data by each Network Operator; and
(c) the provision of data by NGC,
in the period leading up to Gate Closure.
BC1.2 OBJECTIVE
The procedure for the submission of BM Unit Data is intended to enable NGC to
assess which BM Units are expected to be operating in order that NGC can ensure
(so far as possible) the integrity of the NGCGB Transmission System, and the
security and quality of supply.
BC1.3 SCOPE
BC1 applies to NGC and to Users, which in this BC1 means:-
(a) BM Participants;
(b) Externally Interconnected System Operators; and
(c) Network Operators.
BC1.4 SUBMISSION OF BM UNIT DATA

In the case of BM Units Embedded in a User System, any data submitted by Users
under this BC1 must represent the value of the data at the relevant Grid Supply
Point.
BC1.4.1 Communication with Users
(a) Submission of BM Unit Data by Users to NGC specified in BC1.4.2 to

BC1.4.4 (with the exception of BC1.4.2(f)) is to be by use of electronic data
communications facilities, as provided for in CC.6.5.8. However, data
specified in BC1.4.2(c) and BC1.4.2(e) only, may be revised by telephone
following its initial submission by electronic data communication facilities.
(b) In the event of a failure of the electronic data communication facilities, the
data to apply in relation to a pre-Gate Closure period will be determined in
accordance with the Data Validation, Consistency and Defaulting Rules,
based on the most recent data received and acknowledged by NGC.
Issue 3 BC1-1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

(c) Planned Maintenance Outages will normally be arranged to take place
during periods of low data transfer activity.
(d) Upon any Planned Maintenance Outage, or following an unplanned outage

described in BC1.4.1(b) (where it is termed a "failure") in relation to a pre-
Gate Closure period:-
(i) BM Participants should continue to act in relation to any period of time

in accordance with the Physical Notifications current at the time of the
start of the Planned Maintenance Outage or the computer system
failure in relation to each such period of time subject to the provisions of
BC2.5.1. Depending on when in relation to Gate Closure the planned or
unplanned maintenance outage arises such operation will either be
operation in preparation for the relevant output in real time, or will be
operation in real time. No further submissions of BM Unit Data (other
than data specified in BC1.4.2(c) and BC1.4.2(e)) should be attempted.
Plant failure or similar problems causing significant deviation from
Physical Notification should be notified to NGC by the submission of a
revision to Export and Import Limits in relation to the BM Unit so
affected;
(ii) during the outage, revisions to the data specified in BC1.4.2(c) and
BC1.4.2(e) may be submitted. Communication between Users’ Control
Points and NGC during the outage will be conducted by telephone; and
(iii) no data will be transferred from NGC to the BMRA until the
communication facilities are re-established.
BC1.4.2 Day Ahead Submissions
Data for any Operational Day may be submitted to NGC up to several days in
advance of the day to which it applies, as provided in the Data Validation,
Consistency and Defaulting Rules. However, Interconnector Users must submit
Physical Notifications, and any associated data as necessary, each day by 11:00
hours in respect of the next following Operational Day in order that the information
used in relation to the capability of the respective External Interconnection is
expressly provided. NGC shall not by the inclusion of this provision be prevented
from utilising the provisions of BC1.4.5 if necessary.
The data may be modified by further data submissions at any time prior to Gate
Closure, in accordance with the other provisions of BC1. The data to be used by
NGC for operational planning will be determined from the most recent data that has
been received by NGC by 11:00 hours on the day before the Operational Day to
which the data applies, or from the data that has been defaulted at 11:00 hours on
that day in accordance with BC1.4.5. Any subsequent revisions received by NGC
under the Grid Code will also be utilised by NGC. In the case of all data items listed
below, with the exception of item (e), Dynamic Parameters (Day Ahead), the latest
submitted or defaulted data, as modified by any subsequent revisions, will be carried
forward into operational timescales. The individual data items are listed below:-
(a) Physical Notifications

Physical Notifications, being the data listed in BC1 Appendix 1 under that heading,
are required by NGC at 11:00 hours each day for each Settlement Period of the
next following Operational Day, in respect of BM Units:-

(i) with a Demand Capacity with a magnitude of 50MW or more; or in England
and Wales or 5MW or more in Scotland; or
(ii) comprising Generating Units and/or CCGT Modules at Large Power

Stations and Medium Power Stations; or
(iii) where the BM Participant chooses to submit Bid-Offer Data in accordance

with BC1.4.2(d) for BM Units not falling within (i) or (ii) above.
Physical Notifications may be submitted to NGC by BM Participants, for the BM

Units specified in this BC1.4.2(a) at an earlier time, or BM Participants may rely
upon the provisions of BC1.4.5 to create the Physical Notifications by data
defaulting pursuant to the Grid Code utilising the rules referred to in that paragraph
at 11:00 hours in any day.
Physical Notifications (which must comply with the limits on maximum rates of
change listed in BC1 Appendix 1) must, subject to the following operating limits,
represent the User’s best estimate of expected input or output of Active Power and
shall be prepared in accordance with Good Industry Practice. Physical
Notifications for any BM Unit should normally be consistent with the Dynamic
Parameters and Export and Import Limits and must not reflect any BM Unit
proposing to operate outside the limits of its Demand Capacity and Generation
Capacity and, in the case of a BM Unit comprising a Generating Unit or CCGT
Module, its Registered Capacity.
These Physical Notifications provide, amongst other things, indicative

Synchronising and De-Synchronising times to NGC in respect of any BM Unit
comprising a Generating Unit or CCGT Module and provide an indication of
significant Demand changes in respect of other BM Units.
(b) Quiescent Physical Notifications

Each BM Participant may, in respect of each of its BM Units, submit to NGC for
each Settlement Period of the next following Operational Day the data listed in
BC1 Appendix 1 under the heading of “Quiescent Physical Notifications” to amend
the data already held by NGC in relation to Quiescent Physical Notifications,
which would otherwise apply for those Settlement Periods.
(c) Export and Import Limits

Each BM Participant may, in respect of each of its BM Units, submit to NGC for any
part or for the whole of the next following Operational Day the data listed in BC1
Appendix 1 under the heading of “Export and Import Limits” to amend the data
already held by NGC in relation to Export and Import Limits, which would otherwise
apply for those Settlement Periods.
Export and Import Limits respectively represent the maximum export to or import
from the NGCGB Transmission System for a BM Unit and are the maximum levels
that the BM Participant wishes to make available and must be prepared in
accordance with Good Industry Practice.
(d) Bid-Offer Data
Each BM Participant may, in respect of each of its BM Units, submit to NGC for any
Settlement Period of the next following Operational Day the data listed in BC1
Appendix 1 under the heading of “Bid-Offer Data” to amend the data already held by
NGC in relation to Bid-Offer Data, which would otherwise apply to those Settlement
Periods. The submitted Bid-Offer Data will be utilised by NGC in the preparation

and analysis of its operational plans for the next following Operational Day. Bid-
Offer Data may not be submitted unless an automatic logging device has been
installed at the Control Point for the BM Unit in accordance with CC.6.5.8(b).
(e) Dynamic Parameters (Day Ahead)

Each BM Participant may, in respect of each of its BM Units, submit to NGC for the
next following Operational Day the data listed in BC1 Appendix 1 under the heading
of “Dynamic Parameters” to amend that data already held by NGC.
These Dynamic Parameters shall reasonably reflect the expected true operating
characteristics of the BM Unit and shall be prepared in accordance with Good
Industry Practice. In any case where non-zero QPN data has been provided in
accordance with BC1.4.2(b), the Dynamic Parameters will apply to the element
being offered for control only, i.e. to the component of the Physical Notification
between the QPN and the full level of the Physical Notification.
The Dynamic Parameters applicable to the next following Operational Day will be
utilised by NGC in the preparation and analysis of its operational plans for the next
following Operational Day and may be used to instruct certain Ancillary Services.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Dynamic Parameters to be used in the current
Operational Day will be those submitted in accordance with BC2.5.3.1.
(f) Other Relevant Data

By 11:00 hours each day each BM Participant, in respect of each of its BM Units for
which Physical Notifications are being submitted, shall, if it has not already done
so, submit to NGC in respect of the next following Operational Day the following:
(i) in the case of a CCGT Module, a CCGT Module Matrix as described in BC1
Appendix 1;
(ii) details of any special factors which in the reasonable opinion of the BM
Participant may have a material effect or present an enhanced risk of a
material effect on the likely output (or consumption) of such BM Unit(s). Such
factors may include risks, or potential interruptions, to BM Unit fuel supplies,
or developing plant problems, details of tripping tests, etc. This information
will normally only be used to assist in determining the appropriate level of
Operating Margin that is required under OC2.4.6;
(iii) in the case of Generators, any temporary changes, and their possible
duration, to the Registered Data of such BM Unit;
(iv) in the case of Suppliers, details of Customer Demand Management taken

into account in the preparation of its BM Unit Data; and
(v) details of any other factors which NGC may take account of when issuing
Bid-Offer Acceptances for a BM Unit (e.g., Synchronising or De-
Synchronising Intervals, the minimum notice required to cancel a
Synchronisation, etc).
(g) Joint BM Unit Data

BM Participants may submit Joint BM Unit Data in accordance with the provisions
of the BSC. For the purposes of the Grid Code, such data shall be treated as data
submitted under BC1.

BC1.4.3 Data Revisions
The BM Unit Data derived at 1100 hours each day under BC1.4.2 above may need
to be revised by the BM Participant for a number of reasons, including for example,
changes to expected output or input arising from revised contractual positions, plant
breakdowns, changes to expected Synchronising or De-Synchronising times, etc,
occurring before Gate Closure. BM Participants should use reasonable endeavours
to ensure that the data held by NGC in relation to its BM Units is accurate at all
times. Revisions to BM Unit Data for any period of time up to Gate Closure should
be submitted to NGC as soon as reasonably practicable after a change becomes
apparent to the BM Participant. NGC will use reasonable endeavours to utilise the
most recent data received from Users, subject to the application of the provisions of
BC1.4.5, for its preparation and analysis of operational plans.
BC1.4.4 Receipt of BM Unit Data prior to Gate Closure

BM Participants submitting Bid-Offer Data, in respect of any BM Unit for use in the
Balancing Mechanism for any particular Settlement Period in accordance with the
BSC, must ensure that Physical Notifications and Bid-Offer Data for such BM
Units are received in their entirety and logged into NGC’s computer systems by the
time of Gate Closure for that Settlement Period. In all cases the data received will
be subject to the application under the Grid Code of the provisions of BC1.4.5.
For the avoidance of doubt, no changes to the Physical Notification, QPN data or
Bid-Offer Data for any Settlement Period may be submitted to NGC after Gate
Closure for that Settlement Period.
BC1.4.5 BM Unit Data Defaulting, Validity and Consistency Checking

In the event that no submission of any or all of the BM Unit Data in accordance with
BC1.4.2 in respect of an Operational Day, is received by NGC by 11:00 hours on
the day before that Operational Day, NGC will apply the Data Validation,
Consistency and Defaulting Rules, with the default rules applicable to Physical
Notifications, Quiescent Physical Notifications and Export and Import Limits
data selected as follows;:
(a) for an Interconnector User’s BM Unit, the defaulting rules will set some or
all of the data for that Operational Day to zero, unless the relevant
Interconnector arrangements, as agreed with NGC, state otherwise (in which
case (b) applies); and
(b) for all other BM Units, the defaulting rules will set some or all of the data for
that Operational Day to the values prevailing in the current Operational Day.
A subsequent submission by a User of a data item which has been so defaulted

under the Grid Code will operate as an amendment to that defaulted data and
thereby replace it. Any such subsequent submission is itself subject to the application
under the Grid Code of the Data Validation, Consistency and Defaulting Rules.
BM Unit Data submitted in accordance with the provisions of BC1.4.2 to BC1.4.4 will
be checked under the Grid Code for validity and consistency in accordance with the
Data Validation, Consistency and Defaulting Rules. If any BM Unit Data so
submitted fails the data validity and consistency checking, this will result in the
rejection of all data submitted for that BM Unit included in the electronic data file
containing that data item and that BM Unit’s data items will be defaulted under the
Grid Code in accordance with the Data Validation, Consistency and Defaulting
Rules. Data for other BM Units included in the same electronic data file will not be
affected by such rejection and will continue to be validated and checked for
consistency prior to acceptance. In the event that rejection of any BM Unit Data

occurs, details will be made available to the relevant BM Participant via the
electronic data communication facilities.
BC1.4.6 Special Provisions relating to Interconnector Users
(a) The total of the relevant Physical Notifications submitted by Interconnector

Users in respect of any period of time should not exceed the capability (in
MW) of the respective External Interconnection for that period of time. In
the event that it does, then NGC shall advise the Externally Interconnected
System Operator accordingly. In the period between such advice and Gate
Closure, one or more of the relevant Interconnector Users would be
expected to submit revised Physical Notifications to NGC to eliminate any
such over-provision.
(b) In any case where, as a result of a reduction in the capability (in MW) of the
External Interconnection in any period during an Operational Day which is
agreed between NGC and an Externally Interconnected System Operator
after 0900 hours on the day before the beginning of such Operational Day,
the total of the Physical Notifications in the relevant period using that
External Interconnection, as stated in the BM Unit Data exceeds the
reduced capability (in MW) of the respective External Interconnection in that
period then NGC shall notify the Externally Interconnected System
Operator accordingly.
BC1.5 INFORMATION PROVIDED BY NGC
NGC shall provide data to the Balancing Mechanism Reporting Agent or BSCCo
each day in accordance with the requirements of the BSC in order that the data may
be made available to Users via the Balancing Mechanism Reporting Service (or
by such other means) in each case as provided in the BSC. Where NGC provides
such information associated with the secure operation of the System to the
Balancing Mechanism Reporting Agent, the provision of that information is
additionally provided for in the following sections of this BC1.5. NGC shall be taken
to have fulfilled its obligations to provide data under BC1.5.1, BC1.5.2, and BC1.5.3
by so providing such data to the Balancing Mechanism Reporting Agent.
BC1.5.1 Demand Estimates

Normally by 0900 hours each day, NGC will make available to Users a forecast of
GB National Demand and the Demand for a number of pre-determined constraint
groups (which may be updated from time to time, as agreed between NGC and
BSCCo) for each Settlement Period of the next following Operational Day.
Normally by 1200 hours each day, NGC will make available to Users a forecast of
NGCGB Transmission System Demand for each Settlement Period of the next
Operational Day. Further details are provided in Appendix 2.
BC1.5.2 Indicated Margin and Indicated Imbalance

Normally by 1200 hours each day, NGC will make available to Users an Indicated
Margin and an Indicated Imbalance for each Settlement Period of the next
following Operational Day. NGC will use reasonable endeavours to utilise the most
recent data received from Users in preparing for this release of data. Further details
are provided in Appendix 2.
BC1.5.3 Provision of Updated Information

NGC will provide updated information on Demand and other information at various
times throughout each day, as detailed in Appendix 2. NGC will use reasonable

endeavours to utilise the most recent data received from Users in preparing for this
release of data.
BC1.5.4 Reserve and Inadequate System Margin
Contingency Reserve
(a) The amount of Contingency Reserve required at the day ahead stage and in
subsequent timescales will be decided by NGC on the basis of historical
trends in the reduction in availability of Large Power Stations and increases
in forecast Demand up to real time operation. Where Contingency Reserve
is to be allocated to thermal Gensets, NGC will instruct through a combination
of Ancillary Services instructions and Bid-Offer Acceptances, the time at
which such Gensets are required to synchronise, such instructions to be
consistent with Dynamic Parameters and other contractual arrangements.
Operating Reserve
(b) The amount of Operating Reserve required at any time will be determined by
NGC having regard to the Demand levels, Large Power Station availability
shortfalls and the greater of the largest secured loss of generation (ie, the
loss of generation against which, as a requirement of the Licence
Standards, the NGCGB Transmission System must be secured) or loss of
import from or sudden export to External Interconnections. NGC will
allocate Operating Reserve to the appropriate BM Units so as to fulfil its
requirements according to the Ancillary Services available to it and as
provided in the BCs.
Inadequate System Margin
(c) In the period following 1200 hours each day and in relation to the following
Operational Day, NGC will monitor the total of the Maximum Export Limit
component of the Export and Import Limits received against forecast
NGCGB Transmission System Demand and the Operating Margin and will
take account of Dynamic Parameters to see whether the anticipated level of
the System Margin for any period is insufficient.
(d) Where the level of the System Margin for any period is, in NGC 's
reasonable opinion, anticipated to be insufficient, NGC will send (by such
data transmission facilities as have been agreed) a NGCGB Transmission
System Warning - Inadequate System Margin in accordance with OC7.4.8
to each Generator, Supplier, Externally Interconnected System Operator,
Network Operator and Non-Embedded Customer.
(e) Where, in NGC’s judgement the System Margin at any time during the
current Operational Day is such that there is a high risk of Demand
reduction being instructed, a NGCGB Transmission System Warning -
High Risk of Demand Reduction will be issued, in accordance with
OC7.4.8.
(f) The monitoring will be conducted on a regular basis and a revised NGCGB
Transmission System Warning - Inadequate System Margin or High Risk
of Demand Reduction may be sent out from time to time, including within the
post Gate Closure phase. This will reflect any changes in Physical
Notifications and Export and Import Limits which have been notified to
NGC, and will reflect any Demand Control which has also been so notified.

This will also reflect generally any changes in the forecast Demand and the
relevant Operating Margin.
(g) To reflect changing conditions, a NGCGB Transmission System Warning -

Inadequate System Margin may be superseded by a NGCGB
Transmission System Warning - High Risk of Demand Reduction and
vice-versa.
(h) If the continuing monitoring identifies that the System Margin is anticipated,
in NGC's reasonable opinion, to be sufficient for the period for which
previously a NGCGB Transmission System Warning had been issued,
NGC will send (by such data transmission facilities as have been agreed) a
Cancellation of NGCGB Transmission System Warning to each User who
had received a NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Inadequate
System Margin or High Risk of Demand Reduction for that period. The
issue of a Cancellation of NGCGB Transmission System Warning is not
an assurance by NGC that in the event the System Margin will be adequate,
but reflects NGC's reasonable opinion that the insufficiency is no longer
anticipated.
(i) If continued monitoring indicates the System Margin becoming inadequate

NGC may issue further NGCGB Transmission System Warnings -
Inadequate System Margin or High Risk of Demand Reduction.
(j) NGC may issue a NGCGB Transmission System Warning - Inadequate

System Margin or High Risk of Demand Reduction for any period, not
necessarily relating to the following Operational Day, where it has reason to
believe there will be inadequate System Margin over a period (for example in
periods of protracted Plant shortage, the provisions of OC7.4.8.6 apply).
BC1.5.5 System and Localised NRAPM (Negative Reserve Active Power Margin)
(a) (i) System Negative Reserve Active Power Margin
Synchronised Gensets must at all times be capable of reducing output

such that the total reduction in output of all Synchronised Gensets is
sufficient to offset the loss of the largest secured demand on the System
and must be capable of sustaining this response;
(ii) Localised Negative Reserve Active Power Margin
Synchronised Gensets must at all times be capable of reducing output

to allow transfers to and from the System Constraint Group (as the case
may be) to be contained within such reasonable limit as NGC may
determine and must be capable of sustaining this response.
(b) NGC will monitor the total of Physical Notifications of exporting BM Units
received against forecast Demand and, where relevant, the appropriate limit
on transfers to and from a System Constraint Group and will take account
of Dynamic Parameters and Export and Import Limits received to see
whether the level of System NRAPM or Localised NRAPM for any period is
likely to be insufficient. In addition, NGC may increase the required margin of
System NRAPM or Localised NRAPM to allow for variations in forecast
Demand. In the case of System NRAPM, this may be by an amount (in
NGC's reasonable discretion) not exceeding five per cent of forecast
Demand for the period in question. In the case of Localised NRAPM, this

may be by an amount (in NGC's reasonable discretion) not exceeding ten per
cent of the forecast Demand for the period in question;
(c) Where the level of System NRAPM or Localised NRAPM for any period is,
in NGC 's reasonable opinion, likely to be insufficient NGC may contact all
Generators in the case of low System NRAPM and may contact Generators
in relation to relevant Gensets in the case of low Localised NRAPM. NGC
will raise with each Generator the problems it is anticipating due to low
System NRAPM or Localised NRAPM and will discuss whether, in advance
of Gate Closure:-
(i) any change is possible in the Physical Notification of a BM Unit

which has been notified to NGC; or
(ii) any change is possible to the Physical Notification of a BM Unit

within an Existing AGR Plant within the Existing AGR Plant
Flexibility Limit;
in relation to periods of low System NRAPM or (as the case may be) low
Localised NRAPM. NGC will also notify each Externally Interconnected
System Operator of the anticipated low System NRAPM or Localised
NRAPM and request assistance in obtaining changes to Physical
Notifications from BM Units in that External System.
(d) Following Gate Closure, the procedure of BC2.9.4 will apply.
BC1.6 Special Provisions relating to Network Operators
BC1.6.1 User System Data from Network Operators
(a) By 1000 hours each day each Network Operator will submit to NGC in
writing, confirmation or notification of the following in respect of the next
Operational Day:
(i) constraints on its User System which NGC may need to take into
account in operating the NGCGB Transmission System. In this
BC1.6.1 the term "constraints" shall include restrictions on the
operation of Embedded CCGT Units as a result of the User System
to which the CCGT Unit is connected at the User System Entry
Point being operated or switched in a particular way, for example,
splitting the relevant busbar. It is a matter for the Network Operator
and the Generator to arrange the operation or switching, and to deal
with any resulting consequences. The Generator, after consultation
with the Network Operator, is responsible for ensuring that no BM
Unit Data submitted to NGC can result in the violation of any such
constraint on the User System.
(ii) the requirements of voltage control and Mvar reserves which NGC
may need to take into account for System security reasons.

(b) The form of the submission will be:
(i) that of a BM Unit output or consumption (for MW and for Mvar, in

each case a fixed value or an operating range, on the User System at
the User System Entry Point, namely in the case of a BM Unit
comprising a Generating Unit on the higher voltage side of the
generator step-up transformer) required for particular BM Units
(identified in the submission) connected to that User System for each
Settlement Period of the next Operational Day;
(ii) adjusted in each case for MW by the conversion factors applicable for
those BM Units to provide output or consumption at the relevant Grid
Supply Points.
(c) At any time and from time to time, between 1000 hours each day and the
expiry of the next Operational Day, each Network Operator must submit to
NGC in writing any revisions to the information submitted under this BC1.6.1.
BC1.6.2 Notification of Times to Network Operators
NGC will make available indicative Synchronising and De-Synchronising times to

each Network Operator, but only relating to BM Units comprising a Generating
Unit or a CCGT Module Embedded within that Network Operator’s User System
and those Gensets directly connected to the NGCGB Transmission System which
NGC has identified under OC2 as being those which may, in the reasonable opinion
of NGC, affect the integrity of that User System. If in preparing for the operation of
the Balancing Mechanism, NGC becomes aware that a BM Unit directly connected
to the NGCGB Transmission System may, in its reasonable opinion, affect the
integrity of that other User System which, in the case of a BM Unit comprising a
Generating Unit or a CCGT Module, it had not so identified under OC2, then NGC
may make available details of its indicative Synchronising and De-Synchronising
times to that other User and shall inform the relevant BM Participant that it has done
so, identifying the BM Unit concerned.
BC1.7 Special Actions

BC1.7.1 NGC may need to identify special actions (either pre- or post-fault) that need to be
taken by specific Users in order to maintain the integrity of the NGCGB
Transmission System in accordance with the Licence Standards and NGC
Operational Strategy.
(a) For a Generator special actions will generally involve a Load change or a
change of required Notice to Deviate from Zero NDZ, in a specific timescale
on individual or groups of Gensets. They may also include selection of
"System to Genset" or "System to CCGT Unit", as the case may be,
intertrip schemes for stability or thermal reasons.
(b) For Network Operators these special actions will generally involve Load
transfers between Grid Supply Points or arrangements for Demand
reduction by manual or automatic means.
(c) For Externally Interconnected System Operators (in their co-ordinating

role for Interconnector Users using their External System) these special
actions will generally involve an increase or decrease of net power flows
across an External Interconnection by either manual or automatic means.

BC1.7.2 These special actions will be discussed and agreed with the relevant User as
appropriate. The actual implementation of these special actions may be part of an
“emergency circumstances” procedure described under BC2. If not agreed,
generation or Demand may be restricted or may be at risk.
BC1.7.3 NGC will normally issue the list of special actions to the relevant Users by 1700
hours on the day prior to the day to which they are to apply.

APPENDIX 1
BM UNIT DATA
More detail about valid values required under the Grid Code for BM Unit Data may be identified by
referring to the Data Validation, Consistency and Defaulting Rules. In the case of Embedded
BM Units, the BM Unit Data shall represent the value at the relevant Grid Supply Point.
BC1.A.1.1 Physical Notifications
For each BM Unit, the Physical Notification is a series of MW figures and

associated times, making up a profile of intended input or output of Active Power at
the Grid Entry Point or Grid Supply Point, as appropriate. For each Settlement
Period, the first “from time” should be at the start of the Settlement Period and the
last “to time” should be at the end of the Settlement Period.
The input or output reflected in the Physical Notification for a single BM Unit (or the
aggregate Physical Notifications for a collection of BM Units at a Grid Entry Point
or Grid Supply Point or to be transferred across an External Interconnection,
owned or controlled by a single BM Participant) must comply with the following limits
regarding maximum rates of change, either for a single change or a series of related
changes :
• for a change of up to 300MW no limit;
• for a change greater than 300MW

and less than 1000MW 50MW per minute;
• for a change of 1000MW or more 40MW per minute,
unless prior arrangements have been discussed and agreed with NGC. This
limitation is not intended to limit the Run-Up or Run-Down Rates provided as
Dynamic Parameters.
An example of the format of Physical Notification is shown below. The convention

to be applied is that where it is proposed that the BM Unit will be importing, the
Physical Notification is negative.
From To
Data Name BMU name Time From level Time To Level
(MW) MW)
PN , TAGENT , BMUNIT01 , 2001-11-03 06:30 , 77 , 2001-11-03 07:00 , 100
PN , TAGENT , BMUNIT01 , 2001-11-03 07:00 , 100 , 2001-11-03 07:12 , 150
PN , TAGENT , BMUNIT01 , 2001-11-03 07:12 , 150 , 2001-11-03 07:30 , 175
A linear interpolation will be assumed between the Physical Notification From and
To levels specified for the BM Unit by the BM Participant.

BC1.A.1. 2 Quiescent Physical Notifications (QPN)
For each BM Unit A series of MW figures and associated times, which describe
(optional) the MW levels to be deducted from the Physical Notification
of a BM Unit to determine a resultant operating level to which
the Dynamic Parameters associated with that BM Unit apply.
An example of the format of data is shown below.
From To
Data Name BMU name Time From level Time To level
(MW) (MW)
QPN , TAGENT , BMUNIT04 , 2001-11-03 06:30 , -200 , 2001-11-03 07:00 , -220
A linear interpolation will be assumed between the QPN From and To levels specified
for the BM Unit by the BM Participant.
BC1.A.1.3 Export and Import Limits
BC1.A.1.3.1 Maximum Export Limit (MEL) A series of MW figures and associated times, making
up a profile of the maximum level at which the BM
Unit may be exporting (in MW) to the NGCGB
Transmission System at the Grid Entry Point or
Grid Supply Point, as appropriate.
BC1.A.1.3.2 Maximum Import Limit (MIL) A series of MW figures and associated times, making
up a profile of the maximum level at which the BM
Unit may be importing (in MW) from the NGCGB
Transmission System at the Grid Entry Point or
Grid Supply Point, as appropriate.
An example format of data is shown below. MEL must be positive or zero, and MIL
must be negative or zero.
From To
level level
Data Name BMU name Time From (MW) Time To (MW)
MEL , TAGENT , BMUNIT01 , 2001-11-03 05:00 , 410 , 2001-11-03 09:35 , 410

MEL , TAGENT , BMUNIT01 , 2001-11-03 09:35 , 450 , 2001-11-03 12:45 , 450
MIL , TAGENT , BMUNIT04 , 2001-11-03 06:30 , -200 , 2001-11-03 07:00 , -220

BC1.A.1.4 Bid-Offer Data
For each BM Unit for Up to 10 Bid-Offer Pairs as defined in the BSC.

each Settlement
Period:
An example of the format of data is shown below.
Data Name BMU name Time from Time to Pair From To Offer Bid
ID Level Level (£/ (£/
(MW) (MW) MWhr) MWhr)
BOD , TAGENT , BMUNIT01 , 2000-10-28 12:00 , 2000-10-28 13:30 , 4 , 30 , 30 , 40 , 35

BOD , TAGENT , BMUNIT01 , 2000-10-28 12:00 , 2000-10-28 13:30 , -1 , -40 , -40 , 25 , 20
BOD , TAGENT , BMUNIT01 , 2000-10-28 12:00 , 2000-10-28 13:30 , -2 , -30 , -30 , 23 , 17
This example of Bid-Offer data is illustrated graphically below:-
Bid-Offer Pair No 4 30MW Offer £40 Bid £35


Final Physical
Notification
Bid-Offer Pair No -1 -40MW Offer £25 Bid £20
Bid-Offer Pair No -2 -30MW Offer £23 Bid £17

BC1.A.1.5 Dynamic Parameters
The Dynamic Parameters comprise:
• Up to three Run-Up Rate(s) and up to three Run-Down Rate(s), expressed in MW/minute

and associated Run-Up Elbow(s) and Run-Down Elbow(s), expressed in MW for output
and the same for input. It should be noted that Run-Up Rate(s) are applicable to a MW
figure becoming more positive;
• Notice to Deviate from Zero (NDZ) output or input, being the notification time required for
a BM Unit to start importing or exporting energy, from a zero Physical Notification level
as a result of a Bid-Offer Acceptance, expressed in minutes;
• Notice to Deliver Offers (NTO) and Notice to Deliver Bids (NTB), expressed in minutes,
indicating the notification time required for a BM Unit to start delivering Offers and Bids
respectively from the time that the Bid-Offer Acceptance is issued. In the case of a BM
Unit comprising a Genset, NTO and NTB will be set to a maximum period of two
minutes;
• Minimum Zero Time (MZT), being either the minimum time that a BM Unit which has
been exporting must operate at zero or be importing, before returning to exporting or the
minimum time that a BM Unit which has been importing must operate at zero or be
exporting before returning to importing, as a result of a Bid-Offer Acceptance,
expressed in minutes;
• Minimum Non-Zero Time (MNZT), expressed in minutes, being the minimum time that a
BM Unit can operate at a non-zero level as a result of a Bid-Offer Acceptance;
• Stable Export Limit (SEL) expressed in MW at the Grid Entry Point or Grid Supply
Point, as appropriate, being the minimum value at which the BM Unit can, under stable
conditions, export to the NGCGB Transmission System;
• Stable Import Limit (SIL) expressed in MW at the Grid Entry Point or Grid Supply
Point, as appropriate, being the minimum value at which the BM Unit can, under stable
conditions, import from the NGCGB Transmission System;
• Maximum Delivery Volume (MDV), expressed in MWh, being the maximum number of
MWhr of Offer (or Bid if MDV is negative) that a particular BM Unit may deliver within the
associated Maximum Delivery Period (MDP), expressed in minutes, being the maximum
period over which the MDV applies.
BC1.A.1.6 CCGT Module Matrix
BC1.A.1.6.1 CCGT Module Matrix showing the combination of CCGT Units running in relation to
any given MW output, in the form of the diagram illustrated below. The CCGT
Module Matrix is designed to achieve certainty in knowing the number of CCGT
Units synchronised to meet the Physical Notification and to achieve a Bid-Offer
Acceptance.
BC1.A.1.6.2 In the case of a Range CCGT Module, and if the Generator so wishes, a request for
the single Grid Entry Point at which power is provided from the Range CCGT
Module to be changed in accordance with the provisions of BC1.A.1.6.4 below:-

CCGT Module Matrix example form
CCGT MODULE CCGT GENERATING UNITS AVAILABLE

ACTIVE POWER
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 1st 2nd 3rd
GT GT GT GT GT GT ST ST ST
MW ACTIVE POWER OUTPUT
150 150 150 100
0MW to 150MW /
151MW to 250MW / /
251MW to 300MW / /
301MW to 400MW / / /
401MW to 450MW / / /
451MW to 550MW / / / /
BC1.A.1.6.3 In the absence of the correct submission of a CCGT Module Matrix the last
submitted (or deemed submitted) CCGT Module Matrix shall be taken to be the
CCGT Module Matrix submitted hereunder.
BC1.A.1.6.4 The data may also include in the case of a Range CCGT Module, a request for the
Grid Entry Point at which the power is provided from the Range CCGT Module to
be changed with effect from the beginning of the following Operational Day to
another specified single Grid Entry Point (there can be only one) to that being used
for the current Operational Day. NGC will respond to this request by 1600 hours on
the day of receipt of the request. If NGC agrees to the request (such agreement not
to be unreasonably withheld), the Generator will operate the Range CCGT Module
in accordance with the request. If NGC does not agree, the Generator will, if it
produces power from that Range CCGT Module, continue to provide power from the
Range CCGT Module to the Grid Entry Point being used at the time of the request.
The request can only be made up to 1100 hours in respect of the following
Operational Day. No subsequent request to change can be made after 1100 hours
in respect of the following Operational Day. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent
the busbar at the Grid Entry Point being operated in separate sections.
BC1.A.1.6.5 The principles set out in PC.A.3.2.3 apply to the submission of a CCGT Module
Matrix and accordingly the CCGT Module Matrix can only be amended as follows:-
(a) Normal CCGT Module
if the CCGT Module is a Normal CCGT Module, the CCGT Units within that
CCGT Module can only be amended such that the CCGT Module comprises
different CCGT Units if NGC gives its prior consent in writing. Notice of the wish
to amend the CCGT Units within such a CCGT Module must be given at least 6
months before it is wished for the amendment to take effect;

(b) Range CCGT Module
if the CCGT Module is a Range CCGT Module, the CCGT Units within that
CCGT Module can only be amended such that the CCGT Module comprises
different CCGT Units for a particular Operational Day if the relevant notification
is given by 1100 hours on the day prior to the Operational Day in which the
amendment is to take effect. No subsequent amendment may be made to the
CCGT Units comprising the CCGT Module in respect of that particular
Operational Day.
BC1.A.1.6.6 In the case of a CCGT Module Matrix submitted (or deemed to be submitted) as part
of the other data for CCGT Modules, the output of the CCGT Module at any given
instructed MW output must reflect the details given in the CCGT Module Matrix. It is
accepted that in cases of change in MW in response to instructions issued by NGC
there may be a transitional variance to the conditions reflected in the CCGT Module
Matrix. In achieving an instruction the range of number of CCGT Units envisaged in
moving from one MW output level to the other must not be departed from. Each
Generator shall notify NGC as soon as practicable after the event of any such
variance. It should be noted that there is a provision above for the Generator to
revise the CCGT Module Matrix, subject always to the other provisions of this BC1;
BC1.A.1.6.7 Subject as provided above, NGC will rely on the CCGT Units specified in such
CCGT Module Matrix running as indicated in the CCGT Module Matrix when it
issues an instruction in respect of the CCGT Module;
BC1.A.1.6.8 Subject as provided in BC1.A.1.6.5 above, any changes to the CCGT Module Matrix
must be notified immediately to NGC in accordance with the relevant provisions of
BC1.

APPENDIX 2
DATA TO BE MADE AVAILABLE BY NGC
BC1.A.2.1 Initial Day Ahead Demand Forecast
Normally by 09:00 hours each day, values (in MW) for each Settlement Period of the next
following Operational Day of the following data items:-
i) Initial forecast of GB National Demand;
ii) Initial forecast of Demand for a number of predetermined constraint groups.
BC1.A.2.2 Initial Day Ahead Market Information
Normally by 12:00 hours each day, values (in MW) for each Settlement Period of the next
following Operational Day of the following data items:-
i) Initial National Indicated Margin
This is the difference between the sum of BM Unit MELs and the forecast of NGCGB
ii) Initial National Indicated Imbalance
This is the difference between the sum of Physical Notifications for BM Units
comprising Generating Units or CCGT Modules and the forecast of NGCGB
iii) Forecast of NGCGB Transmission System Demand.
BC1.A.2.3 Current Day and Day Ahead Updated Market Information
Data will normally be made available by the times shown below for the associated periods of
time:
Target Data
Release Time Period Start Time Period End Time
02:00 02:00 D0 05:00 D+1
10:00 10:00 D0 05:00 D+1
16:00 05:00 D+1 05:00 D+2
16:30 16:30 D0 05:00 D+1
22:00 22:00 D0 05:00 D+2
In this table, D0 refers to the current day, D+1 refers to the next day and D+2 refers to the
day following D+1.
In all cases, data will be ½ hourly average MW values calculated by NGC. Information to be
released includes:-
National Information
i) National Indicated Margin;
ii) National Indicated Imbalance;

iii) Updated forecast of NGCGB Transmission System Demand.
Constraint Boundary Information (for each Constraint Boundary)
i) Indicated Constraint Boundary Margin;
This is the difference between the Constraint Boundary Transfer limit and the
difference between the sum of BM Unit MELs and the forecast of local Demand
within the constraint boundary.
ii) Local Indicated Imbalance;
This is the difference between the sum of Physical Notifications for BM Units
comprising Generating Units or CCGT Modules and the forecast of local Demand
within the constraint boundary.
iii) Updated forecast of the local Demand within the constraint boundary.
< End of BC1 >

BALANCING CODE No 2
POST GATE CLOSURE PROCESS
CONTENTS

BC2.1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................BC2 - 13
BC2.2 OBJECTIVE ...............................................................................................................BC2 - 13
BC2.3 SCOPE.......................................................................................................................BC2 - 13
BC2.4 INFORMATION USED ................................................................................................BC2 - 24
BC2.5 PHYSICAL OPERATION OF BM UNITS ...................................................................BC2 - 24

BC2.5.1 Accuracy of Physical Notifications.....................................................................BC2 - 24
BC2.5.2 Synchronising and De-Synchronising times ......................................................BC2 - 35
BC2.5.3 Revisions to BM Unit Data.................................................................................BC2 - 46
BC2.5.4 Operation in the Absence of Instructions from NGC .........................................BC2 - 57
BC2.5.5 Commencement or Termination of Participation in the Balancing
Mechanism ........................................................................................................BC2 - 68
BC2.6 COMMUNICATIONS..................................................................................................BC2 - 68
BC2.6.1 Normal Communications with Control Points ....................................................BC2 - 68
BC2.6.2 Communication with Control Points in Emergency Circumstances...................BC2 - 79
BC2.6.3 Communication with Network Operators in Emergency Circumstances ...........BC2 - 79
BC2.6.4 Communication with Externally Interconnected System Operators in
Emergency Circumstances...............................................................................BC2 - 79
BC2.6.5 Communications during planned outages of electronic data communication
facilities ............................................................................................................BC2 - 810
BC2.7 BID-OFFER ACCEPTANCES ..................................................................................BC2 - 810
BC2.7.1 Acceptance of bids and offers by NGC ...........................................................BC2 - 810
BC2.7.2 Consistency with Export and Import Limits, QPNs and Dynamic Parameters BC2 - 911
BC2.7.3 Confirmation and Rejection of Acceptances....................................................BC2 - 911
BC2.7.4 Action Required from BM Participants.............................................................BC2 - 911
BC2.7.5 Additional Action Required from Generators .................................................BC2 - 1012
BC2.8 ANCILLARY SERVICES ........................................................................................BC2 - 1012
Issue 3 BC2 - i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

BC2.8.1 Call-off of Ancillary Services BC2 - 10 by NGC...........................................................12
BC2.8.2 Consistency with Export and Import Limits, QPNs and Dynamic ParametersBC2 - 1012
BC2.8.3 Rejection of Ancillary Service instructions.....................................................BC2 - 1113
BC2.8.4 Action Required from BM Units .....................................................................BC2 - 1113
BC2.9 EMERGENCY CIRCUMSTANCES ........................................................................BC2 - 1113
BC2.9.1 Emergency Actions........................................................................................BC2 - 1113
BC2.9.2 Implementation of Emergency Instructions ...................................................BC2 - 1214
BC2.9.3 Examples of Emergency Instructions ............................................................BC2 - 1314
BC2.9.4 Maintaining adequate System and Localised NRAPM (Negative Reserve
Active Power Margin).....................................................................................BC2 - 1315
BC2.9.5 Maintaining adequate Frequency Sensitive Generating Units.......................BC2 - 1416
BC2.9.6 Emergency Assistance to and from External Systems ..................................BC2 - 1517
BC2.9.7 Unplanned Outages of electronic communication and computing facilities...BC2 - 1517
BC2.10 OTHER OPERATIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS .....................BC2 - 1618
BC2.11 LIAISON WITH GENERATORS FIR RISK OF TRIP AND AVR TESTING ..........BC2 - 1718
BC2.12 LIAISON WITH EXTERNALLY INTERCONNECTED SYSTEM OPERATORS...BC2 - 1719
APPENDIX 1 FORM OF BID-OFFER ACCEPTANCES ...................................................BC2 - 1920
APPENDIX 2 TYPE AND FORM OF ANCILLARY SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS...............BC2 - 2122
APPENDIX 3 SUBMISSION OF REVISE Mvar CAPABILITY...........................................BC2 - 2627
Issue 3 BC2 - ii [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

BALANCING CODE No 2
POST GATE CLOSURE PROCESS
BC2.1 INTRODUCTION
Balancing Code No 2 (BC2) sets out the procedure for:
a) the physical operation of BM Units in the absence of any instructions from

NGC;
b) the acceptance by NGC of Balancing Mechanism Bids and Offers,
c) the calling off by NGC of Ancillary Services;
d) the issuing and implementation of Emergency Instructions; and
e) the issuing by NGC of other operational instructions and notifications.
In addition, BC2 deals with any information exchange between NGC and BM
Participants or specific Users that takes place after Gate Closure.
In this BC2, “consistent” shall be construed as meaning to the nearest integer MW

level.
In this BC2, references to “a BM Unit returning to its Physical Notification” shall

take account of any Bid-Offer Acceptances already issued to the BM Unit in
accordance with BC2.7 and any Emergency Instructions already issued to the BM
Unit in accordance with BC2.9.
BC2.2 OBJECTIVE
The procedure covering the operation of the Balancing Mechanism and the issuing
of instructions to Users is intended to enable NGC as far as possible to maintain the
integrity of the NGCGB Transmission System together with the security and quality
of supply.
BC2.3 SCOPE
(a) BM Participants;
(b) Externally Interconnected System Operators, and
(c) Network Operators.
Issue 3 BC2 - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

BC2.4 INFORMATION USED
BC2.4.1 The information which NGC shall use, together with the other information available to
it, in assessing:-
(a) which bids and offers to accept;
(b) which BM Units to instruct to provide Ancillary Services;
(c) the need for and formulation of Emergency Instructions; and
(d) other operational instructions and notifications which NGC may need to issue
will be:
(a) the Physical Notification and Bid-Offer Data submitted under BC1;
(b) Export and Import Limits, QPNs, and Joint BM Unit Data in respect of that
BM Unit, supplied under BC1 (and any revisions under BC1 and BC2 to the
data); and
(c) Dynamic Parameters submitted or revised under this BC2.
BC2.4.2 As provided for in BC1.5.4, NGC will monitor the total of the Maximum Export Limit
component of the Export and Import Limits against forecast Demand and the
Operating Margin and will take account of Dynamic Parameters to see whether the
anticipated level of System Margin is insufficient. This will reflect any changes in
Export and Import Limits which have been notified to NGC, and will reflect any
Demand Control which has also been so notified. NGC may issue new or revised
NGCGB Transmission System Warnings – Inadequate System Margin or High
Risk of Demand Reduction in accordance with BC1.5.4.
BC2.5 PHYSICAL OPERATION OF BM UNITS

BC2.5.1 Accuracy of Physical Notifications
As described in BC1.4.2(a), Physical Notifications must represent the BM

Participant’s best estimate of expected input or output of Active Power and shall be
prepared in accordance with Good Industry Practice. Each BM Participant must,
applying Good Industry Practice, ensure that each of its BM Units follows the
Physical Notification in respect of that BM Unit prevailing at Gate Closure (the
data in which will be utilised in producing the Final Physical Notification Data in
accordance with the BSC) subject to:
(a) variations arising from the issue of Bid-Offer Acceptances which have been
confirmed by the BM Participant;
(b) instructions by NGC in relation to that BM Unit which require, or compliance

with which would result in, a variation in output or input of that BM Unit; or
(c) any variations arising from compliance with provisions of BC1, BC2 or BC3
which provide to the contrary,
(which in each case gives rise to an obligation (applying Good Industry Practice) to
follow such Physical Notification as amended by such variations and/or
instructions), unless in relation to any such obligation it is prevented from so doing as
a result of an unavoidable event (existing or anticipated) in relation to that BM Unit
which requires a variation in output or input of that BM Unit. Examples (on a non-
exhaustive basis) of such an unavoidable event are plant breakdowns, events
requiring a variation of input or output on safety grounds (relating to personnel or
plant) and uncontrollable variations of input of Active Power.
Any anticipated variation in input or output from the Physical Notification in respect
of that BM Unit prevailing at Gate Closure (except for variations arising from the
issue of Bid-Offer Acceptances or instructions by NGC as outlined above) for any
BM Unit post Gate Closure must be notified to NGC without delay by the relevant
BM Participant (or the relevant person on its behalf). Implementation of this
notification should normally be achieved by the submission of revisions to the Export
and Import Limits in accordance with BC2.5.3 below.
BC2.5.2 Synchronising and De-Synchronising times
BC2.5.2.1 The Final Physical Notification Data provides indicative Synchronising and De-
Synchronising times to NGC in respect of any BM Unit which is De-Synchronising
or is anticipated to be Synchronising post Gate Closure.
Any delay of greater than five minutes to the Synchronising or any advancement of
greater than five minutes to the De-Synchronising of a BM Unit must be notified to
NGC without delay by the submission of a revision of the Export and Import Limits.
BC2.5.2.2 Except in the circumstances provided for in BC2.5.2.3, BC2.5.2.4, BC2.5.5.1 or

BC2.9, no BM Unit is to be Synchronised or De-Synchronised unless:-
(a) a Physical Notification had been submitted to NGC prior to Gate Closure
indicating that a Synchronisation or De-Synchronisation is to occur; or
(b) NGC has issued a Bid-Offer Acceptance requiring Synchronisation or De-

Synchronisation of that BM Unit.
BC2.5.2.3 BM Participants must only Synchronise or De-Synchronise BM Units;
(a) at the times indicated to NGC, or
(b) at times consistent with variations in output or input arising from provisions
described in BC2.5.1,
(within a tolerance of +/- 5 minutes) or unless that occurs automatically as a result of

intertrip schemes or Low Frequency Relay operations or an Ancillary Service
pursuant to an Ancillary Services Agreement. For a BM Unit in relation to which
the intertrip has been instructed to be switched into service under BC2.10 in order to
protect the NGCGB Transmission System, if it is De-Synchronised due to an
operation of the intertrip that is not due to a fault at the BM Unit then a Bid-Offer
Acceptance will be treated as having been issued. This will reflect the operation of
the intertrip in order to form the Bid-Offer Acceptance data to be given to the BMRA
under the BSC.
BC2.5.2.4 De-Synchronisation may also take place without prior notification to NGC as a
result of plant breakdowns or if it is done purely on safety grounds (relating to
personnel or plant). If that happens NGC must be informed immediately that it has
taken place and a revision to Export and Import Limits must be submitted in
accordance with BC2.5.3.3. Following any De-Synchronisation occurring as a result

of plant failure, no Synchronisation of that BM Unit is to take place without NGC’s
agreement, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld.
In the case of Synchronisation following an unplanned De-Synchronisation within

the preceding 15 minutes, a minimum of 5 minutes notice of its intention to
Synchronise should normally be given to NGC (via a revision to Export and Import
Limits). In the case of any other unplanned De-Synchronisation where the User
plans to Synchronise before the expiry of the current Balancing Mechanism
period, a minimum of 15 minutes notice of Synchronisation should normally be
given to NGC (via a revision to Export and Import Limits). In addition, the rate at
which the BM Unit is returned to its Physical Notification is not to exceed the limits
specified in BC1, Appendix 1 without NGC’s agreement.
NGC will either agree to the Synchronisation or issue a Bid-Offer Acceptance in

accordance with BC2.7 to delay the Synchronisation. NGC may agree to an earlier
Synchronisation if System conditions allow.
BC2.5.2.5 Notification of Times to Network Operators
NGC will make changes to the Synchronising and De-Synchronising times

available to each Network Operator, but only relating to BM Units Embedded
within its User System and those BM Units directly connected to the NGCGB
Transmission System which NGC has identified under OC2 and/or BC1 as being
those which may, in the reasonable opinion of NGC, affect the integrity of that User
System and shall inform the relevant BM Participant that it has done so, identifying
the BM Unit concerned.
Each Network Operator must notify NGC of any changes to its User System Data
as soon as practicable in accordance with BC1.6.1(c).
BC2.5.3 Revisions to BM Unit Data
Following Gate Closure for any Settlement Period, no changes to the Physical
Notification, to the QPN data or to Bid-Offer Data for that Settlement Period may
be submitted to NGC.
BC2.5.3.1 At any time, any BM Participant (or the relevant person on its behalf) may, in
respect of any of its BM Units, submit to NGC the data listed in BC1, Appendix 1
under the heading of Dynamic Parameters from the Control Point of its BM Unit to
amend the data already held by NGC (including that previously submitted under this
BC2.5.3.1) for use in preparing for and operating the Balancing Mechanism. The
change will take effect from the time that it is received by NGC. For the avoidance of
doubt, the Dynamic Parameters submitted to NGC under BC1.4.2(e) are not used
within the current Operational Day. The Dynamic Parameters submitted under this
BC2.5.3.1 shall reasonably reflect the true current operating characteristics of the BM
Unit and shall be prepared in accordance with Good Industry Practice.
BC2.5.3.2 Revisions to Export and Import Limits or Other Relevant Data supplied (or
revised) under BC1 must be notified to NGC without delay as soon as any change
becomes apparent to the BM Participant (or the relevant person on its behalf) via
the Control Point for the BM Unit to ensure that an accurate assessment of BM
Unit capability is available to NGC at all times. These revisions should be prepared
in accordance with Good Industry Practice and may be submitted by use of
electronic data communication facilities or by telephone.
BC2.5.3.3 Revisions to Export and Import Limits must be made by a BM Participant (or the
relevant person on its behalf) via the Control Point in the event of any De-

Synchronisation of a BM Unit in the circumstances described in BC2.5.2.4 if the
BM Unit is no longer available for any period of time. Revisions must also be
submitted in the event of plant failures causing a reduction in input or output of a BM
Unit even if that does not lead to De-Synchronisation. Following the correction of a
plant failure, the BM Participant (or the relevant person on its behalf) must notify
NGC via the Control Point of a revision to the Export and Import Limits, if
appropriate, of the BM Unit, using reasonable endeavours to give a minimum of 5
minutes notice of its intention to return to its Physical Notification. The rate at which
the BM Unit is returned to its Physical Notification is not to exceed the limits
specified in BC1, Appendix 1 without NGC’s agreement.
BC2.5.4 Operation in the absence of instructions from NGC
In the absence of any Bid-Offer Acceptances, Ancillary Service instructions issued

pursuant to BC2.8 or Emergency Instructions issued pursuant to BC2.9:
(a) as provided for in BC3, each Synchronised Genset producing Active

Power must operate at all times in Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode
(unless instructed in accordance with BC3.5.4 to operate in Frequency
Sensitive Mode);
(b) in the absence of any Mvar Ancillary Service instructions, the Mvar output
of each Synchronised Genset should be 0 Mvar upon Synchronisation
at the circuit-breaker where the Genset is Synchronised;
(c) the excitation system, unless otherwise agreed with NGC, must be
operated only in its constant terminal voltage mode of operation with VAR
limiters in service, with any constant Reactive Power output control mode
or constant Power Factor output control mode always disabled, unless
agreed otherwise with NGC. In the event of any change in System voltage,
a Generator must not take any action to override automatic Mvar response
which is produced as a result of constant terminal voltage mode of
operation of the automatic excitation control system unless instructed
otherwise by NGC or unless immediate action is necessary to comply with
Stability Limits or unless constrained by plant operational limits or safety
grounds (relating to personnel or plant);
(d) In the absence of any Mvar Ancillary Service instructions, the Mvar output
of each Genset should be 0 Mvar immediately prior to De-
Synchronisation at the circuit-breaker where the Genset is
Synchronised, other than in the case of a rapid unplanned De-
Synchronisation.
(e) a Generator should at all times operate its CCGT Units in accordance with
the applicable CCGT Module Matrix;
(f) in the case of a Range CCGT Module, a Generator must operate that
CCGT Module so that power is provided at the single Grid Entry Point
identified in the data given pursuant to PC.A.3.2.1 or at the single Grid
Entry Point to which NGC has agreed pursuant to BC1.4.2(f);
(g) in the event of the System Frequency being above 50.3Hz or below
49.7Hz, BM Participants must not commence any reasonably avoidable
action to regulate the input or output of any BM Unit in a manner that could
cause the System Frequency to deviate further from 50Hz without first
using reasonable endeavours to discuss the proposed actions with NGC.

NGC shall either agree to these changes in input or output or issue a Bid-
Offer Acceptance in accordance with BC2.7 to delay the change.
BC2.5.5 Commencement or Termination of Participation in the Balancing Mechanism
BC2.5.5.1 In the event that a BM Participant in respect of a BM Unit with a Demand Capacity
with a magnitude of less than 50MW in England and Wales or less than 5MW in
Scotland or comprising Generating Units and/or CCGT Modules at a Small Power
Station notifies NGC at least 30 days in advance that from a specified Operational
Day it will:
(a) no longer submit Bid-Offer Data under BC1.4.2(d), then with effect from that
Operational Day that BM Participant no longer has to meet the
requirements of BC2.5.1 nor the requirements of CC6.5.8(b) in relation to that
BM Unit. Also, with effect from that Operational Day, any defaulted Physical
Notification and defaulted Bid-Offer Data in relation to that BM Unit arising
from the Data Validation, Consistency and Defaulting Rules will be
disregarded and the provisions of BC2.5.2 will not apply;
(b) submit Bid-Offer Data under BC1.4.2(d), then with effect from that
Operational Day that BM Participant will need to meet the requirements of
BC2.5.1 and the requirements of CC6.5.8(b) in relation to that BM Unit.
BC2.5.5.2 In the event that a BM Participant in respect of a BM Unit with a Demand Capacity
with a magnitude of 50MW or greater in England and Wales or 5MW or greater in
Scotland or comprising Generating Units and/or CCGT Modules at a Medium
Power Station or Large Power Station notifies NGC at least 30 days in advance
that from a specified Operational Day it will:
(a) no longer submit Bid-Offer Data under BC1.4.2(d), then with effect from that
Operational Day that BM Participant no longer has to meet the
requirements of CC6.5.8(b) in relation to that BM Unit; Also, with effect from
that Operational Day, any defaulted Bid-Offer Data in relation to that BM
Unit arising from the Data Validation, Consistency and Defaulting Rules
will be disregarded;
(b) submit Bid-Offer Data under BC1.4.2(d), then with effect from that
Operational Day that BM Participant will need to meet the requirements of
CC6.5.8(b) in relation to that BM Unit.
BC2.6 COMMUNICATIONS
Electronic communications are always conducted in GMT. However, the input of data
and display of information to Users and NGC and all other communications are
conducted in London time.
BC2.6.1 Normal Communication with Control Points
(a) With the exception of BC2.6.1(c) below, Bid-Offer Acceptances and Ancillary
Service instructions shall be given by automatic logging device and will be given
to the Control Point for the BM Unit. For all Planned Maintenance Outages
the provisions of BC2.6.5 will apply.

(b) Bid-Offer Acceptances and Ancillary Service instructions must be formally
acknowledged immediately by the BM Participant (or the relevant person on its
behalf) via the Control Point for the BM Unit in respect of that BM Unit. The
acknowledgement and subsequent confirmation or rejection, within two minutes
of receipt, is normally given electronically by automatic logging device. If no
confirmation or rejection is received by NGC within two minutes of the issue of
the Bid-Offer Acceptance, then NGC will contact the Control Point for the BM
Unit by telephone to determine the reason for the lack of confirmation or
rejection. Any rejection must be given in accordance with BC2.7.3 or BC2.8.3.
(c) In the event of a failure of the logging device or a NGC computer system outage,
Bid-Offer Acceptances and instructions will be given, acknowledged, and
confirmed or rejected by telephone. The provisions of BC2.9.7 are also
applicable.
(d) In the event that in carrying out the Bid-Offer Acceptances or providing the
Ancillary Services, or when operating at the level of the Final Physical
Notification Data as provided in BC2.5.1, an unforeseen problem arises,
caused on safety grounds (relating to personnel or plant), NGC must be notified
without delay by telephone.
(e) The provisions of BC2.5.3 are also relevant.
(f) Submissions of revised Mvar capability may be made by facsimile transmission,

using the format given in Appendix 3 to BC2.
(g) Communication will normally be by telephone for any purpose other than Bid-
Offer Acceptances, in relation to Ancillary Services or for revisions of Mvar
Data.
BC2.6.2 Communication with Control Points in Emergency Circumstances
NGC will issue Emergency Instructions direct to the Control Point for each BM
Unit in England and WalesGreat Britain. Emergency Instructions to a Control
Point will normally be given by telephone (and will include an exchange of operator
names).
BC2.6.3 Communication with Network Operators in Emergency Circumstances
NGC will issue Emergency Instructions direct to the Network Operator at each
Control Centre in relation to special actions and Demand Control. Emergency
Instructions to a Network Operator will normally be given by telephone (and will
include an exchange of operator names). OC6 contains further provisions relating to
Demand Control instructions.
BC2.6.4 Communication with Externally Interconnected System Operators in

Emergency Circumstances
NGC will issue Emergency Instructions directly to the Externally Interconnected

System Operator at each Control Centre. Emergency Instructions to an
Externally Interconnected System Operator will normally be given by telephone
(and will include an exchange of operator names).

BC2.6.5 Communications during planned outages of electronic data communication
facilities
Planned Maintenance Outages will normally be arranged to take place during

periods of low data transfer activity. Upon any such Planned Maintenance Outage
in relation to a post Gate Closure period:-
(a) BM Participants should operate in relation to any period of time in accordance

with the Physical Notification prevailing at Gate Closure current at the time of
the start of the Planned Maintenance Outage in relation to each such period of
time. Such operation shall be subject to the provisions of BC2.5.1, which will
apply as if set out in this BC2.6.5. No further submissions of BM Unit Data
(other than data specified in BC1.4.2(c) and BC1.4.2(e)) should be attempted.
Plant failure or similar problems causing significant deviation from Physical
Notification should be notified to NGC by the submission of a revision to Export
and Import Limits in relation to the BM Unit so affected;
(b) during the outage, revisions to the data specified in BC1.4.2(c) and BC1.4.2(e)
may be submitted. Communication between Users’ Control Points and NGC
during the outage will be conducted by telephone;
(c) NGC will issue Bid-Offer Acceptances by telephone; and
(d) no data will be transferred from NGC to the BMRA until the communication
facilities are re-established.
(e) The provisions of BC2.9.7 may also be relevant.
BC2.7 BID-OFFER ACCEPTANCES

BC2.7.1 Acceptance of bids and offers by NGC
Bid-Offer Acceptances may be issued to the Control Point at any time following
Gate Closure. Any Bid-Offer Acceptance will be consistent with the Dynamic
Parameters, QPNs, Export and Import Limits, and Joint BM Unit Data of the BM
Unit in so far as the Balancing Mechanism timescales will allow (see BC2.7.2).
(a) NGC is entitled to assume that each BM Unit is available in accordance with
the BM Unit Data submitted unless and until it is informed of any changes.
(b) Bid-Offer Acceptances sent to the Control Point will specify the data
necessary to define a MW profile to be provided (ramp rate break-points are
not normally explicitly sent to the Control Point) and to be achieved
consistent with the respective BM Unit's Export and Import Limits, QPNs
and Joint BM Unit Data provided or modified under BC1 or BC2, and
Dynamic Parameters given under BC2.5.3 or, if agreed with the relevant
User, such rate within those Dynamic Parameters as is specified by NGC in
the Bid-Offer Acceptances.
(c) All Bid-Offer Acceptances will be deemed to be at the current "Target

Frequency", namely where a Genset is in Frequency Sensitive Mode they
refer to target output at Target Frequency.
(d) The form of and terms to be used by NGC in issuing Bid-Offer

Acceptances together with their meanings are set out in Appendix 1 in the
form of a non-exhaustive list of examples.

BC2.7.2 Consistency with Export and Import Limits, QPNs and Dynamic
Parameters
(a) Bid-Offer Acceptances will be consistent with the Export and Import Limits,
QPNs, and Joint BM Unit Data provided or modified under BC1 or BC2 and the
Dynamic Parameters provided or modified under BC2. Bid-Offer
Acceptances may also recognise Other Relevant Data provided or modified
under BC1 or BC2
(b) In the case of consistency with Dynamic Parameters this will be limited to the
time until the end of the Settlement Period for which Gate Closure has most
recently occurred. If NGC intends to issue a Bid-Offer Acceptance covering a
period after the end of the Settlement Period for which Gate Closure has most
recently occurred, based upon the then submitted Dynamic Parameters,
QPN’s, Export and Import Limits, Bid-Offer Data and Joint BM Unit Data
applicable to that period, NGC will indicate this to the BM Participant at the
Control Point for the BM Unit. The intention will then be reflected in the issue
of a Bid-Offer Acceptance to return the BM Unit to its previously notified
Physical Notification after the relevant Gate Closure provided the submitted
data used to formulate this intention has not changed and subject to System
conditions which may affect that intention. Subject to that, assumptions
regarding Bid-Offer Acceptances may be made by BM Participants for
Settlement Periods for which Gate Closure has not yet occurred when
assessing consistency with Dynamic Parameters in Settlement Periods for
which Gate Closure has occurred. If no such subsequent Bid–Offer
Acceptance is issued, the original Bid-Offer Acceptance will include an
instantaneous return to Physical Notification at the end of the Balancing
Mechanism period.
BC2.7.3 Confirmation and Rejection of Acceptances
Bid-Offer Acceptances may only be rejected by a BM Participant :-
(a) on safety grounds (relating to personnel or plant) as soon as reasonably

possible and in any event within five minutes; or
(b) because they are not consistent with the Export and Import Limits, QPNs,
Dynamic Parameters or Joint BM Unit Data applicable at the time of issue of
the Bid-Offer Acceptance.
A reason must always be given for rejection by telephone.
Where a Bid-Offer Acceptance is not confirmed within two minutes or is rejected,

NGC will seek to contact the Control Point for the BM Unit. NGC must then, within
15 minutes of issuing the Bid-Offer Acceptance, withdraw the Bid-Offer
Acceptance or log the Bid-Offer Acceptance as confirmed. NGC will only log a
rejected Bid-Offer Acceptance as confirmed following discussion and if the reason
given is, in NGC’s reasonable opinion, not acceptable and NGC will inform the BM
Participant accordingly.
BC2.7.4 Action Required from BM Participants
(a) Each BM Participant in respect of its BM Units will comply in accordance with
BC2.7.1 with all Bid-Offer Acceptances given by NGC with no more than the
delay allowed for by the Dynamic Parameters unless the BM Unit has given
notice to NGC under the provisions of BC2.7.3 regarding non-acceptance of a
Bid-Offer Acceptance.
(b) Where a BM Unit’s input or output changes in accordance with a Bid-Offer
Acceptance issued under BC2.7.1, such variation does not need to be notified
to NGC in accordance with BC2.5.1.
(c) In the event that while carrying out the Bid-Offer Acceptance an unforeseen
problem arises caused by safety reasons (relating to personnel or plant), NGC
must be notified immediately by telephone and this may lead to revision of BM
Unit Data in accordance with BC2.5.3
BC2.7.5 Additional Action Required from Generators
(a) When complying with Bid-Offer Acceptances for a CCGT Module a

Generator will operate its CCGT Units in accordance with the applicable
CCGT Module Matrix.
(b) When complying with Bid-Offer Acceptances for a CCGT Module which is a
Range CCGT Module, a Generator must operate that CCGT Module so that
power is provided at the single Grid Entry Point identified in the data given
pursuant to PC.A.3.2.1 or at the single Grid Entry Point to which NGC has
agreed pursuant to BC1.4.2 (f).
(c) On receiving a new MW Bid-Offer Acceptance, no tap changing shall be

carried out to change the Mvar output unless there is a new Mvar Ancillary
Service instruction issued pursuant to BC2.8.
BC2.8 ANCILLARY SERVICES
This section primarily covers the call-off of System Ancillary Services. The
provisions relating to Commercial Ancillary Services will normally be covered in the
relevant Ancillary Services Agreement.
BC2.8.1 Call-off of Ancillary Services by NGC
(a) Ancillary Service instructions may be issued at any time.
(b) NGC is entitled to assume that each BM Unit is available in accordance with
the BM Unit Data and data contained in the Ancillary Services Agreement
unless and until it is informed of any changes.
(c) Frequency control instructions may be issued in conjunction with, or separate

from, a Bid-Offer Acceptance.
(d) The form of and terms to be used by NGC in issuing Ancillary Service
instructions together with their meanings are set out in Appendix 2 in the form
of a non-exhaustive list of examples including Reactive Power and
associated instructions.
BC2.8.2 Consistency with Export and Import Limits, QPNs and Dynamic
Parameters
Ancillary Service instructions will be consistent with the Export and Import Limits,
QPNs, and Joint BM Unit Data provided or modified under BC1 or BC2 and the
Dynamic Parameters provided or modified under BC2. Ancillary Service

instructions may also recognise Other Relevant Data provided or modified under
BC1 or BC2
BC2.8.3 Rejection of Ancillary Service instructions
(a) Ancillary Service instructions may only be rejected, by automatic logging

device or by telephone, on safety grounds (relating to personnel or plant) or
because they are not consistent with the applicable Export and Import Limits,
QPNs, Dynamic Parameters, Joint BM Unit Data, Other Relevant Data or
data contained in the Ancillary Services Agreement and a reason must be
given immediately for non-acceptance.
(b) The issue of Ancillary Service instructions for Reactive Power will be made
with due regard to any resulting change in Active Power output. The instruction
may be rejected if it conflicts with any Bid-Offer Acceptance issued in
accordance with BC2.7 or with the Physical Notification.
(c) Where Ancillary Service instructions relating to Active Power and Reactive
Power are given together, and to achieve the Reactive Power output would
cause the BM Unit to operate outside Dynamic Parameters as a result of the
Active Power instruction being met at the same time, then the timescale of
implementation of the Reactive Power instruction may be extended to be no
longer than the timescale for implementing the Active Power instruction but in
any case to achieve the Mvar Ancillary Service instruction as soon as
possible.
BC2.8.4 Action Required from BM Units
(a) Each BM Unit will comply in accordance with BC2.8.1 with all Ancillary
Service instructions relating to Reactive Power properly given by NGC within 2
minutes or such longer period as NGC may instruct, and all other Ancillary
Service instructions without delay, unless the BM Unit has given notice to NGC
under the provisions of BC2.8.3 regarding non-acceptance of Ancillary Service
instructions.
(b) Each BM Unit may deviate from the profile of its Final Physical Notification
Data, as modified by any Bid-Offer Acceptances issued in accordance with
BC2.7.1, only as a result of responding to Frequency deviations when
operating in Frequency Sensitive Mode in accordance with the Ancillary
Services Agreement.
(c) In the event that while carrying out the Ancillary Service instructions an
unforeseen problem arises caused by safety reasons (relating to personnel or
plant), NGC must be notified immediately by telephone and this may lead to
revision of BM Unit Data in accordance with BC2.5.3.
BC2.9 EMERGENCY CIRCUMSTANCES
BC2.9.1 Emergency Actions
BC2.9.1.1 In certain circumstances (as determined by NGC in its reasonable opinion) it will be
necessary, in order to preserve the integrity of the NGC GB Transmission System
and any synchronously connected External System, for NGC to issue Emergency
Instructions. In such circumstances, it may be necessary to depart from normal
Balancing Mechanism operation in accordance with BC2.7 in issuing Bid-

Offer Acceptances. BM Participants must also comply with the requirements of
BC3.
BC2.9.1.2 Examples of circumstances that may require the issue of Emergency Instructions
include:-
(a) Events on the NGCGB Transmission System or the System of another User;
or
(b) the need to maintain adequate System and Localised NRAPM in accordance
with BC2.9.4 below; or
(c) the need to maintain adequate frequency sensitive Generating Units in

accordance with BC2.9.5 below; or
(d) the need to implement Demand Control in accordance with OC6; or
(e) (i) the need to invoke the Black Start process or the Re-
Synchronisation of De-Synchronised Island process in accordance with
OC9; or
(ii) the need to request provision of a Maximum Generation Service .
BC2.9.1.3 In the case of BM Units in England or WalesGreat Britain, Emergency

Instructions will be issued by NGC direct to the User at the Control Point for the
BM Unit and may require an action or response which is outside its Other Relevant
Data, QPNs, or Export and Import Limits submitted under BC1, or revised under
BC1 or BC2, or Dynamic Parameters submitted or revised under BC2.
BC2.9.1.4 In the case of a Network Operator or an Externally Interconnected System

Operator, Emergency Instructions will be issued to its Control Centre.
BC2.9.2 Implementation of Emergency Instructions
BC2.9.2.1 Users will respond to Emergency Instructions issued by NGC without delay and
using all reasonable endeavours to so respond. Emergency Instructions may only
be rejected by an User on safety grounds (relating to personnel or plant) and this
must be notified to NGC immediately by telephone.
BC2.9.2.2 Emergency Instructions will always be prefixed with the words “This is an
Emergency Instruction” except in the case of Maximum Generation Service
instructed by electronic data communication facilities where the instruction will be
issued in accordance with the provisions of the Maximum Generation Service
Agreement.
BC2.9.2.3 In all cases under this BC2.9 except BC2.9.1.2 (e) where NGC issues an
Emergency Instruction to a BM Participant which is not rejected under BC2.9.2.1,
the Emergency Instruction shall be treated as a Bid-Offer Acceptance. For the
avoidance of doubt, any Emergency Instruction issued to a Network Operator or
to an Externally Interconnected System Operator will not be treated as a Bid-
Offer Acceptance.
BC2.9.2.4 In the case of BC2.9.1.2 (e) (ii) where NGC issues an Emergency Instruction under
a Maximum Generation Service Agreement payment will be dealt with under the
Maximum Generation Service Agreement.

BC2.9.3 Examples of Emergency Instructions
BC2.9.3.1 In the case of a BM Unit, Emergency Instructions may include an instruction for
the BM Unit to operate in a way that is not consistent with the Dynamic Parameters,
QPNs and/or Export and Import Limits.
BC2.9.3.2 In the case of a Generator, Emergency Instructions may include:
(a) an instruction to trip one or more Gensets; or
(b) an instruction to trip Mills or to Part Load a Generating Unit; or
(c) an instruction to Part Load a CCGT Module; or
(d) an instruction for the operation of CCGT Units within a CCGT Module (on the
basis of the information contained within the CCGT Module Matrix) when
emergency circumstances prevail (as determined by NGC in NGC's reasonable
opinion); or
(e) an instruction to generate outside normal parameters, as allowed for in a

Maximum Generation Service Agreement.
BC2.9.3.3 Instructions to Network Operators relating to the Operational Day may include:
(a) a requirement for Demand reduction and disconnection or restoration pursuant

to OC6;
(b) an instruction to effect a load transfer between Grid Supply Points;
(c) an instruction to switch in a System to Demand Intertrip Scheme;
(d) an instruction to split a network;
(e) an instruction to disconnect an item of Plant or Apparatus from the System.
BC2.9.4 Maintaining adequate System and Localised NRAPM (Negative Reserve

Active Power Margin)
BC2.9.4.1 Where NGC is unable to satisfy the required System NRAPM or Localised NRAPM
by following the process described in BC1.5.5, NGC will issue an Emergency
Instruction to exporting BM Units for De-Synchronising on the basis of Bid-Offer
Data submitted to NGC in accordance with BC1.4.2(d).
BC2.9.4.2 In the event that NGC is unable to differentiate between exporting BM Units
according to Bid-Offer Data, NGC will instruct a BM Participant to Shutdown a
specified exporting BM Unit for such period based upon the following factors:
(a) effect on power flows (resulting in the minimisation of transmission losses);
(b) reserve capability;
(c) Reactive Power worth;
(d) Dynamic Parameters;

(e) in the case of Localised NRAPM, effectiveness of output reduction in the
management of the System Constraint.
BC2.9.4.3 Where NGC is still unable to differentiate between exporting BM Units, having
considered all the foregoing, NGC will decide which exporting BM Unit to Shutdown
by the application of a quota for each BM Participant in the ratio of each BM
Participant’s Physical Notifications.
BC2.9.4.4 Other than as provided in BC2.9.4.5 and BC2.9.4.6 below, in determining which
exporting BM Units to De-Synchronise under this BC2.9.4, NGC shall not consider
in such determination (and accordingly shall not instruct to De-Synchronise) any
Generating Unit within an Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant.
BC2.9.4.5 NGC shall be permitted to instruct a Generating Unit within an Existing AGR Plant
to De-Synchronise if the relevant Generating Unit within the Existing AGR Plant
has failed to offer to be flexible for the relevant instance at the request of NGC within
the Existing AGR Plant Flexibility Limit.
BC2.9.4.6 Notwithstanding the provisions of BC2.9.4.5 above, if the level of System NRAPM
(taken together with System constraints) or Localised NRAPM is such that it is not
possible to avoid instructing a Generating Unit within an Existing Magnox Reactor
Plant and/or an Existing AGR Plant whether or not it has met requests within the
Existing AGR Flexibility Limit to De-Synchronise NGC may, provided the power
flow across each External Interconnection is either at zero or results in an export of
power from the Total System, so instruct a Generating Unit within an Existing
Magnox Reactor Plant and/or an Existing AGR Plant to De-Synchronise in the
case of System NRAPM, in all cases and in the case of Localised NRAPM, when
the power flow would have a relevant effect.
BC2.9.4.7 When instructing exporting BM Units which form part of an On-Site Generator Site
to reduce generation under this BC2.9.4, NGC will not issue an instruction which
would reduce generation below the reasonably anticipated Demand of the On-Site
Generator Site. For the avoidance of doubt, it should be noted that the term "On-
Site Generator Site" only relates to Trading Units which have fulfilled the Class 1 or
Class 2 requirements.
BC2.9.5 Maintaining adequate Frequency Sensitive Generating Units
BC2.9.5.1 If, post Gate Closure, NGC determines, in its reasonable opinion, from the
information then available to it (including information relating to Generating Unit
breakdown) that the number of and level of Primary, Secondary and High
Frequency Response available from Gensets (other than those units within
Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant, which are permitted to operate in Limited
Frequency Sensitive Mode at all times under BC3.5.3) available to operate in
Frequency Sensitive Mode is such that it is not possible to avoid De-
Synchronising Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant then provided that:
(a) there are (or, as the case may be, that NGC anticipates, in its reasonable
opinion, that at the time that the instruction is to take effect there will be) no
other Gensets generating and exporting on to the Total System which are not
operating in Frequency Sensitive Mode (or which are operating with only a
nominal amount in terms of level and duration) (unless, in NGC's reasonable
opinion, necessary to assist the relief of System constraints or necessary as a
result of other System conditions); and

(b) the power flow across each External Interconnection is (or, as the case may
be, is anticipated to be at the time that the instruction is to take effect) either at
zero or result in an export of power from the Total System,
then NGC may instruct such of the Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant to De-
Synchronise as it is, in NGC's reasonable opinion, necessary to De-Synchronise
and for the period for which the De-Synchronising is, in NGC's reasonable opinion,
necessary.
BC2.9.5.2 If in NGC's reasonable opinion it is necessary for both the procedure in BC2.9.4 and
that set out in BC2.9.5.1 to be followed in any given situation, the procedure in
BC2.9.4 will be followed first, and then the procedure set out in BC2.9.5.1. For the
avoidance of doubt, nothing in this sub-paragraph shall prevent either procedure
from being followed separately and independently of the other.
BC2.9.6 Emergency Assistance to and from External Systems
(a) An Externally Interconnected System Operator (in its role as operator of the
External System) may request that NGC takes any available action to increase
the Active Energy transferred into its External System, or reduce the Active
Energy transferred into the NGCGB Transmission System by way of
emergency assistance if the alternative is to instruct a demand reduction on all
or part of its External System (or on the system of an Interconnector User
using its External System). Such request must be met by NGC providing this
does not require a reduction of Demand on the NGCGB Transmission
System, or lead to a reduction in security on the NGCGB Transmission
System.
(b) NGC may request that an Externally Interconnected System Operator takes
any available action to increase the Active Energy transferred into the NGCGB
Transmission System, or reduce the Active Energy transferred into its
External System by way of emergency assistance if the alternative is to
instruct a Demand reduction on all or part of the NGCGB Transmission
System. Such request must be met by the Externally Interconnected System
Operator providing this does not require a reduction of Demand on its
External System (or on the system of Interconnector Users using its
External System), or lead to a reduction in security on such External System
or system.
BC2.9.7 Unplanned outages of electronic communication and computing facilities
BC2.9.7.1 In the event of an unplanned outage of the electronic data communication facilities or
of NGC’s associated computing facilities or in the event of a Planned Maintenance
Outage lasting longer than the planned duration, in relation to a post-Gate Closure
period NGC will, as soon as it is reasonably able to do so, issue a NGC Computing
System Failure notification by telephone or such other means agreed between Users
and NGC indicating the likely duration of the outage.
BC2.9.7.2 During the period of any such outage, the following provisions will apply:
(a) NGC will issue further NGC Computing System Failure notifications by
telephone or such other means agreed between Users and NGC to all BM
Participants to provide updates on the likely duration of the outage;
(b) BM Participants should operate in relation to any period of time in

accordance with the Physical Notification prevailing at Gate Closure current
at the time of the computer system failure in relation to each such period of

time. Such operation shall be subject to the provisions of BC2.5.1, which will
apply as if set out in this BC2.9.7.2. No further submissions of BM Unit Data
(other than data specified in BC1.4.2(c) (Export and Import Limits) and
BC1.4.2(e) (Dynamic Parameters) should be attempted. Plant failure or
similar problems causing significant deviation from Physical Notification
should be notified to NGC by telephone by the submission of a revision to
Export and Import Limits in relation to the BM Unit so affected;
(c) Revisions to Export and Import Limits and to Dynamic Parameters should
be notified to NGC by telephone and will be recorded for subsequent use;
(d) NGC will issue Bid-Offer Acceptances by telephone which will be recorded
for subsequent use;
(e) No data will be transferred from NGC to the BMRA until the communication
facilities are re-established.
BC2.9.7.3 NGC will advise BM Participants of the withdrawal of the NGC Computing System
Failure notification following the re-establishment of the communication facilities.
BC2.10 OTHER OPERATIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS
BC2.10.1 NGC may, from time to time, need to issue other instructions or notifications
associated with the operation of the NGCGB Transmission System.
BC2.10.2 Such instructions or notifications may include:
Intertrips
(a) an instruction to switch into or out of service an Operational Intertripping
scheme;
Tap Positions
(b) a request for a Genset step-up transformer tap position (for security
assessment);
Tests
(c) an instruction to carry out tests as required under OC5, which may include the
issue of an instruction regarding the operation of CCGT Units within a CCGT
Module at a Large Power Station;
Future BM Unit Requirements

(d) a reference to any implications for future BM Unit requirements and the
security of the NGCGB Transmission System, including arrangements for
change in output to meet post fault security requirements;
(e) Changes to Target Frequency

a notification of a change in Target Frequency, which will normally only be
49.95, 50.00, or 50.05Hz but in exceptional circumstances as determined by
NGC in its reasonable opinion, may be 49.90 or 50.10Hz.
BC2.10.3 Where an instruction or notification under BC2.10.2 (a), (c) or (d) results in a change
to the input or output level of the BM Unit then NGC shall issue a Bid-Offer
Acceptance or Emergency Instruction as appropriate.

BC2.11 LIAISON WITH GENERATORS FOR RISK OF TRIP AND AVR
TESTING
BC2.11.1 A Generator at the Control Point for any of its Large Power Stations may request
NGC's agreement for one of the Gensets at that Power Station to be operated
under a risk of trip. NGC's agreement will be dependent on the risk to the NGCGB
Transmission System that a trip of the Genset would constitute.
BC2.11.2 (a) Each Generator at the Control Point for any of its Large Power Stations will
operate its Synchronised Gensets with:
(i) AVRs in constant terminal voltage mode with VAR limiters in service at all
times. AVR constant Reactive Power or power factor mode should, if
installed, be disabled; and
(ii) its generator step-up transformer tap changer selected to manual mode,
unless released from this obligation in respect of a particular Genset by NGC.
(b) Where a power system stabiliser is fitted as part of an excitation system of a

Genset, it requires on-load commissioning which must be witnessed by NGC.
Only when the performance of the power system stabiliser has been approved
by NGC shall it be switched into service by a Generator and then it will be kept
in service at all times unless otherwise agreed with NGC. Further reference is
made to this in CC.6.3.8.
BC2.11.3 A Generator at the Control Point for any of its Power Stations may request NGC's
agreement for one of its Gensets at that Power Station to be operated with the
AVR in manual mode, or power system stabiliser switched out, or VAR limiter
switched out. NGC's agreement will be dependent on the risk that would be imposed
on the NGCGB Transmission System and any User System. Provided that in any
event a Generator may take such action as is reasonably necessary on safety
grounds (relating to personnel or plant) .
BC2.12 LIAISON WITH EXTERNALLY INTERCONNECTED SYSTEM

OPERATORS
BC2.12.1 Co-ordination role of Externally Interconnected System Operators
(a) The Externally Interconnected System Operator will act as the Control
Point for Bid-Offer Acceptances on behalf of Interconnector Users and will
co-ordinate instructions relating to Ancillary Services and Emergency
Instructions on behalf of Interconnector Users using its External System in
respect of each Interconnector User’s BM Units.
(b) NGC will issue Bid-Offer Acceptances and instructions for Ancillary Services
relating to Interconnector Users’ BM Units to each Externally
Interconnected System Operator in respect of each Interconnector User
using its External System.
(c) If, as a result of a reduction in the capability (in MW) of the External
Interconnection, the total of the Physical Notifications and Bid-Offer
Acceptances issued for the relevant period using that External
Interconnection, as stated in the BM Unit Data exceeds the reduced
capability (in MW) of the respective External Interconnection in that period
then NGC shall notify the Externally Interconnected System Operator
accordingly. The Externally Interconnected System Operator should seek a
revision of Export and Import Limits from one or more of its Interconnector
Users for the remainder of the Balancing Mechanism period during which
Physical Notifications cannot be revised.

Appendix 1 – Form of Bid-Offer Acceptances
BC2.A.1.1 This Appendix describes the forms of Bid-Offer Acceptances. As described in

BC2.6.1 Bid-Offer Acceptances are normally given by an automatic logging device,
but in the event of failure of the logging device, Bid-Offer Acceptances will be given
by telephone.
BC2.A.1.2 For each BM Unit the Bid-Offer Acceptance will consist of a series of MW figures
and associated times.
BC2.A.1.3 The Bid-Offer Acceptances relating to CCGT Modules will assume that the CCGT
Units within the CCGT Module will operate in accordance with the CCGT Module
Matrix, as required by BC1.
BC2.A.1.4 BID-OFFER ACCEPTANCES GIVEN BY AUTOMATIC LOGGING DEVICE.
(a) The complete form of the Bid-Offer Acceptance is given in the EDL Message
Interface Specification which can be made available to Users on request.
(b) Bid-Offer Acceptances will normally follow the form:
(i) BM Unit Name

(ii) Instruction Reference Number
(iii) Time of instruction
(iv) Type of instruction
(v) BM Unit Bid-Offer Acceptance number
(vi) Number of MW/Time points making up instruction (minimum 2,
maximum 5)
(vii) MW value and Time value for each point identified in (vi)
The times required in the instruction are input and displayed in London time, but
communicated electronically in GMT.
BC2.A.1.5 BID-OFFER ACCEPTANCES GIVEN BY TELEPHONE
(a) All run-up/run-down rates will be assumed to be constant and consistent with
Dynamic Parameters. Each Bid-Offer Acceptance will, wherever possible,
be kept simple, drawing as necessary from the following forms and BC2.7
(b) Bid-Offer Acceptances given by telephone will normally follow the form:
(i) an exchange of operator names;

(ii) BM Unit Name;
(iii) Time of instruction;
(iv) Type of instruction;
(v) Number of MW/Time points making up instruction (minimum 2,
maximum 5)
(vi) MW value and Time value for each point identified in (v)
The times required in the instruction are expressed in London time.
For example, for a BM Unit ABCD-1 acceptance logged with a start time at 1400
hours and with a FPN at 300MW:

“BM Unit ABCD-1 Bid-Offer Acceptance timed at 1400 hours. Acceptance consists
of 4 MW/Time points as follows:
300MW at 1400 hours

400MW at 1415 hours
400MW at 1450 hours
300MW at 1500 hours”
BC2.A.1.6 SUBMISSION OF BID-OFFER ACCEPTANCE DATA TO THE BMRA
The relevant information contained in Bid-Offer Acceptances issued by NGC will be

converted into “from” and “to” MW levels and times before they are submitted to the
BMRA by NGC.

Appendix 2 - Type and Form of Ancillary Service Instructions
BC2.A.2.1 This part of the Appendix consists of a non-exhaustive list of the forms and types of
instruction for a Genset to provide System Ancillary Services. There may be other
types of Commercial Ancillary Services and these will be covered in the relevant
Ancillary Services Agreement.
As described in CC.8, System Ancillary Services consist of Part 1 and Part 2

System Ancillary Services.
Part 1 System Ancillary Services comprise:
(a) Reactive Power supplied other than by means of synchronous or static

compensators. This is required to ensure that a satisfactory System voltage
profile is maintained and that sufficient Reactive Power reserves are
maintained under normal and fault conditions. Ancillary Service instructions in
relation to Reactive Power may include:
(i) Mvar Output

(ii) Target Voltage Levels
(iii) Tap Changes
(iv) Maximum Mvar Output (‘maximum excitation’)
(v) Maximum Mvar Absorption (‘minimum excitation’)
(b) Frequency Control by means of Frequency sensitive generation. Gensets

may be required to move to or from Frequency Sensitive Mode in the
combinations agreed in the relevant Ancillary Services Agreement. They will
be specifically requested to operate so as to provide Primary Response and/or
Secondary Response and/or High Frequency Response.
Part 2 System Ancillary Services comprise:
(c) Frequency Control by means of Fast Start.
(d) Black Start Capability
BC2.A.2.2 As Ancillary Service instructions are not part of Bid-Offer Acceptances they do not
need to be closed instructions and can cover any period of time, not just limited to the
period of the Balancing Mechanism.
BC2.A.2.3 As described in BC2.6.1 Ancillary Service instructions are normally given by

automatic logging device, but in the absence of, or in the event of failure of the
logging device, instructions will be given by telephone.
BC2.A.2.4 INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN BY AUTOMATIC LOGGING DEVICE.
(a) The complete form of the Ancillary Service instruction is given in the EDL
Message Interface Specification which is available to Users on request from
NGC.
(b) Ancillary Service instructions for Frequency Control will normally follow the
form:
(i) BM Unit Name


(iv) Type of instruction (REAS)
(v) Reason Code
(vi) Start Time
(c) Ancillary Service instructions for Reactive Power will normally follow the
form:
(i) BM Unit Name

(iv) Type of instruction (MVAR, VOLT or TAPP)
(v) Target Value
(vi) Target Time
The times required in the instruction are input and displayed in London time, but
communicated electronically in GMT.
BC2.A.2.5 INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN BY TELEPHONE
(a) Ancillary Service instructions for Frequency Control will normally follow the
form:

(ii) BM Unit Name;
(iv) Type of instruction;
(v) Start Time.
The times required in the instruction are expressed in London time.
For example, for BM Unit ABCD-1 instructed at 1400 hours to provide Primary and
High Frequency response starting at 1415 hours:
“BM Unit ABCD-1 message timed at 1400 hours. Unit to Primary and High
Frequency Response at 1415 hours”
(b) Ancillary Service instructions for Reactive Power will normally follow the
form:

(ii) BM Unit Name;
(iv) Type of instruction (MVAR, VOLT or TAPP)
(v) Target Value
(vi) Target Time.
The times required in the instruction are expressed as London time.
For example, for BM Unit ABCD-1 instructed at 1400 hours to provide 100Mvar by
1415 hours:
“BM Unit ABCD-1 message timed at 1400 hours. MVAR instruction. Unit to
plus 100 Mvar target time 1415 hours.”

BC2.A.2.6 Reactive Power
As described in BC2.A.2.4 and BC2.A.2.5 instructions for Ancillary Services relating

to Reactive Power may consist of any of several specific types of instruction. The
following table describes these instructions in more detail:
Type of
Instruction Name Description
Instruction
Mvar Output The individual Mvar output from the Genset onto the NGCGB MVAR
Transmission System at the Grid Entry Point (or onto the
User System at the User System Entry Point in the case of
Embedded Power Stations), namely on the higher voltage
side of the generator step-up transformer. In relation to each
Genset, where there is no HV indication, NGC and the
Generator will discuss and agree equivalent Mvar levels for
the corresponding LV indication.
Where a Genset is instructed to a specific Mvar output, the

Generator must achieve that output within a tolerance of ±+/-
25 Mvar (for Gensets in England and Wales) or the lesser of
+/-5% of rated output or 25 Mvar (for Gensets in Scotland) (or
such other figure as may be agreed with NGC) by tap
changing on the generator step-up transformer, unless agreed
otherwise. Once this has been achieved, the Generator will
not tap again without prior consultation with and the
agreement of NGC, on the basis that Mvar output will be
allowed to vary with System conditions.
Target Voltage Target voltage levels to be achieved by the Genset on the VOLT
Levels NGCGB Transmission System at the Grid Entry Point (or
on the User System at the User System Entry Point in the
case of Embedded Power Stations, namely on the higher
voltage side of the generator step-up transformer. Where a
Genset is instructed to a specific target voltage, the
Generator must achieve that target within a tolerance of ±1
kV (or such other figure as may be agreed with NGC) by tap
changing on the generator step-up transformer, unless
agreed otherwise with NGC. In relation to each Genset,
where there is no HV indication, NGC and the Generator will
discuss and agree equivalent voltage levels for the
corresponding LV indication.
Under normal operating conditions, once this target voltage

level has been achieved the Generator will not tap again
without prior consultation with, and with the agreement of,
NGC.
However, under certain circumstances the Generator may be

instructed to maintain a target voltage until otherwise
instructed and this will be achieved by tap changing on the
generator step-up transformer without reference to NGC.
Tap Changes Details of the required generator step-up transformer tap TAPP
changes in relation to a Genset. The instruction for tap
changes may be a Simultaneous Tap Change instruction,
whereby the tap change must be effected by the Generator
in response to an instruction from NGC issued
simultaneously to relevant Power Stations. The instruction,
which is normally preceded by advance notice, must be

Type of
Instruction Name Description
Instruction
effected as soon as possible, and in any event within one
minute of receipt from NGC of the instruction.
For a Simultaneous Tap Change, change Genset generator

step-up transformer tap position by one [two] taps to raise or
lower (as relevant) System voltage, to be executed at time of
instruction.
Maximum Mvar Under certain conditions, such as low System voltage, an
Output instruction to maximum Mvar output at instructed MW output
(“maximum ("maximum excitation") may be given, and a Generator should
excitation”) take appropriate actions to maximise Mvar output unless
constrained by plant operational limits or safety grounds
(relating to personnel or plant).
Maximum Mvar Under certain conditions, such as high System voltage, an
Absorption instruction to maximum Mvar absorption at instructed MW
("minimum output ("minimum excitation") may be given, and a Generator
excitation") should take appropriate actions to maximise Mvar absorption
unless constrained by plant operational limits or safety
grounds (relating to personnel or plant).
BC2.A.2.7 In addition, the following provisions will apply to Reactive Power instructions:
(a) In circumstances where NGC issues new instructions in relation to more than
one BM Unit at the same Power Station at the same time tapping will be
carried out by the Generator one tap at a time either alternately between (or in
sequential order, if more than two), or at the same time on, each BM Unit.
(b) Where the instructions require more than two taps per BM Unit and that means
that the instructions cannot be achieved within 2 minutes of the instruction time
(or such longer period at NGC may have instructed), the instructions must each
be achieved with the minimum of delay after the expiry of that period.
(c) It should be noted that should System conditions require, NGC may need to
instruct maximum Mvar output to be achieved as soon as possible, but (subject
to the provisions of paragraph (BC2.A.2.7(b) above) in any event no later than 2
minutes after the instruction is issued.
(d) An Ancillary Service instruction relating to Reactive Power may be given in

respect of CCGT Units within a CCGT Module at a Power Station where
running arrangements and/or System conditions require, in both cases where
exceptional circumstances apply and connection arrangements permit.
(e) In relation to Mvar matters, Mvar generation/output is an export onto the System
and is referred to as "lagging Mvar", and Mvar absorption is an import from the
System and is referred to as "leading Mvar".
(f) It should be noted that the excitation control system constant Reactive Power
output control mode or constant power factor output control mode will always be
disabled, unless agreed otherwise with NGC.

Appendix 3 – Submission of Revised Mvar Capability
BC2.A.3.1 For the purpose of submitting revised Mvar data the following terms shall apply:
Full Output The MW output of a Generating Unit measured at the

generator stator terminals representing the LV equivalent of
the Registered Capacity at the Grid Entry Point.
Minimum Output The MW output of a Generating Unit measured at the

generator stator terminals representing the LV equivalent of
the Minimum Generation at the Grid Entry Point.
BC2.A.3.2 The following provisions apply to faxed submission of revised Mvar data:
(a) The fax must be transmitted to NGC (to the relevant location in accordance with
GC6) and must contain all the sections from the relevant part of Annexures 1 and
2 but with only the data changes set out. The "notification time" must be
completed to refer to the time of transmission, where the time is expressed as
London time.
(b) Upon receipt of the fax, NGC will acknowledge receipt by sending a fax back to
the User. The acknowledgement will either state that the fax has been received
and is legible or will state that it (or part of it) is not legible and will request re-
transmission of the whole (or part) of the fax.
(c) Upon receipt of the acknowledging fax the User will, if requested, re-transmit the
whole or the relevant part of the fax.
(d) The provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) then apply to that re-transmitted fax.

APPENDIX 3 - ANNEXURE 1
Optional
Logo
Company name REVISED Mvar DATA
TO: National GridNGC Transmission Fax telephone No.

NG Control Centre
C
Number of pages inc. header:.............................
Sent By : ........................................................................................................
Return Acknowledgement Fax to ....................................................................
For Retransmission or Clarification ring..........................................................
Acknowledged by NGC: (Signature)
................................................................................
Acknowledgement time and date ....................................................................................
Legibility of FAX : Acceptable
Unacceptable ( Resend FAX )

(List pages if appropriate)

APPENDIX 3 - ANNEXURE 2
To: NGC National GridTransmission Control Centre
From : [Company Name & Location]
REVISED Mvar DATA

HRS MINS DD MM YY
NOTIFICATION TIME: . / /
GENERATING UNIT*
Start Time/Date (if not effective immediately)
REACTIVE POWER CAPABILITY AT GENERATOR STATOR TERMINAL (at rated terminal volts)
MW LEAD (Mvar) LAG (Mvar)
AT RATED MW
AT FULL OUTPUT (MW)
AT MINIMUM OUTPUT
(MW)
GENERATING UNIT STEP-UP TRANSFORMER DATA
TAP CHANGE RANGE TAP NUMBER RANGE

(+%,-%)
OPTIONAL INFORMATION (for Ancillary Services use only) -

REACTIVE POWER CAPABILITY AT COMMERCIAL BOUNDARY (at rated stator terminal and
nominal system volts)
LEAD (Mvar) LAG (Mvar)
AT RATED MW
Predicted End Time/Date (to be confirmed by redeclaration)
Redeclaration made by (Signature) ____________________________________________

*
For a CCGT, the redeclaration is for an individual CCGT unit and not the entire module.
< End of BC2 >

BALANCING CODE NO.3
FREQUENCY CONTROL PROCESS
CONTENTS

BC3.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... BC3 - 1
BC3.2 OBJECTIVE ............................................................................................................ BC3 - 1
BC3.3 SCOPE ................................................................................................................... BC3 - 1
BC3.4 MANAGING SYSTEM FREQUENCY ..................................................................... BC3 - 2

BC3.4.1 Statutory Requirements.................................................................................... BC3 - 2
BC3.4.2 Target Frequency ............................................................................................. BC3 - 2
BC3.4.3 Electric Time..................................................................................................... BC3 - 2
BC3.5 RESPONSE FROM GENSETS .............................................................................. BC3 - 2
BC3.5.1 Capability.......................................................................................................... BC3 - 2
BC3.5.2 Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode .................................................................. BC3 - 2
BC3.5.3 Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant .................................................................. BC3 - 2
BC3.5.4 Frequency Sensitive Mode ............................................................................... BC3 - 2
BC3.5.5 System Frequency Induced Change ................................................................ BC3 - 3
BC3.6 RESPONSE TO LOW FREQUENCY ..................................................................... BC3 - 3
BC3.6.1 Low Frequency Relay Initiated Response from Gensets ................................. BC3 - 3
BC3.6.2 Low Frequency Relay Initiated Response from Demand ................................. BC3 - 4
BC3.7 RESPONSE TO HIGH FREQUENCY REQUIRED FROM SYNCHRONISED.
GENSETS .............................................................................................................. BC3 - 4
BC3.7.1 Plant in Frequency Sensitive Mode instructed to provide High Frequency
Response.......................................................................................................... BC3 - 4
BC3.7.2 Plant in Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode ..................................................... BC3 - 5
BC3.7.3 Plant Operation to below Minimum Generation................................................ BC3 - 5
BC3.7.5 Information update to NGC............................................................................... BC3 - 6
BC3.7.6 Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant .................................................................. BC3 - 6
BC3.7.7 Externally Interconnected System Operators ................................................... BC3 - 6
Issue 3 BC3 - i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

BALANCING CODE NO.3
FREQUENCY CONTROL PROCESS
BC3.1 INTRODUCTION
BC3.1.1 BC3 sets out the procedure for NGC to use in relation to Users to undertake
System Frequency control. System Frequency will be controlled by response
from Gensets operating in Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode or Frequency
Sensitive Mode, by the issuing of instructions to Gensets and by control of
Demand. The requirements for Frequency control are determined by the
consequences and effectiveness of the Balancing Mechanism, and accordingly,
BC3 is complementary to BC1 and BC2.
BC3.1.2 Inter-relationship with Ancillary Services
The provision of response (other than by operation in Limited Frequency

Sensitive Mode or in accordance with BC3.7.1(c)) in order to contribute towards
Frequency control, as described in BC3, by Generators will be an Ancillary
Service. Ancillary Services are divided into three categories, System Ancillary
Services Parts 1 and 2 and Commercial Ancillary Services. System Ancillary
Services, Parts 1 and 2, are those Ancillary Services listed in CC.8.1; those in
Part 1 of CC.8.1 are those for which the Connection Conditions require the
capability as a condition of connection and those in Part 2 are those which may be
agreed to be provided by Users and which can only be utilised by NGC if so
agreed. Commercial Ancillary Services like those System Ancillary Services
set out in Part 2 of CC.8.1, may be agreed to be provided by Users and which
can only be utilised by NGC if so agreed.
BC3.2 OBJECTIVE
The procedure for NGC to direct System Frequency control is intended to enable
(as far as possible) NGC to meet the statutory requirements of System
Frequency control.
BC3.3 SCOPE
(a) Generators with regard to their Large Power Stations,
(b) Network Operators,
(c) other providers of Ancillary Services, and
(d) Externally Interconnected System Operators.

BC3.4 MANAGING SYSTEM FREQUENCY
BC3.4.1 Statutory Requirements

When NGC determines it is necessary (by having monitored the System
Frequency), it will, as part of the procedure set out in BC2, issue instructions
(including instructions for Commercial Ancillary Services) in order to seek to
regulate System Frequency to meet the statutory requirements of Frequency
control. Gensets operating in Frequency Sensitive Mode will be instructed by
NGC to operate taking due account of the Target Frequency notified by NGC.
BC3.4.2 Target Frequency

NGC will give 15 minutes notice of variation in Target Frequency.
BC3.4.3 Electric Time

NGC will endeavour (in so far as it is able) to control electric clock time to within
plus or minus 10 seconds by specifying changes to Target Frequency, by
accepting bids and offers in the Balancing Mechanism. Errors greater than plus
or minus 10 seconds may be temporarily accepted at NGC 's reasonable
discretion.
BC3.5 RESPONSE FROM GENSETS
BC3.5.1 Capability
Each Genset must at all times have the capability to operate automatically so as
to provide response to changes in Frequency in accordance with the
requirements of CC.6.3.7 in order to contribute to containing and correcting the
System Frequency within the statutory requirements of Frequency control. In
addition each Genset must at all times have the capability to operate in a Limited
Frequency Sensitive Mode by operating so as to provide Limited High
Frequency Response.
BC3.5.2 Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode

Each Synchronised Genset producing Active Power must operate at all times in
a Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode (unless instructed in accordance with
BC3.5.4 below to operate in Frequency Sensitive Mode). Operation in Limited
Frequency Sensitive Mode must achieve the capability requirement described in
CC.6.3.3 for System Frequencies up to 50.4Hz and shall be deemed not to be in
contravention of CC.6.3.7.
BC3.5.3 Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant

NGC will permit Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant other than Frequency
Sensitive AGR Units to operate in Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode at all
times.
BC3.5.4 Frequency Sensitive Mode
(a) NGC may issue an instruction to a Genset to operate so as to provide

Primary Response and/or Secondary Response and/or High
Frequency Response (in the combinations agreed in the relevant
Ancillary Services Agreement). When so instructed, the Genset must
operate in accordance with the instruction and will no longer be operating
in Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode, but by being so instructed will be
operating in Frequency Sensitive Mode.

(b) Frequency Sensitive Mode is the generic description for a Genset
operating in accordance with an instruction to operate so as to provide
Primary Response and/or Secondary Response and/or High
Frequency Response (in the combinations agreed in the relevant
Ancillary Services Agreement).
(c) The magnitude of the response in each of those categories instructed will
be in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Services Agreement with
the Generator.
(d) Such instruction will continue until countermanded by NGC or until the
Genset is De-Synchronised, whichever is the first to occur.
(e) NGC will not so instruct Generators in respect of Existing Gas Cooled
Reactor Plant other than Frequency Sensitive AGR Units.
BC3.5.5 System Frequency Induced Change

A System Frequency induced change in the Active Power output of a Genset
which assists recovery to Target Frequency must not be countermanded by a
Generator except where it is done purely on safety grounds (relating to either
personnel or plant) or, where necessary, to ensure the integrity of the Power
Station .
BC3.6 RESPONSE TO LOW FREQUENCY
BC3.6.1 Low Frequency Relay Initiated Response from Gensets
(a) NGC may utilise Gensets with the capability of Low Frequency Relay
initiated response as:
(i) synchronisation and generation from standstill;
(ii) generation from zero generated output;
(iii) increase in generated output
in establishing its requirements for Operating Reserve.
(b) (i) NGC will specify within the range agreed with Generators, Low
Frequency Relay settings to be applied to the Gensets pursuant
to BC3.6.1 (a) and instruct the Low Frequency Relay initiated
response placed in and out of service.
(ii) Generators will comply with NGC instructions for Low Frequency
Relay settings and Low Frequency Relay initiated response to be
placed in or out of service. Generators may not alter such Low
Frequency Relay settings or take Low Frequency Relay initiated
response out of service without NGC's agreement (such
agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except for
safety reasons.

BC3.6.2 Low Frequency Relay Initiated Response from Demand and other Demand
modification arrangements
(a) NGC may, pursuant to an Ancillary Services Agreement, utilise Demand

with the capability of Low Frequency Relay initiated Demand reduction in
establishing its requirements for Frequency Control.
(b) (i) NGC will specify within the range agreed the Low Frequency
Relay settings to be applied pursuant to BC3.6.2 (a), the amount of
Demand reduction to be available and will instruct the Low
Frequency Relay initiated response to be placed in or out of
service.
(ii) Users will comply with NGC instructions for Low Frequency Relay
settings and Low Frequency Relay initiated Demand reduction to
be placed in or out of service. Users may not alter such Low
Frequency Relay settings or take Low Frequency Relay initiated
response out of service without NGC 's agreement, except for
safety reasons.
(iii) In the case of any such Demand which is Embedded, NGC will
notify the relevant Network Operator of the location of the
Demand, the amount of Demand reduction to be available, and the
Low Frequency Relay settings.
(c) NGC may also utilise other Demand modification arrangements pursuant
to an agreement for Ancillary Services, in order to contribute towards
Operating Reserve.
BC3.7 RESPONSE TO HIGH FREQUENCY REQUIRED FROM SYNCHRONISED

GENSETS
BC3.7.1 Plant in Frequency Sensitive Mode instructed to provide High Frequency

Response
(a) Each Synchronised Genset in respect of which the Generator has been
instructed to operate so as to provide High Frequency Response, which is
producing Active Power and which is operating above Designed
Minimum Operating Level, is required to reduce Active Power output in
response to an increase in System Frequency above the Target
Frequency (or such other level of Frequency as may have been agreed in
an Ancillary Services Agreement). The Target Frequency is normally
50.00 Hz except where modified as specified under BC3.4.2.
(b) (i) The rate of change of Active Power output with respect to
Frequency up to 50.5 Hz shall be in accordance with the provisions
of the relevant Ancillary Services Agreement with each Generator.
If more than one rate is provided for in the Ancillary Services
Agreement NGC will instruct the rate when the instruction to operate
to provide High Frequency Response is given.
(ii) The reduction in Active Power output by the amount provided for in
the relevant Ancillary Services Agreement must be fully achieved
within 10 seconds of the time of the Frequency increase and must be
sustained at no lesser reduction thereafter.
(iii) It is accepted that the reduction in Active Power output may not be to
below the Designed Minimum Operating Level.
(c) In addition to the High Frequency Response provided, the Genset must
continue to reduce Active Power output in response to an increase in
System Frequency to 50.5 Hz or above at a minimum rate of 2 per cent of
output per 0.1 Hz deviation of System Frequency above that level, such
reduction to be achieved within five minutes of the rise to or above 50.5 Hz.
For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of this reduction in Active Power
output is not an Ancillary Service.
BC3.7.2 Plant in Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode
(a) Each Synchronised Genset operating in a Limited Frequency Sensitive

Mode which is producing Active Power is also required to reduce Active
Power output in response to System Frequency when this rises above
50.4 Hz. For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of this reduction in
Active Power output is not an Ancillary Service. Such provision is known
as "Limited High Frequency Response".
(b) (i) The rate of change of Active Power output must be at a minimum
rate of 2 per cent of output per 0.1 Hz deviation of System
Frequency above 50.4 Hz.
(ii) The reduction in Active Power output must be continuously and

linearly proportional, as far as is practicable, to the excess of
Frequency above 50.4 Hz and must be provided increasingly with
time over the period specified in (iii) below.
(iii) As much as possible of the proportional reduction in Active Power

output must result from speed governor action and must be achieved
within 10 seconds of the time of the Frequency increase above 50.4
Hz.
(iv) The residue of the proportional reduction in Active Power output

which results from automatic action of the Genset output control
devices other than the speed governors must be achieved within 3
minutes from the time of the Frequency increase above 50.4 Hz.
(v) Any further residue of the proportional reduction which results from
non-automatic action initiated by the Generator shall be initiated
within 2 minutes, and achieved within 5 minutes, of the time of the
Frequency increase above 50.4 Hz.
(c) Each Genset which is providing Limited High Frequency Response in

accordance with this BC3.7.2 must continue to provide it until the
Frequency has returned to or below 50.4 Hz or until otherwise instructed
by NGC.
BC3.7.3 Plant operation to below Minimum Generation
(a) As stated in CC.A.3.2, steady state operation below Minimum Generation

is not expected but if System operating conditions cause operation below
Minimum Generation which give rise to operational difficulties for the
Genset then NGC should not, upon request, unreasonably withhold
issuing a Bid-Offer Acceptance to return the Generating Unit or CCGT
Module to an output not less than Minimum Generation.
(b) It is possible that Synchronised Gensets which have responded as

required under BC3.7.1 or BC3.7.2 to an excess of System Frequency, as
therein described, will (if the output reduction is large or if the Genset
output has reduced to below the Designed Minimum Operating Level)
trip after a time.
(c) All reasonable efforts should in the event be made by the Generator to
avoid such tripping, provided that the System Frequency is below 52Hz.
(d) If the System Frequency is at or above 52Hz, the requirement to make all
reasonable efforts to avoid tripping does not apply and the Generator is
required to take action to protect the Generating Units as specified in
CC.6.3.13.
(e) In the event of the System Frequency becoming stable above 50.5Hz,
after all Genset action as specified in BC3.7.1 and BC3.7.2 has taken
place, NGC will issue appropriate Bid-Offer Acceptances and/or Ancillary
Service instructions, which may include Emergency Instructions under
BC2 to trip Gensets so that the Frequency returns to below 50.5Hz and
ultimately to Target Frequency.
(f) If the System Frequency has become stable above 52 Hz, after all Genset
action as specified in BC3.7.1 and BC3.7.2 has taken place, NGC will issue
Emergency Instructions under BC2 to trip appropriate Gensets to bring
the System Frequency to below 52Hz and follow this with appropriate Bid-
Offer Acceptances or Ancillary Service instructions or further
Emergency Instructions under BC2 to return the System Frequency to
below 50.5 Hz and ultimately to Target Frequency.
BC3.7.4 The Generator will not be in breach of any of the provisions of BC2 by following
the provisions of BC3.7.1, BC3.7.2 or BC3.7.3.
BC3.7.5 Information update to NGC

In order that NGC can deal with the emergency conditions effectively, it needs as
much up to date information as possible and accordingly NGC must be informed
of the action taken in accordance with BC3.7.1(c) and BC3.7.2 as soon as
possible and in any event within 7 minutes of the rise in System Frequency,
directly by telephone from the Control Point for the Power Station .
BC3.7.6 Existing Gas Cooled Reactor Plant

For the avoidance of doubt, Generating Units within Existing Gas Cooled
Reactor Plant are required to comply with the applicable provisions of this BC3.7
(which, for the avoidance of doubt, other than for Frequency Sensitive AGR
Units, do not include BC3.7.1).
BC3.7.7 Externally Interconnected System Operators

NGC will use reasonable endeavours to ensure that, if System Frequency rises
above 50.4Hz, and an Externally Interconnected System Operator (in its role
as operator of the External System) is transferring power into the NGCGB
Transmission System from its External System, the amount of power
transferred in to the NGCGB Transmission System from the System of that
Externally Interconnected System Operator is reduced at a rate equivalent to
(or greater than) that which applies for Synchronised Gensets operating in
Limited Frequency Sensitive Mode which are producing Active Power. This
will be done either by utilising existing arrangements which are designed to
achieve this, or by issuing Emergency Instructions under BC2.
< End of BC3 >

DATA REGISTRATION CODE
CONTENTS
DRC.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................DRC - 1
DRC.2 OBJECTIVE................................................................................................................DRC - 1
DRC.3 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................DRC - 1
DRC.4 DATA CATEGORIES AND STAGES IN REGISTRATION .........................................DRC - 2

DRC.4.2 Standard Planning Data .......................................................................................DRC - 2
DRC.4.3 Detailed Planning Data ........................................................................................DRC - 2
DRC.4.4 Operational Data ..................................................................................................DRC - 2
DRC.5 PROCEDURES AND RESPONSIBILITIES................................................................DRC - 2
DRC.5.1 Responsibility for Submission and Updating of Data ...........................................DRC - 2
DRC.5.2 Methods of Submitting Data...............................................................................DRC - 23
DRC.5.3 Changes to Users Data........................................................................................DRC - 3
DRC.5.4 Data not Supplied ................................................................................................DRC - 3
DRC.6 DATA TO BE REGISTERED ....................................................................................DRC - 34
SCHEDULE 1 - GENERATING UNIT TECHNICAL DATA.....................................................DRC - 67
SCHEDULE 2 - GENERATION PLANNING PARAMETERS.............................................DRC - 1417
SCHEDULE 3 - LARGE POWER STATION OUTAGE PROGRAMMES, OUTPUT USABLE AND

INFLEXIBILITY INFORMATION................................................................DRC - 1721
SCHEDULE 4 – GOVERNOR DROOP AND RESPONSE ................................................DRC - 2024
SCHEDULE 5 - USERS SYSTEM DATA ...........................................................................DRC - 2125
SCHEDULE 6 - USERS OUTAGE INFORMATION ...........................................................DRC - 3036
SCHEDULE 7 - LOAD CHARACTERISTICS AT GRID SUPPLY POINTS ........................DRC - 3137
SCHEDULE 8 - DATA SUPPLIED BY BM PARTICIPANTS ..............................................DRC - 3238
SCHEDULE 9 - DATA SUPPLIED BY NGC TO USERS ...................................................DRC - 3339
SCHEDULE 10 - DEMAND PROFILES AND ACTIVE ENERGY DATA ............................DRC - 3440
SCHEDULE 11 - CONNECTION POINT DATA .................................................................DRC - 3642
SCHEDULE 12 - DEMAND CONTROL..............................................................................DRC - 4047
Issue 3 DRC - i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

SCHEDULE 13 - FAULT INFEED DATA............................................................................DRC - 4249
SCHEDULE 14 - FAULT INFEED DATA (GENERATORS) ...............................................DRC - 4350
SCHEDULE 15 – MOTHBALLED GENERATING UNIT INFORMATION ..........................DRC - 4549
Issue 3 DRC - ii [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

DRC.1 INTRODUCTION
DRC.1.1 The Data Registration Code ("DRC") presents a unified listing of all data required
by NGC from Users and by Users from NGC, from time to time under the Grid
Code. The data which is specified in each section of the Grid Code is collated
here in the DRC. Where there is any inconsistency in the data requirements
under any particular section of the Grid Code and the Data Registration Code
the provisions of the particular section of the Grid Code shall prevail.
DRC.1.2 The DRC identifies the section of the Grid Code under which each item of data is
required.
DRC.1.3 The Code under which any item of data is required specifies procedures and
timings for the supply of that data, for routine updating and for recording
temporary or permanent changes to that data. All timetables for the provision of
data are repeated in the DRC.
DRC.1.4 Various sections of the Grid Code also specify information which the Users will
receive from NGC. This information is summarised in a single schedule in the
DRC (Schedule 9).
DRC.2 OBJECTIVE
The objective of the DRC is to:
DRC.2.1 List and collate all the data to be provided by each category of User to NGC under
the Grid Code.
DRC.2.2 List all the data to be provided by NGC to each category of User under the Grid
Code.
DRC.3 SCOPE
DRC.3.1 The DRC applies to NGC and to Users, which in this DRC means:-
(a) Generators;
(c) Suppliers;
(d) Non-Embedded Customers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a

Pumped Storage Generator in that capacity);
(e) Externally Interconnected System Operators;
(f) Interconnector Users; and
Issue 3 DRC - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

(g) BM Participants.
DRC.4 DATA CATEGORIES AND STAGES IN REGISTRATION
DRC.4.1.1 Within the DRC each data item is allocated to one of the following three
categories:
(a) Standard Planning Data (SPD)
(b) Detailed Planning Data (DPD)
(c) Operational Data
DRC.4.2 Standard Planning Data (SPD)
DRC.4.2.1 The Standard Planning Data listed and collated in this DRC is that data listed in
Part 1 of the Appendix to the PC.
DRC.4.2.2 Standard Planning Data will be provided to NGC in accordance with PC.4.4 and
PC.A.1.2.
DRC.4.3 Detailed Planning Data (DPD)
DRC.4.3.1 The Detailed Planning Data listed and collated in this DRC is that data listed in
Part 2 of the Appendix to the PC.
DRC.4.3.2 Detailed Planning Data will be provided to NGC in accordance with PC.4.4,
PC.4.5 and PC.A.1.2.
DRC.4.4 Operational Data
DRC.4.4.1 Operational Data is data which is required by the Operating Codes and the
Balancing Codes. Within the DRC, Operational Data is sub-categorised
according to the Code under which it is required, namely OC1, OC2, BC1 or BC2.
DRC.4.4.2 Operational Data is to be supplied in accordance with timetables set down in the
relevant Operating Codes and Balancing Codes and repeated in tabular form in
the schedules to the DRC.
DRC.5 PROCEDURES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
DRC.5.1 Responsibility for Submission and Updating of Data
In accordance with the provisions of the various sections of the Grid Code, each
User must submit data as summarised in DRC.6 and listed and collated in the
attached schedules.
DRC.5.2 Methods of Submitting Data
DRC.5.2.1 Wherever possible the data schedules to the DRC are structured to serve as
standard formats for data submission and such format must be used for the
written submission of data to NGC.

DRC.5.2.2 Data must be submitted to the National GridTransmission Control Centre
notified by NGC or to such other department or address as NGC may from time to
time advise. The name of the person at the User who is submitting each
schedule of data must be included.
DRC.5.2.3 Where a computer data link exists between a User and NGC, data may be
submitted via this link. NGC will, in this situation, provide computer files for
completion by the User containing all the data in the corresponding DRC
schedule.
Data submitted under Schedule 5, with the exception of the single line diagram,
shall be submitted on floppy disk using a proforma to be supplied by NGC, or by
any other means or format as may be agreed between the User and NGC. This
proforma is to be supplied by NGC no later than calendar week 19 in each year.
DRC.5.2.4 Other modes of data transfer, such as magnetic tape, may be utilised if NGC
gives its prior written consent.
DRC.5.3 Changes to Users' Data
DRC.5.3.1 Whenever a User becomes aware of a change to an item of data which is

registered with NGC the User must notify NGC in accordance with each section of
the Grid Code. The method and timing of the notification to NGC is set out in
each section of the Grid Code.
DRC.5.4 Data not Supplied
DRC.5.4.1 Users and NGC are obliged to supply data as set out in the individual sections of
the Grid Code and repeated in the DRC. If a User fails to supply data when
required by any section of the Grid Code, NGC will estimate such data if and
when, in the NGC's view, it is necessary to do so. If NGC fails to supply data
when required by any section of the Grid Code, the User to whom that data ought
to have been supplied, will estimate such data if and when, in that User's view, it
is necessary to do so. Such estimates will, in each case, be based upon data
supplied previously for the same Plant or Apparatus or upon corresponding data
for similar Plant or Apparatus or upon such other information as NGC or that
User, as the case may be, deems appropriate.
DRC.5.4.2 NGC will advise a User in writing of any estimated data it intends to use pursuant
to DRC.5.4.1 relating directly to that User's Plant or Apparatus in the event of
data not being supplied.
DRC.5.4.3 A User will advise NGC in writing of any estimated data it intends to use pursuant
to DRC.5.4.1 in the event of data not being supplied.
DRC.6 DATA TO BE REGISTERED
DRC.6.1 Schedules 1 to 15 attached cover the following data areas.
DRC.6.1.1 SCHEDULE 1 - GENERATING UNIT (OR CCGT Module) TECHNICAL DATA.
Comprising Generating Unit (and CCGT Module) fixed electrical parameters.
DRC.6.1.2 SCHEDULE 2 - GENERATION PLANNING PARAMETERS
Comprising the Genset parameters required for Operational Planning studies.

DRC.6.1.3 SCHEDULE 3 - LARGE POWER STATION OUTAGE PROGRAMMES, OUTPUT
USABLE AND INFLEXIBILITY INFORMATION.
Comprising generation outage planning, Output Usable and inflexibility

information at timescales down to the daily BM Unit Data submission.
DRC.6.1.4 SCHEDULE 4 - LARGE POWER STATION DROOP AND RESPONSE DATA.
Comprising data on governor droop settings and Primary, Secondary and High
Frequency Response data for Large Power Stations.
DRC.6.1.5 SCHEDULE 5 - USER'S SYSTEM DATA.
Comprising electrical parameters relating to Plant and Apparatus connected to

the NGCGB Transmission System.
DRC.6.1.6 SCHEDULE 6 - USERS OUTAGE INFORMATION.
Comprising the information required by NGC for outages on the Users System,
including outages at Power Stations other than outages of Gensets
DRC.6.1.7 SCHEDULE 7 - LOAD CHARACTERISTICS.
Comprising the estimated parameters of load groups in respect of, for example,
harmonic content and response to frequency.
DRC.6.1.8 SCHEDULE 8 - BM UNIT DATA.
DRC.6.1.9 SCHEDULE 9 - DATA SUPPLIED BY NGC TO USERS.
DRC.6.1.10 SCHEDULE 10 - DEMAND PROFILES AND ACTIVE ENERGY DATA
Comprising information relating to the Network Operators’ and Non-Embedded

Customers’ total Demand and Active Energy taken from the NGCGB
Transmission System
DRC.6.1.11 SCHEDULE 11 - CONNECTION POINT DATA
Comprising information relating to Demand, demand transfer capability and a

summary of the Small Power Station, Medium Power Station and Customer
generation connected to the Connection Point
DRC.6.1.12 SCHEDULE 12 - DEMAND CONTROL DATA
Comprising information related to Demand Control
DRC.6.1.13 SCHEDULE 13 - FAULT INFEED DATA
Comprising information relating to the Short Circuit contribution to the NGCGB

Transmission System from Users other than Generators.
DRC.6.1.14 SCHEDULE 14 - FAULT INFEED DATA
Comprising information relating to the Short Circuit contribution to the NGCGB

Transmission System from Generators.
DRC.6.1.15 SCHEDULE 15 – MOTHBALLED GENERATING UNIT AND ALTERNATIVE

FUEL DATA

Comprising information relating to estimated return to service times for
Mothballed Generating Units and the capability of gas-fired Generating Units to
operate using alternative fuels.
DRC.6.2 The Schedules applicable to each class of User are as follows:
Generators with Large Power Stations Sched 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 14, 15
Generators with Medium Power Sched 1, 9, 14, 15

Stations (See note 2)
Generators with Small Power Stations Sched 1, 6, 14, 15

directly connected to the
NGCGB Transmission System
All Users connected directly to Sched 5, 6, 9

All Users connected directly to

the NGCGB Transmission System other
than Generators Sched 10,11,13
All Users connected directly to Sched 7, 9

NGCGB Transmission System with
Demand
A Pumped Storage Generator, Sched12

Externally Interconnected (as marked)
System Operator and
Interconnector Users
All Suppliers Sched 12
All Network Operators Sched 12
All BM Participants Sched 8
Notes:
1. Network Operators must provide data relating to Small Power Stations

and/or Customer Generating Plant Embedded in their Systems when
such data is requested by NGC pursuant to PC.A.3.1.4 or PC.A.5.1.4.
2. The data in schedules 1, 14 and 15 need not be supplied in relation to

Medium Power Stations connected at a voltage level below the voltage
level of the Subtransmission System except in connection with a CUSC
Contract or unless specifically requested by NGC.

DATA REGISTRATION CODE SCHEDULE 1
Page 1 of 8
GENERATING UNIT (OR CCGT MODULE) TECHNICAL DATA
POWER STATION NAME: _________________________ DATE: _____________
DATA GENERATING UNIT OR STATION DATA

DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS CAT.
Fyr Fyr Fyr Fyr Fyr Fyr Fyr 6
0 1 2 3 4 5
GENERATING STATION DEMANDS:
Demand associated with the Power Station

supplied through the NGCGB Transmission
System or the Generator’'s User System
- The maximum Demand that could occur. MW DPD

Mvar DPD
- Demand at specified time of annual MW DPD
peak half hour of NGCGB Mvar DPD
Transmission System Demand at
Annual ACS Conditions.
- Demand at specified time of annual MW DPD

minimum half-hour of NGCGB Mvar DPD
(Additional Demand supplied through the unit

transformers to be provided below)
INDIVIDUAL GENERATING UNIT (OR AS THE G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 STN

CASE MAY BE, CCGT MODULE) DATA
Point of connection to the NGCGB Text SPD

Transmission System (or the Total System
if embedded) of the Generating Unit (other
than a CCGT Unit) or the CCGT Module, as
the case may be in terms of geographical and
electrical location and system voltage
If the busbars at the Connection Point are Section SPD

normally run in separate sections identify the Number
section to which the Generating Unit (other
than a CCGT Unit) or CCGT Module, as the
case may be is connected
Type of Unit (steam, Gas Turbine Combined

Cycle Gas Turbine Unit, tidal, wind, etc.)
A list of the CCGT Units within a CCGT Module, SPD

identifying each CCGT Unit, and the CCGT
Module of which it forms part,
unambiguously. In the case of a Range
CCGT Module, details of the possible
configurations should also be submitted.

SCHEDULE 1
Page 2 of 8
ABBREVIATIONS:
SPD = Standard Planning Data DPD = Detailed Planning Data

% on MVA = % on Rated MVA RC = Registered Capacity
% on 100 = % on 100 MVA OC1, BC1, etc = Grid Code for which
data is required
Note:
All parameters, where applicable, are to be measured at nominal System Frequency
+ - these SPD items should only be given in the data supplied with the application for a CUSC
Contract.
* - Asterisk items are not required for Small Power Stations and Medium Power Stations
Information is to be given on a Unit basis, unless otherwise stated. Where references to CCGT
Modules are made, the columns “G1” etc should be amended to read “M1” etc, as appropriate.

SCHEDULE 1
Page 3 of 8
DATA GENERATING UNIT (OR CCGT

DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS CAT. MODULE, AS THE CASE MAY BE)
G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 STN
Rated MVA MVA SPD+

Rated MW MW SPD+
Rated terminal voltage kV DPD
*Performance Chart at Generating Unit stator SPD (see OC2 for specification)
terminals
*Output Usable (on a monthly basis) MW SPD (except in relation to CCGT Modules
when required on a unit basis under the
Grid Code, this data item may be
supplied under Schedule 3)
Turbo-Generator inertia constant (for synchronous MW secs SPD+
machines) /MVA
Short circuit ratio (synchronous machines) SPD+
Normal auxiliary load supplied by the Generating MW DPD
Unit at rated MW output Mvar DPD
Rated field current at rated MW and Mvar output A DPD
and at rated terminal voltage
Field current open circuit saturation curve (as

derived from appropriate manufacturers’' test
certificates):
120% rated terminal volts A DPD
IMPEDANCES:
(Unsaturated)
Direct axis synchronous reactance % on MVA DPD

Direct axis transient reactance % on MVA SPD+
Direct axis sub-transient reactance % on MVA DPD
Quad axis synch reactance % on MVA DPD
Quad axis sub-transient reactance % on MVA DPD
Stator leakage reactance % on MVA DPD
Armature winding direct current
resistance. % on MVA DPD
In Scotland, negative sequence resistance % on MVA DPD
Note:- the above data item relating to armature winding direct-current resistance need only be provided by
Generators in relation to Generating Units commissioned after 1st March 1996 and in cases where, for
whatever reason, the Generator is aware of the value of the data item.

SCHEDULE 1
Page 4 of 8

TIME CONSTANTS
(Short-circuit and Unsaturated)
Direct axis transient time constant S DPD

Direct axis sub-transient time S SPD
constant
Quadrature axis sub-transient time S DPD
constant
Stator time constant S DPD
GENERATING UNIT STEP-UP TRANSFORMER
Rated MVA MVA SPD+

Voltage Ratio - DPD
Positive sequence reactance:
Max tap % on MVA SPD+
Min tap % on MVA SPD+
Nominal tap % on MVA SPD+
Positive sequence resistance:
Max tap % on MVA DPD
Min tap % on MVA DPD
Nominal tap % on MVA DPD
Zero phase sequence reactance % on MVA DPD
Tap change range +% / -% DPD
Tap change step size % DPD
Tap changer type, on-load or
off-circuit On/Off DPD
EXCITATION:
Note: The data items requested under Option 1 below may continue to be provided by Generators in relation to
Generating Units on the System at 9 January 1995 (in this paragraph, the “"relevant date”") or they may
provide the new data items set out under Option 2. Generators must supply the data as set out under Option
2 (and not those under Option 1) for Generating Unit excitation control systems commissioned after the
relevant date, those Generating Unit excitation control systems recommissioned for any reason such as
refurbishment after the relevant date and Generating Unit excitation control systems where, as a result of
testing or other process, the Generator is aware of the data items listed under Option 2 in relation to that
Generating Unit.
Option 1
DC gain of Excitation Loop DPD

Max field voltage V DPD
Min field voltage V DPD
Rated field voltage V DPD
Max rate of change of field volts:
Rising V/Sec DPD
Falling V/Sec DPD
Details of Excitation Loop Diagram DPD (please attach)

Described in block diagram form showing transfer
functions of individual elements
Dynamic characteristics of over- DPD

excitation limiter
Dynamic characteristics of under- DPD
excitation limiter

SCHEDULE 1
Page 5 of 8
DATA GENERATING UNIT OR STATION

DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS CAT. DATA
Option 2
Exciter category, e.g. Rotating Text SPD
Exciter, or Static Exciter etc
Excitation System Nominal
Response VE sec-1 DPD
Rated Field Voltage UfN V DPD
No-load Field Voltage UfO V DPD
Excitation System On-Load
Positive Ceiling Voltage UpL+ V DPD
Excitation System No-Load
Positive Ceiling Voltage UpO+ V DPD
Excitation System No-Load
Negative Ceiling Voltage UpO- V DPD
Power System Stabiliser (PSS)
fitted Yes/No SPD
Details of Excitation System

(including PSS if fitted) described in block
diagram form showing transfer functions of
individual elements. Diagram DPD
Details of Over-excitation Limiter

described in block diagram form showing
transfer functions of individual elements. Diagram DPD
Details of Under-excitation Limiter

described in block diagram form showing
transfer functions of individual elements. Diagram DPD

SCHEDULE 1
Page 6 of 8

UNITS CAT.
DATA DESCRIPTION
GOVERNOR AND ASSOCIATED PRIME MOVER PARAMETERS
Note: The data items requested under Option 1 below may continue to be provided by Generators in relation to
Generating Units on the System at 9 January 1995 (in this paragraph, the “relevant date”) or they may
provide the new data items set out under Option 2. Generators must supply the data as set out under
Option 2 (and not those under Option 1) for Generating Unit governor control systems commissioned after
the relevant date, those Generating Unit governor control systems recommissioned for any reason such
as refurbishment after the relevant date and Generating Unit governor control systems where, as a result
of testing or other process, the Generator is aware of the data items listed under Option 2 in relation to that
Generating Unit.
Option 1
GOVERNOR PARAMETERS (REHEAT UNITS)
HP Governor average gain MW/Hz DPD

Speeder motor setting range Hz DPD
HP governor valve time constant S DPD
HP governor valve opening limits DPD
HP governor valve rate limits DPD
Re-heat time constant (stored
Active Energy in reheater) S DPD
IP governor average gain MW/Hz DPD
IP governor setting range Hz DPD
IP governor time constant S DPD
IP governor valve opening limits DPD
IP governor valve rate limits DPD
Details of acceleration sensitive DPD (please attach)
elements HP & IP in governor loop
Governor block diagram showing DPD (please attach)
transfer functions of individual elements
GOVERNOR (Non-reheat steam and Gas

Turbines)
Governor average gain MW/Hz DPD

Speeder motor setting range DPD
Time constant of steam or fuel
governor valve S DPD
Governor valve opening limits DPD
Governor valve rate limits DPD
Time constant of turbine S DPD
Governor block diagram DPD (please attach)

SCHEDULE 1
Page 7 of 8

BOILER & STEAM TURBINE DATA*
Boiler time constant (Stored Active S

Energy) DPD
HP turbine response ratio: %

(Proportion of Primary Response arising from DPD
HP turbine)
HP turbine response ratio: %

(Proportion of High Frequency Response DPD
arising from HP turbine)
End of Option 1
Option 2
All Generating Units
Governor Block Diagram showing DPD

transfer function of individual elements including
acceleration sensitive elements
Governor Time Constant Sec DPD

#Governor Deadband
- Maximum Setting ±Hz DPD
- Normal Setting ±Hz DPD
- Minimum Setting ±Hz DPD
Speeder Motor Setting Range % DPD
Average Gain MW/Hz DPD
Steam Units
HP Valve Time Constant sec DPD
HP Valve Opening Limits % DPD
HP Valve Opening Rate Limits %/sec DPD
HP Valve Closing Rate Limits %/sec DPD
HP Turbine Time Constant sec DPD
IP Valve Time Constant sec DPD
IP Valve Opening Limits % DPD
IP Valve Opening Rate Limits %/sec DPD
IP Valve Closing Rate Limits %/sec DPD
IP Turbine Time Constant sec DPD
LP Valve Time Constant sec DPD
LP Valve Opening Limits % DPD
LP Valve Opening Rate Limits %/sec DPD
LP Valve Closing Rate Limits %/sec DPD
LP Turbine Time Constant sec DPD
Reheater Time Constant sec DPD
Boiler Time Constant sec DPD
HP Power Fraction % DPD
IP Power Fraction % DPD
# Where the generating unit governor does not have a selectable deadband facility, then the actual
value of the deadband need only be provided.

SCHEDULE 1
Page 8 of 8
DATA GENERATING UNIT OR STATION

DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS CAT. DATA
Gas Turbine Units
Inlet Guide Vane Time Constant sec DPD

Inlet Guide Vane Opening Limits % DPD
Inlet Guide Vane Opening Rate Limits %/sec DPD
Inlet Guide Vane Closing Rate Limits %/sec DPD
Fuel Valve Time Constant sec DPD

Fuel Valve Opening Limits % DPD
Fuel Valve Opening Rate Limits %/sec DPD
Fuel Valve Closing Rate Limits %/sec DPD
Waste Heat Recovery Boiler Time Constant
Hydro Generating Units
Guide Vane Actuator Time Constant sec DPD

Guide Vane Opening Limits % DPD
Guide Vane Opening Rate Limits %/sec DPD
Guide Vane Closing Rate Limits %/sec DPD
Water Time Constant sec DPD
End of Option 2
UNIT CONTROL OPTIONS*
Maximum droop % DPD

Normal droop % DPD
Minimum droop % DPD
Maximum frequency deadband ±Hz DPD

Normal frequency deadband ±Hz DPD
Minimum frequency deadband ±Hz DPD
Maximum Output deadband ±MW DPD

Normal Output deadband ±MW DPD
Minimum Output deadband ±MW DPD
Frequency settings between which

Unit Load Controller droop applies:
Maximum Hz DPD
Normal Hz DPD
Minimum Hz DPD
Sustained response normally selected Yes/No DPD
NOTE:
Users are referred to Schedules 5 & 14 which set down data required for all Users directly connected to
the NGCGB Transmission System, including Power Stations.

Page 1 of 3
GENERATION PLANNING PARAMETERS
This schedule contains the Genset Generation Planning Parameters required by NGC to facilitate studies in
Operational Planning timescales.
For a Generating Unit at a Large Power Station the information is to be submitted on a unit basis and for a
CCGT Module at a Large Power Station the information is to be submitted on a module basis, unless
otherwise stated.
Where references to CCGT Modules at a Large Power Station are made, the columns “G1” etc should be
amended to read “M1” etc, as appropriate.
Power Station: _________________________
Generation Planning Parameters

DATA GENSET OR STATION DATA
OUTPUT CAPABILITY
Registered Capacity on a station and unit basis

(on a station and module basis in the case of a MW SPD
CCGT Module at a Large Power Station)
Minimum Generation (on a module
basis in the case of a CCGT Module at a Large MW SPD
Power Station)
MW available from Generating Units in excess of
Registered Capacity MW SPD
REGIME UNAVAILABILITY
These data blocks are provided to

allow fixed periods of unavailability to be
registered.
Expected Running Regime. Is Power Station
normally available for full output 24 hours per SPD
day, 7 days per week? If No please provide
details of unavailability below.
Earliest Synchronising time:
Monday hr/min OC2 -
Tuesday – Friday hr/min OC2 -
Saturday – Sunday hr/min OC2 -
Latest De-Synchronising time:

Monday – Thursday hr/min OC2 -
Friday hr/min OC2 -
Saturday – Sunday hr/min OC2 -
SYNCHRONISING PARAMETERS
Notice to Deviate from Zero (NDZ) after 48 hour Mins OC2

Shutdown
Station Synchronising Intervals (SI) after Mins - - - - - -

48 hour Shutdown
Synchronising Group (if applicable) 1 to 4 OC2 -

SCHEDULE 2
Page 2 of 3
GENSET OR STATION DATA

DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA
CAT.
Synchronising Generation (SYG) after MW DPD -

48 hour Shutdown &
OC2
De-Synchronising Intervals (Single value) Mins OC2 - - - - - -
RUNNING AND SHUTDOWN PERIOD

LIMITATIONS:
Minimum Non Zero time (MNZT) after 48 Mins OC2

hour Shutdown
Minimum Zero time (MZT) Mins OC2
Two Shifting Limit (max. per day) No. OC2
Existing AGR Plant Flexibility Limit No. OC2

(Existing AGR Plant only)
80% Reactor Thermal Power (expressed as MW OC2

Gross-Net MW) (Existing AGR Plant only)
Frequency Sensitive AGR Unit Limit No. OC2

(Frequency Sensitive AGR Units only)
RUN-UP PARAMETERS
Run-up rates (RUR) after 48 hour (Note that for DPD only a single value of run-up rate from Synch
Shutdown: Gen to Registered Capacity is required)
(See note 2 page 3)
MW Level 1 (MWL1) MW OC2 -
MW Level 2 (MWL2) MW OC2 -
DPD
&
RUR from Synch. Gen to MWL1 MW/Mins OC2
RUR from MWL1 to MWL2 MW/Mins OC2
RUR from MWL2 to RC MW/Mins OC2
Run-Down Rates (RDR): (Note that for DPD only a single value of run-down rate from
Registered Capacity to de-synch is required)
MWL2 MW OC2
RDR from RC to MWL2 MW/Min DPD &
OC2
MWL1 MW OC2
RDR from MWL2 to MWL1 MW/Min OC2
RDR from MWL1 to de-synch MW/Min OC2

SCHEDULE 2
Page 3 of 3
DATA
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS CAT. GENSET OR STATION DATA
REGULATION PARAMETERS
Regulating Range MW DPD

Load rejection capability while still MW DPD
Synchronised and able to supply Load.
GAS TURBINE LOADING PARAMETERS:
Fast loading MW/Min OC2

Slow loading MW/Min OC2
CCGT MODULE PLANNING MATRIX OC2 (please attach)
NOTES:
1. To allow for different groups of Gensets within a Power Station (eg. Gensets with the same
operator) each Genset may be allocated to one of up to four Synchronising Groups. Within each
such Synchronising Group the single synchronising interval will apply but between Synchronising
Groups a zero synchronising interval will be assumed.
2. The run-up of a Genset from synchronising block load to Registered Capacity is represented as a
three stage characteristic in which the run-up rate changes at two intermediate loads, MWL1 and
MWL2. The values MWL1 & MWL2 can be different for each Genset.

Page 1 of 3
LARGE POWER STATION OUTAGE PROGRAMMES, OUTPUT USABLE AND INFLEXIBILITY

INFORMATION
(Also outline information on contracts involving External Interconnections)
For a Generating Unit at a Large Power Station the information is to be submitted on a unit basis and for a
CCGT Module at a Large Power Station the information is to be submitted on a module basis, unless
otherwise stated
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS TIME UPDATE DATA

COVERED TIME CAT.
Power Station name: …………………….
Generating Unit (or CCGT Module at a Large Power
Station) number: ……….
Registered Capacity: ……………………
Large Power Station Large Power Station
OUTAGE PROGRAMME OUTPUT USABLE
PLANNING FOR YEARS 3 - 7 AHEAD

Monthly average OU MW F. yrs 5 - 7 Week 24 SPD
Provisional outage C. yrs 3 - 5 Week 2 OC2
programme comprising:
duration weeks “ “ “
preferred start date “ “ “
earliest start date “ “ “
latest finish date “ “ “
Weekly OU MW “ “ “
(NGC response as detailed in OC2 C. yrs 3 - 5 Week12)
(Users’' response to NGC suggested changes C. yrs 3 - 5 Week14)
or potential outages)
Updated provisional outage C. yrs 3 - 5 Week 25 OC2
programme comprising:
duration weeks “ “ “
preferred start date “ “ “
earliest start date “ “ “
latest finish date “ “ “
Updated weekly OU MW “ “ “
(NGC response as detailed in OC2 for C. yrs 3 - 5 Week28)
(Users’ response to NGC suggested changes C. yrs 3 - 5 Week31)
or update of potential outages)
(NGC further suggested revisions etc. (as )
detailed in OC2 for C. yrs 3 - 5 Week42)
Agreement of final C. yrs 3 - 5 Week 45 OC2
Generation Outage
Programme
PLANNING FOR YEARS 1 - 2 AHEAD
Update of previously agreed C. yrs 1 - 2 Week 10 OC2
Final Generation Outage
Programme
Weekly OU MW “ “ “

SCHEDULE 3
Page 2 of 3

COVERED TIME CAT.
(NGC response as detailed in OC2 for C. yrs 1 - 2 Week 12)
(Users’ response to NGC suggested changes C. yrs 1 - 2 Week 14)
Revised weekly OU C. yrs 1 - 2 Week 34 OC2
(NGC response as detailed in OC2 for C. yrs 1 - 2 Week 39)
(Users’ response to NGC suggested changes C. yrs 1 - 2 Week 46)
Agreement of final Generation C. yrs 1 - 2 Week 48 OC2
Outage Programme
PLANNING FOR YEAR 0
Updated Final Generation C. yr 0 Week 2 1600 OC2
Outage Programme ahead to year end Weds.
OU at weekly peak MW “ “ “
(NGC response as detailed in OC2 for C. yrs 0 1700 )
( Weeks 8 to 52 Friday )
( ahead )
(NGC response as detailed in OC2 for Weeks 2 - 7 1600 )
( ahead Thurs )
Forecast return to services date days 2 to 14 0900 OC2
(Planned Outage or breakdown) ahead daily
OU (all hours) MW “ “ OC2
(NGC response as detailed in OC2 for days 2 to 14 1600 )
( ahead daily )
INFLEXIBILITY
Genset inflexibility Min MW Weeks 2 - 8 1600 Tues OC2
(Weekly) ahead
(NGC response on Negative Reserve Active “ 1200 )
(Power Margin Friday )
Genset inflexibility Min MW days 2 -14 ahead 0900 daily OC2

(daily)
(NGC response on Negative Reserve Active “ 1600 )

(Power Margin daily )

SCHEDULE 3
Page 3 of 3

COVERED TIME CAT.
OUTPUT PROFILES
In the case of Large Power Stations whose output may be MW F. yrs 1 - 7 Week 24 SPD
expected to vary in a random manner (eg. wind power) or to
some other pattern (eg. Tidal) sufficient information is
required to enable an understanding of the possible profile
Notes: 1. The week numbers quoted in the Update Time column refer to standard weeks in the current
year.

Issue 3
GOVERNOR DROOP AND RESPONSE
The Data in this Schedule 4 is to be supplied by Generators with respect to all Large Power Stations, whether directly connected or
Embedded
DROOP% RESPONSE CAPABILITY
DATA DATA
NORMAL VALUE MW
DESCRIPTION CAT
Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Primary Secondary High Frequency
Designed Minimum Operating

MLP1
Level (for a CCGT Module, on a
modular basis assuming all units
are Synchronised)
MLP2 Minimum Generation (for a
CCGT Module, on a modular
basis assuming all units are
DRC - 20
MLP6 Registered Capacity
Notes:
1. The data provided in this Schedule 4 is not intended to constrain any Ancillary Services Agreement.
2. Registered Capacity should be identical to that provided in Schedule 2.
3. The Governor Droop should be provided for each Generating Unit. The Response Capability should be provided for each Genset.
4. Primary, Secondary and High Frequency Response are defined in CC.A.3.2 and are based on a frequency ramp of 0.5Hz over 10 seconds.
Primary Response is the minimum value of response between 10s and 30s after the frequency ramp starts, Secondary Response between
30s and 30 minutes, and High Frequency Response is the minimum value after 10s on an indefinite basis.
5. For plants which have not yet Synchronised, the data values of MLP1 to MLP6 should be as described above. For plants which have already
Synchronised, the values of MLP1 to MLP6 can take any value between Designed Operating Minimum Level and Registered Capacity. If
MLP1 is not provided at the Designed Minimum Operating Level, the value of the Designed Minimum Operating Level should be separately
stated.

SCHEDULE 4
Page 1 of 1
Page 1 of 9
USERS SYSTEM DATA
The data in this Schedule 5 is required from Users who are connected to the NGCGB Transmission
System via a Connection Point (or who are seeking such a connection)

CATEGORY
USERS SYSTEM LAYOUT
A Single Line Diagram showing all or part of the User’s System SPD
is required. This diagram shall include:-
(a) all parts of the User’s System, whether existing or
proposed, operating at Supergrid Voltage, and in
Scotland, also all parts of the User System operating at
132kV,
(b) all parts of the User’s System operating at a voltage of
50kV, and in Scotland greater than 30kV, or higher which
can interconnect Connection Points, or split bus-bars at a
single Connection Point,
(c) all parts of the User’s System between Embedded
Medium Power Stations or Large Power Stations
connected to the User’s Subtransmission System and
the relevant Connection Point,
(d) all parts of the User’s System at a NGC
siteTransmission Site.
The Single Line Diagram may also include additional details of

the User’s Subtransmission System, and the transformers
connecting the User’s Subtransmission System to a lower
voltage. With NGC’s agreement, it may also include details of the
User’s System at a voltage below the voltage of the
Subtransmission System.
This Single Line Diagram shall depict the arrangement(s) of all of

the existing and proposed load current carrying Apparatus relating
to both existing and proposed Connection Points, showing
electrical circuitry (ie. overhead lines, underground cables, power
transformers and similar equipment), operating voltages. In
addition, for equipment operating at a Supergrid Voltage, and in
Scotland also at 132kV, circuit breakers and phasing
arrangements shall be shown.

SCHEDULE 5
Page 2 of 9
USERS SYSTEM DATA

CATEGORY
REACTIVE COMPENSATION
For independently switched reactive compensation equipment not

owned by NGCa Transmission Licensee connected to the
User’'s System at 132kV and above, and also in Scotland,
connected at 33kV and above, other than power factor correction
equipment associated with a customers Plant or Apparatus:
Type of equipment (eg. fixed or variable) Text SPD

Capacitive rating; or Mvar SPD
Inductive rating; or Mvar SPD
Operating range Mvar SPD
Details of automatic control logic to enable operating text and/or SPD

characteristics to be determined diagrams
Point of connection to User’'s System (electrical location and Text SPD

system voltage)
SUBSTATION INFRASTRUCTURE
For the infrastructure associated with any User’s equipment at a

Substation owned, by a Transmission Licensee or operated or
managed by NGC:-
Rated 3-phase rms short-circuit withstand current kA SPD

Rated 1-phase rms short-circuit withstand current kA SPD
Rated Duration of short-circuit withstand s SPD
Rated rms continuous current A SPD

USER’S SYSTEM DATA
Issue 3
Circuit Parameters
The data below is all Standard Planning Data. Details are to be given for all circuits shown on the Single Line Diagram
Years Node 1 Node 2 Rated Operati Positive Phase Sequence Zero Phase Sequence (self) Zero Phase Sequence
Valid Voltage ng % on 100 MVA % on 100 MVA (mutual)
kV Voltage % on 100 MVA
kV
R X B R X B R X B
DRC - 23
Notes
1. Data should be supplied for the current, and each of the seven succeeding Financial Years. This should be done by showing for
which years the data is valid in the first column of the Table.

SCHEDULE 5
Page 3 of 9
USERS SYSTEM DATA
Issue 3
Transformer Data
The data below is all Standard Planning Data, and details should be shown below of all transformers shown on the Single Line Diagram. Details of Winding Arrangement, Tap Changer
and earthing details are only required for transformers connecting the User’s higher voltage system with its Primary Voltage System.
Years valid Name of Trans- Rating Voltage Positive Phase Positive Phase Zero Winding Tap Changer Earthing
Node or former MVA Ratio Sequence Reactance Sequence Resistance Sequence Arr. Details
Connection % on Rating % on Rating Reactance (delete as
Point % on range step type app.) *
Rating +% to size (delete
HV LV Max. Min. Nom. Max Min. Nom.
-% % as app.)
Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap
ON/ Direct/
OFF Res/Rea
ON/ Direct/
OFF Res/Rea
ON/ Direct
OFF /Res/Rea
ON/ Direct/
DRC - 24
OFF Res/Rea
ON/ Direct/
OFF Res/Rea
ON/ Direct/
OFF Res/ Rea
ON/ Direct/
OFF Res/Rea
*If Resistance or Reactance please give impedance value

Notes
1. Data should be supplied for the current, and each of the seven succeeding Financial Years. This should be done by showing for which years the data is valid in the first column of
the Table
2. For a transformer with two secondary windings, the positive and zero phase sequence leakage impedances between the HV and LV1, HV and LV2, and LV1 and LV2 windings are
required.

SCHEDULE 5
Page 4 of 9
Switchgear Data
Issue 3
The data below is all Standard Planning Data, and should be provided for all switchgear (ie. circuit breakers, load disconnectors and
disconnectors) operating at a Supergrid Voltage, and also in Scotland, operating at 132kV. In addition, data should be provided for all circuit
breakers irrespective of voltage located at a Connection Site which is owned, by a Transmission Licensee or operated or managed by NGC.
Years Connection Switch No. Rated Operating Rated short-circuit Rated short-circuit peak Rated rms DC time
Valid Point Voltage kV Voltage breaking current making current continuous constant at
rms kV rms current testing of
(A) asymmetri
cal
breaking
3 Phase 1 Phase 3 Phase 1 Phase ability(s)
kA rms kA rms kA peak kA peak
DRC - 25
Notes
1. Rated Voltage should be as defined by IEC 694.
2. Data should be supplied for the current, and each of the seven succeeding Financial Years. This should be done by showing for which years the
data is valid in the first column of the Table

SCHEDULE 5
Page 5 of 9
SCHEDULE 5
Page 6 of 9
USERS SYSTEM DATA

CATEGORY
PROTECTION SYSTEMS
The following information relates only to Protection equipment

which can trip or inter-trip or close any Connection Point
circuit breaker or any NGCGB Transmission System circuit
breaker. The information need only be supplied once, in
accordance with the timing requirements set out in PC.A.1.4 (b)
and need not be supplied on a routine annual thereafter,
although NGC should be notified if any of the information
changes.
(a) A full description, including estimated settings, for all DPD

relays and Protection systems installed or to be installed
on the User’s System;
(b) A full description of any auto-reclose facilities installed or DPD

to be installed on the User’s System, including type and
time delays;
(c) A full description, including estimated settings, for all DPD

relays and Protection systems installed or to be installed
on the Generating Unit’s generator transformer, unit
transformer, station transformer and their associated
connections;
(d) For Generating Units having a circuit breaker at the DPD

generator terminal voltage clearance times for electrical
faults within the Generating Unit zone must be declared.
(e) Fault Clearance Times:

Most probable fault clearance time for electrical faults on mSec DPD
any part of the Users System directly connected to the

SCHEDULE 5
Page 7 of 9
Information for Transient Overvoltage Assessment (DPD)
The information listed below may be requested by NGC from each User with respect to any Connection Site
between that User and NGCthe GB Transmission System. The impact of any third party Embedded within
the Users System should be reflected.
(a) Busbar layout plan(s), including dimensions and geometry showing positioning of any current and
voltage transformers, through bushings, support insulators, disconnectors, circuit breakers, surge
arresters, etc. Electrical parameters of any associated current and voltage transformers, stray
capacitances of wall bushings and support insulators, and grading capacitances of circuit breakers;
(b) Electrical parameters and physical construction details of lines and cables connected at that busbar.
Electrical parameters of all plant e.g., transformers (including neutral earthing impedance or zig-zag
transformers if any), series reactors and shunt compensation equipment connected at that busbar (or
to the tertiary of a transformer) or by lines or cables to that busbar;
(c) Basic insulation levels (BIL) of all Apparatus connected directly, by lines or by cables to the busbar;
(d) Characteristics of overvoltage Protection devices at the busbar and at the termination points of all
lines, and all cables connected to the busbar;
(e) Fault levels at the lower voltage terminals of each transformer connected directly or indirectly to the
NGCGB Transmission System without intermediate transformation;
(f) The following data is required on all transformers operating at Supergrid Voltage and also in
Scotland, operating at 132kV: three or five limb cores or single phase units to be specified, and
operating peak flux density at nominal voltage.
(g) An indication of which items of equipment may be out of service simultaneously during Planned
Outage conditions.
Harmonic Studies (DPD)
The information given below, both current and forecast, where not already supplied in this Schedule 5 may
be requested by NGC from each User if it is necessary for NGC to evaluate the production/magnification of
harmonic distortion on NGCGB Transmission System and User’s systems. The impact of any third party
Embedded within the User’s System should be reflected:-
(a) Overhead lines and underground cable circuits of the User’'s Subtransmission System must be
differentiated and the following data provided separately for each type:-

(b) for all transformers connecting the User’'s Subtransmission System to a lower voltage:-
Rated MVA
Voltage Ratio
(c) at the lower voltage points of those connecting transformers:-
Equivalent positive phase sequence susceptance

Connection voltage and Mvar rating of any capacitor bank and component design parameters if
configured as a filter

SCHEDULE 5
Page 8 of 9
Equivalent positive phase sequence interconnection impedance with other lower voltage points
The Minimum and maximum Demand (both MW and Mvar) that could occur
Harmonic current injection sources in Amps at the Connection voltage points
Details of traction loads, eg connection phase pairs, continuous variation with time, etc.
(d) an indication of which items of equipment may be out of service simultaneously during Planned
Outage conditions
Voltage Assessment Studies (DPD)
The information listed below, where not already supplied in this Schedule 5, may be requested by NGC from
each User with respect to any Connection Site if it is necessary for NGC to undertake detailed voltage
assessment studies (eg to examine potential voltage instability, voltage control co-ordination or to calculate
voltage step changes). The impact of any third party Embedded within the Users System should be
reflected:-
(a) For all circuits of the User’s Subtransmission System:-
Positive Phase Sequence Reactance

Positive Phase Sequence Resistance
Positive Phase Sequence Susceptance
Mvar rating of any reactive compensation equipment
(b) for all transformers connecting the User’s Subtransmission System to a lower voltage:-
Rated MVA
Voltage Ratio
Positive Phase sequence reactance
Tap-changer range
Number of tap steps
Tap-changer type: on-load or off-circuit
AVC/tap-changer time delay to first tap movement
AVC/tap-changer inter-tap time delay
Equivalent positive phase sequence susceptance

Mvar rating of any reactive compensation equipment
Equivalent positive phase sequence interconnection impedance with other lower voltage points
The maximum Demand (both MW and Mvar) that could occur
Estimate of voltage insensitive (constant power) load content in % of total load at both winter peak and
75% off-peak load conditions
Short Circuit Analyses:(DPD)
The information listed below, both current and forecast, and where not already supplied under this Schedule
5, may be requested by NGC from each User with respect to any Connection Site where prospective short-
circuit currents on equipment owned, by a Transmission Licensee or operated or managed by NGC are
close to the equipment rating. The impact of any third party Embedded within the User’s System should be
reflected:-
(a) For all circuits of the User’s Subtransmission System:-

Zero phase sequence resistance (both self and mutuals)
Zero phase sequence reactance (both self and mutuals)
Zero phase sequence susceptance (both self and mutuals)

SCHEDULE 5
Page 9 of 9
(b) for all transformers connecting the User’s Subtransmission System to a lower voltage:-
Rated MVA
Voltage Ratio
Positive phase sequence resistance (at max, min and nominal tap)
Positive Phase sequence reactance (at max, min and nominal tap)
Zero phase sequence reactance (at nominal tap)
Tap changer range
Earthing method: direct, resistance or reactance
Impedance if not directly earthed
The maximum Demand (in MW and Mvar) that could occur

Short-circuit infeed data in accordance with PC.A.2.5.6(a) unless the User’s lower voltage network runs
in parallel with the Subtransmission System, when to prevent double counting in each node infeed
data, a π equivalent comprising the data items of PC.A.2.5.6(a) for each node together with the positive
phase sequence interconnection impedance between the nodes shall be submitted

Page 1 of 1
USERS OUTAGE INFORMATION
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS TIMESCALE UPDATE DATA

COVERED TIME CAT.
Details are required from Network Operators of proposed Years 3-5 Week 8 OC2
outages in their User Systems and from Generators with (PES etc)
respect to their outages, which may affect the performance Week 13
of the Total System (eg. Atat a Connection Point or (Generators) OC2
constraining Embedded Large Power Stations)
(NGC advises Network Operators of NGCGB Years 3-5 Week 28)

Transmission System outages
( affecting their Systems )
Network Operator informs NGC if unhappy with proposed “ Week 30 OC2

outages)
(NGC draws up draft NGC GB Transmission System “ Week 34)

( outage plan advises Users of operational effects )
Generators and Non-Embedded Customers provide Years 1-2 Week 13 OC2

Details of Apparatus owned by them (other than
Gensets) at each Grid Supply Point
(NGC advises Network Operators of outages affecting Year 1-2 Week 28)
( their Systems )
Network Operator details of relevant outages Years 1-2 Week 32 OC2

affecting the Total System
(NGC informs Users of generation restrictions or Years 1-2 Week 34)

( other impact on their Systems )
Users inform NGC if unhappy with restrictions Years 1-2 Week 36 OC2
or other impacts as notified
(NGC issues final NGCGB Transmission System Years 1-2 Week 49 OC2)
( outage plan with advice of operational )
( effects on Users System )
Generator, Network Operator and Non-Embedded Week 8 ahead As occurring OC2

Customers to inform NGC of changes to outages to year end
previously requested
Details of load transfer capability of 12MW or Within Yr 0 As NGC OC2

more between Grid Supply Points in England and Wales request
and 10MW or more between Grid Supply Points in
Scotland.
Note: Users should refer to OC2 for full details of the procedure summarised above and for the
information which NGC will provide on the Programming Phase.

Page 1 of 1
LOAD CHARACTERISTICS AT GRID SUPPLY POINTS
All data in this schedule 7 is categorised as Standard Planning Data (SPD) and is required for existing and
agreed future connections. This data is only required to be updated when requested by NGC.
DATA FOR FUTURE YEARS

DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS Yr 1 Yr 2 Yr 3 Yr 4 Yr 5 Yr 6 Yr 7
FOR ALL TYPES OF DEMAND FOR EACH

GRID SUPPLY POINT
The following information is required

infrequently and should only be supplied,
wherever possible, when requested by NGC
Details of individual loads which have (Please Attach)

Characteristics significantly different from the
typical range of domestic or commercial and
industrial load supplied:
Sensitivity of demand to fluctuations in voltage

And frequency on NGCGB Transmission
System at time of peak Connection Point
Demand (Active Power)
Voltage Sensitivity MW/kV

Mvar/kV
Frequency Sensitivity MW/Hz

Mvar/Hz
Reactive Power sensitivity should relate to the

Power Factor information given in Schedule
11 (or for Generators, Schedule 1) and note
6 on Schedule 11 relating to Reactive Power
therefore applies:
Phase unbalance imposed on NGCthe GB

Transmission System
- maximum %
- average %
Maximum Harmonic Content imposed on %

Details of any loads which may cause Demand

Fluctuations greater than those permitted
under Engineering Recommendation P28,
Stage 1 at the Point of Common Coupling
including Flicker Severity (Short Term) and
Flicker Severity (Long Term)

Page 1 of 1
DATA SUPPLIED BY BM PARTICIPANTS
CODE DESCRIPTION
BC1 Physical Notifications
BC1 Quiescent Physical Notifications
BC1 & BC2 Export and Import Limits
BC1 Bid-Offer Data
BC1 Dynamic Parameters (Day Ahead)
BC2 Dynamic Parameters (For use in Balancing Mechanism)
BC1 & BC2 Other Relevant Data
BC1 Joint BM Unit Data

Page 1 of 1
DATA SUPPLIED BY NGC TO USERS
(Example of data to be supplied)
CODE DESCRIPTION
CC Operation Diagram
CC Site Responsibility Schedules
PC Day of the peak NGCGB Transmission System Demand
Day of the minimum NGCGB Transmission System Demand
OC2 Surpluses and OU requirements for each Generator over varying timescales
Equivalent networks to Users for Outage Planning
Negative Reserve Active Power Margins (when necessary)
Operating Reserve information
BC1 Demand Estimates, Indicated Margin and Indicated Imbalance, indicative

Synchronising and Desynchronising times of Embedded Power Stations to
Network Operators, special actions.
BC2 Bid-Offer Acceptances, Ancillary Services instructions to relevant Users,

Emergency Instructions
BC3 Location, amount, and Low Frequency Relay settings of any Low Frequency
Relay initiated Demand reduction for Demand which is Embedded.
DATA TO BE SUPPLIED BY NGC TO USERS
PURSUANT TO THE TRANSMISSION LICENCE
1. The Transmission Licence requires NGC to publish annually the Seven Year Statement which is
designed to provide Users and potential Users with information to enable them to identify opportunities
for continued and further use of the NGCGB Transmission System.
When a User is considering a development at a specific site, certain additional information may be
required in relation to that site which is of such a level of detail that it is inappropriate to include it in the
Seven Year Statement. In these circumstances the User may contact NGC who will be pleased to
arrange a discussion and the provision of such additional information relevant to the site under
consideration as the User may reasonably require.
2. The Transmission Licence also requires NGC to offer terms for an agreement for connection to and
use of the NGCGB Transmission System and further information will be given by NGC to the potential
User in the course of the discussions of the terms of such an agreement.

Page 1 of 2
DEMAND PROFILES AND ACTIVE ENERGY DATA
The following information is required from each Network Operator and from each Non-Embedded Customer. The data
should be provided in calendar week 24 each year (although Network Operators may delay the submission until calendar
week 28).
DATA DESCRIPTION F. Yr. F. Yr. F. Yr. F. Yr. F. Yr. F. Yr. F. Yr. F. Yr. UPDATE DATA
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TIME CAT
Demand Profiles
Total User’s
system profile (please Day of User’s annual Maximum demand at Annual ACS Conditions (MW)
delete as applicable) Day of annual peak of NGCGB Transmission System Demand at Annual ACS Conditions
(MW)
Day of annual minimum NGCGB Transmission System Demand at average conditions (MW)
0000 : 0030 Wk.24 SPD

0030 : 0100 :
0100 : 0130 :
0130 : 0200 : :
0200 : 0230 : :
0230 : 0300 : :
0300 : 0330 : :
0330 : 0400 : :
0400 : 0430 : :
0430 : 0500 : :
0500 : 0530 : :
0530 : 0600 : :
0600 : 0630 : :
0630 : 0700 : :
0700 : 0730 : :
0730 : 0800 : :
0800 : 0830 : :
0830 : 0900 : :
0900 : 0930 : :
0930 : 1000 : :
1000 : 1030 : :
1030 : 1100 : :
1100 : 1130 : :
1130 : 1200 : :
1200 : 1230 : :
1230 : 1300 : :
1300 : 1330 : :
1330 : 1400 : :
1400 : 1430 : :
1430 : 1500 : :
1500 : 1530 : :
1530 : 1600 : :
1600 : 1630 : :
1630 : 1700 : :
1700 : 1730 : :
1730 : 1800 : :
1800 : 1830 : :
1830 : 1900 : :
1900 : 1930 : :
1930 : 2000 : :
2000 : 2030 : :
2030 : 2100 : :
2100 : 2130 : :
2130 : 2200 : :
2200 : 2230 : :
2230 : 2300 : :
2300 : 2330 : :
2330 : 0000 : :

SCHEDULE 10
Page 2 of 2
DATA DESCRIPTION Out-turn F.Yr. Update Data

Actual Weath 0 Time Cat
corr.
Active Energy Data Week 24 SPD
Total annual Active Energy

requirements under average
conditions of each Network
Operator and each Non-Embedded
Customer in the following categories
of Customer Tariff:-
LV1
LV2
LV3
EHV
HV
Traction
Lighting
User System Losses
Active Energy from Embedded

Small Power Stations and
Embedded Medium Power Stations
NOTES:
1. ‘F. yr.’ Means ‘NGC ' means 'Financial Year’
2. Demand and Active Energy Data (General)
Demand and Active Energy data should relate to the point of connection to the NGCGB
Transmission System and should be net of the output (as reasonably considered appropriate by the
User) of all Embedded Small Power Stations, Medium Power Stations and Customer Generating
Plant. Auxiliary demand of Embedded Power Stations should be included in the demand data
submitted by the User at the Connection Point. Users should refer to the PC for a full definition of the
Demand to be included.
3. Demand profiles and Active Energy data should be for the total System of the Network Operator,
including all Connection Points, and for each Non-Embedded Customer. Demand Profiles should
give the numerical maximum demand that in the User’'s opinion could reasonably be imposed on the
4. In addition the demand profile is to be supplied for such days as NGC may specify, but such a request
is not to be made more than once per calendar year.

CONNECTION POINT DATA Page 1 of 4
The following information is required from each Network Operator and from each Non-Embedded
Customer. The data should be provided in calendar week 24 each year (although Network Operators may
delay the submission until calendar week 28).
DATA DESCRIPTION F.Yr F.Yr F.Yr F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr F.Yr UPDATE DATA
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TIME CAT
SPECIFIC HALF HOUR DEMANDS
AND POWER FACTORS
(see Notes 2, 3 and 5)
Individual Connection
Point Demands and Power Factor
at : (name of GSP)
- - - - - - - -
The annual peak half MW Wk.24 SPD
Hour at the - - - - - - - -
Connection Point at Annual - - - - - - - -
ACS Conditions p.f. Wk.24 SPD
- - - - - - - -
Lumped Susceptance (See Note 6. Wk.24 SPD
This data item is not required if a - - - - - - - -
Single Line Diagram associated with - - - - - - - -
the Connection Point has been - - - - - - - -
provided) - - - - - - - -
Deduction made for Small Wk.24 SPD

Power Stations, Medium Power - - - - - - - -
Stations and Customer
Generating Plant (MW) - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
The specified time MW
of the annual peak - - - - - - - - Wk.24 SPD
half hour of NGCGB - - - - - - - -
Transmission System p.f. Wk.24 SPD
Demand at Annual ACS - - - - - - - -
Conditions
- - - - - - - -
Deduction made for Small - - - - - - - -
Power Stations, Medium Power Wk.24 SPD
Generating Plant (MW) - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
The specified time MW Wk.24 SPD
of the annual - - - - - - - -
minimum half hour of the - - - - - - - -
NGCGB Transmission p.f. Wk.24 SPD
System Demand - - - - - - - -
Deduction made for Small Wk.24 SPD

Power Stations, Medium Power - - - - - - - -
Generating Plant - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - Once
For such other times MW p.a. SPD
as NGC may specify - - - - - - - - max.
- - - - - - - -
p.f. SPD
- - - - - - - -
Deduction made for Small - - - - - - - - Once
Power Stations, Medium Power - - - - - - - - p.a.
Generating Plant Max. SPD

SCHEDULE 11
Page 2 of 4
DATA DESCRIPTION F.Yr F.Yr F.Yr F.Yr F.Yr F.Yr F.Yr UPDATE DATA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TIME CAT
DEMAND TRANSFER CAPABILITY

(PRIMARY SYSTEM)
Where a User’s Demand, or

group of Demands, may be fed
from alternative Connection
Point(s) the following information
should be provided
First circuit outage (fault outage)

condition
Name of the alternative Wk.24 SPD

Connection Point(s)
Demand transferred (MW) Wk.24 SPD

(Mvar) Wk.24 SPD
Transfer arrangement Wk.24 SPD

i.e Manual (M)
Interconnection (I)
Automatic (A)
Time to effect transfer (hrs) Wk.24 SPD
Second Circuit outage (planned

outage) condition
Name of the alternative Connection Wk.24 SPD

Point(s)
Demand transferred (MW) Wk.24 SPD

(Mvar) Wk.24 SPD
Transfer arrangement Wk.24 SPD

i.e Manual (M)
Interconnection (I)
Automatic (A)
Time to effect transfer (hrs) Wk.24 SPD
The above demand transfer capability information for specific Grid Supply Points is to be updated during the
current year - see Schedule 6.

SCHEDULE 11
Page 3 of 4
DATA DESCRIPTION F.Yr F.Yr F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr UPDATE DATA
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TIME CAT
SMALL POWER STATION,
MEDIUM POWER STATION AND
CUSTOMER GENERATION
SUMMARY
For each Connection Point

where there are Embedded
Small Power Stations, Medium
Power Stations or Customer
Generating Stations the
following information is required:
No. of Small Power Stations, Wk.24 SPD

Medium Power Stations or
Customer Power Stations
Number of Generating Units Wk.24 SPD

within these stations
Summated Capacity of all these Wk.24 SPD

Generating Units
Where the Network Operator’s

System places a constraint on
the capacity of an Embedded
Large Power Station
Station Name Wk.24 SPD

Generating Unit Wk.24 SPD
Wk.24 SPD
System Constrained
Capacity
For each Single Line Diagram

provided under Schedule 5, Connection Year Wk.24 SPD
nodal Demands, Power Point
Factors and lumped
susceptances are to be provided Node Demand Power Factor Lumped
for the specified time of the Susceptance
annual peak half hour of
Demand at Annual ACS
Conditions:
NOTES:
1. ‘F.Yr.’ means ‘NGC 'Financial Year’. F.Yr. 1 refers to the current financial year.
2. Demand Data (General)
All Demand data should be net of the output (as reasonably considered appropriate by the User) of all
Embedded Small Power Stations, Medium Power Stations and Customer Generating Plant.
Demand met by Suppliers supplying Customers within the User System should be included. Auxiliary
demand of Embedded Power Stations should not be included in the demand data submitted by the
User. Users should refer to the PC for a full definition of the Demand to be included.

Schedule 11
Page 4 of 4
3. Peak Demands should relate to each Connection Point individually and should give the maximum
demand that in the User’s opinion could reasonably be imposed on the NGCGB Transmission System.
Where the busbars on a Connection Point are expected to be run in separate sections separate
Demand data should be supplied for each such section of busbar.
In deriving Demands any deduction made by the User (as detailed in note 2 above) to allow for
Embedded Small Power Stations, Medium Power Stations and Customer Generating Plant is to be
specifically stated as indicated on the Schedule.
4. NGC may at its discretion require details of any Embedded Small Power Stations or Embedded
Medium Power Stations whose output can be expected to vary in a random manner (eg. wind power)
or according to some other pattern (eg. tidal power)
5. Where more than 95% of the total Demand at a Connection Point is taken by synchronous motors,
values of the Power Factor at maximum and minimum continuous excitation may be given instead.
6. Power Factor data should allow for series reactive losses on the User’s System but exclude reactive
compensation specified separately in Schedule 5, and any network susceptance provided under
Schedule 11.

Page 1 of 2
DEMAND CONTROL
The following information is required from each Network Operator and where indicated with an asterisk
from Externally Interconnected System Operators and/or Interconnector Users and a Pumped
Storage Generator. Where indicated with a double asterisk, the information is only required from
Suppliers.
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS UPDATE TIME
Demand Control
Demand met or to be relieved by

Demand Control (averaging 12MWat
the Demand Control Notification
Level or more over a half hour) at
each Connection Point.
Demand Control at time of NGCGB

Transmission System weekly peak
demand
amount MW )F.yrs 0 to 5 Week 24 OC1
duration Min )
For each half hour MW Wks 2-8 ahead 1000 Mon OC1
For each half hour MW Days 2-12 ahead 1200 Wed OC1
For each half hour MW Previous calendar 0600 daily OC1

day
**Customer Demand Management

(of 12MWat the Customer Demand
Management Notification Level or
more at the Connection Point)
For each half hour MW Any time in

Control Phase OC1
For each half hour MW Remainder of When

period changes OC1
occur to
previous plan
For each half hour MW Previous calendar 0600 daily OC1

day
**In Scotland, Load Management MW For the next day 11:00 OC1
Blocks
For each block of 5MW or more, for
each half hour

SCHEDULE 12
Page 2 of 2
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS TIME COVERED UPDATE DATA

TIME CAT.
*Demand Control or Pump
Tripping Offered as Reserve
Magnitude of Demand or pumping MW Year ahead from Week 24 DPD

load which is tripped week 24
System Frequency at which Hz “ “ “

tripping is initiated
Time duration of System Frequency S “ “ “

below trip setting for tripping to be
initiated
Time delay from trip initiation to S “ “ “

Tripping
Emergency Manual Load

Disconnection
Method of achieving load Text Year ahead from Annual in OC6

disconnection week 24 week 24
Annual ACS Peak Demand MW “ “ “

(Active Power) at Connection
Point (requested under Schedule 11
- repeated here for reference)
Cumulative percentage of
Connection Point Demand
(Active Power) which can be
disconnected by the following times
from an instruction from NGC
5 mins % “ “ “
10 mins % “ “ “
15 mins % “ “ “
20 mins % “ “ “
25 mins % “ “ “
30 mins % “ “ “
Automatic Low Frequency

Disconnection
Magnitude of Demand disconnected, MW Year ahead from Annual in OC6

and frequency at which Hz week 24 week 24
Disconnection is initiated, for each
frequency setting for each Grid
Supply Point
Notes
1. Network Operators may delay the submission until calendar week 28.

Page 1 of 1
FAULT INFEED DATA
The data in this Schedule 13 is all Standard Planning Data, and is required from all Users other than
Generators who are connected to the NGCGB Transmission System via a Connection Point (or who are
seeking such a connection). A data submission is to be made each year in Week 24 (although Network
Operators may delay the submission until Week 28). A separate submission is required for each node
included in the Single Line Diagram provided in Schedule 5.
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS F.Yr F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SHORT CIRCUIT INFEED TO NGC THE GB
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM FROM USERS
SYSTEM AT A CONNECTION POINT
Name of node or Connection

Point
Symmetrical three phase

short-circuit current infeed
- at instant of fault kA
- after subtransient fault

current contribution has
substantially decayed kA
Zero sequence source

impedances as seen from the
Point of Connection or node on
the Single Line Diagram (as
appropriate) consistent with the
maximum infeed above:
- Resistance % on 100
- Reactance % on 100
Positive sequence X/R ratio

at instance of fault
Pre-Fault voltage magnitude

at which the maximum fault
currents were calculated p.u.
Negative sequence impedances

of User’s System as seen from
the Point of Connection or node
on the Single Line Diagram (as
appropriate). If no data is given, it
will be assumed that they are
equal to the positive sequence
values.

Page 1 of 2
FAULT INFEED DATA
The data in this Schedule 14 is all Standard Planning Data, and is to be provided by Generators, with
respect to all directly connected Power Stations, all Embedded Large Power Stations and all Embedded
Medium Power Stations connected to the Subtransmission System. A data submission is to be made each
year in Week 24.
Fault infeeds via Unit Transformers
A submission should be made for each Generating Unit with an associated Unit Transformer. Where there
is more than one Unit Transformer associated with a Generating Unit, a value for the total infeed through all
Unit Transformers should be provided. The infeed through the Unit Transformer(s) should include
contributions from all motors normally connected to the Unit Board, together with any generation (eg
Auxiliary Gas Turbines) which would normally be connected to the Unit Board, and should be expressed as
a fault current at the Generating Unit terminals for a fault at that location.
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Name of Power Station
Number of Unit Transformer
Symmetrical three phase short-

circuit current infeed through the
Unit Transformers(s) for a fault at
the Generating Unit terminals


at instance of fault
Subtransient time constant (if ms

significantly different from 40ms)
Pre-fault voltage at fault point (if

different from 1.0 p.u.)
The following data items need only

be supplied if the Generating Unit
Step-up Transformer can supply zero
sequence current from the
Generating Unit side to the NGCGB
Transmission System

impedances as seen from the
Generating Unit terminals consistent
with the maximum infeed above:

Page 2 of 2
Fault infeeds via Station Transformers
A submission is required for each Station Transformer directly connected to the NGC systemGB
Transmission System. The submission should represent normal operating conditions when the maximum
number of Gensets are Synchronised to the System, and should include the fault current from all motors
normally connected to the Station Board, together with any Generation (eg Auxiliary Gas Turbines) which
would normally be connected to the Station Board. The fault infeed should be expressed as a fault current at
the hv terminals of the Station Transformer for a fault at that location.
If the submission for normal operating conditions does not represent the worst case, then a separate
submission representing the maximum fault infeed that could occur in practice should be made.
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr. F.Yr.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Name of Power Station
Number of Station Transformer
Symmetrical three phase

short-circuit current infeed for a
fault at the Connection Point


At instance of fault
Subtransient time constant (if

significantly different from 40ms) mS
Pre-fault voltage (if different from

1.0 p.u.) at fault point (See note 1)

Impedances as seen from the
Point of Connection
Consistent with the maximum
Infeed above:
Note 1. The pre-fault voltage provided above should represent the voltage within the range 0.95 to 1.05 that
gives the highest fault current
Note 2. % on 100 is an abbreviation for % on 100 MVA

MOTHBALLED GENERATING UNIT INFORMATION
Issue 3
The following data items must be supplied with respect to each Mothballed Generating Unit
Power Station_____________________________________ Generating Unit Name (e.g. Unit 1) _______________________________
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA GENERATING UNIT DATA

CAT
<1 1-2 2-3 3-6 6-12 >12 Total MW

month months months months months months being
returned
MW output that can MW DPD

be returned to
service
Notes
DRC - 45
1. The time periods identified in the above table represent the estimated time it would take to return the Mothballed Generating Unit to service
once a decision to return has been made.
2. Where a Mothballed Generating Unit can be physically returned in stages covering more than one of the time periods identified in the above
table then information should be provided for each applicable time period.
3. The estimated notice to physically return MW output to service should be determined in accordance with Good Industry Practice assuming
normal working arrangements and normal plant procurement lead times.
4. The MW output values in each time period should be incremental MW values, e.g. if 150MW could be returned in 2 – 3 months and an additional
50MW in 3 – 6 months then the values in the columns should be Nil, Nil, 150, 50, Nil, Nil, 200 respectively.
5. Significant factors which may prevent the Mothballed Generating Unit achieving the estimated values provided in this table, excluding factors
relating to Transmission Entry Capacity, should be appended separately.

Page 1 of 3
SCHEDULE 15
Issue 3
ALTERNATIVE FUEL INFORMATION
The following data items for alternative fuels need only be supplied with respect to each Generating Unit whose primary fuel is gas.
Power Station___________________________ Generating Unit Name (e.g. Unit 1) _____________________________

CAT
1 2 3 4
Alternative Fuel Type
Text DPD Oil distillate Other gas* Other* Other*
(*please specify)
CHANGEOVER TO ALTERNATIVE FUEL
For off-line changeover:
Time to carry out off-line fuel changeover Minutes DPD
Maximum output following off-line changeover MW DPD
DRC - 46
For on-line changeover:
Time to carry out on-line fuel changeover Minutes DPD
Maximum output during on-line fuel changeover MW DPD
Maximum output following on-line changeover MW DPD
Maximum operating time at full load assuming:
Typical stock levels Hours DPD
Maximum possible stock levels Hours DPD
Maximum rate of replacement of depleted stocks
MWh(electrical)
of alternative fuels on the basis of Good DPD
/day
Industry Practice
Is changeover to alternative fuel used in normal
Text DPD
operating arrangements?
Number of successful changeovers carried out in 0 / 1-5 / 0 / 1-5 / 0 / 1-5 / 0 / 1-5 /
the last NGC Financial Year Text DPD 6-10 / 11-20 / 6-10 / 11-20 / 6-10 / 11-20 / 6-10 / 11-20 /
(** delete as appropriate) >20 ** >20 ** >20 ** >20 **

Page 2 of 3
SCHEDULE 15
Issue 3
CAT
1 2 3 4
CHANGEOVER BACK TO MAIN FUEL
For off-line changeover:
Time to carry out off-line fuel
Minutes
changeover
For on-line changeover:
Time to carry out on-line fuel
Minutes
changeover
Maximum output during on-line fuel
MW
changeover
DRC - 47
Notes
1. Where a Generating Unit has the facilities installed to generate using more than one alternative fuel type details of each
alternative fuel should be given.
2. Significant factors and their effects which may prevent the use of alternative fuels achieving the estimated values
provided in this table (e.g. emissions limits, distilled water stocks etc.) should be appended separately.

Page 3 of 3
SCHEDULE 15
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC.1 INTRODUCTION
GC.1.1 The General Conditions contain provisions which are of general application to
all provisions of the Grid Code. Their objective is to ensure, to the extent
possible, that the various sections of the Grid Code work together and work in
practice for the benefit of all Users.
GC.2 SCOPE
GC.2.1 The General Conditions apply to all Users (including, for the avoidance of
doubt, NGC).
GC.3 UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES
GC.3.1 If circumstances arise which the provisions of the Grid Code have not foreseen,
NGC shall, to the extent reasonably practicable in the circumstances, consult
promptly and in good faith all affected Users in an effort to reach agreement as to
what should be done. If agreement between NGC and those Users as to what
should be done cannot be reached in the time available, NGC shall determine
what is to be done. Wherever NGC makes a determination, it shall do so having
regard, wherever possible, to the views expressed by Users and, in any event, to
what is reasonable in all the circumstances. Each User shall comply with all
instructions given to it by NGC following such a determination provided that the
instructions are consistent with the then current technical parameters of the
particular User's System registered under the Grid Code. NGC shall promptly
refer all such unforeseen circumstances and any such determination to the Panel
for consideration in accordance with GC.4.2(e).
GC.4 THE GRID CODE REVIEW PANEL
GC.4.1 NGC shall establish and maintain the Panel, which shall be a standing body to
carry out the functions referred to in paragraph GC.4.2.
GC.4.2 The Panel shall:
(a) keep the Grid Code and its working under review;
(b) review all suggestions for amendments to the Grid Code which the
Authority or any User or any Relevant Transmission Licensee (in
respect of PC.6.2, PC Appendix C, CC.6.1, CC.6.2, CC.6.3, OC8 and
GC.11) may wish to submit to NGC for consideration by the Panel from time
to time;
(c) publish recommendations as to amendments to the Grid Code that NGC or

the Panel feels are necessary or desirable and the reasons for the
recommendations;
(d) issue guidance in relation to the Grid Code and its implementation,
performance and interpretation when asked to do so by any User; and
Issue 3 GC - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

(e) consider what changes are necessary to the Grid Code arising out of any
unforeseen circumstances referred to it by NGC under GC.3.3; and
(f) consider and identify changes to the Grid Code to remove any
unnecessary differences in the treatment of issues in Scotland from their
treatment in England and Wales.
GC.4.3 The Panel shall consist of:
(a) a Chairman and up to 4 members appointed by NGC;
(b) a person appointed by the Authority; and
(c) the following members:
(i) 3 persons representing those Generators each having Large Power

Stations with a total Registered Capacity in excess of 53 GW;
(ii) a person representing those Generators each having Large Power

Stations with a total Registered Capacity of 53 GW or less;
(iii) 32 persons representing the Network Operators in England and

Wales;
(iv) a person representing the Network Operators in Scotland;
(v) (iv) a person representing the Suppliers;
(vi) (v) a person representing the Non Embedded Customers;
(vii) (vi) a person representing the Generators with Small Power

Stations and/or Medium Power Stations (other than Generators
who also have Large Power Stations);
(viii) (vii) a person representing the BSC Panel; and
(ix) (viii) a person representing the Externally Interconnected System

Operators;
(x) a person representing Generators with Novel Units; and
(xi) a person representing each Relevant Transmission Licensee (in

respect of PC.6.2, PC Appendix C, CC.6.1, CC.6.2, CC.6.3, OC8
and GC.11).
each of whom shall be appointed pursuant to the rules issued pursuant to GC.4.4.
GC.4.4 The Panel shall establish and comply at all times with its own rules and
procedures relating to the conduct of its business, which shall be approved by the
Authority.
GC.4.5 NGC shall consult in writing all Authorised Electricity Operators which are
liable to be materially affected in relation to all proposed amendments to the Grid

Code and shall submit all proposed amendments to the Grid Code to the Panel
for discussion prior to such consultation.
GC.4.6 NGC shall establish (and, where appropriate, revise from time to time) joint
working arrangements with the STC Committee to facilitate the identification, co-
ordination, making and implementation of change to the STC consequent on an
amendment to the Grid Code in a full and timely manner. These working
arrangements shall be such as enable the consideration development and
evaluation of proposed amendments to the Grid Code to proceed in a full and
timely manner and enable changes to the STC consequent on an amendment to
the Grid Code to be made and given effect wherever possible (subject to any
necessary consent of the Authority) at the same time as such approved
amendment is made and given effect.
GC.5 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN NGC AND USERS
GC.5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Grid Code, all instructions given by NGC and
communications (other than relating to the submission of data and notices)
between NGC and Users (other than Generators or Suppliers) shall take place
between the NGC Control Engineer based at the NGCTransmission Control
Centre notified by NGC to each User prior to connection, and the relevant User
Responsible Engineer/Operator, who, in the case of a Network Operator, will
be based at the Control Centre notified by the Network Operator to NGC prior
to connection.
GC.5.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Grid Code all instructions given by NGC and
between NGC and Generators and/or Suppliers shall take place between the
NGC Control Engineer based at the NGCTransmission Control Centre notified
by NGC to each Generator prior to connection, or to each Supplier prior to
submission of BM Unit Data, and either the relevant Generator's or Supplier’s
Trading Point (if it has established one) notified to NGC or the Control Point of
the Supplier or the Generator's Power Station, as specified in each relevant
section of the Grid Code. In the absence of notification to the contrary, the
Control Point of a Generator’s Power Station will be deemed to be the Power
Station at which the Generating Units are situated.
GC.5.3 Unless otherwise specified in the Grid Code, all instructions given by NGC and
between NGC and Users will be given by means of the Control Telephony
referred to in CC.6.5.2.
GC.5.4 If the NGCTransmission Control Centre notified by NGC to each User prior to
connection, or the User Control Centre, notified in the case of a Network
Operator to NGC prior to connection, is moved to another location, whether due
to an emergency or for any other reason, NGC shall notify the relevant User or
the User shall notify NGC, as the case may be, of the new location and any
changes to the Control Telephony necessitated by such move, as soon as
practicable following the move.
GC.5.5 If any Trading Point notified to NGC by a Generator prior to connection, or by a

Supplier prior to submission of BM Unit Data, is moved to another location or is
shut down, the Generator or Supplier shall immediately notify NGC.

GC.5.6 The recording (by whatever means) of instructions or communications given by
means of Control Telephony will be accepted by NGC and Users as evidence of
those instructions or communications.
GC.6 MISCELLANEOUS
GC.6.1 Data and Notices
GC.6.1.1 Data and notices to be submitted either to NGC or to Users under the Grid Code
(other than data which is the subject of a specific requirement of the Grid Code
as to the manner of its delivery) shall be delivered in writing either by hand or sent
by first-class pre-paid post, or by facsimile transfer or by electronic mail to a
specified address or addresses previously supplied by NGC or the User (as the
case may be) for the purposes of submitting that data or those notices.
GC.6.1.2 References in the Grid Code to “in writing” or “written” include typewriting,
printing, lithography, and other modes of reproducing words in a legible and non-
transitory form and in relation to submission of data and notices includes
electronic communications.
GC.6.1.3 Data delivered pursuant to paragraph GC.6.1.1, in the case of data being
submitted to NGC, shall be addressed to the National GridTransmission Control
Centre at the address notified by NGC to each User prior to connection, or to
such other Department within NGC or address, as NGC may notify each User
from time to time, and in the case of notices to be submitted to Users, shall be
addressed to the chief executive of the addressee (or such other person as may
be notified by the User in writing to NGC from time to time) at its address(es)
notified by each User to NGC in writing from time to time for the submission of
data and service of notices under the Grid Code (or failing which to the
registered or principal office of the addressee).
GC.6.1.4 All data items, where applicable, will be referenced to nominal voltage and
Frequency unless otherwise stated.
GC.7 OWNERSHIP OF PLANT AND/OR APPARATUS
References in the Grid Code to Plant and/or Apparatus of a User include Plant
and/or Apparatus used by a User under any agreement with a third party.
GC.8 SYSTEM CONTROL
Where a User's System (or part thereof) is, by agreement, under the control of
NGC, then for the purposes of communication and co-ordination in operational
timescales NGC can (for those purposes only) treat that User's System (or part
thereof) as part of the NGCGB Transmission System, but, as between NGC and
Users, it shall remain to be treated as the User's System (or part thereof).
GC.9 EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
Users should note that the provisions of the Grid Code may be suspended, in
whole or in part, during a Security Period, as more particularly provided in the
Fuel Security Code, or pursuant to any directions given and/or orders made by
the Secretary of State under section 96 of the Act or under the Energy Act 1976.

GC.10 MATTERS TO BE AGREED
Save where expressly stated in the Grid Code to the contrary where any matter
is left to NGC and Users to agree and there is a failure so to agree the matter
shall not without the consent of both NGC and Users be referred to arbitration
pursuant to the rules of the Electricity Supply Industry Arbitration
Association.
GC.11 GOVERNANCE OF ELECTRICAL STANDARDS
GC.11.1 In relation to the Electrical Standards the following provisions shall apply.
GC.11.2 (a) If NGC or a User, or in respect of (a) or (b) to the annex, NGC, or in
respect of (c) or (d) to the annex, the Relevant Transmission Licensee,
wishes to:-
(i) raise a change to an Electrical Standard;
(ii) add a new standard to the list of Electrical Standards;
(iii) delete a standard from being an Electrical Standard,
it shall activate the Electrical Standards procedure.
(b) The Electrical Standards procedure is the notification to the secretary to

the Panel of the wish to so change, add or delete an Electrical Standard.
That notification must contain details of the proposal, including an
explanation of why the proposal is being made.
GC.11.3 Ordinary Electrical Standards Procedure
(a) Unless it is identified as an urgent Electrical Standards proposal (in which

case GC.11.4 applies) or unless the notifier requests that it be tabled at the
next Panel meeting, as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of
the notification, the Panel secretary shall forward the proposal, with a
covering paper, to Panel members.
(b) If no objections are raised within 20 Business Days of the date of the
proposal, then it shall be deemed approved pursuant to the Electrical
Standards procedure, and NGC shall make the change to the relevant
Electrical Standard or the list of Electrical Standards contained in the
Annex to this GC.11.
(c) If there is an objection (or if the notifier had requested that it be tabled at
the next Panel meeting rather than being dealt with in writing), then the
proposal will be included in the agenda for the next following Panel
meeting.
(d) If there is broad consensus at the Panel meeting in favour of the proposal,
NGC will make the change to the Electrical Standard or the list of
Electrical Standards contained in the Annex to this GC.11.

(e) If there is no such broad consensus, including where the Panel believes
that further consultation is needed, NGC will establish a Panel working
group if this was thought appropriate and in any event NGC shall
undertake a consultation of Authorised Electricity Operators liable to be
materially affected by the proposal.
(f) Following such consultation, NGC will report back to Panel members,
either in writing or at a Panel meeting. If there was broad consensus in the
consultation, then NGC will make the change to the Electrical Standard or
the list of Electrical Standards contained in the Annex to this GC.11.
(g) Where following such consultation there is no broad consensus, the matter
will be referred to the Authority who will decide whether the proposal
should be implemented and will notify NGC of its decision. If the decision
is to so implement the change, NGC will make the change to the Electrical
Standard or the list of Electrical Standards contained in the Annex to this
GC.11.
(h) In all cases where a change is made to the list of Electrical Standards,
NGC will publish and circulate a replacement page for the Annex to this
GC covering that list and reflecting the change.
GC.11.4 Urgent Electrical Standards Procedure
(a) If the notification is marked as an urgent Electrical Standards proposal,

the Panel secretary will contact Panel members in writing to see whether a
majority who are contactable agree that it is urgent and in that notification
the secretary shall propose a timetable and procedure which shall be
followed.
(b) If such members do so agree, then the secretary will initiate the procedure
accordingly, having first obtained the approval of the Authority.
(c) If such members do not so agree, or if the Authority declines to approve

the proposal being treated as an urgent one, the proposal will follow the
ordinary Electrical Standards procedure as set out in GC.11.3 above.
(d) If a proposal is implemented using the urgent Electrical Standards

procedure, NGC will contact all Panel members after it is so
implemented to check whether they wish to discuss further the
implemented proposal to see whether an additional proposal should be
considered to alter the implementation, such proposal following the
ordinary Electrical Standards procedure.
GC.12 CONFIDENTIALITY
GC.12.1 Users should note that although the Grid Code contains in certain sections
specific provisions which relate to confidentiality, the confidentiality provisions
set out in the CUSC apply generally to information and other data supplied as
a requirement of or otherwise under the Grid Code.
GC.13 RELEVANT TRANSMISSION LICENSEES
GC.13.1 It is recognised that the Relevant Transmission Licensees are not parties to
the Grid Code. Accordingly, notwithstanding that Operating Code No. 8
Appendix 2 ("OC8B") refers to obligations which will in practice be performed
by the Relevant Transmission Licensees or the Safety Co-ordinator
nominated by the Relevant Transmission Licensees in accordance with
relevant obligations under the STC, for the avoidance of doubt all contractual
rights and obligations arising under OC8B shall exist between NGC and the
relevant User and in relation to any enforcement of those rights and
obligations OC8B shall be so read and construed. The Relevant
Transmission Licensees shall enjoy no enforceable rights under OC8B nor
shall they be liable (other than pursuant to the STC) for failing to discharge
any obligations under OC8B.
GC.13.2 For the avoidance of doubt nothing in this Grid Code confers on any Relevant
Transmission Licensee any rights, powers or benefits for the purpose of the
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

Annex to the General Conditions
The Electrical Standards are as follows:-
(a) NGTS 1 Ratings and General Requirements Issue 5 Dec-03

for Plant, Equipment, Apparatus and
Services for the National Grid System
and Direct Connections to it
NGTS 2.1 Substations Issue 4 Dec-03
NGTS 3.1.1 Substation Interlocking Schemes Issue 3 Dec-03
NGTS 2.2 Switchgear for the National Grid Issue 4 Dec-03

System
NGTS 3.2.1 Circuit-breakers and Switches Issue 3 Dec-03
NGTS 3.2.2 Disconnectors and Earthing Switches Issue 4 Dec-03
NGTS 3.2.3 Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for use Issue 4 Dec-03

on 132, 275 & 400 kV Systems
NGTS 3.2.4 Current Transformers for Protection Issue 5 Dec-03

and General Use on the 132 kV, 275
kV and 400 kV Systems
NGTS 3.2.5 Voltage Transformers for use on the Issue 4 Dec-03

132 kV, 275 kV and 400 kV Systems
NGTS 3.2.6 Current and Voltage Measurement Issue 2 Dec-03

Transformers for Settlement Metering
of the 33 * 66 kV, 132 kV, 275 kV and
400 kV Systems
NGTS 3.2.7 Bushings for the National Grid System Issue 3 Dec-03
NGTS 3.2.9 Post Insulators for Substations Issue 3 Dec-03
NGTS 3.3.2 Dry-Type Reactors Issue 3 Dec-03
NGTS 3.3.3 Co-ordinating Gaps Issue 1 Sep-92
NGTS 2.6 Protection Issue 3 Nov-98
NGTS 3.6.3 Busbar Protection for 400 kV and 275 Issue 3 Dec-96
kV Double Busbar Switching Stations
NGTS 3.6.8 Circuit-Breaker Fail Protection Issue 3 Mar-99
NGTS 3.11.1 Capacitors and Capacitor Banks Issue 3 Dec-03

(b) The following specifications for electronic data communications facilities
with reference to EDT and EDL facilities.
EDT Interface Specification Issue 4
EDT Submitter Guidance Note Dec-01
EDL Message Interface Specifications Issue 4
EDL Interface Specification Guidance Note Oct-01
EDL Instruction Interface Valid Reason Codes Issue 2
(c) Scottish Electrical Standards for SPT's Transmission System.
(d) Scottish Electrical Standards for SHETL's Transmission System.
< End of GC >

REVISIONS
(This section does not form part of the Grid Code)
NGC’s Transmission Licence sets out the way in which changes to the Grid Code are to
be made and reference is also made to NGC's obligations under the General Conditions.
In order to ensure that Users have access to a current version of the Grid Code, Users
who have purchased a serviced copy of the Grid Code receive a set of replacement pages
containing the revisions made to the Grid Code pursuant to the Transmission Licence.
Unserviced copies are not so updated but each unserviced copy issued is accompanied
by all revisions since the date the unserviced version of the Grid Code was last reprinted.
All pages re-issued have the revision number and date of the revision on the lower right
hand corner of the page. The changes to the text since the previous page issue are
indicated by a vertical line to the right hand side of the text. Where repagination or
repositioning of the text on other pages has been found necessary but the text itself has
remained unchanged the re-issued pages have only the revision number and date of the
revision included.
The Grid Code was introduced in March 1990 and this first issue was revised 31 times. In
March 2001 the New Electricity Trading Arrangements were introduced and Issue 2 of the
Grid Code was introduced which was revised [16 times]. In [ ] the British Electricity
Trading and Transmission Arrangements (BETTA) were introduced and Issue 3 of the
Grid Code was introduced.
The following 'index to revisions' provides a checklist to the pages and sections of the Grid
Code changed by each revision to Issue 3 of the Grid Code.
All inquiries in relation to revisions to the Grid Code, including revisions to Issues 1 and 2,
should be addressed to the Grid Code development team at the address given at the front
of the Grid Code.
Issue 3 R-1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

CONSTITUTION AND RULES
OF THE
GRID CODE REVIEW PANEL
(revised – 1st December 2001BETTA Go-Active Date)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Clause Page
1. Name ............................................................................................................................. 1
2. Definitions and Interpretation......................................................................................... 1
3. Constitution.................................................................................................................... 2
4. Objects........................................................................................................................... 2
5. Membership ................................................................................................................... 2
6. Alternates....................................................................................................................... 4
7. Representation and Voting .......................................................................................... 45
8. The Chairman ................................................................................................................ 5
9. The Secretary .............................................................................................................. 56
10. Meetings ........................................................................................................................ 6
11. Notice of Meetings ....................................................................................................... 67
12. Proceedings at Meetings ............................................................................................... 7
13. Resolutions .................................................................................................................. 78
14. Minutes ........................................................................................................................ 78
15. Guidance from the Panel ............................................................................................... 8
16. Sub-Committees and Working Groups .......................................................................... 8
17. Vacation of Office ........................................................................................................ 89
18. Members' Responsibilities and Protections ................................................................... 9
19. Group Representatives' addresses ................................................................ 910
Issue 3 C&R - i [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

THE CONSTITUTION AND RULES OF THE
GRID CODE REVIEW PANEL
(revised – 1st December 2001 )xxxx)
1. Name
The panel shall be called the Grid Code Review Panel.
2. Definitions and Interpretation
2.1 The following words and expressions shall have the following meanings in this
Constitution:-
"Chairman" means the person appointed by NGC under Clause 5.1(a) or the person
appointed by NGC from time to time under Clause 8.1, all references herein to "the
Chairman" shall, where the context so admits, include any person appointed to perform
the duties of the Chairman in the absence of the Chairman.
"Constitution" means the constitution and rules of the Panel as set out herein and as may
be amended from time to time with the approval of the Authority.
"Grid Code" means the grid code drawn up pursuant to Standard Condition 7C14 of
theNGC’s Transmission Licence, as from time to time revised in accordance with
paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 of Condition 7C14 of theNGC’s Transmission Licence.
"Member" means a person duly appointed pursuant to Clause 5 to be a member of or the

Chairman of the Panel.
"Panel" means the Grid Code Review Panel.
"Secretary" means the person appointed by NGC pursuant to Clause 9.1, and named as
such.
2.2 Except as otherwise provided herein and unless the context otherwise admits, words and
expressions used herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Grid Code.
2.3 Words importing the singular only also include the plural and vice versa where the
context requires. Words importing the masculine only also include the feminine.
2.4 Headings and titles shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation or
construction of the words and expressions used herein.
Issue 3 C&R - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

3. Constitution
The Panel is a standing body established and maintained by NGC pursuant to GC.4.1 of
the Grid Code.
4. Objects
4.1 The objects of the Panel shall be the following objects, and such further objects as may
be attributed to the Panel by the Grid Code from time to time:-
4.1.1 to keep the Grid Code and its working under review;
4.1.2 to review all suggestions for amendments to the Grid Code which any Member
is requested by the Authority or a User (or any Relevant Transmission
Licensee in respect of PC.6.2, PC Appendix C, CC.6.1, CC.6.2, CC.6.3, OC8
and GC.11), to submit to the Secretary for consideration by the Panel from
time to time;
4.1.3 to publish recommendations as to amendments to the Grid Code that NGC or

the Panel feels are necessary or desirable and the reasons for the
recommendations;
4.1.4 to issue guidance in relation to the Grid Code and its implementation,
performance and interpretation when asked to do so by any Member on behalf
of a User; and
4.1.5 to consider what changes are necessary to the Grid Code arising out of any
unforeseen circumstances referred to it by NGC under GC.3 of the Grid
Code.;and
4.1.6 to consider and identify changes to the Grid Code to remove any unnecessary
differences in the treatment of issues in Scotland from their treatment in
England and Wales.
5. Membership
5.1 The Panel shall consist of:-
(a) a Chairman and up to 4 members appointed by NGC;
(b) a person appointed by the Authority; and
(c) the following members:
(i) 3 persons representing those Generators each having Large

Power Stations with a total Registered Capacity in excess of
53GW;
(ii) a person representing those Generators each having Large

Power Stations with a total Registered Capacity of 53GW or
less;

(iii) 32 persons representing the Network Operators in England and
Wales;
(iv) a person representing the Network Operators in Scotland;
(v) (iv) a person representing Suppliers;
(vi) (v) a person representing Non Embedded Customers
(vii) (vi) a person representing the Generators with Small Power

Stations and/or Medium Power Stations (other than Generators
who also have Large Power Stations);
(viii) (vii) a person representing the BSC Panel; and
(ix) (viii) a person representing the Externally Interconnected

System Operators.;
(x) a person representing Generators with Novel Units;.and
(xi) a person, representing each Relevant Transmission Licensee

(in respect of PC.6.2, PC Appendix C, CC.6.1, CC.6.2, CC.6.3,
OC8 and GC.11).
5.2 If at any time there shall be no Generators with Small Power Stations and/or Medium
Power Stations (other than Generators which also have Large Power Stations), the
Authority shall be notified by the Chairman and shall have the right, until the next
following meeting of the Panel after there shall be one or more Generator with Small
Power Stations and/or Medium Power Stations, at any time and from time to time, to
appoint a person to be a Member and to remove any person so appointed by it.
5.3 If (other than on re-appointment of a Member or Members appointed by any person or

group of persons entitled to so appoint, which is dealt with in paragraph 5.5 below) at any
time any person or group of persons entitled to appoint a Member or Members shall not
have made an appointment(s) and/or shall be in disagreement as to who to appoint, the
Chairman shall request the Authority to make such appointment and the Authority shall
have the right, until the relevant person or group of persons has decided upon an
appointment and notified the Authority accordingly, to appoint a Member or Members on
behalf of that person or group of persons, and to remove any person so appointed by it.
5.4 No person other than an individual shall be appointed a Member or his alternate.
5.5 (a) Each Member shall retire automatically at the beginning of the meeting of the
Panel held on the first Business Day in the month of February each year (or if
no meeting is held on such day, at the meeting which is held on the date
falling closest after that day) but shall be eligible for re-appointment.
(b) Each person or group of persons entitled to appoint a Member (or a person
within such group of persons) may, by notice in writing to the Chairman,
indicate its wish to re-appoint the retiring Member or to appoint a new person
as a Member in his place.

(c) Such notifications for re-appointment or appointment must be delivered to the
Chairman at least 21 days in advance of that meeting of the Panel from the
person or group of persons (or a person within such group of persons)
represented by each Member. A notification for re-appointment in respect of
an existing Member shall be deemed to be given if no notification is delivered
to the Chairman at least 21 days in advance of that meeting of the Panel.
(d) If only one notification is received for the re-appointment of a Member or

appointment of a new person as a Member (or if all notifications received are
unanimous), the person named in the notifications(s) will become the Member
with effect from the beginning of that meeting of the Panel.
(e) If more than one notification is received in respect of a Member or a person to

become a Member (not being unanimous), the Chairman will within 7 days of
receipt of the last of such notifications contact (insofar as he is reasonably
able) the group of persons represented by that Member and seek to
encourage unanimous agreement between those persons as to the
prospective Member. If agreement is reached, then the new person will
replace the existing Member, or the existing Member will continue if that is the
result of the agreement, with effect from the beginning of that meeting of the
Panel.
(f) If agreement is not reached, the Chairman shall notify the Authority and the
Authority shall determine who shall be appointed and notify the Chairman and
the relevant persons accordingly. That new person will replace the existing
Member, or the existing Member will continue if that is the result of the
determination, with effect from the beginning of that meeting of the Panel and
shall be deemed to be appointed by the relevant group of persons.
(g) These provisions shall apply equally to persons or groups of persons entitled
to appoint more than one Member, with any necessary changes to reflect that
more than one Member is involved.
6. Alternates
6.1 Each Member shall have the power to appoint any individual to be his alternate and may
at his discretion remove an alternate Member so appointed. Any appointment or removal
of an alternate Member shall be effected by notice in writing executed by the appointor
and delivered to the Secretary or tendered at a meeting of the Panel. If his appointor so
requests, an alternate Member shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the
Panel or of sub-committees or working groups of which his appointor is a member. He
shall also be entitled to attend and vote as a Member at any such meeting at which the
Member appointing him is not personally present and at the meeting to exercise and
discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Member and for the
purpose of the proceedings at the meeting the provisions of this Constitution shall apply
as if he were a Member.
6.2 Every person acting as an alternate Member shall have one vote for each Member for
whom he acts as alternate, in addition to his own vote if he is also a Member. Execution
by an alternate Member of any resolution in writing of the Panel shall, unless the notice of
his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as execution by his appointor.

6.3 An alternate Member shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Member if his appointor
ceases for any reason to be a Member.
6.4 References in this Constitution to a Member shall, unless the context otherwise requires,
include his duly appointed alternate.
7. Representation and Voting
7.1 The Chairman and each other Member shall be entitled to attend and be heard at every
meeting of the Panel. One adviser (or such greater number as the Chairman shall
permit) shall be entitled to attend any meeting of the Panel with each Member and shall
be entitled to speak at any meeting but shall not be entitled to vote on any issue.
7.2 Each Member (including the Chairman) shall be entitled to cast one vote. In the event of
an equality of votes, the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote.
7.3 Any person or persons entitled to appoint a Member or the Chairman, as the case may
be, pursuant to Clause 5 may at any time remove that Member or the Chairman, as the
case may be, from office and appoint another person to be a Member or the Chairman,
as the case may be, in its place. A person or persons will only have the right to remove
from office the Member or the Chairman, as the case may be, that it or they have
appointed, and will have no right to remove from office any Member or the Chairman, as
the case may be, appointed by another person. Whenever any individual Member or the
Chairman changes, the person or group of persons entitled to appoint that Member or the
Chairman shall notify the Secretary in writing within seven days of the change taking
effect.
8. The Chairman
8.1 Upon retirement or removal by NGC of the first and each successive Chairman, NGC
shall appoint a person to act as Chairman.
8.2 NGC may at any time remove the Chairman from office.
8.3 The Chairman shall preside at every meeting of the Panel at which he is present. If the
Chairman is unable to be present at a meeting, he may appoint an alternate pursuant to
Clause 6.1 to act as Chairman. If neither the Chairman nor any other person appointed
to act as Chairman is present within half an hour after the time appointed for holding the
meeting, the Members present appointed by NGC, may appoint one of their number to be
Chairman of the meeting.

8.4 The Chairman, or the person appointed to act as Chairman by the Chairman shall be
entitled to cast one vote. Where a Member is acting in the capacity of both Member and
Chairman, he shall be entitled to cast one vote as Chairman, in addition to his one vote
as Member.
9. The Secretary
9.1 NGC shall have power to appoint and dismiss a Secretary and such other staff for the
Panel as it may deem necessary. The Secretary may, but need not be, a Member, but
shall not be a Member by virtue only of being Secretary. The Secretary shall have the
right to speak at, but, unless a Member, no right to cast a vote at any meeting.
9.2 The Secretary's duties shall be to attend to the day to day operation of the Panel and, in
particular, to:-
(i) attend to the requisition of meetings and to serve all requisite notices;
(ii) maintain a register of names and addresses of Members and the Chairman
and alternates as appointed from time to time;
(iii) maintain a register of names and addresses of persons in each of the groups
of persons described in sub-clauses 5.1(c)(i), (ii), (iii) and (vi) and of those
persons in the group described in sub-clause 5.1(c)(iv) which are parties to the
CUSC Framework Agreement; and
(iv) keep minutes of all meetings.
9.3 The Secretary shall make available the registers of names and addresses referred to in
sub-clauses 9.2(ii) and (iii) above, for inspection by any Authorised Electricity Operator
and/or the Authority between 1000 hours and 1600 hours each Business Day. The
Secretary shall provide any Authorised Electricity Operator and/or the Authority with a
copy of the said registers within a reasonable period of being requested to do so.
10. Meetings
10.1 The Panel shall hold meetings on the first Business Day in the months of May, August,
November and February or at such other regular scheduled times as it may decide. The
normal venue for meetings shall be National Grid House, Coventry.
10.2 The Chairman or any other Member may request the Secretary to requisition further
meetings by giving 21 days notice to the Secretary. The notice shall be in writing and
contain a summary of the business that it is proposed will be conducted. The Secretary
shall proceed to convene a meeting of the Panel within 7 days of the date of expiry of
such notice in accordance with the provisions of Clause 11.
11. Notice of Meetings
11.1 All meetings shall be called by the Secretary on at least 14 days written notice (exclusive
of the day on which it is served and of the day for which it is given), or by shorter notice if

so agreed in writing by all Members. If at any time a person has not been appointed as
Secretary, or the Secretary is for any reason unable to act, the Chairman shall attend to
the requisition of meetings.
11.2 The notice of each meeting shall contain the time, date and venue of the meeting, an
agenda and a summary of the business to be conducted and shall be given to all
Members.
11.3 The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a
meeting by a person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that
meeting.
11.4 By notice to the Secretary, any Member can request additional matters to be considered
at the meeting and provided such notice is given at least 10 days (exclusive of the day on
which it is served and of the day for which it is given) before the date of the meeting,
those matters will be included in a revised agenda for the meeting. The Secretary shall
circulate the revised agenda to each Member as soon as practicable.
12. Proceedings at Meetings
12.1 Subject to Clauses 10 and 11, the Panel may meet for the transaction of business, and
adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings, as it thinks fit.
12.2 Seven Members present in person or by their alternates or in accordance with Clause
13.3, shall constitute a quorum.
12.3 If, within half an hour from the time appointed for holding any meeting of the Panel, a
quorum is not present, the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day in the next week
at the same time and place and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present
within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be
dissolved.
12.4 Only matters identified in the agenda referred to in Clause 11.2 (or a revised agenda
submitted pursuant to Sub-clause 11.4) shall be resolved upon at a meeting.
12.5 All acts done by any meeting of the Panel or of a sub-committee or working group shall,
notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the
appointment of a Member, be as valid as if such person had been duly appointed.
12.6 A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided by a show of hands.
13. Resolutions
13.1 A resolution of the Panel shall be passed by a simple majority of votes cast.
13.2 A resolution in writing signed by all Members shall be as valid and effective as if it had
been passed at a meeting of the Panel duly convened and held and may consist of
several documents in like form each signed by or on behalf of one or more Members.
13.3 A meeting of the Panel may consist of a conference between Members who are not all in
one place but who are able (directly or by telephonic communication) to speak to each of

the others and to be heard by each of the others simultaneously. The word "meeting"
shall be construed accordingly.
14. Minutes
14.1 The Secretary shall circulate copies of the minutes of each meeting of the Panel to each
Member as soon as practicable (and in any event within ten Business Days) after the
relevant meeting has been held.
14.2 Each Member shall notify the Secretary of his approval or disapproval of the minutes of
each meeting within 15 Business Days of receipt of the minutes. A Member who fails to
do so will be deemed to have approved the minutes. The approval or disapproval of the
minutes aforesaid will not affect the validity of decisions taken by the Panel at the
meeting to which the minutes relate.
14.3 If the Secretary receives any comments on the minutes, he shall circulate revised
minutes as soon as practicable following the expiry of the period referred to in Clause
14.2, incorporating those comments which are of a typographical nature and indicating,
where necessary, that Members disagree with certain aspects of the minutes. The
Secretary shall then incorporate those aspects of the minutes upon which there is
disagreement, into the agenda for the next following meeting of the Panel, as the first
item for resolution.
15. Guidance from the Panel
15.1 The Panel may at any time, and from time to time, issue guidance in relation to the Grid
Code and its implementation, performance and interpretation, and it may establish sub-
committees and working groups to carry out such work.
16. Sub-Committees and Working Groups
16.1 The Panel may establish such sub-committees from time to time consisting of such
persons as it considers desirable. Each sub-committee shall be subject to such written
terms of reference and shall be subject to such procedures as the Panel may determine.
The meetings of sub-committees shall so far as possible be arranged so that the minutes
of such meetings can be presented to the members in sufficient time for consideration
before the next following meeting of the Panel.
16.2 The Panel may further establish working groups to advise it on any matter from time to
time. Such working groups may consist of Members and/or others as the Panel may
determine for the purpose.
16.3 Resolutions of sub-committees and working groups shall not have binding effect unless
approved by resolution of the Panel.

17. Vacation of Office
The office of a Member shall be vacated if:-
17.1 he resigns his office by notice delivered to the Secretary; or
17.2 he becomes bankrupt or compounds with his creditors generally; or
17.3 he becomes of unsound mind or a patient for any purpose of any statute relating to
mental health; or
17.4 he or his alternate fails to attend more than three consecutive meetings of the Panel
without submitting an explanation to the Chairman which is reasonably acceptable to the
Chairman.
18. Members' Responsibilities and Protections
18.1 In the exercise of its powers and the performance of its duties and responsibilities, the
Panel shall have due regard for the need to promote the attainment of the principal
objects of the Panel set out in Clause 4.
18.2 In the exercise of its powers and the performance of its duties and responsibilities as a
Member, a Member shall represent the interests of that person or persons by whom he is
for the time being appointed pursuant to Clause 5, provided that such obligation of
representation shall at all times be subordinate to the obligations of the Member as a
member of the Panel set out in Clause 18.1.
18.3 Protections:
18.3.1 The Panel, each Member and the Secretary shall be entitled to rely upon any
communication or document reasonably believed by it or him to be genuine
and correct and to have been communicated or signed by the person by whom
it purports to be communicated or signed.
18.3.2 The Panel, each Member and the Secretary may in relation to any act, matter
or thing contemplated by this Constitution act on the opinion or advice of, or
any information from, any chartered engineer, lawyer, or expert in any other
field, and shall not be liable for the consequences of so acting.
19. Group Representatives' addresses
Each Member shall from time to time communicate his address to the Secretary and all
notices sent to such address shall be considered as having been duly given.

The Grid Code PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

The Grid Code PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

THE GRID CODE

Copyright © NATIONAL GRID COMPANY plc

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval

Issue 3 CVSR - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

NATIONAL GRID COMPANY PLC

TEL: 01926 656335

REGISTERED OFFICE: 1-3 Strand

Issue 3 CVSR - 2 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

(PREFACE which does not form (PF))

GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS (GD)

PLANNING CODE (PC)

CONNECTION CONDITIONS (CC)

OPERATING CODES (OC)

OC1 Demand Forecasts

BALANCING CODES (BC)

BC1 Pre Gate Closure Process

DATA REGISTRATION CODE (DRC)

GENERAL CONDITIONS (GC)

(REVISIONS which does not form ( R ))

Issue 3 C-1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

3. The Grid Code is divided into the following sections:-

Issue 3 PF - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

Issue 3 PF - 2 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

Ancillary Service A System Ancillary Service and/or a Commercial Ancillary Service, as

Issue 3 GD - 1 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

Area Manager A manager appointed by NGC whose management unit is a geographical

Automatic Voltage A continuously acting automatic excitation system to control a Generating

Back-Up Protection Protection equipment or system which is intended to operate when a

Issue 3 GD - 2 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE] R

Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Balancing Principles A statement prepared by NGC in accordance with Special Condition

Bid-Offer Acceptance a) A communication issued by NGC in accordance with BC2.7; or

b) an Emergency Instruction to the extent provided for in BC2.9.2.3.

Bid-Offer Data Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Issue 3 GD - 3 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

BSCCo Has the meaning set out in the BSC.

Cancellation of The notification given to Users when a NGCGB Transmission System

Caution Notice A notice conveying a warning against interference.

CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation.

Issue 3 GD - 4 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE] R

Combined Cycle Gas A Generating Unit within a CCGT Module.

Issue 3 GD - 5 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE]

Connection Entry Has the meaning set out in the CUSC

Control Point The point from which:-

a) A Non-Embedded Customer's Plant and Apparatus is controlled; or

b) A BM Unit, in England or Wales at a Large Power Station or at a

c) In the case of any other BM Unit, data submission is co-ordinated for a

Issue 3 GD - 6 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE] R

Control Telephony The method by which a User's Responsible Engineer/Operator and

CUSC Contract One or more of the following agreements as envisaged in Supplementary

Customer A person to whom electrical power is provided (whether or not he is the

Customer Demand Reducing the supply of electricity to a Customer or disconnecting a

Demand Capacity Has the meaning as set out in the BSC.

(a) Customer voltage reduction initiated by Network Operators (other

(b) Customer Demand reduction by Disconnection initiated by Network

(c) Demand reduction instructed by NGC;

(d) automatic low Frequency Demand Disconnection;

(e) emergency manual Demand Disconnection.

b) The act of ceasing to consume electricity at an importing BM Unit;

and the term "De-Synchronising" shall be construed accordingly.

De-synchronised Has the meaning set out in OC9.5.1(a)

Issue 3 GD - 8 [BETTA GO-ACTIVE DATE] R